Table of Contents

 

 

 

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

 

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

FORM 6-K

 

REPORT OF FOREIGN PRIVATE ISSUER

 

Pursuant to Rule 13a-16 or 15d-16 of the

Securities Exchange Act of 1934

 

For the month of November 2011

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

(Translation of registrant’s name into English)

 

Else-Kröner Strasse 1

61346 Bad Homburg

Germany

(Address of principal executive offices)

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant files or will file annual reports under cover of Form 20-F or Form 40-F.

 

Form 20-F   x                        Form 40-F  o

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(1):__________

 

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is submitting the Form 6-K in paper as permitted by Regulation S-T Rule 101(b)(7):__________

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant by furnishing the information contained in this Form is also thereby furnishing the information to the Commission pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

 

Yes   o                                       No   x

 

If “Yes” is marked, indicate below the file number assigned to the registrant in connection with Rule 12g3-2(b): 82 –              .

 

 

 



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

 

 

Page

Interim Report of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

 

 

 

 

 

Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

1

Balance Sheet Structure

 

17

Outlook

 

17

Financial Statements

 

 

Consolidated Statements of Income

 

18

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

 

19

Consolidated Balance Sheets

 

20

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

 

21

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders’ Equity

 

22

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

23

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

50

Controls and Procedures

 

51

OTHER INFORMATION

 

 

Legal Proceedings

 

52

Exhibits

 

53

Signatures

 

54

 

i



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Interim Report of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

 

Financial Condition and Results of Operations

 

You should read the following discussion and analysis of the results of operations of Fresenius Medical Care AG & Co. KGaA (“FMC-AG & Co. KGaA,” or the “Company”) and its subsidiaries in conjunction with our unaudited consolidated financial statements and related notes contained elsewhere in this report and our disclosures and discussions in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2010, as amended. In this Report, “FMC-AG & Co. KGaA,” or the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our” refers to the Company or the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as the context requires.

 

Forward-looking Statements

 

This report contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.  When used in this report, the words “expects,” “anticipates,” “intends,” “plans,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates” and similar expressions are generally intended to identify forward looking statements. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in such forward-looking statements are reasonable, forward-looking statements are inherently subject to risks and uncertainties, many of which cannot be predicted with accuracy and some of which might not even be anticipated, and future events and actual results, financial and otherwise, could differ materially from those set forth in or contemplated by the forward-looking statements contained elsewhere in this report. We have based these forward-looking statements on current estimates and assumptions made to the best of our knowledge. By their nature, such forward-looking statements involve risks, uncertainties, assumptions and other factors which could cause actual results, including our financial condition and profitability, to differ materially and be more negative than the results expressly or implicitly described in or suggested by these statements. Moreover, forward-looking estimates or predictions derived from third parties’ studies or information may prove to be inaccurate. Consequently, we cannot give any assurance regarding the future accuracy of the opinions set forth in this report or the actual occurrence of the developments described herein. In addition, even if our future results meet the expectations expressed here, those results may not be indicative of our performance in future periods.

 

These risks, uncertainties, assumptions, and other factors that could cause actual results to differ from our projected results include, among others, the following:

 

·                         changes in governmental and commercial insurer reimbursement for our complete products and services portfolio, including the expanded Medicare reimbursement system for dialysis services;

 

·                         changes in utilization patterns for pharmaceuticals and in our costs of purchasing pharmaceuticals;

 

·                         the outcome of ongoing government investigations;

 

·                         the influence of private insurers and managed care organizations;

 

·                         the impact of recently enacted and possible future health care reforms;

 

·                         product liability risks;

 

·                         the outcome of ongoing potentially material litigation;

 

·                         risks relating to the integration of acquisitions and our dependence on additional acquisitions;

 

·                         the impact of currency fluctuations;

 

·                         introduction of generic or new pharmaceuticals that compete with our pharmaceutical products;

 

·                         changes in raw material and energy costs; and

 

·                         the financial stability and liquidity of our governmental and commercial payors.

 

Important factors that could contribute to such differences are noted in this section below and in Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Unaudited), “Commitments and Contingencies” and in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2010 under “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in that report.

 

1



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Interim Report of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

 

Our business is also subject to other risks and uncertainties that we describe from time to time in our public filings. Developments in any of these areas could cause our results to differ materially from the results that we or others have projected or may project.

 

Our reported financial condition and results of operations are sensitive to accounting methods, assumptions and estimates that are the basis of our financial statements. The actual accounting policies, the judgments made in the selection and application of these policies, and the sensitivities of reported results to changes in accounting policies, assumptions and estimates, are factors to be considered along with our financial statements and the discussion below under “Results of Operations”. For a discussion of our critical accounting policies, see Item 5, “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects — Critical Accounting Policies” in our Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

Overview

 

We are engaged primarily in providing dialysis services and manufacturing and distributing products and equipment for the treatment of end-stage renal disease (“ESRD”). In the U.S., we also perform clinical laboratory testing. We estimate that providing dialysis services and distributing dialysis products and equipment represents an over $69 billion worldwide market with expected annual worldwide market growth of around 4%. Patient growth results from factors such as the aging population and increased life expectancies; shortage of donor organs for kidney transplants, increasing incidence and better treatment of and survival of patients with diabetes and hypertension, which frequently precede the onset of ESRD; improvements in treatment quality, which prolong patient life; and improving standards of living in developing countries, which make life-saving dialysis treatment available. Key to continued growth in revenue is our ability to attract new patients in order to increase the number of treatments performed each year. For that reason, we believe the number of treatments performed each year is a strong indicator of continued revenue growth and success. In addition, the reimbursement and ancillary services utilization environment significantly influences our business. In the past we experienced, and after the implementation of the case-mix adjusted bundled prospective payment system (“ESRD PPS”) in the U.S., also expect in the future, generally stable reimbursements for dialysis services. This includes the balancing of unfavorable reimbursement changes in certain countries with favorable changes in other countries. The majority of treatments are paid for by governmental institutions such as Medicare in the United States. As a consequence of the pressure to decrease healthcare costs, reimbursement rate increases have historically been limited. Our ability to influence the pricing of our services is limited.

 

A majority of our U.S. dialysis services is paid for by the Medicare program. Medicare payments for dialysis services provided before January 1, 2011 were based on a composite rate, which included a drug add-on adjustment, case-mix adjustments, and a regional wage index adjustment. The drug add-on adjustment was established under the Medicare Prescription Drug, Improvement and Modernization Act of 2003 (“MMA”) to account for differences in Medicare reimbursement for separately billable pharmaceuticals pre-MMA and the average sales price reimbursement system established by the MMA.

 

Until January 1, 2011 certain other items and services that we furnish at our dialysis centers were not included in the composite rate and were eligible for separate Medicare reimbursement. The most significant of these items are drugs or biologicals, such as the erythropoietin-stimulating agents EPO and Aranesp (“ESAs”), vitamin D analogs, and iron, which were reimbursed at 106% of the average sales price as reported to the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services (“CMS”) by the manufacturer. Products and support services furnished to ESRD patients receiving dialysis treatment at home were also reimbursed separately under a reimbursement structure comparable to the in-center composite rate.

 

With the enactment of the Medicare Improvements for Patients and Providers Act of 2008 (“MIPPA”) in 2008, Congress mandated the development of an expanded ESRD bundled payment system for services furnished on or after January 1, 2011. Under the ESRD PPS, CMS reimburses dialysis facilities with a single payment for each dialysis treatment, inclusive of (i) all items and services included in the composite rate, (ii) oral vitamin D analogues, oral levocarnitine (an amino acid derivative) and all ESAs and other pharmaceuticals (other than vaccines) furnished to ESRD patients that were previously reimbursed separately under Part B of the Medicare program, (iii) most diagnostic laboratory tests and (iv) other items and services furnished to individuals for the treatment of ESRD. ESRD-related drugs with only an oral form will be reimbursed under the ESRD PPS starting in January 2014 with an adjusted payment amount to be determined by the Secretary of Health and Human Services to reflect the additional cost to dialysis facilities of providing these medications. The

 

2



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Interim Report of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

 

initial ESRD PPS base reimbursement rate is set at $229.63 per dialysis treatment (representing 98% of the estimated 2011 Medicare program costs of dialysis care as calculated under the prior reimbursement system). The base ESRD PPS payment is subject to case mix adjustments that take into account individual patient characteristics (e.g., age, body surface area, body mass, time on dialysis) and certain co-morbidities. The base payment is also adjusted for (i) certain high cost patient outliers due to unusual variations in medically necessary care, (ii) disparately high costs incurred by low volume facilities relative to other facilities, (iii) provision of home dialysis training, (iv) wage-related costs in the geographic area in which the provider is located and (v) transition adjustments to ensure a budget-neutral transition to the new reimbursement system (the “Transition Adjusters”). For 2011, CMS initially implemented a negative 3.1% adjustment to the base payment to ensure a budget-neutral transition, based on CMS’s assumption that only 43% of dialysis facilities would fully opt into the ESRD PPS in 2011. This adjustment was subsequently eliminated effective April 1, 2011 for the remainder of 2011 because CMS had underestimated the number of providers that would opt out of the transition payments. No other Transition Adjusters are scheduled for 2011. On November 2, 2011, CMS confirmed the elimination of the Transition Adjustor for 2012.

 

Beginning in 2012, the ESRD PPS payment amount will be subject to annual adjustment based on increases in the costs of a “market basket” of certain healthcare items and services less a productivity adjustment. CMS will implement a 2.1% productivity adjusted market basket increase for 2012 which results in an ESRD PPS base reimbursement rate of $234.45 per dialysis treatment. In addition, the ESRD PPS’s pay-for-performance standards, also known as the quality improvement program or QIP, focusing in the first year on anemia management and dialysis adequacy, will be fully implemented effective January 1, 2012. Dialysis facilities that fail to achieve the established quality standards will have payments reduced by up to 2%, based on performance in 2010 as an initial performance period. CMS changed the QIP performance measures for 2013 by retiring the lower level of the anemia management range and equally weighting the upper level of such range and hemodialysis adequacy. For 2014, CMS has adopted four new measures to determine whether dialysis patients are receiving high quality care. The proposed new measures include (i) prevalence of catheter and A/V fistula use; (ii) reporting of infections to the Centers for Disease Control and Prevention; (iii) administration of patient satisfaction surveys; and (iv) monthly monitoring of phosphorus and calcium levels.

 

The ESRD PPS will be phased in over four years with full implementation for all dialysis facilities on January 1, 2014. However, providers could elect in November 2010 to become fully subject to the new system starting in January 2011. Nearly all of our U.S. dialysis facilities have elected to be fully subject to the ESRD PPS effective January 1, 2011.

 

The ESRD PPS has resulted in lower reimbursement rates on average. Our strategy to mitigate the impact of the ESRD PPS includes three broad measures. First, we worked with other providers, CMS and the U.S. Congress toward favorably revising the calculation of the Transition Adjuster for 2011. Effective April 1, 2011 CMS eliminated the Transition Adjuster for the remainder of the year and no Transition Adjuster is scheduled for 2012. Second, we are working with medical directors and treating physicians to make protocol changes used in treating patients and are negotiating pharmaceutical acquisition cost savings. Finally, we are seeking to achieve greater efficiencies and better patient outcomes by introducing new initiatives to improve patient care upon initiation of dialysis, increase the percentage of patients using home therapies and achieve additional cost reductions in our clinics.

 

The Patient Protection and Affordable Care Act was enacted in the United States on March 23, 2010 and subsequently amended by the Health Care and Educational Affordability Reconciliation Act (as amended, “ACA”). ACA will implement broad healthcare system reforms, including (i) provisions to facilitate access to affordable health insurance for all Americans, (ii) expansion of the Medicaid program, (iii) an industry fee on pharmaceutical companies starting in 2011 based on sales of brand name pharmaceuticals to government healthcare programs, (iv) a 2.3% excise tax on manufacturers’ medical device sales starting in 2013, (v) increases in Medicaid prescription drug rebates effective January 1, 2010, (vi) commercial insurance market reforms that protect consumers, such as bans on lifetime and annual limits, coverage of pre-existing conditions, limits on administrative costs, and limits on waiting periods, (vii) provisions encouraging integrated care, efficiency and coordination among providers and (viii) provisions for reduction of healthcare program waste and fraud. ACA’s medical device excise tax, Medicaid drug rebate increases and annual pharmaceutical industry fees will adversely impact our product business earnings and cash flows. We expect modest favorable impact from ACA’s integrated care and commercial insurance consumer protection provisions.

 

3



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Interim Report of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

 

We have identified three operating segments, North America, International, and Asia-Pacific. For reporting purposes, we have aggregated the International and Asia-Pacific segments as “International.” We aggregated these segments due to their similar economic characteristics. These characteristics include same services provided and same products sold, same type patient population, similar methods of distribution of products and services and similar economic environments. Our general partner’s Management Board member responsible for the profitability and cash flow of each segment’s various businesses supervises the management of each operating segment. The accounting policies of the operating segments are the same as those we apply in preparing our consolidated financial statements under accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”). Our management evaluates each segment using a measure that reflects all of the segment’s controllable revenues and expenses.

 

With respect to the performance of our business operations, our management believes the most appropriate measure in this regard is operating income which measures our source of earnings. Financing is a corporate function which segments do not control. Therefore, we do not include interest expense relating to financing as a segment measurement. We also regard income taxes to be outside the segments’ control. Similarly, we do not allocate “corporate costs,” which relate primarily to certain headquarters overhead charges, including accounting and finance, professional services, etc. because we believe that these costs are also not within the control of the individual segments. As of January 1, 2011, production of products, production asset management, quality management and procurement is centrally managed in corporate by Global Manufacturing Operations. This is a change from prior periods, when these services were managed within the regions. The business segment information in the following table has been adjusted accordingly. In addition, certain revenues, acquisitions and intangible assets are not allocated to a segment but are accounted for as “corporate.” Accordingly, all of these items are excluded from our analysis of segment results and are discussed below in the discussion of our consolidated results of operations.

 

4



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Interim Report of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

 

Results of Operations

 

The following tables summarize our financial performance and certain operating results by principal business segment for the periods indicated. Inter-segment sales primarily reflect sales of medical equipment and supplies. We prepared the information using a management approach, consistent with the basis and manner in which our management internally disaggregates financial information to assist in making internal operating decisions and evaluating management performance.

 

 

 

For the three months
ended September 30,

 

For the nine months
ended September 30,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

(in millions)

 

(in millions)

 

Total revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

North America

 

$

2,052

 

$

2,073

 

$

6,061

 

$

6,062

 

International

 

1,187

 

987

 

3,405

 

2,828

 

Corporate

 

5

 

 

13

 

 

Totals

 

3,244

 

3,060

 

9,479

 

8,890

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inter-segment revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

North America

 

2

 

2

 

6

 

4

 

International

 

 

 

 

 

Totals

 

2

 

2

 

6

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total net revenue

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

North America

 

2,050

 

2,071

 

6,055

 

6,058

 

International

 

1,187

 

987

 

3,405

 

2,828

 

Corporate

 

5

 

 

13

 

 

Totals

 

3,242

 

3,058

 

9,473

 

8,886

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amortization and depreciation

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

North America

 

66

 

63

 

201

 

190

 

International

 

44

 

36

 

128

 

106

 

Corporate

 

31

 

25

 

85

 

73

 

Totals

 

141

 

124

 

414

 

369

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

North America

 

375

 

374

 

1,035

 

1,014

 

International

 

205

 

156

 

579

 

480

 

Corporate

 

(46

)

(37

)

(126

)

(109

)

Totals

 

534

 

493

 

1,488

 

1,385

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

17

 

5

 

43

 

19

 

Interest expense

 

(85

)

(75

)

(257

)

(225

)

Income tax expense

 

(163

)

(153

)

(436

)

(410

)

Net Income

 

303

 

270

 

838

 

769

 

Less: Net Income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

(24

)

(22

)

(77

)

(62

)

Net Income attributable to FMC-AG & Co. KGaA

 

$

279

 

$

248

 

$

761

 

$

707

 

 

5



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Interim Report of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

 

Three months ended September 30, 2011 compared to three months ended September 30, 2010

 

Consolidated Financials

 

 

 

Key Indicators for Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

 

 

Change in %

 

 

 

For the three months ended

 

 

 

at constant 

 

 

 

September 30,

 

as

 

exchange

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

reported

 

rates

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of treatments

 

8,896,904

 

8,149,551

 

9%

 

 

 

Same market treatment growth in %

 

4.1%

 

4.7%

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue in $ million

 

3,242

 

3,058

 

6%

 

4%

 

Gross profit as a % of revenue

 

35.6%

 

34.5%

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative costs as a % of revenue

 

18.5%

 

17.7%

 

 

 

 

 

Net income attributable to FMC-AG & Co. KGaA in $ million

 

279

 

248

 

13%

 

 

 

 

Treatments increased by 9% for the third quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010. The increase is due to contributions from acquisitions (5%) and same market treatment growth (4%).

 

At September 30, 2011, we owned, operated or managed (excluding those managed but not consolidated in the U.S.) 2,874 clinics compared to 2,703 clinics at September 30, 2010. During the third quarter of 2011, we acquired 15 clinics, opened 25 clinics and combined or closed 4 clinics. The number of patients treated in clinics that we own, operate or manage (excluding patients of clinics managed but not consolidated in the U.S.) increased by 9% to 228,239 at September 30, 2011 from 210,191 at September 30, 2010. Including 22 clinics managed but not consolidated in the U.S., the total number of patients was 229,626.

 

Net revenue increased by 6% (4% at constant exchange rates) for the third quarter of 2011 over the comparable period in 2010, due to growth in both dialysis care and dialysis products revenues.

 

Dialysis care revenue increased by 4% (3% at constant exchange rates) to $2,425 million for the third quarter of 2011 from $2,321 million in the same period of 2010, mainly due to growth in same market treatments (4%), contributions from acquisitions (3%) and a positive effect from exchange rate fluctuations (1%), partially offset by decreases in revenue per treatment (4%).

 

Dialysis product revenue increased by 11% (5% at constant exchange rates) to $817 million from $737 million in the same period of 2010, driven by increased sales of peritoneal dialysis products, mainly as a result of the acquisition of the Gambro peritoneal dialysis business, and hemodialysis products, especially of machines, dialyzers, solutions and concentrates, and bloodlines. This was partially offset by lower sales of renal pharmaceuticals.

 

The increase in gross profit margin reflects an increase in gross profit margin for both North America and International. The increase in North America was due to cost savings in pharmaceuticals mainly driven by changes in anemia management protocols and a positive impact from a royalty adjustment for Venofer ®  in the third quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010, partially offset by the effect of a lower revenue rate attributable to the ESRD PPS and higher personnel expenses. The increase in the International segment was due to the positive effect of manufacturing variances and business growth in Asia-Pacific.

 

Selling, general and administrative (“SG&A”) expenses increased to $598 million in the third quarter of 2011 from $540 million in the same period of 2010. SG&A expenses as a percentage of sales increased to 18.5% for the third quarter of 2011 in comparison with 17.7% during the same period of 2010 as a result of an increase in North America due to a lower revenue rate due to the ESRD PPS and higher bad debt expense as well as higher freight and distribution expenses as a result of higher fuel costs and freight volume.

 

6



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Interim Report of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

 

Bad debt expense for the third quarter of 2011 was $65 million as compared to $49 million for the same period of 2010, representing 2.0% and 1.6% of sales for the third quarters of 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

R&D expenses increased to $28 million in the third quarter of 2011 as compared to $23 million in the same period in 2010 as a result of increased spending for research in the field of sorbent-based technology.  

 

Income from equity method investees increased to $6 million for the third quarter of 2011 from $2 million for the same period of 2010 due to the income from Vifor-Fresenius Medical Care Renal Pharma Ltd. (“Vifor”), our renal pharmaceuticals joint venture.

 

Operating income increased to $534 million in the third quarter of 2011 from $493 million for the same period in 2010. Operating income margin increased to 16.5% for the third quarter of 2011 from 16.1% for the same period in 2010 as a result of the increase in gross profit margin as noted above and the increase in income from equity method investees, partially offset by the increased SG&A expenses as a percentage of revenue as noted above and increased R&D expenses.

 

Interest expense increased by 13% to $85 million for the third quarter of 2011 from $75 million for the same period in 2010 mainly as a result of increased debt, partially offset by lower interest rates driven by fewer interest rate swaps at relatively high rates. Interest income increased to $17 million for the third quarter of 2011 from $5 million for the same period in 2010 as a result of interest on notes issued to us by a related party in the first quarter of 2011, see Note 2, “Acquisitions” in our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Report.

 

Income tax expense increased to $163 million for the third quarter of 2011 from $153 million for the same period in 2010. The effective tax rate decreased to 35.0% from 36.2% for the same period of 2010 as a result of higher tax benefits related to internal financing as well as higher tax-free income from equity method investments.

 

Net income attributable to FMC-AG & Co. KGaA for the third quarter of 2011 increased to $279 million from $248 million for the same period in 2010 as a result of the combined effects of the items discussed above.

 

We employed 77,825 people (full-time equivalents) as of September 30, 2011 compared to 72,812 as of September 30, 2010, an increase of 6.9%, primarily due to overall growth in our business and acquisitions.

 

The following discussions pertain to our business segments and the measures we use to manage these segments.

 

North America Segment

 

 

 

Key Indicators for North America Segment

 

 

 

For the three months ended
September 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Change in %

 

Number of treatments

 

5,489,224

 

5,281,436

 

4%

 

Same market treatment growth in %

 

2.9%

 

4.3%

 

 

 

Revenue in $ million

 

2,05 0

 

2,071

 

(1)%

 

Depreciation and amortization in $ million

 

66

 

63

 

4%

 

Operating income in $ million

 

375

 

374

 

0%

 

Operating income margin in %

 

18.3%

 

18.1%

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

Treatments increased by 4% for the third quarter of 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010 mostly due to same market growth (3%) and contributions from acquisitions (1%). At September 30, 2011, 140,422 patients (a 3% increase over the same period in the prior year) were being treated in the 1,838 clinics that we own or operate in the North America segment, compared to 135,746 patients treated in 1,796 clinics at

 

7



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Interim Report of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

 

September 30, 2010. Average North America revenue per treatment was $337 for the third quarter of 2011 and $351 for the same period in 2010. In the U.S., the average revenue per treatment was $345 for the third quarter of 2011 in comparison to $359 for the same period in 2010. The decrease was mainly attributable to the effect of the implementation of the ESRD PPS, changes in the anemia management protocols, and commercial payor mix.

 

Net revenue for the North America segment for the third quarter of 2011 decreased in comparison to the same period of 2010 as a result of a 1% decrease in dialysis care revenue to $1,846 million from $1,863 million in the same period of 2010 as well as a 2% decrease in dialysis product revenue to $204 million from $208 million in the third quarter of 2010.

 

The dialysis care revenue decrease was driven by decreases in revenue per treatment (5%), partially offset by same market treatment growth (3%) and contributions from acquisitions (1%).

 

The dialysis product revenue decrease was driven by lower sales of renal pharmaceuticals, partially offset by increased sales of hemodialysis products.

 

Operating Income

 

Operating income increased to $375 million for the third quarter of 2011 from $374 million for the same period in 2010. Operating income margin increased to 18.3% for the third quarter of 2011 from 18.1% for the same period in 2010, primarily due to a decrease in cost per treatment in the U.S to $279 for the third quarter of 2011 from $289 in the same period of 2010 as a result of cost savings in pharmaceuticals mainly driven by changes in anemia management protocols, a positive impact from a royalty adjustment for Venofer ®  in the third quarter of 2011 and higher income from equity method investees due to income from the Vifor joint venture. This was partially offset by the effects of the ESRD PPS and higher bad debt expense. Cost per treatment for North America decreased to $274 for the third quarter of 2011 from $284 in the same period of 2010.

 

International Segment

 

 

 

Key Indicators for International Segment

 

 

 

For the three months ended

 

Change in %

 

 

 

September 30,

 

as 

 

at constant 

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

reported

 

exchange rates

 

Number of treatments

 

3,407,680

 

2,868,115

 

19%

 

 

 

Same market treatment growth in %

 

6.5%

 

5.6%

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue in $ million

 

1,187

 

987

 

20%

 

13%

 

Depreciation and amortization in $ million

 

44

 

36

 

25%

 

 

 

Operating income in $ million

 

205

 

156

 

31%

 

 

 

Operating income margin in %

 

17.3%

 

15.8%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

Treatments increased by 19% in the third quarter of 2011 over the same period in 2010 mainly due to contributions from acquisitions (13%) and same market growth (6%). As of September 30, 2011, 87,817 patients (an 18% increase over the same period of the prior year) were being treated at 1,036 clinics that we own, operate or manage in the International segment compared to 74,445 patients treated at 907 clinics at September 30, 2010. Average revenue per treatment for the third quarter of 2011 increased to $170 in comparison with $160 for the same period of 2010 due to the strengthening of local currencies against the U.S. dollar ($9) as well as increased reimbursement rates and changes in country mix ($1).

 

8



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Interim Report of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

 

Net revenues for the International segment for the third quarter of 2011 increased by 20% (13% increase at constant exchange rates) as compared to the same period in 2010 as a result of increases in both dialysis care and dialysis product revenues. Acquisitions during the period contributed 7% mainly due to the acquisitions of International Dialysis Centers (“IDC”) and Asia Renal Care (“ARC”), organic growth during the period was 6%, and the positive effect of exchange rate fluctuations contributed 7%.

 

Including the effects of acquisitions, European region revenue increased 20% (12% increase at constant exchange rates), Latin America region revenue increased 23% (20% increase at constant exchange rates), and Asia-Pacific region revenue increased 19% (10% increase at constant exchange rates).

 

Total dialysis care revenue for the International segment increased during the third quarter of 2011 by 26% (20% increase at constant exchange rates) to $579 million from $458 million in the same period of 2010. This increase is a result of contributions from acquisitions (12%) and same market treatment growth (6%), as well as increases in revenue per treatment (2%). The positive effect of exchange rate fluctuations was 6%.

 

Total dialysis product revenue for the third quarter of 2011 increased by 15% (7% increase at constant exchange rates) to $608 million from $529 million in the same period of 2010. The increase in product revenue was driven by increased sales of peritoneal dialysis products, mainly as a result of the acquisition of the Gambro peritoneal dialysis business, and hemodialysis products, especially of dialyzers, solutions and concentrates, machines and products for acute care treatments as well as bloodlines. Exchange rate fluctuations contributed 8%.

 

Operating Income

 

Operating income increased by 31% to $205 million for the third quarter of 2011 from $156 million for the same period in 2010. Operating income margin increased to 17.3% for the third quarter of 2011 from 15.8% for the same period in 2010 due to favorable foreign exchange effects and a positive effect from manufacturing variances and business growth in Asia-Pacific.

 

Nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to nine months ended September 30, 2010

 

Consolidated Financials

 

 

 

Key Indicators for Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

 

 

Change in %

 

 

 

For the nine months ended

 

 

 

at constant 

 

 

 

September 30,

 

as 

 

exchange 

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

reported

 

rates

 

Number of treatments

 

25,456,219

 

23,407,699

 

9%

 

 

 

Same market treatment growth in %

 

4.1%

 

4.4%

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue in $ million

 

9,473

 

8,886

 

7%

 

4%

 

Gross profit as a % of revenue

 

35 .0%

 

34.1%

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative costs as a % of revenue

 

18.6%

 

17.8%

 

 

 

 

 

Net income attributable to FMC- AG & Co. KGaA in $ million

 

761

 

707

 

8%

 

 

 

 

Treatments increased by 9% for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010. Growth from acquisitions contributed 5% and same market treatment growth contributed 4%.

 

9



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Interim Report of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

 

Net revenue increased by 7% (4% at constant exchange rates) for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 over the comparable period in 2010 due to growth in both dialysis care and dialysis products revenues.

 

Dialysis care revenue increased by 5% to $7,072 million (4% at constant exchange rates) in the nine-month period ended September 30, 2011 from $6,716 million in the same period of 2010, mainly due to growth in same market treatments (4%), contributions from acquisitions (3%) and the positive effect from exchange rate fluctuations (1%), partially offset by decreases in revenue per treatment (2%) and the effect of closed or sold clinics (1%).

 

Dialysis product revenue increased by 11% to $2,401 million (increased by 5% at constant exchange rates) from $2,170 million in the same period of 2010, driven by increased sales of peritoneal dialysis products as a result of the acquisition of the Gambro peritoneal dialysis business, and hemodialysis products, especially of dialyzers, products for acute care treatments, solutions and concentrates, machines and bloodlines, partially offset by lower sales of renal pharmaceuticals.

 

The increase in gross profit margin mostly reflects an increase in gross profit margin in North America. The increase in North America was due to cost savings in pharmaceuticals mainly driven by changes in anemia management protocols in the first nine months of 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010, partially offset by the effect of a lower revenue rate attributable to the ESRD PPS and higher personnel expenses.

 

SG&A expenses increased to $1,764 million in the nine-month period ended September 30, 2011 from $1,584 million in the same period of 2010. SG&A expenses as a percentage of sales increased to 18.6% in the first nine months of 2011 from 17.8% in the same period of 2010 as a result of an increase in the North America segment due to a lower revenue rate due to the ESRD PPS and higher freight and distribution expenses as a result of higher fuel costs and freight volume, partially offset by lower personnel expenses. Bad debt expense for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2011 was $175 million as compared to $165 million for the same period of 2010, representing 1.8% and 1.9% of sales for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010.

 

Research and development (“R&D”) expenses increased to $81 million in the nine-month period ended September 30, 2011 as compared to $67 million in the same period in 2010 due to the first-time consolidation of a second quarter 2010 acquisition.

 

Income from equity method investees increased to $22 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 from $5 million for the same period of 2010 due to the income from the Vifor renal pharmaceuticals joint venture.

 

Operating income increased to $1,488 million in the nine-month period ended September 30, 2011 from $1,385 million for the same period in 2010. Operating income margin increased to 15.7% for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2011 as compared to 15.6% for the same period in 2010 as a result of the increase in gross profit margin as noted above and the increase in income from equity method investees as a percentage of revenue as noted above, partially offset by the increased SG&A expenses as a percentage of revenue as noted above.

 

Interest expense increased by 14% to $257 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 from $225 million for the same period in 2010 mainly as a result of increased debt, partially offset by lower interest rates driven by fewer interest rate swaps at relatively high rates. Interest income increased to $43 million for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 from $19 million for the same period in 2010 as a result of interest on notes issued to us by a related party in the first quarter of 2011, see Note 2, “Acquisitions” in our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Report.

 

Income tax expense increased to $436 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2011 from $410 million for the same period in 2010. The effective tax rate decreased to 34.2% from 34.7% for the same period of 2010, as a result of higher tax benefits related to internal financing as well as higher tax free joint venture income and an increase in non-taxable noncontrolling interests in North America. This was partially offset by the release in the second quarter of 2010 of a $10 million valuation allowance on deferred taxes for net operating losses due to changes in activities of the respective entities.

 

Net income attributable to FMC-AG & Co. KGaA for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 increased to $761 million from $707 million for the same period in 2010 as a result of the combined effects of the items discussed above.

 

The following discussions pertain to our business segments and the measures we use to manage these segments.

 

10



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Interim Report of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

 

North America Segment

 

 

 

Key Indicators for North America Segment

 

 

 

For the nine months ended
September 30,

 

 

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Change in %

 

Number of treatments

 

16,110,384

 

15,505,111

 

4%

 

Same market treatment growth in %

 

3.3%

 

4.3%

 

 

 

Revenue in $ million

 

6,055

 

6,058

 

0%

 

Depreciation and amortization in $ million

 

201

 

190

 

6%

 

Operating income in $ million

 

1,035

 

1,014

 

2%

 

Operating income margin in %

 

17.1%

 

16.7%

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

Treatments increased by 4% for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 as compared to the same period in 2010 mostly due to same market growth (3%) and contributions from acquisitions (1%). Average North America revenue per treatment was $339 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and $349 in the same period in 2010. In the U.S., the average revenue per treatment was $347 for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and $357 for the same period in 2010. The decrease was mainly attributable to the effect of the implementation of the ESRD PPS and changes in anemia management protocols, partially offset by improvements in commercial payor mix.

 

Net revenue for the North America segment for the first nine months of 2011 decreased  as a result of a decrease in dialysis product revenue to $599 million from $617 million in the same period of 2010, partially offset by a slight increase in dialysis care revenue to $5,456 million from $5,441 million in the first nine months of 2010.

 

The slight dialysis care revenue increase was driven by same market treatment growth (3%) and contributions from acquisitions (1%) offset by decreases in revenue per treatment (3%) and the effect of closed or sold clinics (1%).

 

The dialysis product revenue decrease was driven by lower sales of renal pharmaceuticals, partially offset by increased sales of hemodialysis and peritoneal dialysis products.

 

Operating Income

 

Operating income increased to $1,035 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2011 from $1,014 million for the same period in 2010. Operating income margin increased to 17.1% for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 from 16.7% for the same period in 2010, primarily due to a decrease in cost per treatment in the U.S. to $283 for the first nine months of 2011 from $292 in the same period of 2010 as a result of cost savings in pharmaceuticals mainly driven by changes in anemia management protocols and higher income from equity method investees due to the income from the Vifor renal pharmaceuticals joint venture, partially offset by the effect of ESRD PPS as well as higher personnel expenses and higher freight and distribution costs as a result of increases in fuel costs. Cost per treatment for North America decreased to $277 for the first nine months of 2011 from $286 in the same period of 2010.

 

11



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Interim Report of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

 

International Segment

 

 

 

Key Indicators for International Segment

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Change in %

 

 

 

For the nine months ended

 

 

 

at constant 

 

 

 

September 30,

 

 

 

exchange 

 

 

 

2011 

 

2010 

 

as reported

 

rates

 

Number of treatments

 

9,345,835

 

7,902,588

 

18%

 

 

 

Same market treatment growth in %

 

5.8%

 

4.8%

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue in $ million

 

3,405

 

2,828

 

20%

 

14%

 

Depreciation and amortization in $ million

 

128

 

106

 

21%

 

 

 

Operating income in $ million

 

579

 

480

 

21%

 

 

 

Operating income margin in %

 

17.0%

 

17.0%

 

 

 

 

 

 

Revenue

 

Treatments increased by 18% in the nine months ended September 30, 2011 over the same period in 2010 mainly due to contributions from acquisitions (13%) and same market growth (6%), partially offset by the effect of sold or closed clinics (1%). Average revenue per treatment for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 increased to $173 in comparison with $161 for the same period of 2010 due to the strengthening of local currencies against the U.S. dollar ($9) as well as the increased reimbursement rates and changes in the country mix ($3).

 

Net revenues for the International segment for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2011 increased by 20% (14% increase at constant exchange rates) as compared to the same period in 2010 as a result of increases in both dialysis care and dialysis product revenues. Organic growth during the period was 7%, acquisitions during the period contributed 7% mainly due to the acquisitions of IDC and ARC, and the positive effect of exchange rate fluctuations contributed 6%.

 

Including the effects of acquisitions, European region revenue increased 17% (11% increase at constant exchange rates), Latin America region revenue increased 20% (16% increase at constant exchange rates), and Asia-Pacific region revenue increased 30% (21% increase at constant exchange rates).

 

Total dialysis care revenue for the International segment increased during the first nine months of 2011 by 27% (20% increase at constant exchange rates) to $1,616 million from $1,275 million in the same period of 2010. This increase is a result of contributions from acquisitions (11%) and same market treatment growth (6%), as well as increases in revenue per treatment (3%) and the positive effect of exchange rate fluctuations (7%).

 

Total dialysis product revenue for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2011 increased by 15% (8% increase at constant exchange rates) to $1,789 million from $1,553 million in the same period of 2010. The increase in product revenue was driven by increased sales of peritoneal dialysis products, mainly as a result of the acquisition of the Gambro peritoneal dialysis business, and hemodialysis products, especially of dialyzers, products for acute care treatments and solutions and concentrates as well as bloodlines and machines. Exchange rate fluctuations contributed 7%.

 

Operating Income

 

Operating income increased by 21% to $579 million for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2011 from $480 million for the same period in 2010. Operating income margin remained constant at 17.0% for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010.

 

12



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Interim Report of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

 

Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

Nine months ended September 30, 2011 compared to nine months ended September 30, 2010

 

Liquidity

 

Our primary sources of liquidity have historically been cash from operations, cash from borrowings from third parties and related parties, as well as cash from issuance of equity and debt securities. We require this capital primarily to finance working capital needs, to fund acquisitions and joint ventures, to develop free-standing renal dialysis centers, to purchase equipment for existing or new renal dialysis centers and production sites, to repay debt and to pay dividends.

 

At September 30, 2011, we had cash and cash equivalents of $396 million. For information regarding utilization and availability under our Amended 2006 Senior Credit Agreement, see Note 6, “Long-term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations” in our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Report.

 

Operations

 

In the first nine months of 2011 and 2010, we generated net cash from operations of $950 million and $1,027 million, respectively. Cash from operations is impacted by the profitability of our business, the development of our working capital, principally receivables, and cash outflows that occur due to a number of singular specific items (especially payments in relation to disallowed tax deductions and legal proceedings). The decrease in the first nine months of 2011 versus 2010 was mainly a result of an increase in days of inventory on hand, a cash outflow from hedging related to intercompany financing and decreases in liabilities.

 

The profitability of our business depends significantly on reimbursement rates. Approximately 75% of our revenues are generated by providing dialysis services, a major portion of which is reimbursed by either public health care organizations or private insurers. For the period ended September 30, 2011, approximately 31% of our consolidated revenues were attributable to U.S. federal health care benefit programs, such as Medicare and Medicaid reimbursement. Legislative changes could affect Medicare reimbursement rates for a significant portion of the services we provide, as well as the scope of Medicare coverage. A decrease in reimbursement rates or the scope of coverage could have a material adverse effect on our business, financial condition and results of operations and thus on our capacity to generate cash flow. In the past we experienced and, after the implementation of the new ESRD PPS in the U.S., also expect in the future generally stable reimbursements for our dialysis services. This includes the balancing of unfavorable reimbursement changes in certain countries with favorable changes in other countries. See “Overview” above for a discussion of recent Medicare reimbursement rate changes including provisions for implementation of the ESRD PPS for dialysis services provided after January 1, 2011. See the discussion of the operations of our North America segment under “Results of Operations,” above, for information regarding the effects of the new ESRD PPS on our average revenue per treatment in the U.S.

 

Our working capital, which is defined as current assets less current liabilities, was $1,896 million at September 30, 2011 which increased from $1,363 million at December 31, 2010, mainly as a result of the repayment of the Trust Preferred Securities on June 15, 2011 (see Note 10), a decrease in short-term borrowings due to the repayment of the accounts receivable facility, and increases in accounts receivable, prepaid expenses and inventories, partially offset by the reclassification of a portion of Term Loan B from noncurrent to current liabilities, increases in short-term borrowings from related parties and accrued expenses, as well as a decrease in cash. Our ratio of current assets to current liabilities was 1.5 at September 30, 2011.

 

We intend to continue to address our current cash and financing requirements by the generation of cash from operations, our existing and future credit agreements, and the issuance of debt securities. We have sufficient financial resources, consisting of only partly drawn credit facilities and our accounts receivable facility to meet our needs for the foreseeable future. In addition, when funds are required for acquisitions, such as those described below under “Subsequent Events – Acquisitions”, or to meet other needs, we expect to successfully complete long-term financing arrangements, such as the issuance of senior notes, see “Financing” below. We aim to preserve financial resources with a minimum of $300 to $500 million of committed and unutilized credit facilities.

 

Cash from operations depends on the collection of accounts receivable. Customers and governments generally have different payment cycles. A lengthening of their payment cycles could have a material adverse effect on our capacity to generate cash flow. In addition, we could face difficulties in enforcing and collecting

 

13



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Interim Report of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

 

accounts receivable under some countries’ legal systems and due to the economic conditions in some countries. Accounts receivable balances at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, net of valuation allowances, represented days sales outstanding (“DSO”) of approximately 80 and 76, respectively.

 

DSO by segment is calculated by dividing the segment’s accounts receivable, as converted to U.S. Dollars using the average exchange rate for the period presented, less any value added tax included in the receivables, by the average daily sales of the last twelve months for that segment, as converted to U.S. dollars using the average exchange rate for the period. Receivables and sales are adjusted for amounts related to significant acquisitions made during the periods presented. The development of DSO by reporting segment is shown in the table below:

 

 

 

September 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

North America days sales outstanding

 

55

 

54

 

International days sales outstanding

 

118

 

116

 

FMC-AG & Co. KGaA average days sales outstanding

 

80

 

76

 

 

DSO increased by 4 days between December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2011 as a result of stronger growth in the business of the International segment, which traditionally has a high DSO level, as compared to our North America business. DSO increased in the North America segment between December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2011 as a result of the seasonality of our Mexican operations. DSO for the International segment increased between December 31, 2010 and September 30, 2011, reflecting slight payment delays, particularly in countries with budget deficits. Due to the fact that a large portion of our reimbursement is provided by public health care organizations and private insurers, we expect that most of our accounts receivable will be collectible, albeit slightly more slowly in the International segment in the immediate future.

 

There are a number of tax and other items we have identified that will or could impact our cash flows from operations in the future as follows:

 

We filed claims for refunds contesting the Internal Revenue Service’s (“IRS”) disallowance of civil settlement payment deductions taken by Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc. (“FMCH”) in prior year tax returns. As a result of a settlement agreement with the IRS, we received a partial refund in September 2008 of $37 million, inclusive of interest and preserved our right to pursue claims in the United States courts for refunds of all other disallowed deductions. On December 22, 2008, we filed a complaint for complete refund in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts, styled as Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc. v. United States. On June 24, 2010, the court denied FMCH’s motion for summary judgment and the litigation is proceeding towards trial.

 

The IRS tax audits of FMCH for the years 2002 through 2006 have been completed. The IRS has disallowed all deductions taken during these audit periods related to intercompany mandatorily redeemable preferred shares. We have protested the disallowed deductions and will avail ourselves of all remedies. An adverse determination with respect to the disallowed deductions related to intercompany mandatorily redeemable preferred shares could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and liquidity. In addition, the IRS proposed other adjustments which have been recognized in our financial statements.

 

For the tax year 1997, we recognized an impairment of one of our subsidiaries which the German tax authorities disallowed in 2003 at the conclusion of their audit for the years 1996 and 1997. We have filed a complaint with the appropriate German court to challenge the tax authorities’ decision. In January 2011, we reached an agreement with the tax authorities, estimated to be slightly more favorable than the tax benefit recognized previously. The additional benefit is expected to be recognized in the fourth quarter of 2011.

 

We are subject to ongoing and future tax audits in the U.S., Germany and other jurisdictions. We have received notices of unfavorable adjustments and disallowances in connection with certain of the audits, including those described above. We are contesting, including appealing, certain of these unfavorable determinations. If our objections and any final audit appeals are unsuccessful, we could be required to make additional tax payments, including payments to state tax authorities reflecting the adjustments made in our federal tax returns in the U.S. With respect to other potential adjustments and disallowances of tax matters currently under review,

 

14



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Interim Report of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

 

we do not anticipate that an unfavorable ruling could have a material impact on our results of operations. We are not currently able to determine the timing of these potential additional tax payments.

 

W.R. Grace & Co. and certain of its subsidiaries filed for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (the “Grace Chapter 11 Proceedings”) on April 2, 2001. The settlement agreement with the asbestos creditors committees on behalf of the W.R. Grace & Co. bankruptcy estate (see Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements, “Commitments and Contingencies - Legal Proceedings – Commercial Litigation”) provides for payment by the Company of $115 million upon approval of the settlement agreement by the U.S. District Court, which has occurred, and confirmation of a W.R. Grace & Co. bankruptcy reorganization plan that includes the settlement. In January and February 2011, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court entered orders confirming the joint plan of reorganization. These confirmation orders are pending before the U.S. District Court. The $115 million obligation was included in the special charge we recorded in 2001 to address 1996 merger-related legal matters. See Note 12 “Commitments and Contingencies – Legal Proceedings – Accrued Special Charge for Litigation” in our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Report. The payment obligation is not interest-bearing.

 

If the potential additional tax payments discussed above and the Grace Chapter 11 Proceedings settlement payment were to occur contemporaneously, there could be a material adverse impact on our operating cash flow in the relevant reporting period. Nonetheless, we anticipate that cash from operations and, if required, our senior credit agreement and other sources of liquidity will be sufficient to satisfy all such obligations if and when they come due.

 

Investing

 

We used net cash of $1,551 million and $709 million in investing activities in the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively.

 

Capital expenditures for property, plant and equipment, net of disposals were $380 million and $339 million in the first nine months of 2011 and 2010, respectively. In the first nine months of 2011, capital expenditures were $171 million in the North America segment, $114 million for the International segment and $95 million at Corporate. Capital expenditures in the first nine months of 2010 were $148 million in the North America segment, $107 million for the International segment and $84 million at Corporate. The majority of our capital expenditures was used for maintaining existing clinics, equipping new clinics, maintenance and expansion of production facilities primarily in North America and Germany and capitalization of machines provided to our customers, primarily in the International segment. Capital expenditures were approximately 4% of total revenue in the first nine months of 2011 and 2010.

 

We invested approximately $1,171 million cash in the first nine months of 2011, primarily through the acquisition of International Dialysis Centers, the dialysis service business of Euromedic International (see Note 2, “Acquisitions”), loans provided to Renal Advantage Partners LLC, the parent company of Renal Advantage, Inc., a provider of dialysis services, (see Note 2, “Acquistions” in our Consolidated Financial Statements included in this Report) and investments in majority owned joint ventures ($772 million in the International segment, $394 million in the North America segment, and $5 million at Corporate), as compared to $247 million cash in the same period of 2010 ($52 million in the North America segment, $189 million in the International segment and $6 million at Corporate). In addition, we invested $131 million (€100 million) in short-term investments with banks during the first nine months of 2010. There were no divestitures in the first nine months of 2011. We received $8 million in conjunction with divestitures in the first nine months of 2010.

 

We anticipate capital expenditures of 5% of revenues and expect to make acquisitions of approximately $1.9 billion in 2011, including all acquisitions to date, see the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements included in the report. See “Outlook” below.

 

Financing

 

Net cash provided by financing was $444 million in the first nine months of 2011 compared to net cash used in financing of $51 million in the first nine months of 2010, respectively.

 

In the nine-month period ended September 30, 2011, cash was provided by the issuance of senior notes, short-term borrowings and short-term borrowings from related parties, partially offset by repayment of long-term debt, the repayment of the Trust Preferred Securities, repayment of the accounts receivable facility, and the payment of dividends. For further information on the issuance of senior notes in 2011, see below. In the first nine months

 

15



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Interim Report of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

 

of 2010, cash was mainly used to reduce borrowings under our credit facilities and to pay dividends. This was partially offset by the issuance of the €250 million of 5.50% Senior Notes in January 2010 and drawings under the accounts receivable facility.

 

On October 17, 2011, our wholly-owned subsidiary, FMC Finance VIII S.A. (“Finance VIII”), issued €100 million aggregate principal amount ($138 million at date of issuance) of floating rate senior unsecured notes (the “Floating Rate Senior Notes”) at par, with an interest rate of three month EURIBOR plus 350 basis points. The notes are due October 15, 2016. We will use the net proceeds of approximately $136 for acquisitions, to refinance indebtedness outstanding under the revolving credit facility of our Amended 2006 Senior Credit Agreement, and for general corporate purposes. The Floating Rate Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior basis jointly and severally by us, and by FMCH and Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH (“D-GmbH”) (together, the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”).

 

On September 14, 2011, our wholly-owned subsidiaries, Fresenius Medical Care US Finance II, Inc. (“US Finance II”) and Finance VIII, issued $400 million and €400 million ($549 million at date of issuance) aggregate principal amount of 6.50% Dollar-denominated Senior Notes and 6.50% Euro-denominated Senior Notes, respectively. Both the 6.50% Dollar-denominated Senior Notes and 6.50% Euro-denominated Senior Notes had an issue price of 99.623%, a yield to maturity of 6.75% and are due on September 15, 2018. Net p roceeds of approximately $927 million were used for acquisitions, including the acquisition of American Access Care in October 2011, to refinance indebtedness outstanding under the revolving credit facility of our Amended 2006 Senior Credit Agreement and under our A/R facility, and for general corporate purposes. The 6.50% Dollar-denominated Senior Notes and the 6.50% Euro-denominated Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior basis jointly and severally by us and the Guarantor Subsidiaries.

 

On August 18, 2011, we renewed our accounts receivable facility until July 31, 2014 and increased available borrowings under the facility from $700 million to $800 million.

 

On May 13, 2011, we paid a dividend with respect to 2010 of €0.65 per ordinary share (for 2009 paid in 2010: €0.61) and €0.67 per preference share (for 2009 paid in 2010: €0.63). The total dividend payment was €197 million ($281 million) in 2011 compared to €183 million ($232 million) in 2010.

 

On February 3, 2011, our wholly owned subsidiaries, Fresenius Medical Care US Finance, Inc. and FMC Finance VII S.A., issued $650 million and €300 million (approximately $412 million at the date of issuance) of 5.75% Senior Notes and 5.25% Senior Notes, respectively. The 5.75% Senior Notes had an issue price of 99.060% and a yield to maturity of 5.875%. The 5.25% Senior Notes were issued at par. Both the 5.75% Senior Notes and the 5.25% Senior Notes are due February 15, 2021. Net proceeds were used to repay indebtedness outstanding under our accounts receivable facility and the revolving credit facility of the Amended 2006 Senior Credit Agreement, for acquisitions, including payments for our recent acquisition of International Dialysis Centers, and for general corporate purposes to support our renal dialysis products and services business. Both the 5.75% and the 5.25% Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior basis jointly and severally by us and the Guarantor Subsidiaries.

 

Non-U.S. GAAP Measures

 

Constant currency

 

Changes in revenue include the impact of changes in foreign currency exchange rates. We use the non-GAAP financial measure “at constant exchange rates” in our filings to show changes in our revenue without giving effect to period-to-period currency fluctuations. Under U.S. GAAP, revenues received in local (non-U.S. dollar) currency are translated into U.S. dollars at the average exchange rate for the period presented. When we use the term “constant currency,” it means that we have translated local currency revenues for the current reporting period into U.S. dollars using the same average foreign currency exchange rates for the conversion of revenues into U.S. dollars that we used to translate local currency revenues for the comparable reporting period of the prior year. We then calculate the change, as a percentage, of the current period revenues using the prior period exchange rates versus the prior period revenues. This resulting percentage is a non-GAAP measure referring to a change as a percentage “at constant exchange rates.”

 

We believe that revenue growth is a key indication of how a company is progressing from period to period and that the non-GAAP financial measure constant currency is useful to investors, lenders, and other creditors because such information enables them to gauge the impact of currency fluctuations on its revenue from period to period. However, we also believe that data on constant currency period-over-period changes have limitations, particularly as the currency effects that are eliminated could constitute a significant element of our revenue and could significantly impact our performance. We therefore limit our use of constant currency period-over-period changes to a measure for the impact of currency fluctuations on the translation of local currency revenue into U.S. dollars. We do not evaluate our results and performance without considering both constant currency period-over-period changes in non-U.S. GAAP revenue on the one hand and changes in revenue prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP on the other. We caution the readers of this report to follow a similar approach by considering data on constant currency period-over-period changes only in addition to, and not as a substitute for or superior to, changes in revenue prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP. We present the fluctuation derived from U.S. GAAP revenue next to the fluctuation derived from non-GAAP revenue. Because the reconciliation is inherent in the disclosure, we believe that a separate reconciliation would not provide any additional benefit.

 

Debt covenant disclosure – EBITDA

 

EBITDA (earnings before interest, tax, depreciation and amortization expenses) was approximately $1,902 million, 20.1% of revenues for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2011, and $1,754 million, 19.7% of revenues for the same period of 2010. EBITDA is the basis for determining compliance with certain covenants contained in our Amended 2006 Senior Credit Agreement, Euro Notes, EIB agreements, and the indentures relating to our Senior Notes. You should not consider EBITDA to be an alternative to net earnings determined in accordance with U.S. GAAP or to cash flow from operations, investing activities or financing activities. In addition, not all funds depicted by EBITDA are available for management’s discretionary use. For example, a substantial portion of such funds are subject to contractual restrictions and functional requirements for debt service, to fund necessary capital expenditures and to meet other commitments from time to time as described in more detail elsewhere in this report. EBITDA, as calculated, may not be comparable to similarly titled measures reported by other companies. A reconciliation of EBITDA to cash flow provided by operating activities, which we believe to be the most directly comparable U.S. GAAP financial measure, is calculated as follows:

 

16



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Interim Report of Financial Condition and Results of Operations

for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

 

Reconciliation of measures for consolidated totals

 

 

 

For the nine months
ended September 30,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Total EBITDA

 

$

1,902

 

$

1,754

 

Interest expense (net of interest income)

 

(214

)

(206

)

Income tax expense, net

 

(436

)

(410

)

Change in deferred taxes, net

 

30

 

16

 

Changes in operating assets and liabilities

 

(353

)

(143

)

Stock compensation expense

 

22

 

20

 

Other items, net

 

(1

)

(4

)

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

$

950

 

$

1,027

 

 

Balance Sheet Structure

 

Total assets as of September 30, 2011 increased to $18.6 billion compared to $17.1 billion at December 31, 2010. Current assets as a percent of total assets remained constant at 30% at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010. The equity ratio, the ratio of our equity divided by total liabilities and shareholders’ equity, decreased to 42% at September 30, 2011 from 44% at December 31, 2010.

 

Outlook

 

We confirm our outlook for the full year 2011 as depicted in the table below:

 

 

 

2011

 

 

 

($ in millions)

 

Net Revenues

 

> $13,000

 

Net Income attributable to FMC-AG & Co. KGaA

 

$1,070 - $1,090

 

Debt/EBITDA

 

< 3.0x

 

Capital Expenditures in % of revenue

 

~ 5%

 

Acquisitions

 

~ $1,900

 

 

17



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Consolidated Statements of Income

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share data)

 

 

 

For the three months
ended September 30,

 

For the nine months
ended September 30,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

Net revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dialysis Care

 

$

2,425,092

 

$

2,321,175

 

$

7,071,971

 

$

6,716,280

 

Dialysis Products

 

816,999

 

736,930

 

2,400,560

 

2,170,153

 

 

 

3,242,091

 

3,058,105

 

9,472,531

 

8,886,433

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Costs of revenue:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dialysis Care

 

1,680,506

 

1,611,780

 

4,998,099

 

4,708,110

 

Dialysis Products

 

407,746

 

391,847

 

1,163,567

 

1,147,945

 

 

 

2,088,252

 

2,003,627

 

6,161,666

 

5,856,055

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Gross profit

 

1,153,839

 

1,054,478

 

3,310,865

 

3,030,378

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Operating (income) expenses:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

598,433

 

540,291

 

1,764,361

 

1,583,612

 

Research and development

 

27,612

 

22,794

 

80,544

 

67,256

 

Income from equity method investees

 

(5,940

)

(1,857

)

(22,402

)

(5,484

)

Operating income

 

533,734

 

493,250

 

1,488,362

 

1,384,994

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Other (income) expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest income

 

(16,882

)

(4,719

)

(42,882

)

(18,802

)

Interest expense

 

84,955

 

75,086

 

257,124

 

224,818

 

Income before income taxes

 

465,661

 

422,883

 

1,274,120

 

1,178,978

 

Income tax expense

 

162,797

 

152,904

 

436,057

 

409,507

 

Net income

 

302,864

 

269,979

 

838,063

 

769,471

 

Less: Net income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

23,609

 

22,191

 

77,346

 

62,298

 

Net income attributable to FMC-AG & Co. KGaA

 

$

279,255

 

$

247,788

 

$

760,717

 

$

707,173

 

Basic income per ordinary share

 

$

0.92

 

$

0.82

 

$

2.51

 

$

2.35

 

Fully diluted income per ordinary share

 

$

0.92

 

$

0.82

 

$

2.50

 

$

2.35

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

18



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share data)

 

 

 

For the three months
ended September 30,

 

For the nine months
ended September 30,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

Net Income

 

$

302,864

 

$

269,979

 

$

838,063

 

$

769,471

 

Gain (loss) related to cash flow hedges

 

(91,450

)

(20,353

)

(89,321

)

(93,304

)

Actuarial gains (losses) on defined benefit pension plans

 

2,111

 

1,251

 

5,676

 

3,661

 

Gain (loss) related to foreign currency translation

 

(273,089

)

230,723

 

(106,731

)

(79,183

)

Income tax benefit (expense) related to components of other comprehensive income

 

37,302

 

2,980

 

28,455

 

22,132

 

Other comprehensive income (loss), net of tax

 

(325,126

)

214,601

 

(161,921

)

(146,694

)

Total comprehensive income

 

$

(22,262

)

$

484,580

 

$

676,142

 

$

622,777

 

Comprehensive income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

21,787

 

24,228

 

76,549

 

63,435

 

Comprehensive income attributable to FMC-AG & Co. KGaA

 

$

(44,049

)

$

460,352

 

$

599,593

 

$

559,342

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

19



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Consolidated Balance Sheets

At September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 (in thousands, except share data)

 

 

 

September 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011 

 

2010

 

 

 

(unaudited)

 

(audited)

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

395,945

 

$

522,870

 

Trade accounts receivable less allowance for doubtful accounts of $280,745 in 2011 and  $277,139 in 2010

 

2,803,099

 

2,573,258

 

Accounts receivable from related parties

 

113,493

 

113,976

 

Inventories

 

928,333

 

809,097

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

967,175

 

783,231

 

Deferred taxes

 

379,654

 

350,162

 

Total current assets

 

5,587,699

 

5,152,594

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

2,585,567

 

2,527,292

 

Intangible assets

 

755,468

 

692,544

 

Goodwill

 

8,729,880

 

8,140,468

 

Deferred taxes

 

90,956

 

93,168

 

Investment in equity method investees

 

330,016

 

250,373

 

Other assets and notes receivable

 

545,159

 

238,222

 

Total assets

 

$

18,624,745

 

$

17,094,661

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Liabilities and shareholders’ equity

 

 

 

 

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

430,759

 

$

420,637

 

Accounts payable to related parties

 

112,031

 

121,887

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

1,725,888

 

1,537,423

 

Short-term borrowings and other financial liabilities

 

161,407

 

670,671

 

Short-term borrowings from related parties

 

88,734

 

9,683

 

Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations

 

974,220

 

263,982

 

Company-obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary Fresenius Medical Care Capital Trusts holding solely Company-guaranteed debentures of subsidiaries – current portion

 

 

625,549

 

Income tax payable

 

170,953

 

117,542

 

Deferred taxes

 

27,969

 

22,349

 

Total current liabilities

 

 

3,691,961

 

3,789,723

 

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations, less current portion

 

5,486,753

 

4,309,676

 

Other liabilities

 

242,807

 

294,015

 

Pension liabilities

 

204,867

 

190,150

 

Income tax payable

 

176,010

 

200,581

 

Deferred taxes

 

607,083

 

506,896

 

Total liabilities

 

 

10,409,481

 

9,291,041

 

Noncontrolling interests subject to put provisions

 

313,147

 

279,709

 

 

Shareholders’ equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Preference shares, no par value, €1.00 nominal value, 12,356,880 shares authorized, 3,965,191 issued and outstanding

 

4,451

 

4,440

 

Ordinary shares, no par value, €1.00 nominal value, 373,436,220 shares authorized, 299,673,007 issued and outstanding

 

370,986

 

369,002

 

Additional paid-in capital

 

3,395,652

 

3,339,781

 

Retained earnings

 

4,338,148

 

3,858,080

 

Accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income

 

(355,169

)

(194,045

)

Total FMC-AG & Co. KGaA shareholders’ equity

 

7,754,068

 

7,377,258

 

Noncontrolling interests not subject to put provisions

 

148,049

 

146,653

 

Total equity

 

7,902,117

 

7,523,911

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

18,624,745

 

$

17,094,661

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

20



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

For the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and 2010

(unaudited)

(in thousands)

 

 

 

For the nine months
ended September 30,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Net income

 

$

838,063

 

$

769,471

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

413,695

 

369,324

 

Change in deferred taxes, net

 

29,721

 

16,346

 

(Gain) loss on sale of investments

 

(176

)

(4,639

)

(Gain) loss on sale of fixed assets

 

(1,093

)

(225

)

Compensation expense related to stock options

 

21,667

 

20,385

 

Cash outflow from hedging

 

(58,718

)

 

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of amounts from businesses acquired:

 

 

 

 

 

Trade accounts receivable, net

 

(227,190

)

(208,753

)

Inventories

 

(105,445

)

(20,812

)

Prepaid expenses, other current and non-current assets

 

(65,597

)

(56,587

)

Accounts receivable from related parties

 

(9,496

)

41,160

 

Accounts payable to related parties

 

(8,482

)

(58,036

)

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current and non-current liabilities

 

96,629

 

155,058

 

Income tax payable

 

26,122

 

4,442

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

949,700

 

1,027,134

 

Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

 

(396,606

)

(350,018

)

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

 

16,496

 

10,552

 

Acquisitions and investments, net of cash acquired, and purchases of intangible assets

 

(1,171,293

)

(378,048

)

Proceeds from divestitures

 

 

8,494

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

(1,551,403

)

(709,020

)

Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

Proceeds from short-term borrowings and other financial liabilities

 

143,893

 

156,041

 

Repayments of short-term borrowings and other financial liabilities

 

(131,831

)

(145,950

)

Proceeds from short-term borrowings from related parties

 

148,383

 

 

Repayments of short-term borrowings from related parties

 

(66,246

)

 

Proceeds from long-term debt and capital lease obligations (net of debt issuance costs and other hedging costs of $123,140 in 2011 and $31,239 in 2010)

 

2,526,085

 

886,914

 

Repayments of long-term debt and capital lease obligations

 

(723,234

)

(1,022,718

)

Redemption of trust preferred securities

 

(653,760

)

 

Increase (decrease) of accounts receivable securitization program

 

(510,000

)

281,000

 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

68,560

 

93,092

 

Dividends paid

 

(280,649

)

(231,967

)

Distributions to noncontrolling interests

 

(95,094

)

(87,037

)

Contributions from noncontrolling interests

 

18,193

 

19,205

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

444,300

 

(51,420

)

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

30,478

 

3,789

 

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

(126,925

)

270,483

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

522,870

 

301,225

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

395,945

 

$

571,708

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

21



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Consolidated Statement of Shareholders´ Equity

For the nine months ended September 30, 2011 (unaudited) and

year ended December 31, 2010 (audited)

(in thousands, except share data)

 

 

 

Preference Shares

 

Ordinary Shares

 

Additional  

 

 

 

Accumulated 
Other 

 

Total 
FMC-AG & 
Co. KGaA 

 

Noncontrolling 
interests not 

 

 

 

 

 

Number of 
shares

 

No par 
value

 

Number of 
shares

 

 No par 
value

 

paid in 
capital

 

Retained 
earnings  

 

comprehensive 
income (loss)

 

shareholders’ 
equity

 

subject to put 
provisions

 

Total Equity

 

Balance at December 31, 2009

 

3,884,328

 

$

 4,343

 

295,746,635

 

$

 365,672

 

$

 3,243,466

 

$

 3,111,530

 

$

 (49,724

)

$

 6,675,287

 

$

 123,103

 

$

 6,798,390

 

Proceeds from exercise of options and related tax effects

 

72,840

 

97

 

2,532,366

 

3,330

 

98,819

 

 

 

102,246

 

 

102,246

 

Compensation expense related to stock options

 

 

 

 

 

27,981

 

 

 

27,981

 

 

27,981

 

Dividends paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

(231,967

)

 

(231,967

)

 

(231,967

)

Purchase/ sale of noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

(6,263

)

 

 

(6,263

)

17,295

 

11,032

 

Contributions from / to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(54,225

)

(54,225

)

Changes in fair value of noncontrolling interests subject to put provisions

 

 

 

 

 

(24,222

)

 

 

(24,222

)

 

(24,222

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

978,517

 

 

978,517

 

58,040

 

1,036,557

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(144,321

)

(144,321

)

2,440

 

(141,881

)

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

834,196

 

60,480

 

894,676

 

Balance at December 31, 2010

 

3,957,168

 

$

 4,440

 

298,279,001

 

$

 369,002

 

$

 3,339,781

 

$

 3,858,080

 

$

 (194,045

)

$

 7,377,258

 

$

 146,653

 

$

 7,523,911

 

Proceeds from exercise of options and related tax effects

 

8,023

 

11

 

1,394,006

 

1,984

 

 63,052

 

 

 

65,047

 

 

65,047

 

Compensation expense related to stock options

 

 

 

 

 

21,667

 

 

 

21,667

 

 

21,667

 

Dividends paid

 

 

 

 

 

 

(280,649

)

 

(280,649

)

 

(280,649

)

Purchase/ sale of noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

(8,212

)

 

 

(8,212

)

(5,803

)

(14,015

)

Contributions from / to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(39,520

)

(39,520

)

Changes in fair value of noncontrolling interests subject to put provisions

 

 

 

 

 

(20,636

)

 

 

(20,636

)

 

(20,636

)

Net income

 

 

 

 

 

 

760,717

 

 

760,717

 

47,587

 

808,304

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(161,124

)

(161,124

)

(868

)

(161,992

)

Comprehensive income

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

599,593

 

46,719

 

646,312

 

Balance at September 30, 2011

 

3,965,191

 

$

 4,451

 

299,673,007

 

$

 370,986

 

$

3,395,652

 

$

4,338,148

 

$

(355,169

)

$

7,754,068

 

$

148,049

 

$

7,902,117

 

 

See accompanying notes to unaudited consolidated financial statements.

 

22



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

1.              The Company and Basis of Presentation

 

The Company

 

Fresenius Medical Care AG & Co. KGaA (“FMC-AG & Co. KGaA” or the “Company”), a German partnership limited by shares (Kommanditgesellschaft auf Aktien), is the world’s largest kidney dialysis company, operating in both the field of dialysis services and the field of dialysis products for the treatment of end-stage renal disease (“ESRD”). The Company’s dialysis business is vertically integrated, providing dialysis treatment at dialysis clinics it owns or operates and supplying these clinics with a broad range of products. In addition, the Company sells dialysis products to other dialysis service providers. In the United States, the Company also performs clinical laboratory testing and provides inpatient dialysis services and other services under contract to hospitals.

 

In this report, “FMC-AG & Co. KGaA,” or the “Company,” “we,” “us” or “our” refers to the Company or the Company and its subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, as the context requires.

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“U.S. GAAP”).

 

The consolidated financial statements at September 30, 2011 and for the three- and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 contained in this report are unaudited and should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements contained in the Company’s 2010 Annual Report on Form 20-F. The preparation of consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the consolidated financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Such financial statements reflect all adjustments that, in the opinion of management, are necessary for a fair presentation of the results of the periods presented. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature.

 

The accounting policies applied in the accompanying consolidated financial statements are the same as those applied in the consolidated financial statements as at and for the year ended December 31, 2010, contained in the Company’s 2010 Annual Report on Form 20-F, unless indicated otherwise.

 

The results of operations for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2011 are not necessarily indicative of the results of operations for the year ending December 31, 2011.

 

Certain items in the prior periods’s comparative consolidated financial statements have been reclassified to conform to the current period’s presentation.

 

2.              Acquisitions

 

International Dialysis Centers

 

On January 4, 2011, the Company announced the signing of a purchase agreement to acquire International Dialysis Centers (“IDC”), Euromedic International’s dialysis service business for a preliminary purchase price of €529,214 (approximately $714,598 as of September 30, 2011). The increase over the original purchase price of €485,000 reflects adjustments for the seller’s final cash and debt positions at closing and the effects of the delay in closing resulting from the regulatory approval process. IDC treats over 8,200 hemodialysis patients predominantly in Central and Eastern Europe and operates a total of 70 clinics in nine countries. With the exception of Portugal, where the review is still ongoing, closing occurred on June 30, 2011 following final regulatory approvals by the relevant anti-trust authorities which included a mandate for the divestiture of five of the acquired clinics. In the meantime, the divesture process has been started and a preliminary review of the purchase price allocation took place. Based on those activities, the Company adjusted the identified goodwill to approximately €403,290 at September 30, 2011 ($544,562 as of September 30, 2011); in addition, intangible assets of €64,700 ($87,364 as of September 30, 2011) have been identified. The Company expects to complete the purchase price allocation by the end of 2011.

 

Acquisitions not yet closed as of September 30, 2011

 

American Access Care

 

On October 1, 2011, the Company acquired the U.S. based company American Access Care Holdings, LLC (“AAC”). AAC operates 28 freestanding out-patient interventional radiology centers in 12 states in the U.S. primarily dedicated to the vascular access needs of dialysis patients. The acquired operations will add approximately $175,000 in annual revenue and are expected to be accretive to earnings in the first year after closing of the transaction. The transaction was financed from cash flow from operations and available borrowing facilities.

 

Liberty Dialysis

 

On August 2, 2011, the Company announced its plans to acquire 100% of Liberty Dialysis Holdings, Inc., the owner of all of the business of Liberty Dialysis and owner of a 51% stake in Renal Advantage Partners, LLC. The Company owns a 49% stake in Renal Advantage Partners, LLC. The Company’s total investment, including the assumption of incremental debt, will be approximately $1,700,000. The transaction remains subject to clearance under the Hart–Scott–Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act and is expected to close in early 2012. Upon completion, the acquired operations would add approximately 260 outpatient dialysis clinics to the Company’s network in the U.S and approximately $1,000,000 in annual revenue before the anticipated divestiture of some centers as a condition of government approval of the transaction. The transaction will be financed from cash flow from operations and debt and is expected to be accretive to earnings in the first year after closing of the transaction.

 

During the first quarter of 2011, the Company loaned $294,000 to Renal Advantage Partners LLC, the parent company of Renal Advantage, Inc., which included a $60,000 conversion right for a 49% minority equity interest in Renal Advantage Partners LLC. The conversion right was exercised and became effective May 1, 2011. The remaining loan is classified within “Other assets and notes receivable” in the balance sheet and the participation received resulting from the exercise of the conversion right is classified within “Investment in equity method investees.” Additionally, the Company has entered into agreements to provide renal products and pharmaceutical supplies as well as other services to Renal Advantage, Inc. and Liberty Dialysis, Inc.

 

For a discussion of the final closing of the Company’s renal pharmaceutical joint venture with Galenica, Vifor Fresenius Medical Care Renal Pharma Ltd., in November 2011, see Note 16.

 

23



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

3.              Related Party Transactions

 

a)              Service and Lease Agreements

 

The Company’s parent, Fresenius SE & Co. KGaA, is a German partnership limited by shares resulting from the change of legal form effective January 28, 2011, of Fresenius SE, a European Company (Societas Europaea), and which, prior to July 13, 2007, was called Fresenius AG, a German stock corporation. In these Consolidated Financial Statements, Fresenius SE refers to that company as a partnership limited by shares, effective on and after January 28, 2011, as well as both before and after the conversion of Fresenius AG from a stock corporation into a European Company. Fresenius SE owns 100% of the share capital of Fresenius Medical Care Management AG, the Company’s general partner (“General Partner”) and is the Company’s largest shareholder owning approximately 30.3% of the Company’s voting shares as of September 30, 2011. In August 2008, a subsidiary of Fresenius SE issued Mandatory Exchangeable Bonds in the aggregate principal amount of €554,400. These matured on August 14, 2011 when they were mandatorily exchangeable into ordinary shares of the Company. Upon maturity, the issuer delivered 15,722,644 of the Company’s ordinary shares to the bond holders. As a result, Fresenius SE’s holding of the Company’s ordinary shares decreased to the above percentage.

 

The Company is party to service agreements with Fresenius SE and certain of its affiliates (collectively the “Fresenius SE Companies”) to receive services, including, but not limited to: administrative services, management information services, employee benefit administration, insurance, information technology services, tax services and treasury management services. During the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, amounts charged by Fresenius SE to the Company under the terms of these agreements were $51,357 and $44,607, respectively. The Company also provides certain services to the Fresenius SE Companies, including

 

24



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

research and development, central purchasing and warehousing. The Company charged $4,918 and $4,746 for services rendered to the Fresenius SE Companies during the first nine months of 2011 and 2010 respectively.

 

Under real estate operating lease agreements entered into with the Fresenius SE Companies, which are leases for the corporate headquarters in Bad Homburg, Germany and production sites in Schweinfurt and St. Wendel, Germany, the Company paid the Fresenius SE Companies $19,442 and $15,135 during the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, respectively. The majority of the leases expire in 2016 and contain renewal options.

 

The Company’s Articles of Association provide that the General Partner shall be reimbursed for any and all expenses in connection with management of the Company’s business, including remuneration of the members of the General Partner’s supervisory board and the General Partner’s management board. The aggregate amount reimbursed to the General Partner was $9,772 and $8,773, respectively, for its management services during the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010.

 

b)              Products

 

For the first nine months of 2011 and 2010, the Company sold products to the Fresenius SE Companies for $14,579 and $11,468 respectively. During the same periods, the Company made purchases from the Fresenius SE Companies in the amount of $39,350 and $33,443, respectively.

 

Also, the Company has entered into agreements to provide renal products and pharmaceutical supplies to equity method investees. Under these agreements, the Company sold $9,441 of products to equity method investees during the first nine months of 2011.

 

In addition to the purchases noted above, the Company currently purchases heparin supplied by APP Pharmaceuticals Inc. (“APP Inc.”), through an independent group purchasing organization (“GPO”). APP Inc. is wholly-owned by Fresenius Kabi AG, a wholly-owned subsidiary of Fresenius SE. The Company has no direct supply agreement with APP Inc. and does not submit purchase orders directly to APP Inc. During the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc. (“FMCH”) acquired approximately $18,900 and $23,365, respectively, of heparin from APP Inc. through the GPO contract, which was negotiated by the GPO at arm’s length on behalf of all members of the GPO.

 

c)              Financing Provided by and to Fresenius SE and the General Partner

 

As of September 30, 2011, the Company had borrowings outstanding with Fresenius SE of €57,300 ($77,372 as of September 30, 2011) at an interest rate of 2.606%, due on October 31, 2011.  During October 2011, the amount was increased to €84,700 ($118,588 at October 31, 2011), and the loan was extended from October 31, 2011 to November 30, 2011 at an interest rate of 2.617%.

 

As of September 30, 2011, the Company had a loan of CNY 10,000 ($1,566 as of September 30, 2011) outstanding with a subsidiary of Fresenius SE at an interest rate of 6.65%, due on April 14, 2013.

 

In January 2011, the Company reached a court settlement with the German tax authorities on a disallowed impairment charge recognized in 1997. As the Company was party to a German trade tax group with Fresenius SE and certain of Fresenius SE’s other affiliates for fiscal years 1997 - 2001, the Company and Fresenius SE had entered into an agreement on how to allocate potential tax effects of the disallowed impairment charge, including interest on prepayments, upon resolution between the Company and the German tax authorities. As a result, the Company recognized €2,560 ($3,457 as of September 30, 2011) as a tax expense for interest payable to Fresenius SE in 2011.

 

Throughout 2010, the Company, under its cash pooling agreement, made cash advances to Fresenius SE. The balance outstanding at December 31, 2010 of €24,600 ($32,871 as of December 31, 2010) was fully repaid on January 3, 2011 at an interest rate of 1.942%.

 

On August 19, 2009, the Company borrowed €1,500 ($2,025 as of September 30, 2011) from the General Partner at 1.335%. The loan repayment, originally due on August 19, 2010, was originally extended until August 19, 2011 and has been further extended until August 20, 2012 at an interest rate of 3.328%.

 

During 2009, the Company reclassified an account payable to Fresenius SE in the amount of €77,745 to short-term borrowings from related parties. The amount represents taxes payable by the Company arising from

 

25



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

the period 1997-2001 during which German trade taxes were paid by Fresenius SE on behalf of the Company. Of this amount, €5,747 ($7,760 at September 30, 2011) was outstanding at September 30, 2011 at an interest rate of 6% and will be repaid in the fourth quarter of 2011.

 

4.              Inventories

 

As of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, inventories consisted of the following:

 

 

 

September 30,
2011

 

December 31,
2010

 

Raw materials and purchased components

 

$

168,075

 

$

158,163

 

Work in process

 

70,782

 

56,345

 

Finished goods

 

575,518

 

475,641

 

Health care supplies

 

113,958

 

118,948

 

Inventories

 

$

928,333

 

$

809,097

 

 

At June 30, 2011, the Company had a contingent liability of up to $70,771 related to expected purchases of certain materials during 2011. Due to renegotiations of supply contracts related to these materials during the third quarter of 2011, this contingent liability has been resolved. As a further result of these renegotiations, changes in the unconditional purchase agreements related to these materials will result in a decrease of the purchase obligation by $242,658 as of December 31, 2011 as compared to the obligation under the old contracts.

 

5.              Short-Term Borrowings, Other Financial Liabilities and Short-Term Borrowings from Related Parties

 

As of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, short-term borrowings, other financial liabilities and short-term borrowings from related parties consisted of the following:

 

 

 

September 30, 
2011

 

December 31,
2010

 

Borrowings under lines of credit

 

$

152,320

 

$

131,791

 

Accounts receivable facility

 

 

510,000

 

Other financial liabilities

 

9,087

 

28,880

 

Short-term borrowings and other financial liabilities

 

161,407

 

670,671

 

Short-term borrowings from related parties (see Note 3.c.)

 

88,734

 

9,683

 

Short-term borrowings, Other financial liabilities and Short-term borrowings from related parties

 

$

250,141

 

$

680,354

 

 

At December 31, 2010, the accounts receivable facility (the “A/R Facility”) was classified as a short-term borrowing. During the third quarter of 2011 , the A/R Facility was renewed for a period of three years. As a result, the A/R Facility has been classified as long-term debt at September 30, 2011, see Note 6. As of September 30, 2011, there were no borrowings under the A/R Facility.

 

6.              Long-term Debt and Capital Lease Obligations

 

As of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, long-term debt and capital lease obligations consisted of the following:

 

26



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

September 30, 
2011

 

December 31, 
2010

 

Amended 2006 Senior Credit Agreement

 

$

2,905,685

 

$

2,953,890

 

Senior Notes

 

2,805,758

 

824,446

 

Euro Notes

 

270,060

 

267,240

 

European Investment Bank Agreements

 

353,660

 

351,686

 

Capital lease obligations

 

13,427

 

15,439

 

Other

 

112,383

 

160,957

 

 

 

6,460,973

 

4,573,658

 

Less current maturities

 

(974,220

)

(263,982

)

 

 

$

5,486,753

 

$

4,309,676

 

 

Amended 2006 Senior Credit Agreement

 

The following table shows the available and outstanding amounts under the Amended 2006 Senior Credit Agreement at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010:

 

 

 

Maximum Amount 
Available

 

Balance Outstanding

 

 

 

September 30, 
2011

 

December 31, 
2010

 

September 30, 
2011

 

December 31, 
2010

 

Revolving Credit

 

$

1,200,000

 

$

1,200,000

 

$

135,030

 

$

81,126

 

Term Loan A

 

1,245,000

 

1,335,000

 

1,245,000

 

1,335,000

 

Term Loan B

 

1,525,655

 

1,537,764

 

1,525,655

 

1,537,764

 

 

 

$

3,970,655

 

$

4,072,764

 

$

2,905,685

 

$

2,953,890

 

 

In addition, at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the Company had letters of credit outstanding in the amount of $180,766 and $121,518, respectively, which are not included above as part of the balance outstanding at those dates but which reduce available borrowings under the revolving credit facility.

 

During 2011, we made additional amendments to the Amended 2006 Senior Credit Agreement. The latest amendment was closed on September 21, 2011. It included, among other things, a change to the definition of the Company’s Consolidated Leverage Ratio, which is used to determine the applicable margin, to allow for the reduction of all cash and cash equivalents from Consolidated Funded Debt.

 

Senior Notes

 

Senior Notes Issued February 2011

 

On February 3, 2011, Fresenius Medical Care US Finance, Inc. (“US Finance”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company,  issued $650,000 aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured notes with a coupon of 5.75% (the “5.75% Senior Notes”) at an issue price of 99.060% and FMC Finance VII S.A. (“Finance VII”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, issued €300, 000 aggregate principal amount ($412,350 at date of issuance) of senior unsecured notes with a coupon of 5.25% (the “5.25% Senior Notes”) at par. The 5.75% Senior Notes had a yield to maturity of 5.875%. Both the 5.75% Senior Notes and the 5.25% Senior Notes are due February 15, 2021. US Finance and Finance VII may redeem the 5.75% Senior Notes and 5.25% Senior Notes, respectively, at any time at 100% of principal plus accrued interest and a premium calculated pursuant to the terms of the applicable indenture. The holders of the 5.75% Senior Notes and the 5.25% Senior Notes have a right to request

 

27



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

that the respective issuers of the notes repurchase the applicable issue of notes at 101% of principal plus accrued interest upon the occurrence of a change of control of the Company followed by a decline in the rating of the respective notes. The Company used the net p roceeds of approximately $1,035,000 to repay indebtedness outstanding under its accounts receivable facility and the revolving credit facility of the Amended 2006 Senior Credit Agreement, for acquisitions, including payments under our recent acquisition of International Dialysis Centers announced on January 4, 2011 (see Note 2), and for general corporate purposes to support our renal dialysis products and services business. The 5.75% Senior Notes and the 5.25% Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior basis jointly and severally by the Company and by Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc. (“FMCH”) and Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH (“D-GmbH”) (together, the “Guarantor Subsidiaries”) .

 

6 7 / 8 % Senior Notes

 

On June 20, 2011, US Finance acquired substantially all of the assets of FMC Finance III S.A. (“FMC Finance III”) and assumed the obligations of FMC Finance III under its $500,000 6 7 / 8 % Senior Notes due in 2017 (the “6 7 / 8 % Senior Notes”) and the related indenture. The guarantees of the Company and the Guarantor Subsidiaries for the 6 7 / 8 % Senior Notes have not been amended and remain in full force and effect .

 

Senior Notes Issued September 2011

 

On September 14, 2011, Fresenius Medical Care US Finance II, Inc. (“US Finance II”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company,  issued $400,000 aggregate principal amount of senior unsecured notes with a coupon of 6.50% (the “6.50% Dollar-denominated Senior Notes”) at an issue price of 98.623% and FMC Finance VIII S.A. (“Finance VIII”), a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, issued €400, 000 aggregate principal amount ($549,160 at date of issuance) of senior unsecured notes with a coupon 6.50% (the “6.50% Euro-denominated Senior Notes”) at an issuance price of 98.623%. Both the 6.50% Dollar-denominated Senior Notes and the 6.50% Euro-denominated Senior Notes had a yield to maturity of 6.75% and both are due September 15, 2018. US Finance II and Finance VIII may redeem the 6.50% Dollar-denominated Senior Notes and 6.50% Euro-denominated Senior Notes, respectively, at any time at 100% of principal plus accrued interest and a premium calculated pursuant to the terms of the applicable indenture. The holders of the 6.50% Dollar-denominated Senior Notes and the 6.50% Euro-denominated Senior Notes have a right to request that the respective issuers of the notes repurchase the applicable issue of notes at 101% of principal plus accrued interest upon the occurrence of a change of control of the Company followed by a decline in the rating of the respective notes. The Company used the net p roceeds of approximately $927,192 for acquisitions, to refinance indebtedness outstanding under the revolving credit facility of our Amended 2006 Senior Credit Agreement and under our A/R facility, and for general corporate purposes. The 6.50% Dollar-denominated Senior Notes and the 6.50% Euro-denominated Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior basis jointly and severally by the Company and the Guarantor Subsidiaries.

 

Accounts Receivable Facility

 

The A/R Facility was most recently renewed on August 18, 2011 for a term expiring on July 31, 2014 and the available borrowings under the A/R Facility were increased from $700,000 to $800,000. Refinancing fees, which include legal costs and bank fees, are amortized over the term of the A/R facility. As the A/R Facility was renewed annually in the past, it has historically been classified as a short-term borrowing. Since the recent renewal extended the due date to 2014, the A/R Facility has been reclassified into long-term debt. As of September 30, 2011, there were no borrowings under the A/R Facility.

 

7.          Stock Options

 

Fresenius Medical Care AG & Co. KGaA Long Term Incentive Program 2011

 

On May 12, 2011, the Fresenius Medical Care AG & Co. KGaA Stock Option Plan 2011 (“2011 SOP”) was established by resolution of the Company’s Annual General Meeting (“AGM"). The 2011 SOP, together with the Phantom Stock Plan 2011, which was established by resolution of the General Partner’s Management and Supervisory Boards, forms the Company’s Long Term Incentive Program 2011 (“2011 Incentive Program”). Under the 2011 Incentive Program, participants will be granted awards, which will consist of a combination of stock options and phantom stock. At the time of each grant, the participants will be able to choose a ratio based on the value of the stock options vs. the value of the phantom stock in a range between 75:25 and 50:50. The conversion of stock options vs. phantom stock is determined using the fair value assessment pursuant to the

 

28



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

binomial model. With respect to grants made in July, the fair value assessment will be conducted on the day following the Company’s AGM and with respect to the grants made in December, on the first Monday in October.

 

Members of the Management Board of the General Partner, members of the management boards of the Company’s affiliated companies and the managerial staff members of the Company and of certain affiliated companies are entitled to participate in the 2011 Incentive Program. With respect to participants who are members of the General Partner’s Management Board, the General Partner’s Supervisory Board has sole authority to grant stock options and exercise other decision making powers under the 2011 Incentive Program (including decisions regarding certain adjustments and forfeitures). The General Partner has such authority with respect to all other participants in the 2011 Incentive Program. Awards under the 2011 Incentive Program can be granted on the last Monday in July and/or the first Monday in December each year.

 

The awards under the 2011 Incentive Program are subject to a four-year vesting period. The vesting of the awards granted is subject to achievement of performance targets measured over a four-year period beginning with the first day of the year of the grant. For each such year, the performance target is achieved if the Company’s adjusted basic income per ordinary share (“Adjusted EPS”), as calculated in accordance with the 2011 Incentive Program, increases by at least 8% year over year during the vesting period or, if this is not the case, the compounded annual growth rate of the Adjusted EPS reflects an increase of at least 8% per year of the adjusted EPS during the four-year vesting period beginning with the Adjusted EPS for the year of grant as compared to the Adjusted EPS for the year preceding such grant. At the end of the vesting period, one-fourth of the awards granted are forfeited for each year in which the performance target is not met or exceeded. Vesting of the portion or portions of a grant for a year or years in which the performance target is met does not occur until completion of the four-year vesting period.

 

The 2011 Incentive Program was established with a conditional capital increase up to €12,000 subject to the issue of up to twelve million non-par value bearer ordinary shares with a nominal value of €1.00 each. Under the 2011 Incentive Program, up to twelve million stock options can be issued, each of which can be exercised to obtain one ordinary share, with up to two million stock options designated for members of the Management Board of the General Partner, up to two and a half million stock options designated for members of management boards of direct or indirect subsidiaries of the Company and up to seven and a half million stock options designated for managerial staff members of the Company and such subsidiaries. The Company may issue new shares to fulfill the stock option obligations or the Company may issue shares that it has acquired or which the Company itself has in its own possession.

 

The exercise price of stock options granted under the 2011 Incentive Program shall be the average stock exchange price on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange of the Company’s ordinary shares during the 30 calendar days immediately prior to each grant date. Stock options granted under the 2011 Incentive Program have an eight-year term and can be exercised only after a four-year vesting period. Stock options granted under the 2011 Incentive Program to US participants are non-qualified stock options under the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended. Options under the 2011 Incentive Program are not transferable by a participant or a participant’s heirs, and may not be pledged, assigned, or disposed of otherwise.

 

Phantom stock awards under the 2011 Incentive Program entitle the holders to receive payment in Euro from the Company upon exercise of the phantom stock. The payment per phantom share in lieu of the issuance of such stock shall be based upon the stock exchange price on the Frankfurt Stock Exchange of one of the Company’s ordinary shares on the exercise date. Phantom stock will be granted over a five year period of time and will have a five-year term but can be exercised only after a four-year vesting period, or as otherwise expressly stated in the plan, beginning with the first day of the year of the grant.

 

On July 25, 2011, the Company granted awards under the 2011 Incentive Program. The Company awarded 1,922,571 stock options, including 307,515 stock options granted to members of the Management Board of Fresenius Medical Care Management AG, the Company’s general partner, at an exercise price of $75.47 (€52.48), a fair value of $19.33 each and a total fair value of $37,157, which will be amortized over the four-year vesting period. The Company awarded 213,243 phantom shares, including 29,313 phantom shares granted to members of the Management Board of Fresenius Medical Care Management AG, the Company’s general

 

29



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

partner, at a measurement date fair value of $64.83 (€48.01) each and a total fair value of $13,825, which will be amortized over the four-year vesting period.

 

Other stock option plans

 

On May 12, 2011, the remaining conditional capitals of the employee’s participation plan of 1996 and the Stock Option Program from 1998 were cancelled by resolution of the Company’s AGM. Both plans have expired and no further bonds can be converted or stock options exercised.

 

8.               Earnings Per Share

 

The following table contains reconciliations of the numerators and denominators of the basic and diluted earnings per share computations for the three- and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010:

 

 

 

For the three months 
ended September 30,

 

For the nine months 
ended September 30,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

Numerators:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income attributable to FMC-AG & Co. KGaA

 

$

279,255

 

$

247,788

 

$

760,717

 

$

707,173

 

less:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Dividend preference on Preference shares

 

28

 

26

 

83

 

77

 

Income available to all classes of shares

 

$

279,227

 

$

247,762

 

$

760,634

 

$

707,096

 

Denominators:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Weighted average number of:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ordinary shares outstanding

 

299,280,448

 

297,244,371

 

298,714,674

 

296,370,673

 

Preference shares outstanding

 

3,964,914

 

3,914,044

 

3,960,315

 

3,901,126

 

Total weighted average shares outstanding

 

303,245,362

 

301,158,415

 

302,674,989

 

300,271,799

 

Potentially dilutive Ordinary shares

 

1,869,658

 

1,375,974

 

1,588,786

 

1,072,429

 

Potentially dilutive Preference shares

 

20,342

 

43,389

 

20,099

 

41,626

 

Total weighted average Ordinary shares outstanding assuming dilution

 

301,150,106

 

298,620,345

 

300,303,460

 

297,443,102

 

Total weighted average Preference shares outstanding assuming dilution

 

3,985,256

 

3,957,433

 

3,980,414

 

3,942,752

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Basic income per Ordinary share

 

$

0.92

 

$

0.82

 

$

2.51

 

$

2.35

 

Plus preference per Preference shares

 

0.01

 

0.01

 

0.02

 

0.02

 

Basic income per Preference share

 

$

0.93

 

$

0.83

 

$

2.53

 

$

2.37

 

Fully diluted income per Ordinary share

 

$

0.92

 

$

0.82

 

$

2.50

 

$

2.35

 

Plus preference per Preference shares

 

0.00

 

0.01

 

0.02

 

0.02

 

Fully diluted income per Preference share

 

$

0.92

 

$

0.83

 

$

2.52

 

$

2.37

 

 

30



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

9.              Employee Benefit Plans

 

The Company currently has two principal pension plans, one for German employees, the other covering employees in the United States, the latter of which was curtailed in 2002. Plan benefits are generally based on years of service and final salary. As there is no legal requirement in Germany to fund defined benefit plans, the Company’s pension obligations in Germany are unfunded. Each year FMCH, a wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company and its principal North American subsidiary, contributes to the plan covering United States employees at least the minimum required by the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended.

 

The following table provides the calculations of net periodic benefit cost for the three- and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010.

 

 

 

Three months ended
September 30,

 

Nine months ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

2011

 

2010

 

Components of net periodic benefit cost:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Service cost

 

$

2,685

 

$

1,939

 

$

8,042

 

$

5,904

 

Interest cost

 

6,371

 

5,546

 

18,546

 

16,734

 

Expected return on plan assets

 

(4,600

)

(4,366

)

(13,150

)

(13,098

)

Amortization of unrealized losses

 

2,129

 

1,220

 

5,730

 

3,631

 

Net periodic benefit costs

 

$

6,585

 

$

4,339

 

$

19,168

 

$

13,171

 

 

10.       Mandatorily Redeemable Trust Preferred Securities

 

On June 15, 2011, the Company redeemed the Trust Preferred Securities that became due on that date and that were issued in 2001 by Fresenius Medical Care Capital Trust IV and V in the amount of $225,000 and €300,000 ($428,760 at the date of redemption), respectively, primarily with funds obtained under existing credit facilities.

 

11.       Noncontrolling Interests Subject to Put Provisions

 

The Company has potential obligations to purchase the noncontrolling interests held by third parties in certain of its consolidated subsidiaries. These obligations are in the form of put provisions and are exercisable at the third-party owners’ discretion within specified periods as outlined in each specific put provision. If these put provisions were exercised, the Company would be required to purchase all or part of third-party owners’ noncontrolling interests at the appraised fair value at the time of exercise. The methodology the Company uses to estimate the fair values of the noncontrolling interest subject to put provisions assumes the greater of net book value or a multiple of earnings, based on historical earnings, development stage of the underlying business and other factors. The estimated fair values of the noncontrolling interests subject to these put provisions can also fluctuate and the implicit multiple of earnings at which these noncontrolling interest obligations may ultimately be settled could vary significantly from our current estimates depending upon market conditions.

 

As of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 the Company’s potential obligations under these put options are $313,147 and $279,709, respectively, of which, at September 30, 2011, $98,351 were exercisable. No options were exercised during the first nine months of 2011.

 

Following is a roll forward of noncontrolling interests subject to put provisions for the nine months ended September 30, 2011 and the year ended December 31, 2010:

 

31



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Beginning balance as of January 1, 2011 and 2010

 

$

279,709

 

$

231,303

 

Contributions to noncontrolling interests

 

(28,885

)

(38,964

)

Purchase/ sale of noncontrolling interests

 

6,021

 

28,969

 

Contributions from noncontrolling interests

 

5,836

 

5,289

 

Changes in fair value of noncontrolling interests

 

20,636

 

24,222

 

Net income

 

29,759

 

28,839

 

Other comprehensive income (loss)

 

71

 

51

 

Ending balance as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010

 

$

313,147

 

$

279,709

 

 

12.        Commitments and Contingencies

 

Legal Proceedings

 

The Company is routinely involved in numerous claims, lawsuits, regulatory and tax audits, investigations and other legal matters arising, for the most part, in the ordinary course of its business of providing healthcare services and products. Legal matters which the Company currently deems to be material are described below. For the matters described below in which the Company believes a loss is both reasonably possible and estimable, an estimate of the loss or range of loss exposure is provided. For the other matters described below, the Company believes that the loss probability is remote and/or the loss or range of possible losses cannot be reasonably estimated at this time. The outcome of litigation and other legal matters is always difficult to accurately predict and outcomes that are not consistent with the Company’s view of the merits can occur. The Company believes that it has valid defenses to the legal matters pending against it and is defending itself vigorously. Nevertheless, it is possible that the resolution of one or more of the legal matters currently pending or threatened could have a material adverse effect on its business, results of operations and financial condition.

 

Commercial Litigation

 

The Company was originally formed as a result of a series of transactions it completed pursuant to the Agreement and Plan of Reorganization dated as of February 4, 1996, by and between W.R. Grace & Co. and Fresenius SE (the “Merger”). At the time of the Merger, a W.R. Grace & Co. subsidiary known as W.R. Grace & Co.-Conn. had, and continues to have, significant liabilities arising out of product-liability related litigation (including asbestos-related actions), pre-Merger tax claims and other claims unrelated to National Medical Care, Inc. (“NMC”), which was W.R. Grace & Co.’s dialysis business prior to the Merger. In connection with the Merger, W.R. Grace & Co.-Conn. agreed to indemnify the Company, FMCH, and NMC against all liabilities of W.R. Grace & Co., whether relating to events occurring before or after the Merger, other than liabilities arising from or relating to NMC’s operations. W.R. Grace & Co. and certain of its subsidiaries filed for reorganization under Chapter 11 of the U.S. Bankruptcy Code (the “Grace Chapter 11 Proceedings”) on April 2, 2001.

 

Prior to and after the commencement of the Grace Chapter 11 Proceedings, class action complaints were filed against W.R. Grace & Co. and FMCH by plaintiffs claiming to be creditors of W.R. Grace & Co.-Conn., and by the asbestos creditors’ committees on behalf of the W.R. Grace & Co. bankruptcy estate in the Grace Chapter 11 Proceedings, alleging among other things that the Merger was a fraudulent conveyance, violated the uniform fraudulent transfer act and constituted a conspiracy. All such cases have been stayed and transferred to or are pending before the U.S. District Court as part of the Grace Chapter 11 Proceedings.

 

In 2003, the Company reached agreement with the asbestos creditors’ committees on behalf of the W.R. Grace & Co. bankruptcy estate and W.R. Grace & Co. in the matters pending in the Grace Chapter 11 Proceedings for the settlement of all fraudulent conveyance and tax claims against it and other claims related to the Company that arise out of the bankruptcy of W.R. Grace & Co. Under the terms of the settlement agreement as amended (the “Settlement Agreement”), fraudulent conveyance and other claims raised on behalf of asbestos claimants will be dismissed with prejudice and the Company will receive protection against existing and potential future W.R. Grace & Co. related claims, including fraudulent conveyance and asbestos claims, and indemnification against income tax claims related to the non-NMC members of the W.R. Grace & Co. consolidated tax group upon confirmation of a W.R. Grace & Co. bankruptcy reorganization plan that contains

 

32



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

such provisions. Under the Settlement Agreement, the Company will pay a total of $115,000 without interest to the W.R. Grace & Co. bankruptcy estate, or as otherwise directed by the Court, upon plan confirmation. No admission of liability has been or will be made. The Settlement Agreement has been approved by the U.S. District Court. In January and February 2011, the U.S. Bankruptcy Court entered orders confirming the joint plan of reorganization. These confirmation orders are pending before the U.S. District Court. Subsequent to the Merger, W.R. Grace & Co. was involved in a multi-step transaction involving Sealed Air Corporation (“Sealed Air,” formerly known as Grace Holding, Inc.). The Company is engaged in litigation with Sealed Air to confirm its entitlement to indemnification from Sealed Air for all losses and expenses incurred by the Company relating to pre-Merger tax liabilities and Merger-related claims. Under the Settlement Agreement, upon final confirmation of a plan of reorganization that satisfies the conditions of the Company’s payment obligation, this litigation will be dismissed with prejudice.

 

On April 4, 2003, FMCH filed a suit in the U. S. District Court for the Northern District of California, styled Fresenius USA, Inc., et al., v. Baxter International Inc., et al., Case No. C 03-1431, seeking a declaratory judgment that FMCH does not infringe patents held by Baxter International Inc. and its subsidiaries and affiliates (“Baxter”), that the patents are invalid, and that Baxter is without right or authority to threaten or maintain suit against FMCH for alleged infringement of Baxter’s patents. In general, the asserted patents concern the use of touch screen interfaces for hemodialysis machines. Baxter filed counterclaims against FMCH seeking more than $140,000 in monetary damages and injunctive relief, and alleging that FMCH willfully infringed on Baxter’s patents. On July 17, 2006, the court entered judgment on a jury verdict in favor of FMCH finding that all the asserted claims of the Baxter patents are invalid as obvious and/or anticipated in light of prior art.

 

On February 13, 2007, the court granted Baxter’s motion to set aside the jury’s verdict in favor of FMCH and reinstated the patents and entered judgment of infringement. Following a trial on damages, the court entered judgment on November 6, 2007 in favor of Baxter on a jury award of $14,300. On April 4, 2008, the court denied Baxter’s motion for a new trial, established a royalty payable to Baxter of 10% of the sales price for continuing sales of FMCH’s 2008K hemodialysis machines and 7% of the sales price of related disposables, parts and service beginning November 7, 2007, and enjoined sales of the touchscreen-equipped 2008K machine effective January 1, 2009. The Company appealed the court’s rulings to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit (“Federal Circuit”). In October 2008, the Company completed design modifications to the 2008K machine that eliminate any incremental hemodialysis machine royalty payment exposure under the original District Court order. On September 10, 2009, the Federal Circuit reversed the district court’s decision and determined that the asserted claims in two of the three patents at issue are invalid. As to the third patent, the Federal Circuit affirmed the district court’s decision; however, the Court also vacated the injunction and award of damages. These issues were remanded to the District Court for reconsideration in light of the invalidity ruling on most of the claims. As a result, FMCH is no longer required to fund the court-approved escrow account set up to hold the royalty payments ordered by the district court, although funds of $20,000 already contributed will remain in escrow until the case is finally concluded. Baxter has asked the Court to enforce the judgment on the one patent remaining valid at this time, and compel payment to Baxter of the funds currently in the escrow. A hearing is scheduled for December 2, 2011. On March 18, 2010, the U.S. Patent and Trademark Office (USPTO) and the Board of Patent Appeals and Interferences ruled in reexamination that the remaining Baxter patent is invalid. On October 5, 2010, Baxter appealed the Board’s ruling to the Federal Circuit.

 

On April 28, 2008, Baxter filed suit in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of Illinois, Eastern Division (Chicago), styled Baxter International, Inc. and Baxter Healthcare Corporation v. Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc. and Fresenius USA, Inc., Case No. CV 2389, asserting that FMCH’s hemodialysis machines infringe four patents issued in 2007 and 2008, all of which are based on one of the patents at issue in the April 2003 Baxter case described above. The new patents expired in April 2011 and relate to trend charts shown on touch screen interfaces and the entry of ultrafiltration profiles (ultrafiltration is the removing of liquid from a patient’s body using osmotic pressure). This case is currently stayed pursuant to court order. The Company believes that its hemodialysis machines do not infringe any valid claims of the Baxter patents at issue. All the asserted patents now stand rejected in an ongoing reexamination at the USPTO.

 

On October 17, 2006, Baxter and DEKA Products Limited Partnership (DEKA) filed suit in the U.S. District Court for the Eastern District of Texas which was subsequently transferred to the Northern District of California, styled Baxter Healthcare Corporation and DEKA Products Limited Partnership v. Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc. d/b/a Fresenius Medical Care North America and Fresenius USA, Inc., Case No. CV 438 TJW. The complaint alleged that FMCH’s Liberty™ cycler infringes nine patents owned by or licensed to Baxter. During and after discovery, seven of the asserted patents were dropped from the suit. On July 28, 2010, at the

 

33



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

conclusion of the trial, the jury returned a verdict in favor of FMCH finding that the Liberty™ cycler does not infringe any of the asserted claims of the Baxter patents. The District Court denied Baxter’s request to overturn the jury verdict and Baxter has appealed the verdict and resulting judgment to the United States Court of Appeals for the Federal Circuit.

 

Other Litigation and Potential Exposures

 

Renal Care Group, Inc. (“RCG”), which the Company acquired in 2006, is named as a nominal defendant in a complaint originally filed September 13, 2006 in the Chancery Court for the State of Tennessee Twentieth Judicial District at Nashville styled Indiana State District Council of Laborers and Hod Carriers Pension Fund v. Gary Brukardt et al. Following the trial court’s dismissal of the complaint, plaintiff’s appeal in part, and reversal in part by the appellate court, the cause of action purports to be a class action on behalf of former shareholders of RCG and seeks monetary damages only against the individual former directors of RCG. The individual defendants, however, may have claims for indemnification and reimbursement of expenses against the Company. The Company expects to continue as a defendant in the litigation, which is proceeding toward trial in the Chancery Court, and believes that defendants will prevail.

 

On July 17, 2007, resulting from an investigation begun in 2005, the United States Attorney filed a civil complaint in the United States District Court for the Eastern District of Missouri (St. Louis) against Renal Care Group, Inc., its subsidiary RCG Supply Company, and FMCH in its capacity as RCG’s current corporate parent. The complaint seeks monetary damages and penalties with respect to issues arising out of the operation of RCG’s Method II supply company through 2005, prior to FMCH’s acquisition of RCG in 2006. The complaint is styled United States of America ex rel. Julie Williams et al. vs. Renal Care Group, Renal Care Group Supply Company and FMCH. On August 11, 2009, the Missouri District Court granted RCG’s motion to transfer venue to the United States District Court for the Middle District of Tennessee (Nashville). On March 22, 2010, the Tennessee District Court entered judgment against defendants for approximately $23,000 in damages and interest under the unjust enrichment count of the complaint but denied all relief under the six False Claims Act counts of the complaint. On June 17, 2011, the District Court entered summary judgment against RCG for $82,643 on one of the False Claims Act counts of the complaint. On June 23, 2011, the Company appealed to the United States Court of Appeals for the Sixth Circuit. Although the Company cannot provide any assurance of the outcome, the Company believes that RCG’s operation of its Method II supply company was in compliance with applicable law, that no relief is due to the United States, that the decisions made by the District Court on March 22, 2010 and June 17, 2011 will be reversed, and that its position in the litigation will ultimately be sustained.

 

On November 27, 2007, the United States District Court for the Western District of Texas (El Paso) unsealed and permitted service of two complaints previously filed under seal by a qui tam relator, a former FMCH local clinic employee. The first complaint alleged that a nephrologist unlawfully employed in his practice an assistant to perform patient care tasks that the assistant was not licensed to perform and that Medicare billings by the nephrologist and FMCH therefore violated the False Claims Act. The second complaint alleged that FMCH unlawfully retaliated against the relator by discharging her from employment constructively. The United States Attorney for the Western District of Texas declined to intervene and to prosecute on behalf of the United States. On March 30, 2010, the District Court issued final judgment in favor of defendants on all counts based on a jury verdict rendered on February 25, 2010 and on rulings of law made by the Court during the trial. The plaintiff has appealed from the District Court judgment.

 

On February 15, 2011, a qui tam relator’s complaint under the False Claims Act against FMCH was unsealed by order of the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts and served by the relator. The United States has not intervened in the case United States ex rel. Chris Drennen v. Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc., 2009 Civ. 10179 (D. Mass.). The relator’s complaint, which was first filed under seal in February 2009, alleges that the Company seeks and receives reimbursement from government payers for serum ferritin and hepatitis B laboratory tests that are medically unnecessary or not properly ordered by a physician. FMCH has filed a motion to dismiss the complaint. On March 6, 2011, the United States Attorney for the District of Massachusetts issued a Civil Investigative Demand seeking the production of documents related to the same laboratory tests that are the subject of the relator’s complaint. FMCH is cooperating fully in responding to the additional Civil Investigative Demand, and will vigorously contest the relator’s complaint.

 

On June 29, 2011, the Company received a subpoena from the United States Attorney for the Eastern District of New York.  The subpoena is part of a criminal and civil investigation into relationships between retail pharmacies and outpatient dialysis facilities in the State of New York and into the reimbursement under

 

34



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

government payer programs in New York for medications provided to patients with ESRD.  Among the issues encompassed by the investigation is whether retail pharmacies may have received compensation from the New York Medicaid program for pharmaceutical products that should be provided by the dialysis facilities in exchange for the New York Medicaid payment to the dialysis facilities. The Company is cooperating in the investigation.

 

The Company filed claims for refunds contesting the Internal Revenue Service’s (“IRS”) disallowance of FMCH’s civil settlement payment deductions taken by FMCH in prior year tax returns. As a result of a settlement agreement with the IRS, the Company received a partial refund in September 2008 of $37,000, inclusive of interest and preserved our right to pursue claims in the United States Courts for refunds of all other disallowed deductions. On December 22, 2008, the Company filed a complaint for complete refund in the United States District Court for the District of Massachusetts, styled as Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc. v United States. On June 24, 2010, the court denied FMCH’s motion for summary judgment and the litigation is proceeding towards trial.

 

The IRS tax audits of FMCH for the years 2002 through 2006 have been completed. The IRS has disallowed all deductions taken during these audit periods related to intercompany mandatorily redeemable preferred shares. The Company has protested the disallowed deductions and will avail itself of all remedies. An adverse determination with respect to the disallowed deductions related to intercompany mandatorily redeemable preferred shares could have a material adverse effect on our results of operations and liquidity. In addition, the IRS proposed other adjustments which have been recognized in the financial statements.

 

For the tax year 1997, the Company recognized an impairment of one of its subsidiaries which the German tax authorities disallowed in 2003 at the conclusion of their audit for the years 1996 and 1997. The Company has filed a complaint with the appropriate German court to challenge the tax authorities’ decision. In January 2011, the Company reached an agreement with the tax authorities, estimated to be slightly more favorable than the tax benefit recognized previously. The additional benefit is expected to be recognized in the fourth quarter of 2011.

 

From time to time, the Company is a party to or may be threatened with other litigation or arbitration, claims or assessments arising in the ordinary course of its business. Management regularly analyzes current information including, as applicable, the Company’s defenses and insurance coverage and, as necessary, provides accruals for probable liabilities for the eventual disposition of these matters.

 

The Company, like other health care providers, conducts its operations under intense government regulation and scrutiny. It must comply with regulations which relate to or govern the safety and efficacy of medical products and supplies, the operation of manufacturing facilities, laboratories and dialysis clinics, and environmental and occupational health and safety. The Company must also comply with the Anti-Kickback Statute, the False Claims Act, the Stark Law, and other federal and state fraud and abuse laws. Applicable laws or regulations may be amended, or enforcement agencies or courts may make interpretations that differ from the Company’s interpretations or the manner in which it conducts its business. Enforcement has become a high priority for the federal government and some states.

 

In addition, the provisions of the False Claims Act authorizing payment of a portion of any recovery to the party bringing the suit encourage private plaintiffs to commence “whistle blower” actions. In May 2009, the scope of the False Claims Act was expanded and additional protections for whistle blowers and procedural provisions to aid whistle blowers’ ability to proceed in a False Claims Act case were added. By virtue of this regulatory environment, the Company’s business activities and practices are subject to extensive review by regulatory authorities and private parties, and continuing audits, investigative demands, subpoenas, other inquiries, claims and litigation relating to the Company’s compliance with applicable laws and regulations. The Company may not always be aware that an inquiry or action has begun, particularly in the case of “whistle blower” actions, which are initially filed under court seal.

 

The Company operates many facilities throughout the United States and other parts of the world. In such a decentralized system, it is often difficult to maintain the desired level of oversight and control over the thousands of individuals employed by many affiliated companies. The Company relies upon its management structure, regulatory and legal resources, and the effective operation of its compliance program to direct, manage and monitor the activities of these employees. On occasion, the Company may identify instances where employees or

 

35



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

other agents deliberately, recklessly or inadvertently contravene the Company’s policies or violate applicable law. The actions of such persons may subject the Company and its subsidiaries to liability under the Anti-Kickback Statute, the Stark Law and the False Claims Act, among other laws, and comparable laws of other countries.

 

Physicians, hospitals and other participants in the health care industry are also subject to a large number of lawsuits alleging professional negligence, malpractice, product liability, worker’s compensation or related claims, many of which involve large claims and significant defense costs. The Company has been and is currently subject to these suits due to the nature of its business and expects that those types of lawsuits may continue. Although the Company maintains insurance at a level which it believes to be prudent, it cannot assure that the coverage limits will be adequate or that insurance will cover all asserted claims. A successful claim against the Company or any of its subsidiaries in excess of insurance coverage could have a material adverse effect upon it and the results of its operations. Any claims, regardless of their merit or eventual outcome, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s reputation and business.

 

The Company has also had claims asserted against it and has had lawsuits filed against it relating to alleged patent infringements or businesses that it has acquired or divested. These claims and suits relate both to operation of the businesses and to the acquisition and divestiture transactions. The Company has, when appropriate, asserted its own claims, and claims for indemnification. A successful claim against the Company or any of its subsidiaries could have a material adverse effect upon its business, financial condition, and the results of its operations. Any claims, regardless of their merit or eventual outcome, could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s reputation and business.

 

Accrued Special Charge for Legal Matters

 

At December 31, 2001, the Company recorded a pre-tax special charge of $258,159 to reflect anticipated expenses associated with the defense and resolution of pre-Merger tax claims, Merger-related claims, and commercial insurer claims. The costs associated with the Settlement Agreement and settlements with insurers have been charged against this accrual. With the exception of the proposed $115,000 payment under the Settlement Agreement in the Grace Chapter 11 Proceedings, all other matters included in the special charge have been resolved. While the Company believes that its remaining accrual reasonably estimates its currently anticipated costs related to the continued defense and resolution of this matter, no assurances can be given that its actual costs incurred will not exceed the amount of this accrual.

 

13.  Financial Instruments

 

As a global supplier of dialysis services and products in more than 120 countries throughout the world, the Company is faced with a concentration of credit risks due to the nature of the reimbursement systems which are often provided by the governments of the countries in which the Company operates. Changes in reimbursement rates or the scope of coverage could have a material adverse effect on the Company’s business, financial condition and results of operations and thus on its capacity to generate cash flow. In the past the Company experienced and, after the implementation of the new bundled reimbursement system in the U.S., also expects in the future generally stable reimbursements for dialysis services. This includes the balancing of unfavorable reimbursement changes in certain countries with favorable changes in other countries. Due to the fact that a large portion of the Company’s reimbursement is provided by public health care organizations and private insurers, the Company expects that most of its accounts receivables will be collectable, albeit somewhat more slowly in the International segment in the immediate future, particularly in countries which continue to be severely affected by the global financial crisis.

 

Non-derivative Financial Instruments

 

The following table presents the carrying amounts and fair values of the Company’s non-derivative financial instruments at September 30, 2011, and December 31, 2010.

 

36



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

September 30,

 

December 31,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

 

 

Carrying

 

Fair

 

Carrying

 

Fair

 

 

 

Amount

 

Value

 

Amount

 

Value

 

Non-derivatives

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assets

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

395,945

 

$

395,945

 

$

 522,870

 

$

 522,870

 

Accounts Receivable

 

2,916,592

 

2,916,592

 

2,687,234

 

2,687,234

 

Long-term Notes Receivable

 

234,350

 

231,120

 

 

 

Liabilities

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

542,790

 

542,790

 

542,524

 

542,524

 

Short-term borrowings (1)

 

161,407

 

161,407

 

670,671

 

670,671

 

Short-term borrowings from related parties

 

88,734

 

88,734

 

9,683

 

9,683

 

Long term debt, excluding Amended 2006 Senior Credit Agreement, Euro Notes and Senior Notes (1)

 

479,470

 

479,470

 

528,082

 

528,082

 

Amended 2006 Senior Credit Agreement

 

2,905,685

 

2,867,848

 

2,953,890

 

2,937,504

 

Senior Notes

 

2,805,758

 

2,839,384

 

824,446

 

880,366

 

Euro Notes

 

270,060

 

275,472

 

267,240

 

276,756

 

Trust Preferred Securities

 

 

 

625,549

 

643,828

 

Noncontrolling interests subject to put provisions

 

313,147

 

313,147

 

279,709

 

279,709

 

 


(1) At December 31, 2010 the A/R Facility was classified as a short-term borrowing. The A/R Facility was renewed during the third quarter of 2011 for a period of three years. As a result, the A/R Facility has been classified as long-term debt as of September 30, 2011. At September 30, 2011, there were no borrowings under the A/R Facility.

 

The carrying amounts in the table are included in the consolidated balance sheet under the indicated captions or in the case of long-term debt, in the captions shown in Note 6.

 

The significant methods and assumptions used in estimating the fair values of non-derivative financial instruments are as follows:

 

Cash and cash equivalents are stated at nominal value which equals the fair value.

 

Short-term financial instruments such as accounts receivable, accounts payable and short-term borrowings are valued at their carrying amounts, which are reasonable estimates of the fair value due to the relatively short period to maturity of these instruments.

 

The valuation of the long-term notes receivable is determined using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). It is valued using a constructed index based upon similar instruments with comparable credit ratings, terms, tenor, interest rates and that are within the Company’s industry. The Company tracked the prices of the constructed index from the note issuance date to the reporting date to determine fair value.

 

The fair values of the major long-term financial liabilities are calculated on the basis of market information. Instruments for which market quotes are available are measured using these quotes. The fair values of the other long-term financial liabilities are calculated at the present value of the respective future cash flows. To determine these present values, the prevailing interest rates and credit spreads for the Company as of the balance sheet date are used.

 

The valuation of the noncontrolling interests subject to put provisions is determined using significant unobservable inputs (Level 3). See Note 11 for a discussion of the Company’s methodology for estimating the fair value of these noncontrolling interests subject to put obligations.

 

Currently, there is no indication that a decrease in the value of the Company’s financing receivables is probable. Therefore, the allowances on credit losses of financing receivables are immaterial.

 

37



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

Derivative Financial Instruments

 

The Company is exposed to market risk from changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates. In order to manage the risk of interest rate and currency exchange rate fluctuations, the Company enters into various hedging transactions by means of derivative instruments with highly rated financial institutions as authorized by the Company’s General Partner. On a quarterly basis the Company performs an assessment of its counterparty credit risk. The Company currently considers this risk to be low. The Company’s policy, which has been consistently followed, is that financial derivatives be used only for the purpose of hedging foreign currency and interest rate exposure.

 

In certain instances, the Company enters into derivative contracts that do not qualify for hedge accounting but are utilized for economic purposes (“economic hedges”). The Company does not use financial instruments for trading purposes.

 

The Company established guidelines for risk assessment procedures and controls for the use of financial instruments. They include a clear segregation of duties with regard to execution on one side and administration, accounting and controlling on the other.

 

Foreign Exchange Risk Management

 

The Company conducts business on a global basis in various currencies, though a majority of its operations are in Germany and the United States. For financial reporting purposes, the Company has chosen the U.S. dollar as its reporting currency. Therefore, changes in the rate of exchange between the U.S. dollar and the local currencies in which the financial statements of the Company’s international operations are maintained affect its results of operations and financial position as reported in its consolidated financial statements.

 

The Company’s exposure to market risk for changes in foreign exchange rates relates to transactions such as sales and purchases. The Company has significant amounts of sales of products invoiced in euro from its European manufacturing facilities to its other international operations and, to a lesser extent, sales of products invoiced in other non-functional currencies. This exposes the subsidiaries to fluctuations in the rate of exchange between the euro and the currency in which their local operations are conducted. For the purpose of hedging existing and foreseeable foreign exchange transaction exposures the Company enters into foreign exchange forward contracts and, on a small scale, foreign exchange options. As of September 30, 2011 the Company had no foreign exchange options.

 

Changes in the fair value of the effective portion of foreign exchange forward contracts designated and qualifying as cash flow hedges of forecasted product purchases and sales are reported in accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”). Additionally, in connection with intercompany loans in foreign currency, the Company uses foreign exchange swaps thus assuring that no foreign exchange risks arise from those loans, which, if they qualify for cash flow hedge accounting, are also reported in AOCI. These amounts recorded in AOCI are subsequently reclassified into earnings as a component of cost of revenues for those contracts that hedge product purchases or SG&A for those contracts that hedge loans, in the same period in which the hedged transaction affects earnings. The notional amounts of foreign exchange contracts in place that are designated and qualify as cash flow hedges totaled $1,205,680 and $1,026,937 at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

 

The Company also enters into derivative contracts for forecasted product purchases and sales and for intercompany loans in foreign currency that do not qualify for hedge accounting but are utilized for economic hedges as defined above. In these cases, the change in value of the economic hedge is recorded in the income statement and usually offsets the change in value recorded in the income statement for the underlying asset or liability. The notional amounts of economic hedges that do not qualify for hedge accounting totaled $1,981,611 and $1,607,312 at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, respectively.

 

Interest Rate Risk Management

 

The Company enters into derivatives, particularly interest rate swaps and to a certain extent, interest rate options, to protect against the risk of rising interest rates. These interest rate derivatives are designated as cash flow hedges. Part of the interest rate swap agreements effectively convert payments based on variable interest rates applicable to the Company’s Amended 2006 Senior Credit Agreement denominated in U.S. dollars into payments at a fixed interest rate. The remaining interest rate swaps have been entered into in anticipation of future debt issuances. The U.S. dollar-denominated swap agreements, all of which expire at various dates in 2012, bear an average interest rate of 3.55%. The euro-denominated interest rate swaps expire in

 

38



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

2012 and have an interest rate of 2.80%. Interest payable and receivable under the swap agreements is accrued and recorded as an adjustment to interest expense.

 

As of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the notional amounts of the U.S. dollar-denominated interest rate swaps in place were $2,650,000 and $3,175,000, respectively. As of September 30, 2011, the notional amount of the euro-denominated interest rate swaps in place was €100,000 ($135,030 as of September 30, 2011).

 

Derivative Financial Instruments Valuation

 

The following table shows the carrying amounts of the Company’s derivatives at September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010.

 

 

 

September 30, 2011

 

December 31, 2010

 

 

 

Assets (2)

 

Liabilities (2)

 

Assets (2)

 

Liabilities (2)

 

Derivatives in cash flow hedging relationships (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

29,279

 

(8,307

)

3,703

 

(51,816

)

Interest rate contracts

 

 

(125,682

)

 

(51,604

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

1,248

 

(4,094

)

810

 

(486

)

Interest rate contracts

 

 

 

 

(73,221

)

Total

 

$

30,527

 

$

(138,083

)

$

4,513

 

$

(177,127

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Derivatives not designated as hedging instruments (1)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

31,369

 

(20,753

)

3,517

 

(20,751

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Non-current

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

4,097

 

(3,867

)

509

 

(213

)

Total

 

$

35,466

 

$

(24,620

)

$

4,026

 

$

(20,964

)

 


(1) As of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010, the valuation of the Company’s derivatives was determined using Significant Other Observable Inputs (Level 2) in accordance with the fair value hierarchy levels established in U.S. GAAP.

 

(2) Derivative instruments are marked to market each reporting period resulting in carrying amounts being equal to fair values at the reporting date.

 

The carrying amounts for the current portion of derivatives indicated as assets in the table above are included in Prepaid expenses and other current assets in the Consolidated Balance Sheets while the current portion of those indicated as liabilities are included in Accrued expenses and other current liabilities. The non-current portions indicated as assets or liabilities are included in the Consolidated Balance Sheets in Other assets or Other liabilities, respectively.

 

The significant methods and assumptions used in estimating the fair values of derivative financial instruments are as follows:

 

The fair value of interest rate swaps is calculated by discounting the future cash flows on the basis of the market interest rates applicable for the remaining term of the contract as of the balance sheet date. To determine the fair value of foreign exchange forward contracts, the contracted forward rate is compared to the current forward rate for the remaining term of the contract as of the balance sheet date. The result is then discounted on the basis of the market interest rates prevailing at the balance sheet date for the applicable currency.

 

The Company includes its own credit risk for financial instruments deemed liabilities and counterparty-credit risks for financial instruments deemed assets when measuring the fair value of derivative financial instruments.

 

39



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

The Effect of Derivatives on the Consolidated Financial Statements

 

 

 

Amount of Gain or (Loss) Recognized in OCI on

 

 

 

Amount of (Gain) or Loss
Reclassified from AOCI in
Income

 

Derivatives in Cash Flow

 

Derivatives
(Effective Portion)
for the nine months ended September 30,

 

Location of (Gain) or
Loss Reclassified from
AOCI in Income

 

(Effective Portion)
for the nine months ended
September 30,

 

Hedging Relationships

 

2011

 

2010

 

(Effective Portion)

 

2011

 

2010

 

Interest rate contracts

 

$

(73,937

)

$

(89,177

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

(13,803

)

(13,435

)

Costs of Revenue

 

$

(1,581

)

$

9,308

 

 

 

$

(87,740

)

$

(102,612

)

 

 

$

(1,581

)

$

9,308

 

 

Derivatives not Designated as

 

Location of (Gain) or
Loss Recognized in

 

Amount of (Gain) or Loss Recognized in Income on
Derivatives
for the nine months ended September 30,

 

Hedging Instruments 

 

Income on Derivatives

 

2011

 

2010

 

Foreign exchange contracts

 

Selling, general and administrative expense

 

$

(67,744

)

$

61,308

 

 

 

Interest income/expense

 

5,492

 

(8,229

)

 

 

 

 

$

(62,252

)

$

53,079

 

 

For foreign exchange derivatives, the Company expects to recognize $1,426 of losses deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income at September 30, 2011, in earnings during the next twelve months.

 

The Company expects to incur additional interest expense of $35,814 over the next twelve months which is currently deferred in accumulated other comprehensive income. This amount reflects the current fair value at September 30, 2011 of expected additional interest payments resulting from interest rate swaps.

 

As of September 30, 2011, the Company had foreign exchange derivatives with maturities of up to 50 months and interest rate swaps with maturities of up to 11 months.

 

40



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

14.    Business Segment Information

 

The Company has identified three business segments, North America, International, and Asia Pacific, which were determined based upon how the Company manages its businesses. All segments are primarily engaged in providing dialysis care services and the distribution of products and equipment for the treatment of ESRD. In the U.S., the Company is also engaged in performing clinical laboratory testing and providing vascular access services and providing inpatient dialysis services and other services under contract to hospitals. The Company has aggregated the International and Asia Pacific operating segments as “International.” The segments are aggregated due to their similar economic characteristics. These characteristics include the same services provided and products sold, the same type patient population, similar methods of distribution of products and services and similar economic environments.

 

Management evaluates each segment using a measure that reflects all of the segment’s controllable revenues and expenses. Management believes that the most appropriate measure in this regard is operating income which measures the Company’s source of earnings. Financing is a corporate function, which the Company’s segments do not control. Therefore, the Company does not include interest expense relating to financing as a segment measure. Similarly, the Company does not allocate “corporate costs,” which relate primarily to certain headquarters overhead charges, including accounting and finance, professional services, etc., because the Company believes that these costs are also not within the control of the individual segments. As of January 1, 2011, production of products, production asset management, quality management and procurement is centrally managed in Corporate by Global Manufacturing Operations with products being transferred to the regions at cost. This is a change from prior periods, when these services were managed within the regions. The business segment information has been adjusted accordingly with the exception of segment assets in the prior period. In addition, certain revenues, acquisitions and intangible assets are not allocated to a segment but are accounted for as “Corporate.” The Company also regards income taxes to be outside the segment’s control.

 

Information pertaining to the Company’s business segments for the three- and nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010 is set forth below.

 

41


 


Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

North
America

 

International

 

Segment
Total

 

Corporate

 

Total

 

Three months ended September 30, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue external customers

 

$

2,049,798

 

$

1,187,436

 

$

3,237,234

 

$

4,857

 

$

3,242,091

 

Inter - segment revenue

 

2,333

 

 

2,333

 

(2,333

)

 

Revenue

 

2,052,131

 

1,187,436

 

3,239,567

 

2,524

 

3,242,091

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

(65,935

)

(44,667

)

(110,602

)

(30,820

)

(141,422

)

Operating income

 

374,688

 

205,032

 

579,720

 

(45,986

)

533,734

 

Income (loss) from equity method investees

 

5,866

 

74

 

5,940

 

 

5,940

 

Capital expenditures, acquisitions and investments

 

 

102,503

 

63,930

 

166,433

 

40,624

 

207,057

 

Three months ended September 30, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue external customers

 

$

2,071,457

 

$

986,569

 

$

3,058,026

 

$

79

 

$

3,058,105

 

Inter - segment revenue

 

1,784

 

 

1,784

 

(1,784

)

 

Revenue

 

2,073,241

 

986,569

 

3,059,810

 

(1,705

)

3,058,105

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

(63,327

)

(35,825

)

(99,152

)

(24,807

)

(123,959

)

Operating income

 

374,096

 

156,273

 

530,369

 

(37,119

)

493,250

 

Income (loss) from equity method investees

 

1,802

 

55

 

1,857

 

 

1,857

 

Capital expenditures, acquisitions and investments

 

 

56,154

 

 

125,730

 

 

181,884

 

 

28,300

 

 

210,184

 

 

Nine months ended September 30, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue external customers

 

$

6,054,505

 

$

3,405,117

 

$

9,459,622

 

$

12,909

 

$

9,472,531

 

Inter - segment revenue

 

5,842

 

 

5,842

 

(5,842

)

 

Total net revenue

 

6,060,347

 

3,405,117

 

9,465,464

 

7,067

 

9,472,531

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

(200,717

)

(127,837

)

(328,554

)

(85,141

)

(413,695

)

Operating Income

 

1,035,251

 

579,186

 

1,614,437

 

(126,075

)

1,488,362

 

Income (loss) from equity method investees

 

22,233

 

169

 

22,402

 

 

22,402

 

Segment assets (1)

 

11,264,589

 

5,254,274

 

16,518,863

 

2,105,882

 

18,624,745

 

thereof investments in equity method investees

 

 

324,539

 

5,477

 

 

330,016

 

 

 

330,016

 

Capital expenditures, acquisitions and investments (2)

 

 

564,928

 

902,343

 

1,467,271

 

100,628

 

1,567,899

 

Nine months ended September 30, 2010

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net revenue external customers

 

$

6,057,728

 

$

2,828,316

 

$

8,886,044

 

$

389

 

$

8,886,433

 

Inter - segment revenue

 

3,611

 

 

3,611

 

(3,611

)

 

Total net revenue

 

6,061,339

 

2,828,316

 

8,889,655

 

(3,222

)

8,886,433

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

(190,042

)

(105,892

)

(295,934

)

(73,390

)

(369,324

)

Operating Income

 

1,014,099

 

480,299

 

1,494,398

 

(109,404

)

1,384,994

 

Income (loss) from equity method investees

 

5,379

 

105

 

5,484

 

 

5,484

 

Segment assets

 

11,255,233

 

4,641,267

 

15,896,500

 

799,269

 

16,695,769

 

thereof investments in equity method investees

 

 

16,822

 

 

5,723

 

 

22,545

 

 

 

 

22,545

 

 

Capital expenditures, acquisitions and investments (3)

 

201,038

 

304,588

 

505,626

 

222,440

 

728,066

 

 


(1)  If production was still managed within the segments, as it was in 2010, segment assets would have been $12, 265,687 in North America, $ 5,859,228 in International and $ 499,830 in Corporate in 2011.

(2)  North America and International acquisitions exclude $6,000 and $10,600, respectively, of non-cash acquisitions for 2011.

(3)  International and Corporate acquisitions exclude $13,264 and $2,125, respectively, of non-cash acquisitions for 2010.

 

42



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

15.    Supplementary Cash Flow Information

 

The following additional information is provided with respect to the consolidated statements of cash flows:

 

 

 

Nine months ended
September 30,

 

 

 

2011

 

2010

 

Supplementary cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

Cash paid for interest

 

$

210,423

 

$

216,313

 

Cash paid for income taxes (1)

 

$

350,268

 

$

371,547

 

Cash inflow for income taxes from stock option exercises

 

$

9,565

 

$

10,824

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information:

 

 

 

 

 

Details for acquisitions:

 

 

 

 

 

Assets acquired

 

$

(958,241

)

$

(353,598

)

Liabilities assumed

 

65,805

 

71,729

 

Noncontrolling interest

 

1,441

 

9,072

 

Notes assumed in connection with acquisition

 

10,600

 

15,389

 

Cash paid

 

(880,395

)

(257,408

)

Less cash acquired

 

12,607

 

12,920

 

Net cash paid for acquisitions

 

$

(867,788

)

$

(244,488

)

 


(1) Net of tax refund

 

16.          Subsequent Events

 

On October 17, 2011, Finance VIII issued €100, 000 aggregate principal amount ($137,760 at date of issuance) of floating rate senior unsecured notes (the “Floating Rate Senior Notes”) at par, with an interest rate of three month EURIBOR plus 350 basis points. The Floating Rate Senior Notes are due on October 15, 2016. Finance VIII may redeem the Floating Rate Senior Notes at any time at 100% of principal plus accrued interest and a premium calculated pursuant to the terms of the indenture. The holders of the Floating Rate Senior Notes have a right to request that the issuer of the notes repurchase the notes at 101% of principal plus accrued interest upon the occurrence of a change of control of the Company followed by a decline in the rating of the notes. The Company will use the net p roceeds of approximately $136,423 for acquisitions, to refinance indebtedness outstanding under the revolving credit facility of our Amended 2006 Senior Credit Agreement, and for general corporate purposes. The Floating Rate Senior Notes are guaranteed on a senior basis jointly and severally by the Company and the Guarantor Subsidiaries.

 

The renal pharmaceutical joint venture between the Company and Galenica, Vifor Fresenius Medical Care Renal Pharma Ltd. (“Vifor”), received approval from the responsible European Union antitrust commission and formal closing occurred on November 1, 2011. Upon closing, Vifor will operate worldwide, except for in Turkey and Ukraine, where antitrust approval has not yet been granted.

 

17.    Supplemental Condensed Combining Information

 

FMC Finance III, a former wholly-owned subsidiary of the Company, issued 6 7 / 8 % Senior Notes due 2017 in July 2007. On June 20, 2011, US Finance acquired substantially all of the assets of FMC Finance III and assumed its obligations, including the 6 7 / 8 % Senior Notes (see Note 6) and the related indenture. The 6 7 / 8 % senior notes are fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally on a senior basis, by the Company and by the Guarantor Subsidiaries. The 6 7 / 8 % senior notes and related guarantees were issued in an exchange offer registered under the Securities Act of 1933. For information regarding the 6 7 / 8 % senior notes and additional issues of senior notes, including the 5.75% Senior Notes issued by US Finance, each of which has been fully and unconditionally guaranteed, jointly and severally on a senior basis, by the Company and by the Guarantor Subsidiaries, see Note 6. The financial statements in this report present the financial condition, results of

 

43



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

operations and cash flows of the Company, on a consolidated basis as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 and for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010.  The following combining financial information for the Company is as of September 30, 2011 and December 31, 2010 and for the nine-month periods ended September 30, 2011 and 2010, segregated between FMC Finance III as issuer until June 20, 2011, US Finance as issuer subsequent to June 20, 2011, the Company, D-GmbH and FMCH as guarantors, and the Company’s other businesses (the “Non-Guarantor Subsidiaries”). For purposes of the condensed combining information, the Company and the Guarantors carry their investments under the equity method. Other (income) expense includes income (loss) related to investments in consolidated subsidiaries recorded under the equity method for purposes of the condensed combining information. In addition, other (income) expense includes income and losses from profit and loss transfer agreements as well as dividends received.

 

44



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2011

 

 

 

Issuer

 

Guarantors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FMC US
Finance

 

FMC - AG &
Co. KGaA

 

D-GmbH

 

FMCH

 

Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Combining
Adjustment

 

Combined
Total

 

Net revenue

 

$

 

$

 

$

1,425,618

 

$

 

$

10,153,842

 

$

(2,106,929

)

$

9,472,531

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

 

900,803

 

 

7,332,480

 

(2,071,617

)

6,161,666

 

Gross profit

 

 

 

524,815

 

 

2,821,362

 

(35,312

)

3,310,865

 

Operating expenses (income):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

1

 

60,673

 

154,172

 

17,424

 

1,514,678

 

(4,989

)

1,741,959

 

Research and development

 

 

 

51,277

 

 

29,267

 

 

80,544

 

Operating (loss) income

 

(1

)

(60,673

)

319,366

 

(17,424

)

1,277,417

 

(30,323

)

1,488,362

 

Other (income) expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest, net

 

(3,640

)

61,131

 

5,793

 

68,045

 

94,962

 

(12,049

)

214,242

 

Other, net

 

 

(948,275

)

217,715

 

(525,845

)

 

1,256,405

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

3,639

 

826,471

 

95,858

 

440,376

 

1,182,455

 

(1,274,679

)

1,274,120

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

1,345

 

65,754

 

88,905

 

(33,718

)

483,737

 

(169,966

)

436,057

 

Net Income (loss)

 

2,294

 

760,717

 

6,953

 

474,094

 

698,718

 

(1,104,713

)

838,063

 

Net Income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

77,346

 

77,346

 

Net income (loss) attributable to the FMC-AG & Co. KGaA

 

$

2,294

 

$

760,717

 

$

6,953

 

$

474,094

 

$

698,718

 

$

(1,182,059

)

$

760,717

 

 

 

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2010

 

 

 

Issuer

 

Guarantors

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FMC Finance
III

 

FMC - AG &
Co. KGaA

 

D-GmbH

 

FMCH

 

Non-Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Combining
Adjustment

 

Combined
Total

 

Net revenue

 

$

 

$

 

$

1,168,900

 

$

 

$

9,395,251

 

$

(1,677,718

)

$

8,886,433

 

Cost of revenue

 

 

 

755,132

 

 

6,764,942

 

(1,664,019

)

5,856,055

 

Gross profit

 

 

 

413,768

 

 

2,630,309

 

(13,699

)

3,030,378

 

Operating expenses (income):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Selling, general and administrative

 

11

 

77,987

 

116,441

 

13,508

 

1,378,098

 

(7,917

)

1,578,128

 

Research and development

 

 

 

44,661

 

 

22,595

 

 

67,256

 

Operating (loss) income

 

(11

)

(77,987

)

252,666

 

(13,508

)

1,229,616

 

(5,782

)

1,384,994

 

Other (income) expense:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Interest, net

 

(539

)

25,391

 

2,053

 

42,254

 

139,315

 

(2,458

)

206,016

 

Other, net

 

 

(859,362

)

177,256

 

(474,925

)

 

1,157,031

 

 

Income (loss) before income taxes

 

528

 

755,984

 

73,357

 

419,163

 

1,090,301

 

(1,160,355

)

1,178,978

 

Income tax expense (benefit)

 

150

 

48,811

 

72,917

 

(21,970

)

451,042

 

(141,443

)

409,507

 

Net Income (loss)

 

378

 

707,173

 

440

 

441,133

 

639,259

 

(1,018,912

)

769,471

 

Net Income attributable to noncontrolling interests

 

 

 

 

 

 

62,298

 

62,298

 

Net income (loss) attributable to the FMC-AG & Co. KGaA

 

$

378

 

$

707,173

 

$

440

 

$

441,133

 

$

639,259

 

$

(1,081,210

)

$

707,173

 

 

45


 


Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

At September 30, 2011

 

 

 

Issuer

 

Guarantors

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FMC US
Finance

 

FMC - AG &
Co. KGaA

 

D-GmbH

 

FMCH

 

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Combining
Adjustment

 

Combined
Total

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

22

 

$

372

 

$

191

 

$

 

$

 395,360

 

$

 

$

 395,945

 

Trade accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

 

175,333

 

 

2,627,766

 

 

 2,803,099

 

Accounts receivable from related parties

 

1,255,566

 

3,506,484

 

1,045,143

 

673,235

 

3,915,557

 

(10,282,492

)

113,493

 

Inventories

 

 

 

221,835

 

 

818,621

 

(112,123

)

928,333

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

 

166,882

 

27,932

 

100

 

797,829

 

(25,568

)

967,175

 

Deferred taxes

 

 

28,021

 

 

 

325,836

 

25,797

 

379,654

 

Total current assets

 

 

1,255,588

 

 

3,701,759

 

 

1,470,434

 

 

673,335

 

 

8,880,969

 

 

(10,394,386

 

)

 

5,587,699

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

365

 

176,128

 

 

2,512,223

 

(103,149

)

2,585,567

 

Intangible assets

 

 

298

 

59,048

 

 

696,122

 

 

755,468

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

53,855

 

 

8,676,025

 

 

8,729,880

 

Deferred taxes

 

 

11,837

 

5,984

 

 

120,549

 

(47,414

)

90,956

 

Other assets

 

 

 7,679,948

 

651,223

 

10,855,512

 

(6,043,195

)

(12,268,313

)

875,175

 

Total assets

 

$

1,255,588

 

$

 11,394,207

 

$

2,416,672

 

$

11,528,847

 

$

14,842,693

 

$

(22,813,262

)

$

18,624,745

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

 

$

799

 

$

30,862

 

$

 

$

399,098

 

$

 

$

430,759

 

Accounts payable to related parties

 

 

1,298,089

 

1,037,569

 

1,547,650

 

6,581,606

 

(10,352,883

)

112,031

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

15,887

 

155,213

 

139,909

 

1,491

 

1,408,886

 

4,502

 

1,725,888

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

97

 

 

 

161,310

 

 

161,407

 

Short-term borrowings from related parties

 

 

 

 

 

 34,901

 

53,833

 

88,734

 

Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations

 

 

62,134

 

 

766,864

 

145,222

 

 

974,220

 

Company obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary Fresenius Medical Care Capital Trusts holding solely Company-guaranteed debentures of subsidiaries – current portion

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Income tax payable

 

1,345

 

81,190

 

 

 

89,431

 

(1,013

)

170,953

 

Deferred taxes

 

 

 

7,802

 

 

29,323

 

(9,156

)

27,969

 

Total current liabilities

 

17,232 

 

1,597,522

 

1,216,142

 

2,316,005

 

8,849,777

 

(10,304,717

)

3,691,961

 

Long term debt and capital lease obligations, less current portion

 

1,178,562

 

759,096

 

 

758,792

 

6,798,919

 

(4,008,616

)

5,486,753

 

Long term borrowings from related parties

 

 

1,272,037

 

210,770

 

414,527

 

(403,779

)

(1,493,555

)

 

Other liabilities

 

 

3,561

 

11,413

 

91,486

 

110,889

 

25,458

 

242,807

 

Pension liabilities

 

 

6,855

 

155,019

 

 

42,993

 

 

204,867

 

Income tax payable

 

 

1,068

 

 

 

50,230

 

124,712

 

176,010

 

Deferred taxes

 

 

 

 

 

621,253

 

(14,170

)

607,083

 

Total liabilities

 

 

1,195,794

 

 

3,640,139

 

 

1,593,344

 

 

3,580,810

 

 

16,070,282

 

 

(15,670,888

 

)

 

10, 409,481

 

 

Noncontrolling interests subject to put provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 313,147

 

 

313,147

 

Total FMC-AG & Co. KGaA shareholders’ equity

 

59,794

 

 7,754,068

 

823,328

 

7,948,037

 

(1,688,785

)

(7,142,374

)

7,754,068

 

Noncontrolling interests not subject to put provisions

 

 

 

 

 

 148,049

 

 

148,049

 

Total equity

 

59,794

 

 7,754,068

 

823,328

 

7,948,037

 

(1,540,736

)

(7,142,374

)

7,902,117

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

1,255,588

 

$

 11,394,207

 

$

2,416,672

 

$

11,528,847

 

$

14,842,693

 

$

(22,813,262

)

$

18,624,745

 

 

46



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

At December 31, 2010

 

 

 

Issuer

 

Guarantors

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FMC Finance
III

 

FMC - AG &
Co. KGaA

 

D-GmbH

 

FMCH

 

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Combining
Adjustment

 

Combined
Total

 

Current assets:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cash and cash equivalents

 

$

123

 

$

147,177

 

$

225

 

$

 

$

342,401

 

$

32,944

 

$

522,870

 

Trade accounts receivable, less allowance for doubtful accounts

 

 

 

157,755

 

 

2,415,503

 

 

2,573,258

 

Accounts receivable from related parties

 

16,542

 

2,418,066

 

667,484

 

441,601

 

2,826,527

 

(6,256,244

)

113,976

 

Inventories

 

 

 

184,948

 

 

711,053

 

(86,904

)

809,097

 

Prepaid expenses and other current assets

 

1

 

111,594

 

11,341

 

50

 

662,188

 

(1,943

)

783,231

 

Deferred taxes

 

 

14,221

 

 

 

317,644

 

18,297

 

350,162

 

Total current assets

 

 

16,666

 

 

2,691,058

 

 

1,021,753

 

 

441,651

 

 

7,275,316

 

 

(6,293,850

 

)

 

5,152,594

 

 

Property, plant and equipment, net

 

 

390

 

168,939

 

 

2,458,364

 

(100,401

)

2,527,292

 

Intangible assets

 

 

428

 

65,684

 

 

626,432

 

 

692,544

 

Goodwill

 

 

 

65,315

 

 

8,075,153

 

 

8,140,468

 

Deferred taxes

 

 

9,463

 

4,693

 

 

121,875

 

(42,863

)

93,168

 

Other assets

 

494,231

 

7,201,295

 

644,523

 

9,320,731

 

(6,581,295

)

(10,590,890

)

488,595

 

Total assets

 

$

510,897

 

$

9,902,634

 

$

1,970,907

 

$

9,762,382

 

$

11,975,845

 

$

(17,028,004

)

$

17,094,661

 

Current liabilities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Accounts payable

 

$

 

$

5,738

 

$

22,387

 

$

 

$

392,512

 

$

 

$

420,637

 

Accounts payable to related parties

 

229

 

952,141

 

670,613

 

1,538,658

 

3,210,393

 

(6,250,147

)

121,887

 

Accrued expenses and other current liabilities

 

15,866

 

122,000

 

94,978

 

2,054

 

1,292,562

 

9,963

 

1,537,423

 

Short-term borrowings

 

 

121

 

 

 

670,550

 

 

670,671

 

Short-term borrowings from related parties

 

 

 

 

 

2,004

 

7,679

 

9,683

 

Current portion of long-term debt and capital lease obligations

 

 

106,862

 

 

101,145

 

55,975

 

 

263,982

 

Company obligated mandatorily redeemable preferred securities of subsidiary Fresenius Medical Care Capital Trusts holding solely Company-guaranteed debentures of subsidiaries – current portion

 

 

 

 

 

625,549

 

 

625,549

 

Income tax payable

 

24

 

54,366

 

 

 

62,504

 

648

 

117,542

 

Deferred taxes

 

 

 

5,513

 

 

27,143

 

(10,307

)

22,349

 

Total current liabilities

 

16,119

 

1,241,228

 

793,491

 

1,641,857

 

6,339,192

 

(6,242,164

)

3,789,723

 

Long term debt and capital lease obligations, less current portion

 

494,231

 

870,348

 

 

1,357,745

 

4,069,605

 

(2,482,253

)

4,309,676

 

Long term borrowings from related parties

 

 

334,428

 

208,368

 

494,231

 

400,883

 

(1,437,910

)

 

Other liabilities

 

 

73,382

 

11,241

 

 

184,542

 

24,850

 

294,015

 

Pension liabilities

 

 

4,933

 

143,362

 

 

41,855

 

 

190,150

 

Income tax payable

 

 

1,057

 

 

 

75,055

 

124,469

 

200,581

 

Deferred taxes

 

 

 

 

 

522,521

 

(15,625

)

506,896

 

Total liabilities

 

 

510,350

 

 

2,525,376

 

 

1,156,462

 

 

3,493,833

 

 

11,633,653

 

 

(10,028,633

 

)

 

9,291,041

 

 

Noncontrolling interests subject to put provisions

 

 

 

 

 

279,709

 

 

279,709

 

Total FMC-AG & Co. KGaA shareholders’ equity

 

547

 

7,377,258

 

814,445

 

6,268,549

 

(84,170

)

(6,999,371

)

7,377,258

 

Noncontrolling interests not subject to put provisions

 

 

 

 

 

146,653

 

 

146,653

 

Total equity

 

547

 

7,377,258

 

814,445

 

6,268,549

 

62,483

 

(6,999,371

)

7,523,911

 

Total liabilities and equity

 

$

510,897

 

$

9,902,634

 

$

1,970,907

 

$

9,762,382

 

$

11,975,845

 

$

(17,028,004

)

$

17,094,661

 

 

47


 


Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2011

 

 

 

Issuer

 

Guarantors

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FMC US
Finance

 

FMC - AG &
Co. KGaA

 

D-GmbH

 

FMCH

 

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Combining
Adjustment

 

Combined
Total

 

Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

$

2,294

 

$

760,717

 

$

6,953

 

$

474,094

 

$

698,718

 

$

(1,104,713

)

 

$

838,063

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity affiliate income

 

 

(567,257

)

 

(525,845

)

 

1,093,102

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

767

 

35,261

 

5,769

 

381,993

 

(10,095

)

413,695

 

Change in deferred taxes, net

 

 

17,442

 

1,030

 

 

19,224

 

(7,975

)

29,721

 

(Gain) loss on sale of fixed assets and investments

 

 

 

(85

)

 

( 1,184

)

 

( 1,269

)

(Gain) loss on investments

 

 

1, 837

 

 

 

1

 

(1,838

)

 

Compensation expense related to stock options

 

 

21,667

 

 

 

 

 

21,667

 

Cash outflow from hedging

 

 

 

 

 

(58, 718

)

 

(58, 718

)

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of amounts from businesses acquired:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade accounts receivable, net

 

 

 

(23,343

)

 

(203,847

)

 

(227,190

)

Inventories

 

 

 

(34,469

)

 

(99,130

)

28,154

 

(105,445

)

Prepaid expenses and other current and non-current assets

 

 

(89,177

)

(17,825

)

28,054

 

12,944

 

407

 

(65,597

)

Accounts receivable from / payable to related parties

 

(7,112

)

(787,966

)

(67,574

)

44,846

 

808,465

 

(8,637

)

(17,978

)

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current and non-current liabilities

 

10,555

 

(32,968

)

63,173

 

(563

)

58,532

 

(2,100

)

96,629

 

Income tax payable

 

1,345

 

27,322

 

 

(33,718

)

33,062

 

(1,889

)

26, 122

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

7,082

 

(647,616

)

(36,879

)

(7,363

)

1,650,060

 

(15,584

)

949,700

 

Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

 

 

( 135

)

(36,243

)

 

(375,812

)

15,584

 

(396,606

)

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

 

 

 

582

 

 

15,914

 

 

16,496

 

Disbursement of loans to related parties

 

 

924,665

 

151

 

(1,107,710

)

 

182,894

 

 

Acquisitions and investments, net of cash acquired, and net purchases of intangible assets

 

 

(25, 187

)

(3,922

)

 

(1, 916,355

)

774,171

 

(1, 171,293

)

Proceeds from divestitures

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

 

899,343

 

(39,432

)

(1,107,710

)

(2, 276,253

)

972,649

 

(1, 551,403

)

Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings, net

 

 

80,567

 

76,274

 

(299

)

( 62,343

)

 

94,199

 

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations, net

 

(64,560

)

(164,933

)

 

426,982

 

1,788,256

 

(182,894

)

1,802,851

 

Redemption of trust preferred securities

 

 

 

 

 

(653,760

)

 

(653,760

)

Increase (decrease) of accounts receivable securitization program

 

 

 

 

 

(510 ,000

)

 

(510 ,000

)

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

58,995

 

 

 

9,565

 

 

68,560

 

Dividends paid

 

 

(280,649

)

 

 

22

 

(22

)

(280,649

)

Capital increase (decrease)

 

57,500

 

 

 

688,390

 

28,281

 

(774,171

)

 

Distributions to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

(95,094

)

 

(95,094

)

Contributions from noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

18,193

 

 

18,193

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

(7,060

)

(306,020

)

76,274

 

1,115,073

 

523,120

 

(957,087

)

444,300

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(92,512

)

3

 

 

122,965

 

22

 

30,478

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

22

 

(146,805

)

(34

)

 

19,892

 

 

(126,925

)

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

 

147,177

 

225

 

 

375,468

 

 

522,870

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

22

 

$

372

 

$

191

 

$

 

$

395,360

 

$

 

$

395,945

 

 

48



Table of Contents

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(unaudited)

(in thousands, except share and per share data)

 

 

 

For the nine months ended September 30, 2010

 

 

 

Issuer

 

Guarantors

 

Non-

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FMC Finance
III

 

FMC - AG &
Co. KGaA

 

D-GmbH

 

FMCH

 

Guarantor
Subsidiaries

 

Combining
Adjustment

 

Combined
Total

 

Operating Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net income (loss)

 

 

$

378

 

$

707,173

 

$

440

 

$

441,133

 

$

639,259

 

$

(1,018,912

)

$

769,471

 

Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equity affiliate income

 

 

(470,783

)

 

(474,925

)

 

945,708

 

 

Depreciation and amortization

 

 

1,079

 

28,965

 

666

 

355,318

 

(16,704

)

369,324

 

Change in deferred taxes, net

 

 

(7,279

)

1,202

 

 

24,775

 

(2,352

)

16,346

 

(Gain) loss on sale of fixed assets and investments

 

 

(6

)

(59

)

 

(4,799

)

 

(4,864

)

(Gain) loss on investments

 

 

(224

)

27

 

 

224

 

(27

)

 

Compensation expense related to stock options

 

 

20,385

 

 

 

 

 

20,385

 

Changes in assets and liabilities, net of amounts from businesses acquired:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Trade accounts receivable, net

 

 

 

(4,850

)

 

(203,903

)

 

(208,753

)

Inventories

 

 

 

(2,844

)

 

(27,703

)

9,735

 

(20,812

)

Prepaid expenses and other current and non-current assets

 

 

4,493

 

(14,455

)

14,711

 

(60,753

)

(583

)

(56,587

)

Accounts receivable from / payable to related parties

 

8,657

 

250,006

 

27,929

 

27,035

 

(417,172

)

86,669

 

(16,876

)

Accounts payable, accrued expenses and other current and non-current liabilities

 

(8,615

)

2,906

 

43,101

 

(345

)

112,523

 

5,488

 

155,058

 

Income tax payable

 

(7

)

23,381

 

 

(21,970

)

(5,343

)

8,381

 

4,442

 

Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities

 

413

 

531,131

 

79,456

 

(13,695

)

412,426

 

17,403

 

1,027,134

 

Investing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Purchases of property, plant and equipment

 

 

(280

)

(22,580

)

 

(345,168

)

18,010

 

(350,018

)

Proceeds from sale of property, plant and equipment

 

 

15

 

705

 

 

9,832

 

 

10,552

 

Disbursement of loans to related parties

 

 

234,386

 

133

 

322,854

 

(324,332

)

(233,041

)

 

Acquisitions and investments, net of cash acquired, and net purchases of intangible assets

 

 

(135,952

)

(2,287

)

 

(245,514

)

5,705

 

(378,048

)

Proceeds from divestitures

 

 

 

 

 

8,494

 

 

8,494

 

Net cash provided by (used in) investing activities

 

 

98,169

 

(24,029

)

322,854

 

(896,688

)

(209,326

)

(709,020

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Financing Activities:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Short-term borrowings, net

 

 

 

(55,604

)

 

65,695

 

 

10,091

 

Long-term debt and capital lease obligations, net

 

 

(145,228

)

 

(309,159

)

85,542

 

233,041

 

(135,804

)

Increase (decrease) of accounts receivable securitization program

 

 

 

 

 

281,000

 

 

281,000

 

Proceeds from exercise of stock options

 

 

82,267

 

 

 

10,825

 

 

93,092

 

Dividends paid

 

(495

)

(231,967

)

 

 

(8,613

)

9,108

 

(231,967

)

Capital increase (decrease)

 

 

 

 

 

5,705

 

(5,705

)

 

Distributions to noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

(87,037

)

 

(87,037

)

Contributions from noncontrolling interest

 

 

 

 

 

19,205

 

 

19,205

 

Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities

 

(495

)

(294,928

)

(55,604

)

(309,159

)

372,322

 

236,444

 

(51,420

)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Effect of exchange rate changes on cash and cash equivalents

 

 

(95,004

)

(17

)

 

98,775

 

35

 

3,789

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Net increase (decrease) in cash and cash equivalents

 

(82

)

239,368

 

(194

)

 

(13,165

)

44,556

 

270,483

 

Cash and cash equivalents at beginning of period

 

108

 

24

 

194

 

 

300,899

 

 

301,225

 

Cash and cash equivalents at end of period

 

$

26

 

$

239,392

 

$

 

$

 

$

287,734

 

$

44,556

 

$

571,708

 

 

49


 


Table of Contents

 

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk

 

During the period ended September 30, 2011, no material changes occurred to the information presented in Item 11 of the Company’s Annual Report on Form 20-F for the year ended December 31, 2010. For additional information, see Item 11 on Form 20-F “Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk” in the Company’s Annual Report for the year ended December 31, 2010.

 

50



Table of Contents

 

Controls and Procedures

 

The Company is a “foreign private issuer” within the meaning of Rule 3b-4(c) under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”). As such, the Company is not required to file quarterly reports with the Securities and Exchange Commission and is required to provide an evaluation of the effectiveness of its disclosure controls and certifications of its Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer under Sections 302 and 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 only in its Annual Report on Form 20-F. The Company furnishes quarterly financial information to the Securities and Exchange Commission (the “Commission”) and such certifications under cover of Form 6-K on a voluntary basis and pursuant to the provisions of the Company’s pooling agreement entered into for the benefit of the public holders of our ordinary shares and the holders of our preference shares. In connection with such voluntary reporting, the Company’s management, including the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer of the Company’s general partner, has conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures as of the end of the period covered by this report, of the type contemplated by Securities Exchange Act Rule 13a-15. Based on that evaluation, the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer concluded in connection with the furnishing of this report, that the Company’s disclosure controls and procedures are designed to ensure that the information the Company is required to disclose in the reports filed or furnished under the Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the Commission’s rules and forms and are effective to ensure that the information the Company is required to disclose in its reports is accumulated and communicated to the General Partner’s Management, including the General Partner’s Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. During the past fiscal quarter, there have been no significant changes in internal controls, or in factors that could significantly affect internal controls.

 

51



Table of Contents

 

Other Information

 

Legal Proceedings

 

The information in Note 12 of the Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements presented elsewhere in this report is incorporated by this reference.

 

52



Table of Contents

 

Exhibits

 

Exhibit No.

 

 

 

 

 

10.1

 

Indenture (Euro-denominated) dated as of September 14, 2011 by and among FMC Finance VIII S.A., the Registrant and the other Guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, and Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, as Paying Agent, related to the 6.50% Euro-denominated Senior Notes due 2018 of FMC Finance VIII S.A.

 

 

 

10.2

 

Indenture (Dollar-denominated) dated as of September 14, 2011 by and among Fresenius Medical Care US Finance II, Inc., the Registrant and the other Guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, related to the 6.50% Dollar-denominated Senior Notes due 2018 of Fresenius Medical Care US Finance II, Inc.

 

 

 

10.3

 

Indenture (Euro-denominated) dated as of October 17, 2011 by and among FMC Finance VIII S.A., the Registrant and the other Guarantors party thereto and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee, and Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, as Paying Agent, related to the Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2016 of FMC Finance VIII S.A.

 

 

 

10.4

 

Amendment No. 6 as dated September 21, 2011 to Bank Credit Agreement and Term Loan Credit Agreement.

 

 

 

10.5

 

Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among Bio-Medical Applications Management Company, Inc., PB Merger Sub, Inc., Liberty Dialysis Holdings, Inc., certain stockholders of Liberty Dialysis Holdings, Inc., LD Stockholder Representative, LLC, and Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc. dated as of August 1, 2011. (1)(*)

 

 

 

31.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Management Board of the Company’s General Partner Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

31.2

 

Certification of Chief Financial Officer and member of the Management Board of the Company’s General Partner Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002.

 

 

 

32.1

 

Certification of Chief Executive Officer and Chairman of the Management Board of the Company’s General Partner and Chief Financial Officer and member of the Management Board of the Company’s General Partner Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 (this exhibit accompanies this report as required by the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and is not to be deemed “filed” for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended).

 

 

 

101

 

The following financial statements as of and for the nine-month period ended September 30, 2011 from FMC-AG & Co. KGaA’s Report on Form 6-K for the month of November 2011, formatted in XBRL (eXtensible Business Reporting Language): (i) Consolidated Statements of Income, (ii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive Income, (iii) Consolidated Balance Sheets, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows, (v) Consolidated Statements of Shareholders’ Equity and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

 


(1)  Portions of this exhibit have been omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

(*)  Schedules and exhibits have been omitted pursuant to Item 601(b)(2) of Regulation S-K. The Registrant hereby undertakes to furnish supplementally copies of any of the omitted schedules and exhibits upon request by the Securities and Exchange Commission.

 

53



Table of Contents

 

SIGNATURES

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the Registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized.

 

DATE: November 3, 2011

 

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA

 

a partnership limited by shares, represented by:

 

 

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE MANAGEMENT AG,

 

its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ DR. BEN J. LIPPS

 

Name:

Dr. Ben J. Lipps

 

Title:

Chief Executive Officer and

 

 

Chairman of the Management Board of the
General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ MICHAEL BROSNAN

 

Name:

Michael Brosnan

 

Title:

Chief Financial Officer and

 

 

member of the Management Board of the
General Partner

 

54


 

Exhibit 10.1

 

Execution Version

 

 

 

FMC FINANCE VIII S.A.

as Issuer

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT

as Paying Agent

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA,

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE HOLDINGS, INC. and

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE DEUTSCHLAND GmbH

as Guarantors

 

 

INDENTURE

 

DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 14, 2011

 

with respect to the issuance of

 

€400,000,000 6.50% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

 

 

Section 1.1

Definitions

1

Section 1.2

Rules of Construction

21

Section 1.3

Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

21

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

THE NOTES

 

 

 

Section 2.1

Form and Dating

22

Section 2.2

Execution and Authentication

23

Section 2.3

Registrar, and Paying Agent

24

Section 2.4

Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust

25

Section 2.5

List of Holders

25

Section 2.6

Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes

25

Section 2.7

Registration of Transfer and Exchange

26

Section 2.8

Replacement Notes

32

Section 2.9

Outstanding Notes

32

Section 2.10

Treasury Notes

32

Section 2.11

Temporary Notes

33

Section 2.12

Cancellation

33

Section 2.13

Defaulted Interest

33

Section 2.14

ISINs and Common Codes

34

Section 2.15

Deposit of Moneys

34

Section 2.16

Certain Matters Relating to Global Notes

34

Section 2.17

Record Date

34

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

REDEMPTION

 

 

 

Section 3.1

Optional Redemption

34

Section 3.2

Notices to Trustee

35

Section 3.3

Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed

35

Section 3.4

Notice of Redemption

35

Section 3.5

Effect of Notice of Redemption

36

Section 3.6

Deposit of Redemption Price

36

Section 3.7

Notes Redeemed in Part

37

Section 3.8

Special Tax Redemption

37

 

-i-



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COVENANTS

 

 

 

Section 4.1

Payment of Notes

37

Section 4.2

Maintenance of Office or Agency

37

Section 4.3

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness

38

Section 4.4

Limitation on Liens

40

Section 4.5

Ownership of the Issuer

40

Section 4.6

Existence

40

Section 4.7

Maintenance of Properties

40

Section 4.8

Payment of Taxes and Other Claims

41

Section 4.9

Maintenance of Insurance

41

Section 4.10

Reports

41

Section 4.11

Change of Control

42

Section 4.12

Additional Amounts

44

Section 4.13

Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default

45

Section 4.14

Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions

45

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

SUCCESSOR ISSUER OR GUARANTOR

 

 

 

Section 5.1

Limitation on Mergers and Sales of Assets

46

Section 5.2

Successor Entity Substituted

47

Section 5.3

Substitution of the Issuer

47

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

 

 

Section 6.1

Events of Default

48

Section 6.2

Acceleration

49

Section 6.3

Other Remedies

50

Section 6.4

The Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes

50

Section 6.5

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

50

Section 6.6

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

50

Section 6.7

Waiver of Past Defaults

50

Section 6.8

Control by Majority

50

Section 6.9

Limitation on Suits

51

Section 6.10

Rights of Holders To Receive Payment

51

Section 6.11

Collection Suit by Trustee

51

Section 6.12

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

52

Section 6.13

Priorities

52

Section 6.14

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

52

Section 6.15

Undertaking for Costs

53

 

-ii-



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Section 6.16

Notices of Default

53

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

TRUSTEE

 

 

 

Section 7.1

Duties of Trustee

53

Section 7.2

Rights of Trustee

54

Section 7.3

Individual Rights of Trustee

55

Section 7.4

Trustee’s Disclaimer

55

Section 7.5

Notice of Default

56

Section 7.6

Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes

56

Section 7.7

Compensation and Indemnity

56

Section 7.8

Replacement of Trustee

57

Section 7.9

Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.

58

Section 7.10

Eligibility; Disqualification

59

Section 7.11

Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company

59

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

 

 

 

Section 8.1

Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

59

Section 8.2

Legal Defeasance and Discharge

59

Section 8.3

Covenant Defeasance

60

Section 8.4

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

60

Section 8.5

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

61

Section 8.6

Survival of Certain Obligations

62

Section 8.7

Acknowledgment of Discharge by Trustee

62

Section 8.8

Application of Trust Moneys

62

Section 8.9

Repayment to the Issuer; Unclaimed Money

63

Section 8.10

Reinstatement

63

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

 

 

Section 9.1

Without Consent of Holders of Notes

64

Section 9.2

With Consent of Holders of Notes

64

Section 9.3

Notice of Amendment, Supplement or Waiver

65

Section 9.4

Revocation and Effect of Consents

66

Section 9.5

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

66

Section 9.6

Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc.

66

 

-iii-



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE X

 

NOTE GUARANTEE

 

 

 

Section 10.1

Note Guarantee

66

Section 10.2

Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantees

70

Section 10.3

Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms

70

Section 10.4

Release of Guarantors

70

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

Section 11.1

Notices

71

Section 11.2

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

73

Section 11.3

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

74

Section 11.4

Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar

75

Section 11.5

Legal Holidays

75

Section 11.6

Governing Law

75

Section 11.7

Submission to Jurisdiction

75

Section 11.8

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

76

Section 11.9

Successors

76

Section 11.10

Counterpart Originals

76

Section 11.11

Severability

76

Section 11.12

Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.

76

Section 11.13

Trust Indenture Act Controls

77

Section 11.14

Currency Indemnity

77

Section 11.15

Information

77

 

-iv-



 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

-

Form of Initial Global Note

Exhibit B

-

Form of Initial Definitive Note

Exhibit C

-

Form of Note Guarantee

Exhibit D

-

Form of Transfer Certificate for Transfer from Rule 144A Global Note to Regulation S Global Note

 

 

Note to Regulation S Global Note

Exhibit E

-

Form of Transfer Certificate for Transfer from Regulation S Global Note to Rule 144A Global Note

 

 

Note to Rule 144A Global Note

 

NOTE:                             This Table of Contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

 

-v-



 

INDENTURE dated as of September 14, 2011, among FMC FINANCE VIII S.A., a société anonyme organized under the laws of Luxembourg (the “Issuer”), as Issuer, FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA, a partnership limited by shares (Kommanditgesellschaft auf Aktien) organized under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany (the “Company”), FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE HOLDINGS, INC., a New York corporation (“FMCH”) and FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE DEUTSCHLAND GmbH, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany (“FMCD” and, together with the Company and FMCH, the “Guarantors”), U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and DEUTSCHE BANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, as the paying agent (the “Paying Agent”).

 

The Issuer has duly authorized the creation and issuance of (i) €400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.50% Senior Notes due 2018 issued on the date hereof (the “Initial Notes”) and (ii) Additional Notes (as defined herein) that may be issued on any Issue Date (all such notes referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) being referred to as the “Notes”); and, to provide therefor, the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.  The Notes will be guaranteed (the “Note Guarantee”) on a senior unsecured basis by each Guarantor.  Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.  All things necessary to make the Notes, when duly issued and executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee hereunder, the valid obligations of the Issuer, and the Note Guarantee, when executed by each Guarantor and endorsed upon the Notes, the valid obligation of each Guarantor and to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Issuer and each Guarantor, have been done.

 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

SECTION 1.1                   Definitions .  As used in this Indenture, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

“Accounting Principles” means U.S. GAAP, or, upon adoption thereof by the Company and notice to the Trustee, IFRS or any other accounting standards which are generally acceptable in the jurisdiction of organization of the Company, approved by the relevant regulatory or other accounting bodies in that jurisdiction and internationally generally acceptable and, in the case of IFRS or such other accounting standards, as in effect from time to time.

 

“Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with any other Person or that is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person and, in each case, not Incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Subsidiary or such merger, consolidation or acquisition.

 

“Additional Amounts” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.12 hereof.

 



 

“Additional Notes” means additional 6.50% Senior Notes due 2018.

 

“Additional Taxing Jurisdiction” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.12 hereof.

 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means:

 

(1)            any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by, or

 

(2)            under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.

 

For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

“Agent” means the Paying Agent, any Registrar, Authenticating Agent or co-Registrar.

 

“Agent Members” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16.

 

“A/R Facility” means the accounts receivable facility established pursuant to the Fifth Amended and Restated Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of November 17, 2009 by and among NMC Funding Corporation, as transferor, National Medical Care, Inc., as initial collection agent, Compass US Acquisition LLC, and other conduit investors party thereto, the financial institutions party thereto, The Bank of Nova Scotia, Barclays Bank PLC, Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, New York Branch and Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agents, and WestLB AG, New York Branch, as administrative agent and as agent (as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restated or refinanced from time to time).

 

“Asset Disposition” means any direct or indirect sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease (other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business), assignment or other transfer for value by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) to any Person other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”), of:

 

(1)            any shares of Capital Stock of any Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or a Subsidiary),

 

(2)            all or substantially all the assets of any division or line of business of the Company or any Subsidiary, or

 

(3)            any other assets of the Company or any Subsidiary outside of the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Subsidiary,

 

other than, in the case of clauses (1), (2) and (3) above,

 

-2-



 

(A)           a disposition of assets or issuance of Capital Stock by a Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Subsidiary to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary,

 

(B)            transactions permitted under Section 5.1, and

 

(C)            dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens, foreclosures on assets and any release of claims which have been written down or written off.

 

“Attributable Debt” means, in respect of any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, as of the time of determination, the total obligation (discounted to present value at the rate per annum equal to the discount rate which would be applicable to a Capital Lease Obligation with the like term in accordance with Accounting Principles) of the lessee for rental payments (other than amounts required to be paid on account of property taxes, maintenance, repairs, insurance, water rates and other items which do not constitute payments for property rights) during the remaining portion of the initial term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

 

“Authenticating Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

 

“Average Life” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

(1)            the sum of the products of numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment by,

 

(2)            the sum of all such payments.

 

“Bankruptcy Law” means (i) for purposes of the Company and FMCD, any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws of general application (including, without limitation, the German Insolvency Code (“ Insolvenzordnung ”), (ii) for purposes of the Issuer, any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar statute (including, without limitation, the Luxembourg Commercial Code (Code de Commerce) and any similar statute), regulation or provision of any jurisdiction in which the Issuer is organized or conducting business, (iii) for purposes of FMCH, any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws of general application (including, without limitation, 11 U.S.C. §101 et seq., as amended) and (iv) for purposes of the Trustee, any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar statute, regulation or provision of any jurisdiction in which the Trustee is organized or conducting business.

 

“Board of Directors” means, with respect to the Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, the Board of Directors (or other body performing functions similar to any of those performed by a Board of Directors including those performed, in the case of a German stock corporation, by the management board or, in the case of a KGaA, by the General Partner) of such Person or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board (or other body).

 

“Board Resolution” means, with respect to the Issuer or a Guarantor, a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or a member of the Board of Directors

 

-3-



 

or Management Board of the Issuer or such Guarantor to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors or the Management Board, or such committee of the Board of Directors or the Management Board or officers of the Issuer or such Guarantor to which authority to act on behalf of the Board of Directors or the Management Board has been delegated, and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee by the Issuer or the Guarantor, as the case may be, and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely on such certification as conclusive evidence thereof.

 

“Bund Rate” means the yield to maturity at the time of computation of direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany (Bund or Bundesanleihen) with a constant maturity (as officially compiled and published in the most recent financial statistics that have become publicly available at least two Business Days (but not more than five Business Days) prior to the redemption date (or, if such financial statistics are not so published or available, any publicly available source of similar market data selected by the Issuer in good faith)) most nearly equal to the period from the redemption date to September 15, 2018; provided , however , that if the period from the redemption date to September 15, 2018 is not equal to the constant maturity of the direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany for which a weekly average yield is given, the Bund Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany for which such yields are given, except that if the period from such redemption date to September 15, 2018 is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded direct obligations of the Federal Republic of Germany adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

 

“Business Day” means any day other than:

 

(1)            a Saturday or Sunday,

 

(2)            a day on which banking institutions in Frankfurt am Main or the jurisdiction of organization of the Issuer or of the office of the Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed, or

 

(3)            except for purposes of payments made on or in respect of the Notes by a Paying Agent other than the Trustee, a day on which the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is closed for business.

 

“Capital Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with Accounting Principles, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation determined in accordance with Accounting Principles; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

 

“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

 

“Cash Management Arrangements” means the cash management arrangements of the Company and its Affiliates (including any Indebtedness arising thereunder) which arrangements are in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.

 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events:

 

(1)            so long as the Company is organized as a KGaA, if the General Partner of the Company charged with management of the Company shall at any time fail to be a Subsidiary of Fresenius SE, or if Fresenius SE shall fail at any time to own and control more than 25% of the capital stock with ordinary voting power in the Company;

 

-4-



 

(2)            if the Company is no longer organized as a KGaA, any event the result of which is that (A) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than Fresenius SE, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that such Person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such Person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company and (B) Fresenius SE does not “beneficially own” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, in the aggregate a greater percentage of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company;

 

(3)            any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person or group of related Persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a “Group”), together with any Affiliates thereof (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions herein).

 

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of a Change of Control and a Ratings Decline.

 

“Clearing Agency” means one or more of Euroclear, Clearstream, or the successor of either of them, in each case acting directly, or through a custodian, nominee or depository, as holder of the Global Notes.

 

“Clearstream” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.

 

“Closing Date” means the date of this Indenture.

 

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

“Company” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to this Indenture and thereafter means such successor.

 

“Consolidated Coverage Ratio” of any Person as of any date of determination means the ratio of (x) the aggregate amount of EBITDA for such Person’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of such determination to (y) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters; provided , however , that:

 

(1)            if such Person or any of its Subsidiaries has Incurred or repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged (in each case other than Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and any related commitment has been terminated) any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding or discharged or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence or discharge of Indebtedness, or both, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated

 

-5-



 

after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred or discharged on the first day of such period and the Incurrence or discharge of any other Indebtedness as if such Incurrence or discharge had occurred on the first day of such period,

 

(2)            if since the beginning of such period such Person or any of its Subsidiaries shall have made any Asset Disposition, the EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Asset Disposition for such period, or increased by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if negative), directly attributable thereto for such period and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with respect to such Person and its continuing Subsidiaries in connection with such Asset Disposition for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period of credit and directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Subsidiary to the extent such Person and its continuing Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such Asset Disposition),

 

(3)            if since the beginning of such period such Person or any of its Subsidiaries (by merger or otherwise) shall have made an Investment in any Subsidiary (or any Person which becomes a Subsidiary) or an acquisition of assets, which constitutes all or substantially all of an operating unit of a business, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period, and

 

(4)            if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Subsidiary or was merged with or into such Person or any of its Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Asset Disposition, any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (2) or (3) above if made by such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person during such period, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Asset Disposition, Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period.

 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition of assets, the amount of income or earnings relating thereto and the amount of Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any Indebtedness Incurred in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company, as applicable.  If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest of such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months).

 

-6-



 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total interest expense of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries, including the amortization of debt discount and premium, the interest component under capital leases and the implied interest component (if any) under any Receivables Financing, in each case on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with Accounting Principles.

 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the net income of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries (including any net income attributable to non-controlling interest of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries), in each case as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with Accounting Principles; provided that extraordinary gains and losses shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income.

 

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the total amount of all assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with Accounting Principles, as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which the Company’s financial statements are available, less the sum of:

 

(1)            the Company’s consolidated current liabilities as of such quarter end, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with Accounting Principles; and

 

(2)            the Company’s consolidated assets that are properly classified as intangible assets as of such quarter end, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with Accounting Principles.

 

“Corporate Trust Office” means the address of the Trustee specified in Section 11.1, or such other address as to which the Trustee may, from time to time, give written notice to the Company.

 

“Covenant Defeasance” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.3.

 

“Credit Facility” means (i) the bank credit agreement entered into as of March 31, 2006 among the Company, FMCH, the other borrowers identified therein, the guarantors identified therein, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, as extended on September 29, 2010 and as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restated or refinanced from time to time (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) and (ii) the term loan credit agreement entered into as of March 31, 2006 among the Company, FMCH, the other borrowers identified therein, the guarantors identified therein, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, as extended on September 29, 2010 and as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restated or refinanced from time to time.

 

“Currency Agreement” means any foreign currency exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement.

 

“Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestration or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

-7-



 

“Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default (as defined herein).

 

“Default Interest Payment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.13.

 

“Defeasance Trust” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.4.

 

“Definitive Notes” means Notes in definitive registered form substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

 

“Designated Government Obligations” means direct non-callable and non-redeemable obligations (in each case, with respect to the issuer thereof) of any member state of the European Union that is a member of the European Union as of the date of this Indenture or of the United States of America (including, in each case, any agency or instrumentality thereof), as the case may be, the payment of which is secured by the full faith and credit of the applicable member state or of the United States of America, as the case may be.

 

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:

 

(1)            matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;

 

(2)            is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock; or

 

(3)            is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part,

 

in each case on or prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Notes; provided , however , that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an “asset sale” or “change of control” occurring prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the “asset sale” or “change of control” provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are not more favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than the provisions of Section 4.11.

 

“EBITDA” for any Person for any period means the sum of Consolidated Net Income of such Person, plus Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person plus the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

 

(1)            all income tax expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries,

 

(2)            depreciation expense, and

 

(3)            amortization expense, in each case for such period.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization of, a Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned

 

-8-



 

Subsidiary shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income of such Subsidiary was included in calculating Consolidated Net Income and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to such Person by such Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to such Subsidiary or its stockholders.

 

“€” or “euro” means the single currency of the Participating Member States.

 

“Euroclear” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.

 

“Event of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

 

“Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Finance Subsidiary” means any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company created for the sole purpose of issuing evidences of Indebtedness and which is subject to similar restrictions on its activities as the Issuer.

 

“Fresenius SE” means Fresenius SE & Co. KGaA, a partnership limited by shares ( Kommanditgesellschaft auf Aktien ) resulting from the change of legal form of Fresenius SE, a European Company (Societas Europaea) previously called Fresenius AG, a German stock corporation.

 

“General Partner” means Fresenius Medical Care Management AG, a German stock corporation, including its successors and assigns and other Persons, in each case who serve as the general partner ( persönlich haftender Gesellschafter ) of the Company from time to time.

 

“Global Notes” shall mean Notes in registered global form substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

 

“Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any Person (other than, in the case of subsidiaries, obligations which would not constitute Indebtedness) and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

 

(1)            to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation of such Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise), or

 

(2)            entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);

 

-9-



 

provided , however , that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.  The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

“Guarantee Agreement” means, in the context of a consolidation, merger or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of a Guarantor, an agreement by which the Surviving Person from such a transaction expressly assumes all of the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee.

 

“Guarantor” means each of the Company, FMCH and FMCD and any successor or additional Guarantor, unless released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

“Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement.

 

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

 

“IFRS” means international financial reporting standards and interpretations issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and adopted by the European Commission, as in effect from time to time.

 

“Incur” means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided , however , that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary.  The term “Incurrence” when used as a noun shall have a correlative meaning.  The accretion of principal of a non-interest bearing or other discount security shall be deemed the Incurrence of Indebtedness.

 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

 

(1)            the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of (A) indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed and (B) indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable,

 

(2)            all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person,

 

(3)            all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services, all conditional sale obligations of such Person and all obligations of such Person under any title retention agreement (other than (x) customary reservations or retentions of title under agreements with suppliers entered into in the ordinary course of business, (y) trade debt Incurred in the ordinary course of business and not overdue by 90 days or more and (z) obligations Incurred under a pension, retirement or

 

-10-



 

deferred compensation program or arrangement regulated under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or the laws of a foreign government),

 

(4)            all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, bank guarantee, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction (except to the extent such reimbursement obligation relates to trade debt in the ordinary course of business and such reimbursement obligation is paid within 30 days after payment of the trade debt),

 

(5)            the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any subsidiary of such Person, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends),

 

(6)            all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (5) of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of which, in either case, such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by means of any Guarantee,

 

(7)            all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (6) of other Persons secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person), the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value of such property or assets or the amount of the obligation so secured, and

 

(8)            to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, Hedging Obligations of such Person.

 

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date. For the avoidance of doubt, the following will not be treated as Indebtedness:

 

(1)            Indebtedness Incurred in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self insurance obligations, performance, surety and similar bonds and completion guarantees provided in this ordinary course of business;

 

(2)            Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition or acquisition of any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Subsidiary, provided , that the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such Indebtedness (other than in respect of tax and environmental indemnities) shall at no time exceed, in the case of a disposition, the gross proceeds actually received by the Company and its Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition and, in the case of an acquisition, the fair market value of any business assets or Capital Stock acquired;

 

-11-



 

(3)            Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of the Incurrence.

 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

“Initial Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture.

 

“Interest Rate Agreement” means any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement or other similar financial agreement or arrangement.

 

“Investment” in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of such Person) or other extensions of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by such Person; provided , however , that advances, loans or other extensions of credit arising under the Cash Management Arrangements shall not be deemed Investments.

 

“Investment Grade” means a rating of BBB- or higher by S&P and Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such ratings by S&P or Moody’s and the equivalent in respect of rating categories of any Rating Agencies substituted for S&P or Moody’s.

 

“Investment Grade Status” exists as of any time if at such time both (i) the rating assigned to the Notes by Moody’s is at least Baa3 (or the equivalent) or higher and (ii) the rating assigned to the Notes by S&P is at least BBB- (or the equivalent) or higher and the equivalent in respect of rating categories of any Rating Agencies substituted for S&P or Moody’s.

 

“Issue Date” means the date on which any Notes are issued.

 

“Issuer” means FMC Finance VIII S.A. until a successor replaces it pursuant to this Indenture and thereafter means such successor.

 

“Issuer Order” means a written order or request signed in the name of the Issuer by a Responsible Officer of the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee by the Issuer.

 

“KGaA” means a German partnership limited by shares ( Kommanditgesellschaft auf Aktien ).

 

“Legal Defeasance” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

 

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

 

-12-



 

“Listing Agent” means BNP Paribas Securities Services, Luxembourg Branch.

 

“Luxembourg Paying Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

 

“Maturity Date” means September 15, 2018.

 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.

 

“Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by a Guarantor of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes.

 

“Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Indenture.

 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Responsible Officers of the Issuer or of any Guarantor.

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer, a Guarantor or the Trustee.

 

Participating Member State” means a member state of the European Union which has adopted or adopts the single currency in accordance with the Treaty establishing the European Community (as that Treaty is amended from time to time).

 

“Paying Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

 

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)            pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits or cash or Designated Government Obligations to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(2)            Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith if a reserve or other appropriate provisions, if any, as are required by Accounting Principles have been made in respect thereof;

 

(3)            Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good faith provided appropriate reserves, if any, as are required by Accounting Principles have been made in respect thereof;

 

-13-



 

(4)            Liens in favor of issuers of surety or performance bonds or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

 

(5)            encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

(6)            Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligation or Interest Rate Agreement;

 

(7)            leases, subleases and licenses of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and leases, subleases and licenses of other assets in the ordinary course of business;

 

(8)            judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

 

(9)            Liens for the purpose of securing the payment (or the refinancing of the payment) of all or a part of the purchase price of, or Capital Lease Obligations with respect to, assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business; provided that:

 

(a)            the aggregate principal amount secured by such Liens does not exceed the cost of the assets or property so acquired or constructed; and

 

(b)            such Liens are created within 180 days of construction or acquisition of such assets or property (or, upon a refinancing, replace Liens created within such period) and do not encumber any other assets or property of the Company or any Subsidiary other than such assets or property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto;

 

(10)          Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution; provided that such deposit account is not intended by the Company or any Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depositary institution;

 

(11)          Liens arising from United States Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings (or similar filings in other applicable jurisdictions) regarding operating

 

-14-



 

leases entered into by the Company and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(12)          Liens existing on the Closing Date (other than Liens under clause (19));

 

(13)          Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Subsidiary; provided further, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

(14)          Liens on property at the time the Company or a Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

(15)          Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company to a Subsidiary or of a Subsidiary owing to the Company or a Subsidiary;

 

(16)          Liens securing the Notes and all other Indebtedness which by its terms must be secured if the Notes are secured;

 

(17)          Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness that was previously secured (other than Liens under clause (19)); provided , that such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets that secured the Indebtedness refinanced;

 

(18)          Liens arising by operation of law or by agreement to the same effect in the ordinary course of business;

 

(19)          Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations under the Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured thereby not to exceed the greater of (x) $4.6 billion, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that could be incurred under the Credit Facility as of March 31, 2006, and (y) 2.5 times the Company’s aggregate EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available;

 

(20)          Liens securing the A/R Facility; and

 

(21)          other Liens securing Indebtedness having an aggregate principal amount, measured as of the date of creation of any such Lien and the date of Incurrence of any such Indebtedness, not to exceed 5% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

 

-15-



 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency, instrumentality or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity.

 

“Preferred Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation.

 

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.7(f).

 

“Prospectus/Offering Memorandum” means that certain Prospectus/Offering Memorandum dated as of September 8, 2011 relating to the Initial Notes and $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.50% Senior Notes due 2018 of Fresenius Medical Care US Finance II, Inc.

 

“Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock which is not Disqualified Stock.

 

“Rating Agencies” means:

 

(1)            S&P and

 

(2)            Moody’s, or

 

(3)            if S&P or Moody’s or both shall not make a rating of the Notes publicly available, despite the Company using its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such a rating, a nationally recognized securities rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company, which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be.

 

“Rating Category” means:

 

(1)            with respect to S&P, any of the following categories:  BB, B, CCC, CC, C and D (or equivalent successor categories),

 

(2)            with respect to Moody’s, any of the following categories:  Ba, B, Caa, Ca, C and D (or equivalent successor categories), and

 

(3)            the equivalent of any such category of S&P or Moody’s used by another rating agency.  In determining whether the rating of the Notes has decreased by one or more gradations, gradations within rating categories (+ and - for S&P, 1, 2 and 3 for Moody’s; or the equivalent gradations for another rating agency) shall be taken into account ( e.g ., with respect to S&P, a decline in a rating from BB+ to BB, as well as from BB- to B+, which constitute a decrease of one gradation).

 

“Rating Date” means the date which is 90 days prior to the earlier of (1) a Change of Control and (2) public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control or of the intention by the Company or any Person to effect a Change of Control.

 

“Ratings Decline” means the occurrence on or within 90 days after the date of the first public notice of either the occurrence of a Change of Control or of a transaction which will

 

-16-



 

effect a Change of Control, whichever is earlier (which period shall be extended so long as any Rating Agency has publicly announced that it is considering a possible downgrade of the Notes) of (1) in the event the Notes are rated by either Moody’s or S&P on the Rating Date as Investment Grade, a decrease in the rating of the Notes by both Rating Agencies to a rating that is below Investment Grade, or (2) in the event the Notes are rated below Investment Grade by both Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, a decrease in the rating of the Notes by either Rating Agency by one or more gradations (including gradations within Rating Categories as well as between Rating Categories).

 

“Receivables Financings” means:

 

(1)            the A/R Facility, and

 

(2)            any financing transaction or series of financing transactions that have been or may be entered into by the Company or a Subsidiary pursuant to which the Company or a Subsidiary may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to a Subsidiary or Affiliate, or any other Person, or may grant a security interest in, any receivables or interests therein secured by the merchandise or services financed thereby (whether such receivables are then existing or arising in the future) of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and any assets related thereto, including without limitation, all security interests in merchandise or services financed thereby, the proceeds of such receivables, and other assets which are customarily sold or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with securitization transactions involving such assets.

 

“Record Date” means the Record Dates specified in the Notes.

 

“Redemption Date” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and Paragraph 8 of the Notes.

 

“Redemption Price” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and Paragraphs 8 and 9 of the Notes.

 

“Refinance” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness.  “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

 

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that Refinances any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary existing on the Closing Date or Incurred in compliance with Section 4.3, including Indebtedness that Refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided , however , that:

 

(1)            such Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced,

 

(2)            such Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being Refinanced, and

 

-17-



 

(3)            such Refinancing Indebtedness has an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding or committed (plus fees and expenses, including any premium and defeasance costs) under the Indebtedness being Refinanced; provided further , however , that Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness of the Company or (y) Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness of another Subsidiary.

 

“Registrar” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

 

“Regulated Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange” means the regulated market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, a market appearing on the list of regulated markets issued by the European Community pursuant to Directive 2004/39EC of April 21, 2004 on markets in financial instruments.

 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S (including any successor regulation thereto) under the Securities Act, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

“Regulation S Global Note” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

 

“Regulation S Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

 

“Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction” shall have the meaning set forth in Paragraph 2 of the Notes.

 

“Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, senior vice president—finance, treasurer, assistant treasurer, managing director, management board member or director of a company (or in the case of the Company, a Responsible Officer of its General Partner, other managing entity or other Person authorized to act on its behalf, and if such Person is also a partnership, limited liability company or similarly organized entity, a Responsible Officer of the entity that may be authorized to act on behalf of such Person).

 

“Restricted Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(b) hereof.

 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 (including any successor regulation thereto) under the Securities Act, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A (including any successor regulation thereto) under the Securities Act, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

“Rule 144A Global Note” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.

 

“Rule 144A Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.

 

“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any direct or indirect arrangement with any Person or to which any such Person is a party, providing for the leasing to the Issuer or any Guarantor or a Subsidiary of any property, whether owned by the Issuer, a Guarantor or any Subsidiary at the Closing Date or later acquired, which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer, a Guarantor or such Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person from whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such property.

 

-18-



 

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or if at any time after the execution of this Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.

 

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company secured by a Lien.

 

“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 or any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

 

“Significant Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person that satisfies the criteria for a “significant subsidiary” set forth in Rule 1.02 of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act.

 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Corporation and its successors.

 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency unless such contingency has occurred).

 

“Subordinated Obligation” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Closing Date or thereafter Incurred) that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement to that effect.

 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by:

 

(1)            such Person;

 

(2)            such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person; or

 

(3)            one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

Unless otherwise provided, all references to a Subsidiary shall be a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

“Successor” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3.

 

“Surviving Person” means, with respect to any Person involved in any merger, consolidation or other business combination or the sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of such Person’s assets, the Person formed by or surviving such transaction or the Person to which such disposition is made.

 

-19-



 

“Tax Redemption Date” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and Paragraph 9 of the Notes.

 

“Taxes” shall have the meaning set forth in Paragraph 2 of the Notes.

 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture; provided , however , that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, “TIA” means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.

 

“Trust Officer” means any officer of the Trustee (or any successor of the Trustee), including any director, managing director, vice president, assistant vice president, corporate trust officer, assistant corporate trust officer, associate or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at that time shall be such officers, and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such trust matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 

“Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means such successor.

 

“U.S. GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time, including those set forth in:

 

(1)            the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants,

 

(2)            statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board,

 

(3)            such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, and

 

(4)            the rules and regulations of the SEC governing the inclusion of financial statements (including pro forma financial statements) in periodic reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act, including opinions and pronouncements in staff accounting bulletins and similar written statements from the accounting staff of the SEC.

 

“Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof.

 

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary all the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares held by other Persons to the extent such shares

 

-20-



 

are required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than its parent or a Subsidiary of its parent) is owned by the Company or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, or by the Company and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.

 

SECTION 1.2                   Rules of Construction .  Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)            a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(b)            an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with Accounting Principles;

 

(c)            “or” is not exclusive;

 

(d)            words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;

 

(e)            provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

 

(f)             “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

 

SECTION 1.3                   Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .  Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in, and made a part of, this Indenture.

 

The following TIA terms have the following meanings:

 

“indenture securities” means the Notes and any Note Guarantee;

 

“indenture security holder” means a Holder;

 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee;

 

“obligor” on the Notes means the Issuer and any successor obligor upon the Notes or any Guarantor.

 

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by the Commission rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them therein.

 

-21-



 

ARTICLE II

 

THE NOTES

 

SECTION 2.1                   Form and Dating .  The Notes and the notation relating to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication thereof, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A (in the case of Global Notes) and Exhibit B (in the case of the Definitive Notes), as applicable.  The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage.  The Issuer and the Trustee shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement on them not inconsistent with the terms of this Indenture.  Each Note shall be dated the Issue Date and shall show the date of its authentication.

 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes, annexed hereto as Exhibits A and B , shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Paying Agent, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.  The Notes will initially be represented by the Global Notes.  Definitive Notes will be issued in exchange for Global Notes only in accordance with Section 2.6(a).

 

As long as the Notes are in global form, the Paying Agent (in lieu of the Trustee) shall be responsible for:

 

(1)            paying sums due on the Global Notes; and

 

(2)            arranging on behalf of and at the expense of the Issuer for notices to be communicated to Holders in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

Each reference in this Indenture to the performance of duties set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above by the Trustee includes performance of such duties by the Paying Agent.

 

Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance on Regulation S shall be initially issued as one or more global notes, in registered, global form without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, with such applicable legends as are provided in Section 2.7(f)(ii), except as otherwise permitted herein, and shall be referred to collectively herein as the “Regulation S Global Note.”  The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee (following receipt by the Trustee of all the information required hereunder), as hereinafter provided (or by the issue of a further Regulation S Global Note), in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note or in consequence of the issue of Definitive Notes or Additional Notes in the form of Regulation S Global Notes, as hereinafter provided.  The Regulation S Global Note and all other Notes that are not Rule 144A Notes shall collectively be referred to herein as the “Regulation S Notes.”

 

Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance on Rule 144A shall be initially issued as one or more global notes in registered, global form without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, with such applicable legends as are provided

 

-22-



 

in Section 2.7(f)(ii), except as otherwise permitted herein, and shall be referred to collectively herein as the “Rule 144A Global Note.”  The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee (following receipt by the Trustee of all information required hereunder), as hereinafter provided (or by the issue of a further Rule 144A Global Note), in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note, or in consequence of the issue of Definitive Notes or Additional Rule 144A Global Notes, as hereinafter provided.  The Rule 144A Global Note and all other Notes (excluding interests in Rule 144A Global Notes which are transferred in accordance with Section 2.7(a) hereunder), if any, evidencing the debt, or any portion of the debt, initially evidenced by such Rule 144A Global Note, shall collectively be referred to herein as the “Rule 144A Notes.”

 

SECTION 2.2                   Execution and Authentication .  One Responsible Officer of or one Person duly authorized by all requisite corporate actions by the Issuer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

 

If a Responsible Officer whose signature is on a Note was a Responsible Officer at the time of such execution but no longer holds that office or position at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.  The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on such signature as authentic and shall be under no obligation to make any investigation in relation thereto.

 

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note.  The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, the aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be outstanding at any time under this Indenture is not limited in amount.  The Trustee shall authenticate such Notes, which shall consist of (i) Initial Notes for original issue on the Closing Date in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed €400,000,000 and (ii) Additional Notes from time to time for issuance after the Closing Date to the extent otherwise permitted hereunder (including, without limitation, under Section 4.3 hereof), in each case upon receipt of an Issuer Order.  Additional Notes will be treated the same as the Notes for all purposes under this Indenture, including, without limitation, for purposes of waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase.  Such Issuer Order shall specify the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be authenticated, the type of Notes, the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, the issue price and the date from which interest on such Notes shall accrue, whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Additional Notes and whether or not the Notes shall bear the Private Placement Legend, or such other information as the Trustee may reasonably request.  In authenticating the Notes and accepting the responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to the Notes, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that the form and terms thereof have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture, do not give rise to a Default and that the issuance of such Notes has been duly authorized by the Issuer.  Upon receipt of an Issuer Order, the Trustee

 

-23-



 

shall authenticate Notes in substitution for Notes originally issued to reflect any name change of the Issuer.

 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent (“Authenticating Agent”) reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes.  Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such Authenticating Agent.  An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Issuer and Affiliates of the Issuer.

 

The Notes shall be issuable only in denominations of €1,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof.

 

SECTION 2.3                   Registrar and Paying Agent .  The Issuer shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”), (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment to Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft and (iii) upon issuance of Definitive Notes, an office or agency where Definitive Notes may be presented for payment to the Luxembourg Paying Agent.  The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange.  At the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders.  The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents.  The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying agent.  The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.  The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture.  If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such.  The Issuer, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar to the extent permitted under applicable laws or regulations.

 

The Issuer shall notify the Trustee and the Trustee shall notify the Holders of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture.  The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the provisions of the TIA.  The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture and the Notes that relate to such Agent.  The Issuer shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent.  If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such, and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with Section 7.7 hereof.

 

The Issuer initially appoints Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft to act as the paying agent (together with its successor in such capacity, the “Paying Agent”) and the Trustee to act as the Registrar.  If and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Regulated Market of the

 

-24-



 

Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such stock exchange so require, the Issuer shall appoint Deutsche Bank Luxembourg, or such other Person located in Luxembourg and reasonably acceptable to the Trustee (reasonableness to be determined objectively), as the Luxembourg paying and transfer agent (together with its successor in such capacity, the “Luxembourg Paying Agent”).

 

SECTION 2.4                   Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust .  The Issuer shall require the Paying Agent to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all assets held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, Additional Amounts, if any, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes, and shall promptly notify the Trustee of any Default by the Issuer in making any such payment.  The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to distribute all assets held by it to the Trustee and account for any assets distributed and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any payment Default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to distribute all assets held by it to the Trustee and to account for any assets distributed.  Upon distribution to the Trustee of all assets that shall have been delivered by the Issuer to the Paying Agent pursuant to this Section 2.4, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for such assets.

 

SECTION 2.5                   List of Holders .  The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders.  If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee within two Business Days after each Record Date as of such Record Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list as of such date and in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders, which list may be conclusively relied upon by the Trustee.

 

SECTION 2.6                   Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes .  The Global Notes initially shall (i) be deposited with and registered in the name of Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, as the common depository, for the accounts of Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. (“Euroclear”) and Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (“Clearstream”) and (ii) bear the following legend:

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE CLEARING AGENCY OR A NOMINEE OF THE CLEARING AGENCY.  THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE CLEARING AGENCY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE TO THE CLEARING AGENCY OR A NOMINEE OF THE CLEARING AGENCY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

(a)            Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Clearing Agency to a nominee of the Clearing Agency or by a nominee of the Clearing Agency to the Clearing Agency or another successor of the Clearing Agency or a nominee of such successor.  Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Definitive Notes in accordance with the rules and

 

-25-



 

procedures of the Clearing Agency and the provisions of Section 2.7.  All Global Notes shall be exchanged by the Issuer (with authentication by the Trustee) for one or more Definitive Notes, if (a) the Clearing Agency (i) has notified the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a Clearing Agency and (ii) a successor to the Clearing Agency has not been appointed by the Issuer within 120 days of such notification, (b) the Clearing Agency so requests following an Event of Default hereunder or (c) in whole (but not in part) at any time if the Issuer in its sole discretion determines.  If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Issuer shall, at the written request delivered through the a Clearing Agency of the Holder thereof or of the holder of an interest therein, exchange all or part of a Global Note for one or more Definitive Notes (with authentication by the Trustee); provided , however , that the principal amount of such Definitive Notes and such Global Note after such exchange shall be €1,000 or integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof.  Whenever all of a Global Note is exchanged for one or more Definitive Notes, it shall be surrendered by the Holder thereof to the Registrar for cancellation.  Whenever a part of a Global Note is exchanged for one or more Definitive Notes, the Global Note shall be surrendered by the Holder thereof to the Paying Agent who together with the Trustee, following such surrender, shall cause an adjustment to be made to Schedule A of such Global Note such that the principal amount of such Global Note will be equal to the portion of such Global Note not exchanged and shall thereafter return such Global Note to such Holder.  A Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note other than as provided in this Section 2.6(a).

 

(b)            In connection with the transfer of Global Notes as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to Section 2.6(a), the Global Notes shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Paying Agent for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall upon written instructions from the Issuer authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Notes, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.

 

(c)            Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.6(a) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.7, bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

SECTION 2.7                   Registration of Transfer and Exchange .  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, so long as a Note remains outstanding, transfers of beneficial interests in Global Notes or transfers of Definitive Notes, in whole or in part, shall be made only in accordance with this Section 2.7.

 

(a)            If a holder of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in the Regulation S Global Note, or to transfer its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of an interest in such Regulation S Global Note, such holder may, subject to the rules and procedures of the Clearing Agency, to the extent applicable, and to the requirements set forth in this Section 2.7(a), exchange or cause the exchange or transfer or cause the transfer of such interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note.  Such exchange or transfer shall only be made upon receipt by the Paying Agent, as transfer agent, at its office in Frankfurt, Germany or, so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Regulated Market

 

-26-



 

of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of that exchange so require, upon receipt by the Luxembourg Paying Agent, as transfer agent, at its office in Luxembourg of (1) written instructions given in accordance with the procedures of the Clearing Agency, to the extent applicable, from or on behalf of a holder of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note directing the Paying Agent, as transfer agent, to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to be exchanged or transferred, (2) a written order given in accordance with the procedures of the Clearing Agency, to the extent applicable, containing information regarding the account to be credited with such increase and the name of such account, and (3) a certificate in the form of Exhibit D given by the holder of such beneficial interest stating that the exchange or transfer of such interest has been made pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144 under the Securities Act.  Upon such receipt, the Paying Agent, as transfer agent, shall promptly deliver instructions to the Clearing Agency, to reduce or reflect on its records a reduction of the Rule 144A Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred from the relevant participant, and the Paying Agent, as transfer agent, shall promptly deliver instructions to the Clearing Agency concurrently with such reduction, to increase or reflect on its records an increase of the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions of a beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note equal to the reduction in the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note.  The Clearing Agency will promptly notify the Trustee of any increases or decreases in the amount of each Global Note.

 

(b)            If a holder of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Regulation S Global Note for an interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, or to transfer its interest in such Regulation S Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of an interest in such Rule 144A Global Note, such holder may, subject to the rules and procedures of the Clearing Agency, to the extent applicable, and to the requirements set forth in this Section 2.7(b), exchange or cause the exchange or transfer or cause the transfer of such interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note.  Such exchange or transfer shall only be made upon receipt by the Paying Agent, as transfer agent, at its office in Frankfurt, Germany or, so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Regulated Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of that exchange so require, upon receipt by the Luxembourg Paying Agent, as transfer agent, at its office in Luxembourg of (l) instructions given in accordance with the procedures of the Clearing Agency, to the extent applicable, from or on behalf of a beneficial owner of an interest in the Regulation S Global Note directing the Paying Agent, as transfer agent, to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to be exchanged or transferred, (2) a written order given in accordance with the procedures of the Clearing Agency, to the extent applicable, containing information regarding the account to be credited with such increase and the name of such account, and (3) prior to or on the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Notes and the relevant Issue Date (the “Restricted Period”), a certificate in the form of Exhibit E given by the holder of such beneficial interest and stating that the Person transferring such interest in such Regulation S Note

 

-27-



 

reasonably believes that the Person acquiring such interest in such Rule 144A Note is a Qualified Institutional Buyer (as defined in Rule 144A) and is obtaining such beneficial interest in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.  Upon such receipt, the Paying Agent, as transfer agent, shall promptly deliver instructions to the Clearing Agency to reduce or reflect on its records a reduction of the Regulation S Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note to be exchanged or transferred, and the Paying Agent, as transfer agent, shall promptly deliver instructions to the Clearing Agency concurrently with such reduction, to increase or reflect on its records an increase of the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note equal to the reduction in the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note.  After the expiration of the Restricted Period, the certification requirement set forth in clause (3) of the second sentence of this Section 2.7(b) will no longer apply to such transfers.  The Clearing Agency will promptly notify the Trustee of any increases or decreases in the amount of each Global Note.

 

(c)            Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest.

 

(d)            In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes in registered form without interest coupons, pursuant to Section 2.6(a), or a Definitive Note in registered form without interest coupons is exchanged for another such Definitive Note in registered form without interest coupons, or a Definitive Note is exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, such Notes may be exchanged or transferred for one another only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of Sections 2.7(b) and (c) above (including the certification requirements intended to ensure that such exchanges or transfers comply with Rule 144, Rule 144A or Regulation S, as the case may be) and as may be from time to time adopted by the Issuer and the Trustee.

 

(e)            Prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be exchanged or transferred in accordance with the certification requirements hereof.

 

(f)             (i)  Other than in the case of Notes issued pursuant to a registration statement which has been declared effective under the Securities Act, each Note issued hereunder shall, upon issuance, bear the legend set forth in clause (ii) below (the “Private Placement Legend”) and such legend shall not be removed from such Note except as provided in the next sentence.  The legend on a Note may be removed from a Note if there is delivered

 

-28-



 

to the Issuer and the Trustee such satisfactory evidence, which may include an opinion of independent counsel licensed to practice law in the State of New York, as may be reasonably required by the Issuer and the Trustee, that neither such legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers of such Note will not violate the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and the Issuer and the Trustee consent to such removal.  Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Trustee, at the written direction of the Issuer, shall authenticate and deliver in exchange for such Note another Note or Notes having an equal aggregate principal amount that does not bear such legend.  If such a legend required for a Note has been removed from a Note as provided above, no other Note issued in exchange for all or any part of such Note shall bear such legend, unless the Issuer has reasonable cause to believe that such other Note is a “restricted security” within the meaning of Rule 144 and instructs the Trustee to cause a legend to appear thereon.

 

(ii)            To the extent required by paragraph (f)(i) above, the Notes shall bear the following legend on the face thereof:

 

-29-



 

“THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1)(a) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (b) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF APPLICABLE) OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), (2) TO THE ISSUER OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY.”

 

(g)            By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.

 

Neither the Trustee nor the Paying Agent shall have any obligation or duty to monitor, and shall not be liable for any failure to, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Agent Members or beneficial owners of interest in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when

 

-30-



 

expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.6 or this Section 2.7.  The Issuer shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.

 

(h)            Definitive Notes shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Definitive Note for registration of transfer.  When a Definitive Note is presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if its requirements for such transfers are met.  When Definitive Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met.  When a Definitive Note is presented to the Registrar with a request to transfer in part, the transferor shall be entitled to receive without charge a Definitive Note representing the balance of such Definitive Note not transferred.  To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes at the Registrar’s or co-registrar’s request.

 

(i)             The Issuer shall not be required to make, and the Registrar need not register transfers or exchanges of, Definitive Notes (i) for a period of 15 calendar days prior to any date fixed for the redemption of the Notes, (ii) for a period of 15 calendar days immediately prior to the date fixed for selection of Notes to be redeemed in part, (iii) for a payment period of 15 calendar days prior to any Record Date, or (iv) that the registered Holder of Notes has tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control.

 

(j)             Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Definitive Note, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Definitive Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Definitive Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on such Definitive Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Definitive Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(k)            The Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes, assessments or other governmental charges in connection with any transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section 2.7.

 

(l)             All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture will evidence the same debt and will be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

 

(m)           Holders of Notes (or holders of interests therein) initially offered or sold in the United States to “Qualified Institutional Buyers” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act pursuant to such rule and prospective purchasers designated by such Holders (or holders of interests therein) will have the right to obtain from the Issuer upon request by such Holders (or holders of interests therein) or prospective purchasers, during any period in which the Issuer is

 

-31-



 

not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or not exempt from reporting pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Exchange Act, the information required by paragraph d(4)(i) of Rule 144A in connection with any transfer or proposed transfer of such Notes.

 

SECTION 2.8                   Replacement Notes .  If a mutilated Definitive Note is surrendered to the Registrar, if a mutilated Global Note is surrendered to the Issuer or if the Holder of a Note claims that such Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note in such form as the Note being replaced in the manner specified in this Section 2.8.  If required by the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuer, such Holder must provide an indemnity bond or other indemnity, sufficient in the judgment of the Issuer, the Registrar and the Trustee, to protect the Issuer, the Registrar, the Trustee and any Agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced.  The Issuer may charge such Holder for its reasonable out of-pocket expenses in replacing a Note, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel.  Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuer.  The provisions of this Section 2.8 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement of mutilated, destroyed, lost, stolen or taken Notes.

 

SECTION 2.9                   Outstanding Notes .  Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the Global Note effected in accordance with the provisions hereof and those described in this Section 2.9 as not outstanding.  Subject to Section 2.10, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or any of its Affiliates holds the Note.

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.8 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it, and upon which it shall be entitled to rely in accordance with Section 7.1(a), that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.  A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.8.

 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.1 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on it cease to accrue.

 

If on a Redemption Date or the Maturity Date the Paying Agent holds cash sufficient to pay all of the principal and interest due on the Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on such Notes cease to accrue.

 

SECTION 2.10                 Treasury Notes .  In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, the Guarantors or any of their Affiliates shall be disregarded, except that, for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only such Notes that a Trust Officer actually knows are so owned shall be disregarded and the Trustee assumes no liability in relation to any other Notes.

 

The Issuer shall notify the Trustee, in writing, when it or any Guarantor or any of their Affiliates repurchases or otherwise acquires Notes, of the aggregate principal amount of

 

-32-



 

such Notes so repurchased or otherwise acquired.  The Trustee may require an Officers’ Certificate, which shall promptly be provided upon receipt by the appropriate Responsible Officers of the requisite information, listing Notes owned by the Issuer, the Guarantors a Subsidiary of the Issuer or the Guarantors or an Affiliate of the Issuer or the Guarantors.

 

SECTION 2.11                 Temporary Notes .  Until permanent Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Issuer Order pursuant to Section 2.2.  The Officers’ Certificate shall specify the amount of temporary Definitive Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the temporary Definitive Notes are to be authenticated.  Temporary Definitive Notes shall be substantially in the form of permanent Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Definitive Notes.  Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate upon receipt of an Issuer Order pursuant to Section 2.2 permanent Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Definitive Notes.

 

SECTION 2.12                 Cancellation .  The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.  The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall promptly forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment.  The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent, and no one else, shall cancel and, at the written direction of the Issuer, shall dispose of (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation.  Upon completion of any disposal, the Trustee shall deliver a certificate of such disposal to the Issuer, unless the Issuer directs the Trustee in writing to deliver the cancelled Notes to the Issuer or the Company.  Subject to Section 2.8, the Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.  If the Issuer shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.12.

 

SECTION 2.13                 Defaulted Interest .  If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Holder thereof on a subsequent special record date, which date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Issuer for the payment of defaulted interest.  The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee and Paying Agent in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each such Note and the date of the proposed payment (a “Default Interest Payment Date”), and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or Paying Agent an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee or Paying Agent for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as in this Section 2.13; provided , however , that in no event shall the Issuer deposit monies proposed to be paid in respect of defaulted interest later than 10:00 a.m. Frankfurt time on the proposed Default Interest Payment Date with respect to defaulted interest to be paid on the Note.  At least 15 days before the subsequent special record date, the Issuer shall mail to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice that states the subsequent special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid.

 

-33-



 

SECTION 2.14                 ISINs and Common Codes .   The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use ISINs and/or Common Codes, and if it does so, the Trustee shall use the ISIN and/or Common Code in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the ISIN and/or Common Code printed in the notice or on the Notes and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes.  The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee of any changes in any ISINs and/or Common Codes.

 

SECTION 2.15                 Deposit of Moneys .  Prior to 10:00 a.m. Frankfurt time on each interest payment date and Maturity Date, the Issuer shall have deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent (which shall be the Paying Agent or its successor) in immediately available funds money sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such interest payment date or Maturity Date, as the case may be, on all Notes then outstanding.  Such payments shall be made by the Issuer in a timely manner which permits the Paying Agent to remit payment to the Holders on such interest payment date or Maturity Date, as the case may be.  Promptly upon receipt of such payment, the Paying Agent shall confirm by the medium chosen by the Paying Agent to the Issuer the receipt of such payment.

 

SECTION 2.16                 Certain Matters Relating to Global Notes .  Members of or participants in a Clearing Agency (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture or any Global Note with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Clearing Agency or its nominee, and the Clearing Agency or its nominee may be treated by the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar and any agent of the Issuer or the Guarantors as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Guarantors from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Clearing Agency or its nominee or impair, as between the Clearing Agency and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.

 

(a)            The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Euroclear and Clearstream and their Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

SECTION 2.17                 Record Date .  Unless otherwise set forth in this Indenture, the record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted under this Indenture shall be determined as provided for in TIA § 316(c).

 

ARTICLE III

 

REDEMPTION

 

SECTION 3.1          Optional Redemption .  The Issuer may redeem all or, from time to time, a part of the Notes, at its option, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed plus accrued interest, if any, to the redemption date, plus the excess of:

 

(a)           as determined by the calculation agent (which shall initially be the Trustee), the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Notes being redeemed not including any portion of such payment of interest accrued on the date of redemption, from the redemption date to the maturity date, discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Bund Rate plus 50 basis points; over

 

(b)           100% of the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed.

 

The Company shall certify to the Trustee the applicable Bund Rate at the time of any such redemption.

 

-34-



 

SECTION 3.2                   Notices to Trustee .  If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Paragraphs 8 or 9 of such Notes, it shall notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent in writing of the Redemption Date and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed at least 15 days prior to the giving of the notice contemplated by Section 3.4 (or such shorter period as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall determine).  The Issuer shall give notice of redemption as required under the relevant paragraph of the Notes, pursuant to which such Notes are being redeemed.

 

SECTION  3.3                  Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed .  In the case of any partial redemption, the Trustee will select the Notes for redemption in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which such Notes are listed, or if such Notes are not listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable legal and exchange requirements); although no Note of €1,000 in original principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part.  If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, notice of redemption relating to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.  A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued and delivered to the Trustee, or in the case of Definitive Notes, issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.  The selections made by the Trustee pursuant to this Section 3.3 shall always be subject to Section 7.2(d).

 

SECTION 3.4                   Notice of Redemption .  At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date or a Tax Redemption Date, as applicable, the Issuer shall, so long as the Notes are in global form and are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Regulated Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such stock exchange shall so require, publish in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ) or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu) and notify the Holders, the Trustee and the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, if applicable, or in the case of Definitive Notes, in addition to such publication, mail to Holders (with a copy to the Trustee) by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at their respective addresses as they appear on the registration books of the Registrar.  At the Issuer’s request made at least 45 days before the a Redemption Date or a Tax Redemption Date, as applicable (or such shorter period as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall determine), the Paying Agent shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense; provided , however , that the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee (in advance) an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth in full the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the following items.  Each notice for redemption shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

 

(a)            the Redemption Date or the Tax Redemption Date, as applicable;

 

(b)            the Redemption Prices and the amount of accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, to be paid (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest and Additional Amounts, if any, due on the relevant interest payment date);

 

(c)            the name and address of the designated Paying Agent;

 

(d)            that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the designated Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any;

 

(e)            that, unless the Issuer defaults in making the redemption payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on Notes called for redemption cease to accrue on and after the Redemption Date or the Tax Redemption Date, as applicable, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the Redemption Price upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed;

 

(f)             (i) if any Global Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, shall cease to accrue on the portion called for redemption, and upon surrender of such Global Note (if applicable), the Global Note with a notation on Schedule A thereof adjusting the principal amount thereof to be equal to the unredeemed portion, will be returned and (ii) if any Definitive Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed, and that, after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Definitive Note, a new Definitive Note or Notes in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof, upon cancellation of the original Note;

 

-35-



 

(g)                                  if fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption;

 

(h)                                  the paragraph of the Notes pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed; and

 

(i)                                      the ISIN and/or Common Code, and that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the ISIN and/or Common Code, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

 

Prior to the giving of any notice of redemption pursuant to Paragraph 9 of the Notes, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee (a) an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer stating that the Issuer is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to the right of the Issuer so to redeem have occurred and (b) an Opinion of Counsel qualified under the laws of the relevant jurisdiction to the effect that the Issuer has or will become obligated to pay such Additional Amounts as a result of a change in tax law, and that the Issuer cannot avoid such obligation by taking reasonable measures available to it.

 

SECTION 3.5                   Effect of Notice of Redemption .  Once notice of redemption is given in accordance with Section 3.4, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date or the Tax Redemption Date, as applicable, and at the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any.  Upon surrender to the Trustee or Paying Agent, such Notes called for redemption shall be paid at the Redemption Price (which shall include accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, to the Redemption Date or Tax Redemption Date, as applicable), but installments of interest, the maturity of which is on or prior to the Redemption Date or the Tax Redemption Date, as applicable, shall be payable to Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates.

 

SECTION 3.6                   Deposit of Redemption Price .  Prior to 10:00 a.m. Frankfurt time on the Redemption Date or the Tax Redemption Date, as applicable, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent (which shall be the Paying Agent or its successor) euro in same-day funds sufficient to pay the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest (subject to, as provided in the Notes, the right of Holders to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, of all Notes to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portion of Notes called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation.  The designated Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any cash so deposited which is not required for that purpose upon the written request of the Issuer.  Promptly upon receipt of such payment the Paying Agent shall confirm by the medium chosen by the Paying Agent to the Issuer the receipt of such payment.

 

If the Issuer complies with the preceding paragraph, then, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of such Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, interest and Additional Amounts on the Notes to be redeemed will cease to accrue on and after the applicable Redemption Date or Tax Redemption Date, whether or not such Notes are presented for payment.  With respect to Definitive Notes, if a Definitive Note is redeemed on or after an interest Record Date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date.  If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the Redemption Date or the Tax Redemption Date, as applicable, until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.1.

 

-36-



 

SECTION 3.7                                                        Notes Redeemed in Part .  Upon surrender and cancellation of a Definitive Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Issuer’s expense) a new Definitive Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Definitive Note surrendered and canceled; provided , however , that each such Definitive Note shall be in a principal amount at maturity of €1,000 or integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof.  Upon surrender of a Global Note that is redeemed in part, the Paying Agent shall promptly forward such Global Note to the Trustee who shall make a notation on Schedule A thereof to reduce the principal amount of such Global Note to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion of such Global Note surrendered; provided , however , that each such Global Note shall be in a principal amount at maturity of €1,000 or integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof.

 

SECTION 3.8                   Special Tax Redemption .  The Issuer is entitled to redeem the Notes at its option, in whole but not in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest (if any) to the date of redemption (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), in the event the Issuer has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable with respect to the Notes, any additional amounts as a result of:

 

(a)            a change in or an amendment to the laws, treaties, regulations or rulings of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; or

 

(b)            any change in or amendment to any official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including by virtue of a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction);

 

which change or amendment to such laws or official position is announced and becomes effective after the issuance of the Notes; provided that the Issuer determines, in its reasonable judgment, that the obligation to pay such additional amounts cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to it; provided , further , that at the time such notice is given, such obligation to pay Additional Amounts remains in effect.

 

Notice of any such redemption must be given within 270 days of the earlier of the announcement or effectiveness of any such change.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COVENANTS

 

SECTION 4.1                   Payment of Notes .

 

(a)            The Issuer shall pay the principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes in the manner provided in such Notes and this Indenture.  An installment of principal of or interest, premium or Additional Amounts on the Notes shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or Paying Agent holds prior to 10:00 a.m. Frankfurt time on that date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for, and sufficient to pay the installment in full and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

(b)            The Issuer shall pay, to the extent such payments are lawful, interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods), on any Additional Amounts, from time to time on demand at the rate borne by the Notes.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

SECTION 4.2                   Maintenance of Office or Agency .  The Issuer shall maintain the office or agency (which office may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-Registrar) required under Section 2.3 where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in

 

-37-



 

respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served.  The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency.  If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 11.1.  The Issuer hereby initially designates the office of the Trustee, acting through its office at 100 Wall Street, Suite 1600, New York, New York 10005, as its office or agency as required under Section 2.3 hereof.  If the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Regulated Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuer will appoint Deutsche Bank Luxembourg, or such other Person located in Luxembourg and reasonably acceptable to the Trustee (reasonableness to be determined objectively), as an additional paying and transfer agent.

 

SECTION 4.3                   Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness .

 

(a)            The Issuer and the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, Incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness; provided , however , that the Company and any Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness (and the Company and any Subsidiary may Incur Acquired Indebtedness) if on the date thereof:

 

(1)            the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company is at least 2.0 to 1.0; and

 

(2)            no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence of Incurring the Indebtedness.

 

(b)            The foregoing limitations contained in paragraph (a) do not apply to the Incurrence of any of the following Indebtedness:

 

(1)            Indebtedness Incurred under the Revolving Credit Facility in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1.2 billion outstanding at any time;

 

(2)            Indebtedness in respect of Receivables Financings in an aggregate principal amount which, together with all other Indebtedness in respect of Receivables Financings outstanding on the date of such Incurrence (other than Indebtedness permitted by paragraph (a) or clause (3) of this paragraph (b)), does not exceed 85% of the sum of (1) the total amount of accounts receivables shown on the Company’s most recent consolidated quarterly balance sheet, plus (2) without duplication, the total amount of accounts receivable already subject to a Receivables Financing;

 

(3)            Indebtedness of the Company owed to and held by another Guarantor, Indebtedness of a Wholly Owned Subsidiary owed to and held by another Wholly Owned Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Wholly Owned Subsidiary owing to and held by the Company; provided , however , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness (other than to the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in

 

-38-



 

each case, to constitute the Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or the Subsidiary, as the case may be;

 

(4)            Indebtedness in respect of the Notes issued on the Closing Date, and the related Note Guarantees by the Company and the other Guarantors and indebtedness issued in respect of the $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of U.S. dollar-denominated 6.50% Senior Notes due 2018 of Fresenius Medical Care U.S. Finance II, Inc. (the “US Notes”) issued on the Closing Date, and the related Guarantees of the US Notes by the Company and the other Guarantors;

 

(5)            Capital Lease Obligations and Indebtedness Incurred, in each case, to provide all or a portion of the purchase price or cost of construction of an asset or, in the case of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction, to finance the value of such asset owned by the Company or a Subsidiary;

 

(6)            Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness of the type covered by clause (1) or clause (2)) outstanding on the Closing Date after giving effect to the application of proceeds from the Notes;

 

(7)            Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) or pursuant to clause (4) or (6) of this paragraph (b);

 

(8)            Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of the business and not for speculative purposes as determined in good faith by the Company;

 

(9)            customer deposits and advance payments received from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business;

 

(10)          Indebtedness arising under the Cash Management Arrangements; and

 

(11)          Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or a Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount which, together with all other Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries outstanding on the date of such Incurrence (other than Indebtedness permitted by paragraph (a) or clauses (1) through (10) of this paragraph (b)), does not exceed $900 million.

 

(c)            For purposes of determining compliance with the foregoing covenant:

 

(1)            in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described above, the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify and from time to time may reclassify such item of Indebtedness and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of the above clauses, provided that any Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date and Indebtedness Incurred under clause (b)(5) above may not be reclassified to clause (a) above; and

 

(2)            an item of Indebtedness may be divided and classified, or reclassified, in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described above, provided that any Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date and Indebtedness Incurred under clause (b)(5) above may not be reclassified to clause (a) above.

 

-39-



 

(d)            If during any period the Notes have achieved and continue to maintain Investment Grade Status and no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (such period is referred to herein as an “Investment Grade Status Period”), then upon notice by the Company to the Trustee by the delivery of an Officers’ Certificate that it has achieved Investment Grade Status, this covenant will be suspended and will not during such period be applicable to the Company and its Subsidiaries and shall only again be applicable if such Investment Grade Status Period ends.

 

No action taken during an Investment Grade Status Period or prior to an Investment Grade Status Period in compliance with this Section 4.3 will require reversal or constitute a default under the Notes in the event that this Section 4.3 is subsequently reinstated or suspended, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 4.4                   Limitation on Liens .  The Issuer and the Company may not, and may not permit any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries to directly, or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock), whether owned on the date hereof or acquired after that date, securing any Indebtedness, unless contemporaneously with (or prior to) the Incurrence of the Liens effective provision is made to secure the Indebtedness due under this Indenture and the Notes, equally and ratably with (or prior to in the case of Liens with respect to Subordinated Obligations) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien for so long as such Indebtedness is so secured.

 

SECTION 4.5                   Ownership of the Issuer .  The Company will continue to directly or indirectly maintain 100% ownership of the Capital Stock of the Issuer or any permitted successor of the Issuer, provided , that any permitted successor of the Company may succeed to the Company’s ownership of such Capital Stock.

 

The Company will cause the Issuer or its successor to engage only in those activities that are necessary, convenient or incidental to issuing and selling the Notes and any additional Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.3 (including the Issuer’s Guarantee of the Credit Facility and any Additional Notes), and advancing or distributing the proceeds thereof to the Company and its Subsidiaries and performing its obligations relating to the Notes and any such additional Indebtedness, pursuant to the terms thereof and of this Indenture and any other applicable indenture.

 

SECTION 4.6                   Existence .  Except as permitted by Article V, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect the existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises of the Company, the Issuer and each other Guarantor; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such existence, right or franchise if the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and that the loss thereof at the time of such loss is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

 

SECTION 4.7                   Maintenance of Properties .  Except as permitted by Article V, the Company shall cause all properties used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any Subsidiary of the Company to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and

 

-40-



 

working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Company may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided , however , that nothing in this Section shall prevent the Company from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any of such properties if such discontinuance is, as determined by the Company, or its Responsible Officers, or any Subsidiary, or its Responsible Officers, having managerial responsibility for any such property, in good faith, desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of any Subsidiary and not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

 

SECTION 4.8                   Payment of Taxes and Other Claims .  The Company and the Guarantors will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (a) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including satisfying any withholding tax obligations), and (b) all material lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon the property of the Company or the Guarantors or any of their Subsidiaries; provided , however , that the Company or the Guarantors shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves are maintained in accordance with Accounting Principles.

 

SECTION 4.9                   Maintenance of Insurance .  The Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, keep at all times all of their material properties which are of an insurable nature insured against loss or damage pursuant to self-insurance arrangements with insurers believed by the Company to be responsible to the extent that property of similar character is usually so insured by corporations similarly situated and owning like properties in accordance with good business practice.  The Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, use the proceeds from any such insurance policy to repair, replace or otherwise restore the property to which such proceeds relate, except to the extent that a different use of such proceeds is, as determined by the Company, or any Subsidiary having managerial responsibility for any such property, in good faith, desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of any Subsidiary and not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

 

SECTION 4.10                 Reports .  For so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will provide the Trustee with:

 

(1)            copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports, and such summaries thereof, as may be required by the TIA at the times and in the manner provided by the TIA;

 

(2)            its annual financial statements and related notes thereto for the most recent two fiscal years prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP (or IFRS or any other internationally generally acceptable accounting standard in the event the Company is required by applicable law to prepare its financial statements in accordance with IFRS or such other standard or is permitted and elects to do so, with appropriate reconciliation to U.S. GAAP, unless not then required under the rules of the SEC) and including segment data,

 

-41-



 

together with an audit report thereon, together with a discussion of the “Operating Results” and “Liquidity” for such fiscal years prepared in a manner substantially consistent with the “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” required by Form 20-F under the Exchange Act (or any replacement or successor form) which appears in the Prospectus/Offering Memorandum under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and a “Business Summary of the Financial Year” and discussion of “Business Segments” provided in a manner consistent with its annual report, a description of “Related Party Transactions,” and a description of Indebtedness, within 90 days of the end of each fiscal year; and

 

(3)            quarterly financial information as of and for the period from the beginning of each year to the close of each quarterly period (other than the fourth quarter), together with comparable information for the corresponding period of the preceding year, and a summary “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” to the extent and in the form required under the Exchange Act providing a brief discussion of the results of operations for the period within 45 days following the end of the fiscal quarter.

 

The Company shall also comply with the other provisions of Section 314(a) of the TIA.  In addition, so long as the Notes remain outstanding and during any period when the Issuer or the Company is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act other than by virtue of the exemption therefrom pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b), the Company will furnish to any Holder or beneficial owner of Notes initially offered and sold in the United States to “qualified institutional buyers” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act pursuant to such rule and any prospective purchaser in the United States designated by such Holder or beneficial owner, upon request, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

If and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Regulated Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, copies of such reports shall also be available at the specified office of the Listing Agent in Luxembourg.

 

Deliveries of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s, the Company’s or any Guarantor’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).  The Trustee shall have no obligation to review such reports to determine if the information required by this Section 4.10 is contained therein.

 

SECTION 4.11                 Change of Control .  Each Holder of the Notes, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, will have the right to require that the Issuer repurchase such Holder’s Notes, at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

Within 30 days following a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer will mail a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating:

 

-42-



 

(1)            that a Change of Control Triggering Event has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Issuer to purchase such Holder’s Notes, at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date);

 

(2)            the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control Triggering Event (including information with respect to pro forma historical income, cash flow and capitalization after giving effect to such Change of Control Triggering Event);

 

(3)            the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed);

 

(4)            that each Note will be subject to repurchase only in integral multiples of €1,000;

 

(5)            the instructions determined by the Issuer, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased;

 

(6)            that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

 

(7)            that, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control purchase price, any Notes accepted for payment shall cease to accrue interest after the repurchase date;

 

(8)            that Holders accepting the offer to have their Notes repurchased pursuant to a change of control offer will be required to surrender the Notes to the Paying Agent or any other Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day preceding the repurchase date;

 

(9)            that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered;

 

(10)          any other procedures that a holder must follow to accept a change of control offer or effect withdrawal of such acceptance; and

 

(11)          the name and address of the Paying Agent.

 

On the repurchase date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful:

 

(1)            accept for payment Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the change of control offer;

 

(2)            deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the Change of Control purchase price in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and

 

-43-



 

(3)            deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the Notes or portions thereof tendered to the Issuer.

 

The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so accepted payment in an amount equal to the purchase price for such Notes, and the Issuer shall execute and issue, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail to such Holder, a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of such Notes surrendered; provided that each such new Note shall be issued in an original principal amount in denominations of  €1,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof.

 

The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.11.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations or applicable listing requirements conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.11, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.11 by virtue thereof.

 

SECTION 4.12                 Additional Amounts .  At least 30 days prior to each date on which payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest or other amounts on the Notes is to be made (unless such obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises shortly before or after the 30th day prior to such date, in which case it shall be promptly thereafter), if the Issuer, any Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts pursuant to Paragraph 2 of the Notes (the “Additional Amounts”) with respect to any such payment, the Issuer will promptly furnish the Trustee and the Paying Agent, if other than the Trustee, with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Additional Amounts will be payable and the amounts so payable, and will set forth such other information necessary to enable the Trustee or the Paying Agent to pay such Additional Amounts to the Holders on the payment date.  The Issuer or a Guarantor (as applicable) will pay to the Trustee or the Paying Agent such Additional Amounts and, if paid to a Paying Agent other than the Trustee, shall promptly provide the Trustee with documentation evidencing the payment of such Additional Amounts.  Copies of such documentation shall be made available to the Holders upon request.  The Issuer shall indemnify the Trustee and the Paying Agent for, and hold them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on their part arising out of or in connection with actions taken or omitted by any of them in reliance on any Officers’ Certificate furnished to them pursuant to this Section 4.12.

 

The Issuer will (i) make any required withholding or deduction and (ii) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction in accordance with applicable law.  The Issuer will use all reasonable efforts to obtain certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld from each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction imposing such Taxes and will provide such certified copy to the Trustee.

 

If the Issuer or the Guarantors conduct business in any jurisdiction (an “Additional Taxing Jurisdiction”) other than a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction and, as a result, are required by the law of such Additional Taxing Jurisdiction to deduct or withhold any amount on account of taxes imposed by such Additional Taxing Jurisdiction from payments under the Notes which would not have been required to be so deducted or withheld but for such conduct of business in

 

-44-



 

such Additional Taxing Jurisdiction, the Additional Amounts provision described above shall be considered to apply to such Holders as if references in such provision to “Taxes” included taxes imposed by way of deduction or withholding by any such Additional Taxing Jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof or taxing authority therein).

 

The Issuer will pay any present stamp, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise, property or similar taxes, charges or levies (including any penalties, interest or other liabilities related thereto) which arise in Luxembourg (or any political subdivision thereof or therein) from the execution, delivery and registration of Notes upon original issuance and initial resale of the Notes or any other document or instrument referred to therein, or in connection with the enforcement of the Notes or any Note Guarantee or any other document or instrument referred to therein.  If at any time the Issuer changes its place of organization to outside of Luxembourg or there is a new issuer organized outside of Luxembourg, the Issuer or new issuer, as applicable, will pay any stamp, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise, property or similar taxes, charges or levies (including any penalties, interest or other liabilities related thereto) which arise in the jurisdiction in which the Issuer or new issuer is organized (or any political subdivision thereof or therein) and are payable by the Holders of the Notes in respect of the Notes or any other document or instrument referred to therein under any law, rule or regulation in effect at the time of such change.

 

The foregoing obligations of this Section 4.12 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and will apply mutatis mutandis to any successor Person to the Issuer or the Guarantors.

 

Whenever in this Indenture or in the Notes there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of principal, premium or interest, if any, or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

SECTION 4.13                 Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default .  The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year an Officers’ Certificate stating whether or not to the best knowledge of the signor thereof, the Issuer and the Guarantors, as the case may be, have complied with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture, whether a Default or an Event of Default has occurred during such period, and, if a Default or an Event of Default has occurred during such period, specifying all such Events of Default and the nature thereof of which such Responsible Officer has knowledge.  Upon becoming aware of, and as of such time that the Issuer should reasonably have become aware of, a Default, the Company also shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days thereafter, written notice of any events which would constitute a Default, their status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof, and, in the case of a Default in the payment of interest, principal, redemption payments or any other amount due on the Notes or the Guarantees, such same notice to the Paying Agent.

 

SECTION 4.14                 Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions .  The Issuer and the Company may not, and may not permit any Guarantor or any Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction unless:

 

-45-



 

(1)            the Issuer or such Guarantor or Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction at least equal to the fair market value (as evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate of a Responsible Officer, or, if the value exceeds $25 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or such Guarantor or Subsidiary), of the property subject to such transaction;

 

(2)            the Issuer or such Guarantor or Subsidiary, as the case may be, could have created a Lien on the property subject to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction if such transaction was financed with Indebtedness without securing the Notes pursuant to Section 4.4; and

 

(3)            the Issuer or such Guarantor or Subsidiary, as the case may be, can Incur an amount of Indebtedness equal to the Attributable Debt in respect of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

 

ARTICLE V

 

SUCCESSOR ISSUER OR GUARANTOR

 

SECTION 5.1                   Limitation on Mergers and Sales of Assets .  The Issuer and the Company may not, and may not permit any other Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the Issuer or such Guarantor is the Surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets in one or more related transactions, to another Person unless:

 

(1)            the Surviving Person is an entity organized and existing under the laws of Germany, the United Kingdom, any other member state of the European Union (as of December 31, 2003), Luxembourg, Switzerland, the United States of America, or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, or the jurisdiction of formation of the Issuer or any Guarantor; or, if the Surviving Person is an entity organized and existing under the laws of any other jurisdiction, the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the rights of the Holders of the Notes, would not be affected adversely as a result of the law of the jurisdiction of organization of the Surviving Person, insofar as such law affects the ability of the Surviving Person to pay and perform its obligations and undertakings in connection with the Notes (in a transaction involving the Issuer) or its Note Guarantee or the ability of the Surviving Person to obligate itself to pay and perform such obligations and undertakings or the ability of the Holders to enforce such obligations and undertakings;

 

(2)            the Surviving Person (if other than the Issuer or a Guarantor) shall expressly assume, (A) in a transaction or series of transactions involving the Issuer, by a supplemental indenture in a form satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of the Issuer or (B) in a transaction or series of transactions involving a Guarantor (including the Company), by a Guarantee Agreement, in a form satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee;

 

-46-



 

(3)            at the time of and immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

 

(4)            the Issuer or such Guarantor delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, transfer, assignment, sale, lease or other disposition and such supplemental indenture and Guarantee Agreement, if any, comply with this Indenture.

 

SECTION 5.2                   Successor Entity Substituted .  Upon any consolidation or merger by the Issuer, the Company or any other Guarantor with or into any other Person, or any conveyance, transfer, sale, assignment, lease or other disposition by the Issuer, the Company or any other Guarantor in one or more transactions, of substantially all of its properties and assets as an entirety to any Person in accordance with Section 5.1, then if such transaction involves the Company, the Surviving Person shall expressly assume in a supplemental indenture in a form satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of the Company under the Indenture and in any such case the Surviving Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer or such Guarantor under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Surviving Person had been named as the Issuer or had been a Guarantor herein, and thereafter the Issuer or such Guarantor shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants hereunder and under the Notes.

 

Such Surviving Person (if the successor of the Issuer) may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Issuer, any or all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such Surviving Person instead of the Issuer and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver any Notes which previously shall have been signed and delivered by the Responsible Officers of the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication pursuant to such provisions and any Notes which such Surviving Person thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee on its behalf for the purpose pursuant to such provisions.  All the Notes so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Notes theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Notes had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

 

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease, or other disposition such changes in phraseology and form may be made in the Notes thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate.

 

SECTION 5.3                   Substitution of the Issuer .  The Company, any other Guarantor or a Finance Subsidiary (a “Successor”) may assume the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes by executing and delivering to the Trustee (a) a supplemental indenture which subjects such person to all of the provisions of the Indenture and (b) an opinion of counsel to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized and executed by such Person, and constitutes the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Person, subject to customary exceptions; provided that (i) the Successor is formed under the laws of the United States of America, or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, Germany, the United Kingdom or any other member state of the European Union as of December 31, 2003 and (ii) no Additional

 

-47-



 

Amounts would be or become payable with respect to the Notes at the time of such assumption, or as result of any change in the laws of the jurisdiction of formation of such Successor that was reasonably foreseeable at such time.  The Successor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under the Indenture with the same effect as if it were the Issuer thereunder, and the former Issuer shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

SECTION 6.1                   Events of Default .  Whenever used herein with respect to the Notes, “Event of Default” means any one of the following events which shall have occurred and be continuing:

 

(1)            failure for 30 days to pay interest on the Notes, including any Additional Amounts in respect thereof, when due; or

 

(2)            failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when due, whether at maturity, upon redemption, by declaration or otherwise; or

 

(3)            failure to observe or perform any other covenant contained in this Indenture for 60 days after notice as provided in this Indenture; or

 

(4)            default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists or is Incurred after the Closing Date, if (A) such default results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity or will constitute a default in the payment of such Indebtedness and (B) the principal amount of any such Indebtedness that has been accelerated or not paid at maturity, when added to the aggregate principal amount of all other such Indebtedness, at such time, that has been accelerated or not paid at maturity, exceeds $100 million; or

 

(5)            any final judgment or judgments (not covered by insurance) which can no longer be appealed for the payment of money in excess of $100 million shall be rendered against the Issuer or the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and shall not be discharged for any period of 60 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement shall not be in effect; or

 

(6)            any Note Guarantee shall cease to be in full force and effect in accordance with its terms for any reason except pursuant to the terms of this Indenture governing the release of Note Guarantees or the satisfaction in full of all the obligations thereunder or shall be declared invalid or unenforceable other than as contemplated by its terms, or any Guarantor shall repudiate, deny or disaffirm any of its obligations thereunder; or

 

-48-



 

(7)            the Company, the Guarantors, the Issuer or any of the Company’s Significant Subsidiaries pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

(a)            commences negotiations with any one or more of its creditors with a view to the general readjustment or rescheduling of its indebtedness or makes a general assignment for the benefit of or a composition with its creditors or, for any of the reasons set out in Sections 17-19 of the German Insolvency Code ( Insolvenzordnung ), files for insolvency ( Antrag auf Eröffnung eines Insolvenzverfahrens ) or the board of directors ( Geschäftsführer ) is required by law to file for insolvency, a creditor files for the opening of insolvency proceedings and such filing is not frivolous and not dismissed within a period of one month by the competent insolvency court, or the competent court takes any of the actions set out in Section 21 of the German Insolvenzordnung or a competent court institutes insolvency proceedings ( Eröffnung des Insolvenzverfahrens ) or denies a petition for commencement of insolvency proceeding by reason of insufficient assets,

 

(b)            commences a voluntary case,

 

(c)            consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

 

(d)            consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

 

(e)            makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

 

(f)             takes any corporate action to authorize or effect any of the foregoing.

 

A default under clause (3) of this paragraph will not constitute an Event of Default unless the Trustee or Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuer and the Company of such default and such default is not cured within the time specified in clause (3).

 

SECTION 6.2                   Acceleration .  If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (7) of Section 6.1 hereof) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuer, the Company and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable.  Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium, accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, will be due and payable immediately.  If an Event of Default described in clause (7) of section 6.1 above occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

 

-49-



 

SECTION 6.3                   Other Remedies .  If an Event of Default of which the Trustee is aware occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or, premium, if any, interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

SECTION 6.4                   The Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes .  All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee (without liability) without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto.

 

SECTION 6.5                   Rights and Remedies Cumulative .  Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.8, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders of Notes is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent or subsequent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

SECTION 6.6                   Delay or Omission Not Waiver .  No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by the Indenture or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders of Notes may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders of Notes, in each case in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 6.7                   Waiver of Past Defaults .  Subject to Sections 2.10, 6.10 and 9.2, at any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes, as described in Section 6.2, the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Issuer and to the Trustee, may waive all past defaults (except with respect to nonpayment of principal, premium or interest) and rescind any such declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (i) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived.  Such waiver shall not excuse a continuing Event of Default in the payment of interest, premium, if any, principal or Additional Amounts, if any, on such Note held by a non-consenting Holder or in respect of a covenant or a provision which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of each Holder affected thereby.  The Issuer shall promptly deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the requisite percentage of Holders has consented to such waiver and attaching copies of such consents.  When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is cured and ceases.

 

SECTION 6.8                   Control by Majority .  Subject to Section 2.10, the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, may, by written notice to

 

-50-



 

the Trustee, direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it.  Subject to Section 7.1, however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with any law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Holder of such Notes, or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided , however , that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.  Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action in accordance with Section 7.7.

 

SECTION 6.9                   Limitation on Suits .  Subject to Section 6.10, no Holder of Notes may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

 

(1)            such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(2)            Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(3)            such Holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(4)            the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of satisfactory security or indemnity; and

 

(5)            the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

 

SECTION 6.10                 Rights of Holders To Receive Payment .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 8.9 hereof), the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on a Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

SECTION 6.11                 Collection Suit by Trustee .  If an Event of Default in payment of principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, specified in clause (1) or clause (2) of Section 6.1 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate per annum borne by such Notes and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7.

 

-51-



 

SECTION 6.12                 Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .  The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and any other amount due to the Trustee under Section 7.7, accountants and experts) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relating to the Company, its creditors or its property or other obligor on the Notes, its creditors and its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceedings is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7.  To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties which the Holders of the Notes may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.

 

SECTION 6.13                 Priorities .  If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

 

First :  to the Trustee and the Agents for amounts due under Section 7.7, including (but not limited to) payment of all compensation, fees, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

 

Second :  to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, respectively; and

 

Third :  to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any other obligor on the Notes, as their interests may appear, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

 

The Trustee, upon prior notice to the Issuer, may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.13; provided that the failure to give any such notice shall not affect the establishment of such record date or payment date for Holders pursuant to this Section 6.13.

 

SECTION 6.14                 Restoration of Rights and Remedies .  If the Trustee or any Holder of any Note has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of Notes shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and

 

-52-



 

remedies of the Trustee and the Holders of Notes shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

SECTION 6.15                 Undertaking for Costs .  In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section 6.15 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.10, or a suit by a Holder or Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

 

SECTION 6.16                 Notices of Default .  If a Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee must mail to each Holder of Notes notice of the Default within 90 days after it has become known to the Trustee.  Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of Trust Officers determines that withholding notice is in the interests of such Holders of Notes.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 7.1                   Duties of Trustee .  If an Event of Default actually known to a Trust Officer of the Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.  Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request of any of the Holders of Notes, unless they shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security and indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense in accordance with the sixth paragraph of Section 7.7.

 

(a)            Except during the continuance of an Event of Default actually known to the Trustee:

 

(1)            The Trustee and the Agents will perform only those duties as are specifically set forth herein and no others and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee or the Agents.

 

(2)            In the absence of willful misconduct on their part, the Trustee and the Agents may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions and such other documents delivered to them pursuant to Section 11.2 and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.  However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates

 

-53-



 

and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

 

(b)            The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(1)            This paragraph does not limit the effect of subsection (a) of this Section 7.1.

 

(2)            Neither the Trustee nor Agent shall be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer of such Trustee or Agent, unless it is proved that the Trustee or such Agent was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

 

(3)            The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.2, 6.7 or 6.8.

 

(c)            No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee or any Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or to take or omit to take any action under this Indenture or take any action at the request or direction of Holders if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it or it does not receive an indemnity satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against such risk, liability, loss, fee or expense which might be incurred by it in the performance of any of its duties hereunder.

 

(d)            Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to the first paragraph and subsections (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.1.

 

(e)            Neither the Trustee nor the Agents shall be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee and any Agent may agree in writing with the Issuer.  Money held in trust by the Trustee or any Agent need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(f)             Any provision hereof relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.1.

 

SECTION 7.2                   Rights of Trustee .  Subject to Section 7.1:

 

(a)            The Trustee and each Agent may rely conclusively on and shall be protected from acting or refraining from acting based upon any document believed by them to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.  Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent order, approval, appraisal, bond, debenture, note, coupon, security or other paper or document.  The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or any knowledge of any matter (including without limitation Defaults or Events of Default) unless a Trust Officer

 

-54-



 

assigned to and working in the Trustee’s Corporate Trust Office which is administering this Indenture has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice thereof is received by the Trustee, attention:  Corporate Trust and such notice clearly references the Notes, the Issuer or this Indenture.

 

(b)            Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may consult with counsel and may require an Officers’ Certificate, Issuer Order (as applicable) or an Opinion of Counsel or both.  Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion.

 

(c)            The Trustee and any Agent may act through their attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent (other than an agent who is an employee of the Trustee or such Agent) appointed with due care.

 

(d)            The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; provided , however , that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

 

(e)            The Trustee or any Agent may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 

(f)             Except to the extent provided for in Section 9.1 and subject to Section 9.2 hereof, the Trustee may (but shall not be obligated to), without the consent of the Holders, give any consent, waiver or approval required by the terms hereof, but shall not without the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding (i) give any consent, waiver or approval or (ii) agree to any amendment or modification of this Indenture, in each case, that shall have a material adverse effect on the interests of any Holder.  The Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any consent, waiver, approval, amendment or modification shall have a material adverse effect on the interests of any Holder.

 

SECTION 7.3                   Individual Rights of Trustee .  The Trustee or any Agent in its respective individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, the Guarantors, their Subsidiaries, or their respective Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee or an Agent.  However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign.  Any Agent may do the same with like rights.

 

SECTION 7.4                   Trustee’s Disclaimer .  The Trustee and the Agents shall not be responsible for and make no representation as to the validity, effectiveness or adequacy of this Indenture, the offering materials related to the Notes or the Notes; they shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the

 

-55-



 

Issuer’s direction under any provision hereof; and they shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein of the Issuer or the Guarantors or any document issued in connection with the sale of Notes or any statement in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.

 

SECTION 7.5                   Notice of Default .  If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and a Trust Officer of the Trustee receives actual notice of such event, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder, as their names and addresses appear on the list of Holders described in Section 2.5, notice of the uncured Default or Event of Default within 90 days after the Trustee receives such notice.  Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders.

 

SECTION 7.6                   Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes .  Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with May 15, 2012, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted).  The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b).  The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c).

 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Issuer has informed the Trustee in writing the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d).  The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

 

SECTION 7.7                   Compensation and Indemnity .  The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee and Agents from time to time such compensation as the Issuer and the Trustee or Agent, as applicable, shall from time to time agree in writing for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder.  The Trustee’s and the Agents’ compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee and Agents upon request for all reasonable and duly documented and invoiced disbursements, expenses and advances (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for their services, except any such disbursements, expenses and advances as may be attributable to the Trustee’s or any Agent’s negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith.  Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s and Agents’ accountants, experts and counsel and any taxes or other expenses incurred by a trust created pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof.

 

The Issuer agrees to pay the fees and expenses of the Trustee’s legal counsel in connection with its review, preparation and delivery of this Indenture and related documentation.

 

The Issuer shall indemnify each of the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee and the Agents (which, for purposes of this paragraph, include such Trustee’s and Agents’ officers, directors, employees and agents) for, and hold them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, proceedings, demands, costs, expense or liability including taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee) incurred by the Trustee or an Agent without negligence or willful

 

-56-



 

misconduct on its part in connection with acceptance of administration of this trust and performance of any provisions under this Indenture, including the reasonable expenses and attorneys’ fees and expenses of defending itself against any claim of liability arising hereunder.  The Trustee and the Agents shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee or such Agent for which it may seek indemnity.  However, the failure by the Trustee or the Agent to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder.  Subject to Section 7.1(b), the Issuer need not reimburse or indemnify against any loss liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through its own willful misconduct or negligence.  The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee or such Agent shall cooperate in the defense (and may employ its own counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee) at the Issuer’s expense.  The Trustee or such Agent may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel.  The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

To secure the Issuer’s payment obligations in this Section 7.7, the Trustee and the Agents shall have a senior Lien prior to the Notes against all money or property held or collected by the Trustee and the Agents, in its capacity as Trustee or Agent, except money or property held in trust to pay principal or premium, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, or interest on particular Notes.

 

When the Trustee or an Agent incurs expenses or renders services after the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in clause (7) of Section 6.1, the expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) and the compensation for the services shall be preferred over the status of the Holders in a proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law and are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.  The Issuer’s obligations under this Section 7.7 and any claim or Lien arising hereunder shall survive the termination of this Indenture, the resignation or removal of any Trustee or Agent, the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations pursuant to Article VIII and any rejection or termination under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

Save as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, the Trustee shall have absolute and uncontrolled discretion as to the exercise of the discretion vested in the Trustee by this Indenture but, whenever the Trustee is bound to act under this Indenture at the request or direction of the Holders of Notes, the Trustee shall nevertheless not be so bound unless first indemnified to its satisfaction against all proceedings, claims and demands to which it may render itself liable and all costs, charges, expenses and liabilities which it may incur by so doing.

 

Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee, is subject to this Section 7.7.

 

The Company shall be jointly and severally liable with the Issuer for all of the Issuer’s obligations pursuant to this Section 7.7.

 

SECTION 7.8                   Replacement of Trustee .  The Trustee and any Agent may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer in writing.  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Issuer and the Trustee in writing and may appoint a successor trustee with the Issuer’s consent.  A resignation or

 

-57-



 

removal of the Trustee or any Agent and appointment of a successor Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, shall become effective only upon the acceptance by the successor Trustee or the successor Agent, as the case may be, of appointment as provided in this section.  The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

 

(1)            the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(2)            a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(3)            the Trustee becomes incapable of acting with respect to its duties hereunder.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall notify each Holder of such event and shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.  Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may, with the Issuer’s consent, appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.  If the Issuer does not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee.

 

A successor Trustee or successor Agent, as applicable, shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee or Agent, as applicable, and to the Issuer.  Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee or Agent, as applicable, shall become effective, and the successor Trustee or Agent, as applicable, shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee or Agent, as applicable, under this Indenture.  Promptly after that, the retiring Trustee or Agent, as applicable, shall transfer, after payment of all sums then owing to the Trustee or Agent, as applicable, pursuant to Section 7.7, all property held by it as Trustee or Agent, as applicable, to the successor Trustee or Agent, as applicable, subject to the Lien provided in Section 7.7.  A successor Trustee or Agent, as applicable, shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder.

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee and the Issuer shall pay to any replaced or removed Trustee all amounts owed under Section 7.7 upon such replacement or removal.

 

SECTION 7.9                   Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc .  If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall, if such resulting, surviving or transferee corporation is otherwise

 

-58-



 

eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee.  In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by consolidation, merger or conversion to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes.

 

SECTION 7.10                 Eligibility; Disqualification .  There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power and that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities.  The Trustee together with its affiliates shall at all times have a combined capital surplus of at least $50.0 million as set forth in its most recent annual report of condition.

 

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA §§ 310(a)(l), (2) and (5).  The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b) including the provision in § 310(b)(1); provided that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities, or conflicts of interest or participation in other securities, of the Issuer or the Guarantors are outstanding if the requirements for exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met.

 

SECTION 7.11                 Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company .  The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

 

SECTION 8.1                   Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .  The Issuer may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a Board Resolution, at any time, with respect to the Notes, elect to have either Section 8.2 or 8.3 be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article VIII.

 

SECTION 8.2                   Legal Defeasance and Discharge .  Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 of the option applicable to this Section 8.2, the Issuer shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”).  For this purpose, such Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged all the obligations relating to the outstanding Notes and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.6, Section 8.8 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to below in this Section 8.2, and to have satisfied all of their other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture and cured all then existing Events of Default (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:  (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on such Notes when such

 

-59-



 

payments are due or on the Redemption Date solely out of the Defeasance Trust created pursuant to this Indenture; (b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, or, where relevant, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust; (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s or Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and (d) this Article VIII and the obligations set forth in Section 8.6 hereof.

 

Subject to compliance with this Article VIII, the Issuer may exercise its option under Section 8.2 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.3 with respect to the Notes.

 

SECTION 8.3                   Covenant Defeasance .  Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, the Issuer, the Company and the other Guarantors shall be released from any obligations under the covenants contained in Article IV, Section 5.1(4), Sections 6.1(3), (4) and (5), and Section 6.1 (7) (with respect to the Company and the Subsidiaries other than the Issuer), hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).  For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that, (i) with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and (ii) payment on the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(3), (4) or (5), or Section 6.1(7) (with respect only to the Company and the Subsidiaries other than the Issuer).

 

SECTION 8.4                   Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance .  In order to exercise either of the defeasance options under Section 8.2 or Section 8.3 hereof, the Issuer must comply with the following conditions:

 

(1)            the Issuer shall have irrevocably deposited in trust (the “Defeasance Trust”) with the Trustee or the Paying Agent for the benefit of the Holders Designated Government Obligations, for the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be;

 

(2)            the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary exceptions and exclusions) to the effect that Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred.  In the case of legal defeasance only, such Opinion of Counsel must be based on a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service or other change in applicable U.S. federal income tax law;

 

-60-



 

(3)            the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the Federal Republic of Germany (subject to customary exceptions and exclusions) to the effect that Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for income tax purposes of the Federal Republic of Germany as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to income tax in the Federal Republic of Germany on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred;

 

(4)            the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in Luxembourg (subject to customary exceptions and exclusions) to the effect that Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for income tax purposes of Luxembourg as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to income tax in Luxembourg on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred;

 

(5)            no Default or Event of Default (other than to Incur Indebtedness used to defease the Notes under this Article) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit in the Defeasance Trust or insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit;

 

(6)            such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

 

(7)            the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Issuer or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Issuer or others; and

 

(8)            the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the legal defeasance or the covenant defeasance have been complied with.

 

SECTION 8.5                   Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture .  This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued thereunder when either (i) all such Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuer) have been delivered to the Paying Agent or Trustee for cancellation or (ii) (A) all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Paying Agent or Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Paying Agent or Trustee as trust funds in trust an amount of money sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Paying Agent or Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of maturity or

 

-61-



 

redemption, (B) no Default (other than to Incur Indebtedness used to defease such Notes under this Article) with respect to this Indenture or with respect to such Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Issuer, the Company or any of the other Guarantors is a party or by which it is bound, (C) the Issuer has paid, or caused to be paid, all sums payable by it under this Indenture, and (D) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to give the notice of redemption and apply the deposited money toward the payment of such Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be.  In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.  Upon such discharge, the Paying Agent shall deliver the Notes to the Issuer, marked “paid”, or at the option of the Paying Agent, destroy such Notes and provide a certificate to the Issuer and the Trustee certifying such destruction.

 

SECTION 8.6                   Survival of Certain Obligations .  Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and of the Notes in the manner referred to in Section 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4 or 8.5, the respective obligations of the Issuer, the Company, the other Guarantors and the Trustee under Sections 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.9, 2.10, 2.11, 2.12, 2.13, 2.14, 4.1 (with respect to the Trustee and, as far as the Issuer, the Company, and each of the other Guarantors is concerned, subject to Sections 8.2 and 8.5), 4.2, 4.6, 4.13 and 6.10, Article VII and Article VIII shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding, and thereafter the obligations of the Issuer, the Company, the other Guarantors and the Trustee under Articles VII and VIII shall survive.  Nothing contained in this Article VIII shall abrogate any of the obligations or duties of the Trustee under this Indenture.

 

SECTION 8.7                   Acknowledgment of Discharge by Trustee .  Subject to Section 8.10, after (i) the conditions of Section 8.4 or 8.5 have been satisfied, (ii) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Issuer and (iii) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent referred to in clause (i) above relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with, the Trustee upon written request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of all of the Issuer’s, the Company’s, and the other Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified in this Article VIII.

 

SECTION 8.8                   Application of Trust Moneys .  All cash deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.4 or 8.5 in respect of Notes shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such defeased or discharged Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 or 8.5 or the

 

-62-



 

principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of outstanding Notes.

 

SECTION 8.9                   Repayment to the Issuer; Unclaimed Money .  The Trustee and any Paying Agent shall promptly pay or return to the Issuer upon Issuer Order any cash held by them at any time that are not required for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the defeased or discharged Notes for which cash has been deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 or 8.5.

 

Any money held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent under this Article VIII, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, that has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer upon Issuer Order or if then held by the Issuer shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, shall thereupon cease; provided , however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer give notice to the Holders or cause to be published notice once, in a newspaper having general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ), if and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Regulated Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such stock exchange shall so require, or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu), or in the case of Definitive Notes, in addition to such publication, mail to Holders by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at their respective addresses as they appear on the registration books of the Registrar (and, if and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Regulated Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such Stock Exchange shall so require, publish in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ) or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu), that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer).

 

Claims against the Issuer for the payment of principal or interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes will become void unless presentment for payment is made (where so required in this Indenture) within, in the case of principal and Additional Amounts, if any, a period of ten years, or, in the case of interest, a period of five years, in each case from the applicable original payment date therefor.

 

SECTION 8.10                 Reinstatement .  If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any cash in accordance with Section 8.2, 8.3, 8.4 or 8.5 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred

 

-63-



 

pursuant to Section 8.2, 8.3, 8.4 or 8.5 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such cash in accordance with Section 8.2, 8.3, 8.4 or 8.5; provided , however , that if the Issuer has made any payment of interest on, premium, if any, principal and Additional Amounts, if any, of any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

SECTION 9.1                   Without Consent of Holders of Notes .  Notwithstanding Section 9.2 hereof, the Issuer and the Trustee together may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without the consent of any Holder of a Note to:

 

(1)            cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

 

(2)            provide for the assumption by a successor entity of the obligations of the Issuer under and pursuant to this Indenture or of a Guarantor (other than the Company) under the Note Guarantees;

 

(3)            provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes ( provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(B) of the Code);

 

(4)            add Note Guarantees with respect to the Notes;

 

(5)            secure the Notes;

 

(6)            add to the covenants of the Issuer and the Guarantors for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer;

 

(7)            evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of any successor trustee;

 

(8)            comply with the rules of any applicable securities depositary;

 

(9)            issue Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture; or

 

(10)          make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder of Notes under this Indenture.

 

SECTION 9.2                   With Consent of Holders of Notes .  The Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or any amended or supplemental indenture with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including without limitation consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.7 and 6.10, any

 

-64-



 

existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including without limitation consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes).  However, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note adversely affected, an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any such Notes held by a non-consenting Holder of Notes):

 

(1)            reduce the percentage of principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;

 

(2)            reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any such Note;

 

(3)            reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any such Note;

 

(4)            reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any such Note or change the time at which any such Note may be redeemed as described under Section 3.1;

 

(5)            reduce the premium payable upon the repurchase of any Note, change the time at which any Note may be repurchased, or change any of the associated definitions related to the provisions of Section 4.11 once the obligation to repurchase the Notes has arisen;

 

(6)            make any such Note payable in money other than that stated in such Note;

 

(7)            impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of premium, if any, principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

 

(8)            make any change in the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions; or

 

(9)            release the Company from its Note Guarantee (other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture).

 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

SECTION 9.3                   Notice of Amendment, Supplement or Waiver .  After an amendment, supplement or waiver under Section 9.1 or 9.2 hereto becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders of Notes a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver.  Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

 

-65-



 

SECTION 9.4                   Revocation and Effect of Consents .  Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note.  However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective.  An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder of a Note.  An amendment or waiver becomes effective once the requisite number of consents is received by the Issuer or the Trustee.

 

The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for determining which Holders of the Notes must consent to such amendment, supplement or waiver.  If the Issuer fixes a record date, the record date shall be fixed at (i) the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders of Notes furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation pursuant to Section 2.5 or (ii) such other date as the Issuer shall designate.

 

SECTION 9.5                   Notation on or Exchange of Notes .  The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.  The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

SECTION 9.6                   Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc .  The Trustee shall execute any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX; provided , however , that the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which adversely affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture.  The Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, if delivered, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate each stating that the execution of any such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors enforceable in accordance with its terms.  Any Opinion of Counsel shall not be an expense of the Trustee.  With respect to any amendment, supplement or waiver under Section 9.2, the Trustee shall also be entitled to receive evidence satisfactory to it of the consent of the Holders.

 

ARTICLE X

 

NOTE GUARANTEE

 

SECTION 10.1                 Note Guarantee .

 

(a)            Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally Guarantees, on a senior unsecured basis, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered

 

-66-



 

by the Trustee, and to the Trustee on behalf of such Holder, the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Amounts, if any) on such Note when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, in accordance with the terms of such Note and of this Indenture.  In case of the failure of the Issuer punctually to make any such payment, each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally agrees to cause such payment to be made punctually when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the Stated Maturity or by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the Issuer.  The Note Guarantee extends to the Issuer’s repurchase obligations arising from a Change of Control pursuant to Section 4.11.

 

Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be irrevocable and unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of such Note or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on any collateral for, or any release or amendment or waiver of any term of any other Guarantee of, or any consent to departure from any requirement of any other Guarantee of all or any of the Notes, the effects of Bankruptcy Law applicable in the event of bankruptcy proceedings being opened with respect to the Issuer, of all or any portion of the claims of the Trustee or any of the Holders for payment of any of the Notes, any waiver or consent by the Holder of such Note or by the Trustee with respect to any provisions thereof or of this Indenture, the obtaining of any judgment against the Issuer or any action to enforce the same or any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.  Each Guarantor hereby waives the benefits of diligence, presentment, demand for payment, any requirement that the Trustee or any of the Holders protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest in or other Lien on any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against the Issuer or any other Person or any collateral, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest or notice with respect to such Note or the Indebtedness evidenced thereby and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged in respect of such Note except by complete performance of the obligations contained in such Note and in this Note Guarantee.  Each Guarantor hereby agrees that, in the event of a default in payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest (including Additional Amounts, if any) on such Note, whether at its Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, legal proceedings may be instituted by the Trustee on behalf of, or by, the Holder of such Note, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Indenture, directly against each Guarantor to enforce the Note Guarantee without first proceeding against the Issuer.  Each Guarantor agrees that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, if, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee or any of the Holders is prevented by applicable law from exercising its respective rights to accelerate the maturity of the Notes, to collect interest on the Notes, or to enforce or exercise any other right or remedy with respect to the Notes, or the Trustee or the Holders are prevented from taking any action to realize on any collateral, such Guarantor agrees to pay to the Trustee for the account of the Holders, upon demand therefor, the amount that would otherwise have been due and payable had such rights and remedies been permitted to be exercised by the Trustee or any of the Holders.

 

-67-



 

No provision of the Note Guarantee or of this Indenture shall alter or impair the Note Guarantee of any Guarantor, which is absolute and unconditional, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Amounts, if any) on the Note upon which such Note Guarantee is endorsed.

 

Each Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation or reorganization or equivalent proceeding under applicable law, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, or the equivalent of any of the foregoing under applicable law, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes, is, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes, whether as a voidable preference, fraudulent transfer, or as otherwise provided under similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally or under applicable laws of the jurisdiction of formation of the Issuer, all as though such payment or performance had not been made.  In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 

The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee.

 

(b)            Each Note Guarantee (other than the Company’s Note Guarantee) will be limited in amount to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by the applicable Guarantor without rendering the Note Guarantee, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally or under applicable law of the jurisdiction of incorporation of such Guarantor.

 

(c)            In the case of Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH (“FMCD”), the following provisions apply:

 

(i)             Without limiting the agreements set forth in Section 11.8, the Note Guarantee of FMCD will be limited if and to the extent payment under such Note Guarantee or the application of enforcement proceeds would cause (i) FMCD’s net assets ( Reinvermögen - calculated as the sum of the balance sheet positions shown under § 266(2)(A), (B) and (C) German Commercial Code ( Handelsgesetzbuch )) less the sum of the liabilities (shown under the balance sheet positions pursuant to § 266(3)(B), (C) and (D) German Commercial Code) to fall below FMCD’s registered share capital ( Stammkapital ) or (ii) (if the amount of the net assets is already an amount less than the registered share capital) cause such amount to be further reduced and, in either case, thereby affecting the assets required for the obligatory preservation of its registered share capital according to section 30, 31 of the German Limited Liability Company Act (GmbHG) (such event a “Capital Impairment”).  For the purposes of calculating the Capital Impairment, the following adjustments will be made:  (i) the amount of any increase

 

-68-



 

of the registered share capital out of retained earnings ( Kapitalerhöhung aus Gesellschaftsmitteln ) after the Closing Date that has been effected without the prior consent of the Trustee shall be deducted from the registered share capital; and (ii) liabilities incurred in violation of the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture shall be disregarded. In the event FMCD’s net assets fall below its registered share capital, FMCD, upon request of the Trustee will realize in due course, to the extent legally permitted, any and all of its assets that are shown in the balance sheet with a book value ( Buchwert ) that is significantly lower than the market value of the assets if the relevant assets are not necessary for FMCD’s business ( nicht betriebsnotwendiges Vermögen ).

 

(ii)      If FMCD objects to the amount demanded by the Trustee under the Note Guarantee within twenty (20) business days after the Trustee has submitted to FMCD a payment demand, FMCD shall appoint within five (5) business days a reputable international auditor to determine the exact amount. The auditor shall notify FMCD and the Trustee of the maximum amount payable under the Note Guarantee within forty (40) business days after its appointment. The costs of such auditor’s determination shall be borne by FMCD. The determination of the auditor shall be binding for FMCD, and the Holders (except for manifest error). To the extent that any payment has been made under the Note Guarantee by FMCD that would be necessary for FMCD to be able to cure any Capital Impairment or Liquidity Impairment such payment shall immediately — upon FMCD’s demand — be returned to FMCD by any person receiving such payment, provided, however, in no event shall the Trustee or Paying Agent have any responsibility or liability for the return of any amount distributed to any Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes by the Trustee or Paying Agent, including, without limitation, any obligation to seek return of such amounts from such Holder or beneficial owner.

 

(iii)     If (i) FMCD does not object to the payment amount within the 20 business days period or (ii) if FMCD does not appoint the auditor within the 5 business days period or (iii) if the auditor fails to notify the amount payable within the 40 days period, then the Trustee shall be entitled to enforce the Note Guarantee without further delay. The burden of demonstration and proof ( Darlegungs- und Beweislast ) regarding the Capital Impairment and the maximum amount payable under the Note Guarantee shall remain with FMCD.

 

(iv)     The maximum amount payable under the guarantee shall be limited to the extent and as long as FMCD as a consequence of the payment would become unable to pay its debts when due ( zahlungsunfähig ) within the meaning of section 64 GmbHG (such event a “Liquidity Impairment”). For the purpose of establishing whether a Liquidity Impairment would occur, payments made by FMCD after the Trustee has notified FMCD of its intention to enforce the Note Guarantee with respect to payment obligations that are not due at the time of the payment shall be disregarded, unless the Trustee has consented to such payments (at the direction of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding). From the time the Trustee has notified FMCD and the Company of its intention to enforce the Note Guarantee, the Company may not make any payment demands against FMCD under shareholder loans and all such payment obligations of FMCD towards the Company shall be deferred, subordinated or

 

-69-



 

waived as the Company sees fit, until the Trustee notifies FMCD that it is no longer enforcing the Note Guarantee or the Trustee consents (at the direction of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding) to the payments to be made to the Company. Such notice may be delivered by the Trustee at any time and, if not previously delivered, will be delivered by the Trustee after the Notes have been repaid in full and all other obligations under this Indenture are satisfied.

 

The limitations in this Section 10.1(c) as to the Capital Impairment shall not apply to the extent FMCD has an adequate compensation claim ( vollwertiger Gegenleistungs- oder Rückgewähranspruch ) against the Company that compensates for any loss incurred due to any payment by FMCD under the Note Guarantee.

 

SECTION 10.2                 Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantees .  The Note Guarantees to be endorsed on the Notes shall be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .  Each Guarantor hereby agrees to execute its Note Guarantee, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C , to be endorsed on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee.

 

The Note Guarantee shall be executed on behalf of the Company by two members of the Management Board of its General Partner and on behalf of any other Guarantor by such Person or Persons duly authorized by the Board of Directors or Management Board of such Guarantor.  The signature of any or all of these Persons on the Note Guarantee may be manual or facsimile.

 

A Note Guarantee bearing the manual or facsimile signature of individuals who were at any time the Responsible Officers of a Guarantor shall bind such Guarantor, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of the Note on which such Note Guarantee is endorsed or did not hold such offices at the date of such Note Guarantee.

 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof in accordance with this Indenture, shall constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee endorsed thereon on behalf of the Guarantors.  Each of the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.1 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse a Note Guarantee on any Note.

 

SECTION 10.3                 Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms .  Except as set forth in Section 10.4 and in Article V hereof, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company, the Issuer or another Guarantor or shall prevent any sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company, the Issuer or another Guarantor.

 

SECTION 10.4                 Release of Guarantors .  Subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 hereof,

 

(a)            concurrently with any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor or any sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition of the property of a Guarantor

 

-70-



 

as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, in each case as permitted by Sections 5.1, 5.2 and 10.3 hereof, and upon delivery by the Company or the Issuer to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition was made in accordance with Sections 5.1, 5.2 and 10.3 hereof, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to acknowledge the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee endorsed on the Notes and under this Indenture.  Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee endorsed on the Notes and under this Indenture shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of (premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Amounts, if any) on the Notes and for the other obligations of a Guarantor under its Note Guarantee endorsed on the Notes and under this Indenture.  Concurrently with the defeasance of the Notes under Section 8.2 or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture under Section 8.5 hereof, the Guarantors shall be released from all of their obligations under their Note Guarantees endorsed on the Notes and under this Indenture, without any action on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of such Notes.

 

(b)            Upon the sale or other disposition (including by way of merger or consolidation) of any Guarantor or the sale, conveyance, transfer, assignment, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of a Guarantor pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, such Guarantor shall automatically be released from all obligations under its Note Guarantees endorsed on the Notes and under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 5.1 and 5.2.

 

(c)            At any time a Guarantor (other than the Company) is no longer an obligor under the Credit Facility, such Guarantor will be released and relieved from all of its obligations under its Note Guarantee.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 11.1                 Notices .  Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by telecopier or first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

if to the Company or to FMCD, to it at:

 

Else-Kröner Strasse 1

61352 Bad Homburg

Germany

Facsimile:  011-49-6172-609-2280

Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

 

-71-



 

if to the Issuer:

 

FMC Finance VIII S.A.

28-30, Val St. André,

L-1128 Luxembourg

Facsimile:  011-352-263375-909

Attention:  Mrs. Gabriele Dux

 

if to FMCH:

 

920 Winter Street

Waltham MA  02451-1457

Facsimile:  781 699-9713

Attn:  Ronald J. Kuerbitz, Esq.

 

in each case, with a copy to:

 

Fresenius Medical Care AG & Co. KGaA

Else-Kröner Strasse 1

61352 Bad Homburg

Germany

Facsimile:  011-49-6172-609-2422

Attention:  Dr. Rainer Runte

 

if to the Trustee:

 

U.S. Bank National Association

225 Asylum Street, 23rd Floor

Hartford, CT  06103

Attention:  Elizabeth C. Hammer

Telecopier:  860-241-6897

Telephone:  860-241-6817

 

if to the Paying Agent:

 

Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft

Grosse Gallusstrasse 10-14

60262 Frankfurt

Germany

Attention:  Debt Services

Telecopier.:  +49 69 910 38672

Telephone:  +49 69 910 30094

 

-72-



 

Each of the Issuer and the Trustee by written notice to each other such Person may designate additional or different addresses for notices to such Person.  Any notice or communication to the Issuer or the Trustee, shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and five (5) calendar days after mailing if sent by first class mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee).

 

Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to such Person by first-class mail or other equivalent means at such Person’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given to him if so mailed within the time prescribed.

 

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.  If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

If and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Regulated Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such Stock Exchange shall so require, notices regarding the Notes given to the Holders will be published by the Issuer in a newspaper having general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ) or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu), and in the event the Notes are in the form of Definitive Notes, sent by the Issuer, by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of the Notes at such Holder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the registrar.  If and so long as such Notes are listed on any other securities exchange, notices will also be given by the Issuer in accordance with any applicable requirements of such securities exchange.  If and so long as any Notes are represented by one or more Global Notes and ownership of Book-Entry Interests therein are shown on the records of the Clearing Agency or any successor appointed by the Clearing Agency at the request of the Issuer, notices will be delivered to the Clearing Agency or such successor for communication to the owners of such Book-Entry Interests.  Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which any of the required publications is made and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing.

 

SECTION 11.2                 Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .  Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee or an Agent to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee:

 

-73-



 

(1)            an Officers’ Certificate, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Trustee (reasonableness to be determined objectively), stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied or complied with; and

 

(2)            an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Trustee or such Agent (reasonableness to be determined objectively) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied or complied with.

 

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an Opinion of Counsel of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the Opinion of Counsel of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an Opinion of Counsel with respect to some matters and one or more such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an Opinion of Counsel as to such matters in one or several documents.

 

Any certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Issuer may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon an Opinion of Counsel, unless such Responsible Officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that such Opinion of Counsel with respect to the matters upon which his certificate is based are erroneous.  Any Opinion of Counsel may be based, and may state that it is so based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate of, or representations by, a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the Issuer stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Issuer, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

 

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

 

SECTION 11.3                 Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .  Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

 

(1)            a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(2)            a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(3)            a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, such Person has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such Person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

-74-



 

(4)            a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

SECTION 11.4                 Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar .  The Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar may make reasonable rules for its functions.

 

SECTION 11.5                 Legal Holidays .  If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

 

SECTION 11.6                 Governing Law .   THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES, AND THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  THE NOTE GUARANTEES WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK EXCEPT THAT THE LIMITATIONS OF THE NOTE GUARANTEES EXPRESSED IN SECTIONS 10.1(c) HEREOF (AND THE EQUIVALENT PROVISION CONTAINED IN THE NOTE GUARANTEE ENDORSED ON THE NOTES) WILL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY.

 

SECTION 11.7                 Submission to Jurisdiction .  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any U.S. federal or state court in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York, County and State of New York, United States of America, in any suit or proceeding based on or arising under this Indenture or the Notes, and irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such suit or proceeding may be determined in any such court.  Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, irrevocably and fully waives the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such suit or proceeding and irrevocably waives to the fullest extent it may effectively do so any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and each of the Issuer and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably consents to be served with notice and service of process by delivery or by registered mail with return receipt requested addressed to FMCH’s registered agent, which as of the date hereof is CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, NY 10011 (which service of process by registered mail shall be effective with respect to the Issuer and the Guarantors so long as such return receipt is obtained, or in the event of a refusal to sign such receipt any Holder or the Trustee is able to produce evidence of attempted delivery by such means).  Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors further agrees that such service of process and written notice of such service to the Issuer and the Guarantors in the circumstances described above shall be deemed in every respect effective notice and service of process upon each of the Issuer and the Guarantors in any such action or proceeding.  Nothing herein shall affect the right of any Person to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.  Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors agrees that a final action in any such suit or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other lawful manner.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors hereby agrees that any action arising out of

 

-75-



 

or based on this Indenture or the Notes may also be instituted in any competent court in Germany, and it expressly accepts the jurisdiction of any such court in any such action.

 

Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably waives, to the extent permitted by law, any immunity to jurisdiction to which it may otherwise be entitled (including, without limitation, immunity to pre-judgment attachment, post-judgment attachment and execution) in any legal suit, action or proceeding against it arising out of or based on this Indenture or the Notes.

 

The provisions of this Section 11.7 are intended to be effective upon the execution of this Indenture without any further action by the Issuer and the Guarantors and the introduction of a true copy of this Indenture into evidence shall be conclusive and final evidence as to such matters.

 

SECTION 11.8                 No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders .  No member of the Board of Directors, director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer, Fresenius SE, Fresenius SE’s general partner, the Company, the Company’s General Partner, or the Guarantors, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, this Indenture or the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability and agrees not to enforce any claim in respect of the Notes, the Indenture or the Notes Guarantees to the extent that it would give rise to such personal liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Note Guarantees.  Such waiver and release may not be effective to waive liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.  In addition, such waiver and release may not be effective under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany.

 

SECTION 11.9                 Successors .  All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Note Guarantees shall bind their respective successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

SECTION 11.10               Counterpart Originals .  All parties hereto may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.  Each signed copy or counterpart shall be an original, but all of them together shall represent one and the same agreement.

 

SECTION 11.11               Severability .  In case any one or more of the provisions in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

 

SECTION 11.12               Table of Contents, Headings, Etc .  The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

-76-



 

SECTION 11.13               Trust Indenture Act Controls .  If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA § 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

 

SECTION 11.14               Currency Indemnity .  Any payment on account of an amount that is payable in euros (the “Required Currency”), which is made to or for the account of any Holder of the Notes or the Trustee in lawful currency of any other jurisdiction (the “Judgment Currency”), whether as a result of any judgment or order or the enforcement thereof or the liquidation of the Issuer or a Guarantor, shall constitute a discharge of the Issuer or the Guarantor’s obligation under this Indenture and the Notes or Note Guarantee, as the case may be, only to the extent of the amount of the Required Currency which such holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, could purchase in the London foreign exchange markets with the amount of the Judgment Currency in accordance with normal banking procedures at the rate of exchange prevailing on the first Business Day following receipt of the payment in the Judgment Currency.  If the amount of the Required Currency that could be so purchased is less than the amount of the Required Currency originally due to such Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, the Issuer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, from and against all loss or damage arising out of, or as a result of, such deficiency.  This indemnity shall constitute an obligation separate and independent from the other obligations contained in this Indenture or the Notes, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by any Holder or the Trustee from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum in respect of an amount due hereunder or under any judgment or order.

 

SECTION 11.15               Information .  For so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Regulated Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, and the rules of such stock exchange so require, copies of this Indenture will be made available in Luxembourg through the offices of the Listing Agent in such city.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

-77-



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, as of the date first written above.

 

 

FMC FINANCE VIII S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

[Title]

 

 

 

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & CO. KGaA,

 

a partnership limited by shares, represented by

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE MANAGEMENT AG, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

[Title]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

[Title]

 

 

 

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE DEUTSCHLAND GmbH

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

[Title]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

[Title]

 

 

 

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

[Title]

 

-78-



 

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT,

 

 

as Paying Agent

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

-79-



 

EXHIBIT A
TO THE INDENTURE

 

[FORM OF FACE OF GLOBAL NOTE]

 

[Global Note Legend]

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE CLEARING AGENCY OR A NOMINEE OF THE CLEARING AGENCY.  THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE CLEARING AGENCY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE TO THE CLEARING AGENCY OR A NOMINEE OF THE CLEARING AGENCY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

[Private Placement Legend]

 

THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1)(a) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (b) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF APPLICABLE) OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), (2) TO THE ISSUER OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY.

 

A-1



 

FMC FINANCE VIII S.A.

 

6.50% Senior Note due 2018

 

 

Common Code No.:                        

 

ISIN No.:                        

 

No.

 

 

 

 

FMC FINANCE VIII S.A., a société anonyme organized under the laws of Luxembourg (the “Issuer”, which term includes any successor entity), for value received, promises to pay to Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft or its registered assigns upon surrender hereof the principal sum indicated on Schedule A hereof, on September 15, 2018.

 

Interest Payment Dates:  March 15 and September 15, commencing March 15, 2012

 

Record Dates:  March 1 and September 1 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Dates

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

A-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

FMC FINANCE VIII S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication

 

This is one of the Securities with the Guarantees endorsed thereon referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

A-3



 

[FORM OF REVERSE]

 

FMC FINANCE VIII S.A.

 

6.50% Senior Note due 2018

 

1.              Interest .  FMC FINANCE VIII S.A., a société anonyme organized under the laws of Luxembourg (the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Senior Note (“Note”) at the rate and in the manner specified below.  Interest on the Notes will accrue at 6.50% per annum on the principal amount then outstanding, and be payable semi-annually in cash in arrears on each March 15 and September 15, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day,     commencing March 15, 2012, to the Holder hereof.  Notwithstanding any exchange of this Note for a Definitive Note during the period starting on a Record Date relating to such Definitive Note and ending on the immediately succeeding interest payment date, the interest due on such interest payment date shall be payable to the Person in whose name this Global Note is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such interest.  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid. Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

A-4



 

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) and on any Additional Amounts, from time to time on demand at the rate borne by the Notes.  Any interest paid on this Note shall be increased to the extent necessary to pay Additional Amounts as set forth herein.

 

2.              Additional Amounts .  All payments made under or with respect to the Notes under the Indenture or pursuant to any Note Guarantee must be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and other liabilities related thereto) imposed or levied by or on behalf of (1) the United States, Germany, Luxembourg, the United Kingdom or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax, (2) any jurisdiction from or through which payment on the Notes

 

A-5



 

or any Note Guarantee is made, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax or (3) any other jurisdiction in which the payor is organized or otherwise considered to be a resident or engaged in business for tax purposes, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax (each a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), collectively, “Taxes,” unless the Issuer, any Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof by the relevant government authority or agency provided, however, that in determining what withholding is required by law for U.S. federal income and withholding tax purposes, the Issuer, a Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to treat any payments on or in respect of the Notes or any Note Guarantee as if the Notes or any Note Guarantee were issued by a U.S. person as defined in section 7701(a)(30) of the Code. If the Issuer, any Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent is so required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes or any Note Guarantee, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, will be required to pay such amount — “Additional Amounts” — as may be necessary so that the net amount (including Additional Amounts) received by each Holder after such withholding or deduction (including any withholding or deduction on such Additional Amounts) will not be less than the amount such Holder would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided , however , that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to payments made to any Holder or beneficial owner to the extent such Taxes are imposed by reason of (i) such Holder or beneficial owner being considered to be or to have been connected with a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, otherwise than by the acquisition, ownership, holding or disposition of the Notes, the enforcement of rights under the Notes or under any Note Guarantee or the receipt of payments in respect of the Notes or any Note Guarantee, or (ii) such Holder or beneficial owner not completing any procedural formalities that it is legally eligible to complete and are necessary for the Issuer, a Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent to make or obtain authorization to make payments without such Taxes (including, without limitation, providing prior to the receipt of any payment on or in respect of a Note or any Note Guarantee, a complete, correct and executed IRS Form W-8 or W-9 or successor form, as applicable, with all appropriate attachments); provided, however , that for purposes of this obligation to pay Additional Amounts, the Issuer, a Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent shall be entitled, for U.S. federal income and withholding tax purposes, to treat any payments on or in respect of the Notes as if the Notes were issued by a U.S. person as defined in section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.  Further, no Additional Amounts shall be payable with respect to (i) any Tax imposed by the United States or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein on interest by reason of any Holder or beneficial owner holding or owning, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Issuer or any Guarantor entitled to vote or (ii) any Tax imposed by the United States or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein on interest by reason of any Holder or beneficial owner being a controlled foreign corporation that is a related person within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the Code with respect to the Issuer or any Guarantor.  The Issuer or Guarantor (as applicable) required to withhold any Taxes will make such withholding or deduction and remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority as and when required in accordance with applicable law.  The Issuer or Guarantor (as applicable) will use all reasonable efforts to obtain certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment by the Issuer or Guarantor (as applicable) of any Taxes so

 

A-6



 

deducted or withheld from each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction imposing such Taxes and will provide such certified copies to the Trustee.

 

Wherever in the Indenture or the Notes or any Note Guarantee there are mentioned, in any context, (1) the payment of principal, (2) purchase prices in connection with a purchase of Notes under the Indenture or the Notes, (3) interest or (4) any other amount payable on or with respect to any of the Notes or any Note Guarantee, such reference shall be deemed to include payment of Additional Amounts as described under this heading to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

The Issuer will pay any present stamp, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise, property or similar taxes, charges or levies (including any penalties, interest or other liabilities related thereto) which arise in Luxembourg or any political subdivision thereof or therein, from the execution, delivery and registration of Notes upon original issuance and initial resale of the Notes or any other document or instrument referred to therein or in connection with the enforcement of the Notes or any Note Guarantee or any other document or instrument referred to herein or therein.  If at any time the Issuer changes its place of organization to outside of Luxembourg or there is a new issuer organized outside of Luxembourg, the Issuer or new issuer, as applicable, will pay any stamp, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise, property or similar taxes, charges or levies (including any penalties, interest or other liabilities related thereto) which arise in the jurisdiction in which the Issuer or new issuer is organized (or any political subdivision thereof or therein) and are payable by the Holders of the Notes in respect of the Notes or any other document or instrument referred to therein under any law, rule or regulation in effect at the time of such change.

 

The foregoing obligations will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of the Indenture. References in this section (“Additional Amounts”) to the Issuer or any Guarantor shall apply to any successor(s) thereto.

 

3.              Method of Payment .  The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Person in whose name this Note is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such interest. The Issuer shall pay principal and interest in Euros.  Immediately available funds for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any), interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on this Note due on any interest payment date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date or other repurchase date will be made available to the Paying Agent to permit the Paying Agent to pay such funds to the Holders on such respective dates.

 

4.              Paying Agent and Registrar .  Initially, Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft will act as Paying Agent and U.S. Bank National Association will act as Registrar.  In the event that a Paying Agent or transfer agent is replaced, the Issuer will provide notice thereof (so long as the Notes are Global Notes) published in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ), or posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu), if and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Regulated Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such stock exchange shall so require, and (in the case of Definitive Notes), in addition to such publication, mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address.  The Issuer may change any Registrar without notice to the

 

A-7



 

Holders.  The Issuer, the Company or any of their Subsidiaries may, subject to certain exceptions, act in the capacity of Registrar or transfer agent.

 

5.              Indenture .  The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of September 14, 2018 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, Fresenius Medical Care AG & Co. KGaA (the “Company”), Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc. (“FMCH”), Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH (“FMCD” and together with the Company and FMCH, the “Guarantors”), U.S. Bank National Association (the “Trustee”) as Trustee and Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft (the “Paying Agent”) as Paying Agent.  This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes (as defined in the Indenture) of the Issuer designated as its 6.50% Senior Notes due 2018.  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture for a statement of them.  The Notes are general obligations of the Issuer.  The Notes are not limited in aggregate principal amount and Additional Notes (as defined in the Indenture) may be issued from time to time under the Indenture, in each case subject to the terms of the Indenture; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Notes that will be issued on the Closing Date (as defined in the Indenture) will not exceed €400,000,000.  Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

6.              Ranking .  The Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer and the Note Guarantees will be senior unsecured obligations of the Guarantors. The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the obligations of the Guarantors under the Note Guarantees will:

 

·                        rank pari passu in right of payment with all other Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, that is not by its terms expressly subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable;

 

·                        rank senior in right of payment to all Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, that is, by its terms, expressly subordinated to the senior Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable;

 

·                        be effectively subordinated to the Secured Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such Indebtedness, and to the Indebtedness of the Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors of the Notes; and

 

·                        in the case of the Note Guarantee of Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH, be effectively subordinated to the claims of such Guarantor’s third-party creditors as a result of limitations applicable to the Note Guarantee as set forth in Section 10.1(c) of the Indenture.

 

7.              Note Guarantee As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and this Note are Guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis pursuant to Note Guarantees endorsed hereon.  The Indenture

 

A-8



 

provides that a Guarantor shall be released from its Note Guarantee upon compliance with certain conditions.

 

8.              Optional Redemption .  The Issuer may redeem all or, from time to time, a part of the Notes, at its option, at redemption prices equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed plus accrued interest, if any, to the redemption date, plus the excess of:

 

(a)           as determined by the calculation agent (which shall initially be the Trustee), the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Notes being redeemed not including any portion of such payment of interest accrued on the date of redemption, from the redemption date to the maturity date, discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Bund Rate plus 50 basis points; over

 

(b)           100% of the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed.

 

If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to beneficial Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer.

 

In the case of any partial redemption, the Trustee will select the Notes for redemption in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed, then on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion will deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Note of €1,000 in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part.  If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.  A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued and delivered to the Trustee, or in the case of Definitive Notes, issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.

 

9.              Special Tax Redemption .  The Issuer is entitled to redeem the Notes, at its option, in whole but not in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest (if any) to the date of redemption (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), in the event the Issuer has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable with respect to the Notes, any additional amounts as a result of:

 

(a)            a change in or an amendment to the laws, treaties, regulations or rulings of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; or

 

(b)            any change in or amendment to any official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including by virtue of a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction);

 

which change or amendment to such laws or official position is announced and becomes effective after the issuance of the Notes (or, if the applicable Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction did not become a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction until a later date, after such later date); provided that the Issuer determines, in its reasonable judgment, that the obligation to pay such additional amounts cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to it; provided , further , that at the time such notice is given, such obligation to pay Additional Amounts remains in effect.

 

Notice of any such redemption must be given within 270 days of the earlier of the announcement or effectiveness of any such change.

 

10.            Notice of Redemption .  Notice of redemption will be given at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date or Tax Redemption Date, as the case may be, (i) so long as the Notes are in global form, by publishing in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ), or posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu), if and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Regulated Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such stock exchange shall so require, and notify the Holders, the Trustee and the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, if applicable and (ii) in the case of Definitive Notes, in addition to such publication, by mailing first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address.  Notes in denominations of €1,000 may be redeemed only in whole.  The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal to €1,000 or any integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof) of the principal of Notes that have denominations larger than €1,000.

 

Except as set forth in the Indenture, from and after any Redemption Date or Tax Redemption Date, as the case may be, if monies for the redemption of the Notes called for redemption shall have been deposited with the Paying Agent for redemption on such Redemption Date or Tax Redemption Date, as the case may be, then, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of such Redemption Price, the Notes called for redemption will cease to bear interest

 

A-9



 

and Additional Amounts, if any, and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price.

 

11.            Change of Control .  Each Holder of the Notes, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, will have the right to require that the Issuer repurchase such Holder’s Notes, at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).  Holders of Notes that are subject to an offer to purchase will receive a Change of Control offer from the Company prior to any related Change of Control payment date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” appearing below.

 

12.            Denominations; Form .  The Global Notes are in registered global form, without coupons, in denominations of €1,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof.

 

13.            Persons Deemed Owners .  The registered Holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes, subject to the terms of the Indenture.

 

14.            Unclaimed Funds .  If funds for the payment of principal, interest, premium or Additional Amounts remain unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agents will repay the funds to the Issuer at its written request.  After that, all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agents with respect to such funds shall cease.

 

15.            Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance .  The Issuer may be discharged from its obligations under the Indenture and the Notes except for certain provisions thereof (“Legal Defeasance”), and may be discharged from its obligations to comply with certain covenants contained in the Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”), in each case upon satisfaction of certain conditions specified in the Indenture.

 

16.            Amendment; Supplement; Waiver .  Subject to certain exceptions specified in the Indenture, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

 

17.            Restrictive Covenants .  The Indenture imposes certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Issuer, the Company, the Guarantors and their Subsidiaries to incur additional Indebtedness, to incur additional Liens, to enter into Sale and Leaseback Transactions and enter into certain consolidations or mergers.  The limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions.  The Issuer must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

 

18.            Successors .  When a successor assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the predecessor will be released from those obligations.

 

A-10



 

19.            Defaults and Remedies .  If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (7) of Section 6.1 of the Indenture) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.  Holders of Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.  The Trustee is not obligated to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it has received full indemnity.  The Indenture permits, subject to certain limitations therein provided, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.  The Trustee may withhold from Holders of Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default in payment of principal, premium, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, including an accelerated payment) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

 

20.            Trustee Dealings with Issuer .  The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

 

21.            No Recourse Against Others .  No member of the Board of Directors, director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer, Fresenius SE, Fresenius SE’s general partner, the Company, the Company’s General Partner or the Guarantors, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture or the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability and agrees not to enforce any claim in respect of the Notes, the Indenture or the Notes Guarantees to the extent that it would give rise to such personal liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Note Guarantees.  Such waiver and release may not be effective to waive liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.  In addition, such waiver and release may not be effective under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

22.            Authentication .  This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or authenticating agent signs the certificate of authentication on this Note.

 

23.            Abbreviations and Defined Terms .  Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder of a Note or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).  Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Indenture are used herein as defined therein.

 

24.            ISINs and Common Codes .  The Issuer will cause ISINs and/or Common Codes to be printed on the Notes as a convenience to the Holders of the Notes.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed hereon.

 

A-11



 

25.            Governing Law .  THIS NOTE AND THE INDENTURE, AND THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  THE NOTE GUARANTEES WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK EXCEPT CERTAIN MATTERS CONCERNING LIMITATION THEREOF WILL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY.

 

A-12



 

SCHEDULE A

 

SCHEDULE OF PRINCIPAL AMOUNT

 

The initial principal amount at maturity of this Note shall be €[principal amount].  The following decreases/increases in the principal amount at maturity of this Note have been made:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Total Principal

 

Notation

 

 

 

 

 

 

Amount

 

Made by

Date of

 

Decrease in

 

Increase in

 

Following Such

 

or on

Decrease/

 

Principal

 

Principal

 

Decrease/

 

Behalf of

Increase

 

Amount

 

Amount

 

Increase

 

Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A-13



 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.11 of the Indenture, check the box below:

 

o

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.11 of the Indenture, state the amount:  €                  

 

Date:                     

 

Your Signature:

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee:

 

 

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program
(or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)

 

A-14



 

EXHIBIT B
TO THE INDENTURE

 

[FORM OF FACE OF DEFINITIVE NOTE]

 

THIS NOTE IS A DEFINITIVE NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO.

 

[Private Placement Legend]

 

THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1)(a) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (b) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF APPLICABLE) OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), (2) TO THE ISSUER OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY.

 

B-1



 

FMC FINANCE VIII S.A.

 

6.50% Senior Note due 2018

 

Common Code No.:             

 

ISIN No.:             

 

No.            

 

 

                          

 

FMC FINANCE VIII S.A., a société anonyme organized under the laws of Luxembourg (the “Issuer”, which term includes any successor entity), for value received, promises to pay to [                                   ] or its registered assigns upon surrender hereof the principal sum of €                        , on September 15, 2018.

 

Interest Payment Dates:  March 15 and September 15, commencing March 15, 2012

 

Record Dates:  March 1 and September 1 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Dates

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

B-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

Dated:                             

 

 

FMC FINANCE VIII S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication

 

This is one of the Securities with the Guarantees endorsed thereon referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

B-3



 

[FORM OF REVERSE]

 

FMC FINANCE VIII S.A.

 

6.50% Senior Note due 2018

 

1.              Interest .  FMC FINANCE VIII S.A., a société anonyme organized under the laws of Luxembourg (the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Senior Note (“Note”) at the rate and in the manner specified below.  Interest on the Notes will accrue at 6.50% per annum on the principal amount then outstanding, and be payable semi-annually in cash in arrears on each March 15 and September 15, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day, commencing March 15, 2012, to the Holder hereof.  Notwithstanding any exchange of this Note for a Definitive Note during the period starting on a Record Date relating to such Definitive Note and ending on the immediately succeeding interest payment date, the interest due on such interest payment date shall be payable to the Person in whose name this Global Note is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such interest.  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

B-4



 

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) and on any Additional Amounts, from time to time on demand at the rate borne by the Notes.  Any interest paid on this Note shall be increased to the extent necessary to pay Additional Amounts as set forth herein.

 

2.              Additional Amounts .  All payments made under or with respect to the Notes under the Indenture or pursuant to any Note Guarantee must be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and other liabilities related thereto) imposed or levied by or on behalf of (1) the United States, Germany, Luxembourg, the United Kingdom or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or

 

B-5



 

therein having the power to tax, (2) any jurisdiction from or through which payment on the Notes or any Note Guarantee is made, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax or (3) any other jurisdiction in which the payor is organized or otherwise considered to be a resident or engaged in business for tax purposes, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax (each a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), collectively, “Taxes,” unless the Issuer, any Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof by the relevant government authority or agency provided, however, that in determining what withholding is required by law for U.S. federal income and withholding tax purposes, the Issuer, a Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to treat any payments on or in respect of the Notes or any Note Guarantee as if the Notes or any Note Guarantee were issued by a U.S. person as defined in section 7701(a)(30) of the Code. If the Issuer, any Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent is so required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes or any Note Guarantee, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, will be required to pay such amount — “Additional Amounts” — as may be necessary so that the net amount (including Additional Amounts) received by each Holder after such withholding or deduction (including any withholding or deduction on such Additional Amounts) will not be less than the amount such Holder would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided , however , that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to payments made to any Holder or beneficial owner to the extent such Taxes are imposed by reason of (i) such Holder or beneficial owner being considered to be or to have been connected with a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, otherwise than by the acquisition, ownership, holding or disposition of the Notes, the enforcement of rights under the Notes or under any Note Guarantee or the receipt of payments in respect of the Notes or any Note Guarantee, or (ii) such Holder or beneficial owner not completing any procedural formalities that it is legally eligible to complete and are necessary for the Issuer, a Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent to make or obtain authorization to make payments without such Taxes (including, without limitation, providing prior to the receipt of any payment on or in respect of a Note or any Note Guarantee, a complete, correct and executed IRS Form W-8 or W-9 or successor form, as applicable, with all appropriate attachments); provided, however , that for purposes of this obligation to pay Additional Amounts, the Issuer, a Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent shall be entitled, for U.S. federal income and withholding tax purposes, to treat any payments on or in respect of the Notes as if the Notes were issued by a U.S. person as defined in section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.  Further, no Additional Amounts shall be payable with respect to (i) any Tax imposed by the United States or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein on interest by reason of any Holder or beneficial owner holding or owning, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Issuer or any Guarantor entitled to vote or (ii) any Tax imposed by the United States or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein on interest by reason of any Holder or beneficial owner being a controlled foreign corporation that is a related person within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the Code with respect to the Issuer or any Guarantor.  The Issuer or Guarantor (as applicable) required to withhold any Taxes will make such withholding or deduction and remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority as and when required in accordance with applicable law.  The Issuer or Guarantor (as applicable) will use all reasonable efforts to obtain certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment by the Issuer or Guarantor (as applicable) of any Taxes so

 

B-6



 

deducted or withheld from each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction imposing such Taxes and will provide such certified copies to the Trustee.

 

Wherever in the Indenture or the Notes or any Note Guarantee there are mentioned, in any context, (1) the payment of principal, (2) purchase prices in connection with a purchase of Notes under the Indenture or the Notes, (3) interest or (4) any other amount payable on or with respect to any of the Notes or any Note Guarantee, such reference shall be deemed to include payment of Additional Amounts as described under this heading to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

The Issuer will pay any present stamp, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise, property or similar taxes, charges or levies (including any penalties, interest or other liabilities related thereto) which arise in Luxembourg or any political subdivision thereof or therein, from the execution, delivery and registration of Notes upon original issuance and initial resale of the Notes or any other document or instrument referred to therein or in connection with the enforcement of the Notes or any Note Guarantee or any other document or instrument referred to herein or therein.  If at any time the Issuer changes its place of organization to outside of Luxembourg or there is a new issuer organized outside of Luxembourg, the Issuer or new issuer, as applicable, will pay any stamp, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise, property or similar taxes, charges or levies (including any penalties, interest or other liabilities related thereto) which arise in the jurisdiction in which the Issuer or new issuer is organized (or any political subdivision thereof or therein) and are payable by the Holders of the Notes in respect of the Notes or any other document or instrument referred to therein under any law, rule or regulation in effect at the time of such change.

 

The foregoing obligations will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of the Indenture. References in this section (“Additional Amounts”) to the Issuer or any Guarantor shall apply to any successor(s) thereto.

 

3.              Method of Payment .  The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Person in whose name this Note is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such interest.  Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments.  The Issuer shall pay principal and interest in Euros.  Immediately available funds for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any), interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on this Note due on any interest payment date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date or other repurchase date will be made available to the Paying Agent to permit the Paying Agent to pay such funds to the Holders on such respective dates.

 

4.              Paying Agent and Registrar .  Initially, Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft will act as Paying Agent and U.S. Bank National Association will act as Registrar.  In the event that a Paying Agent or transfer agent is replaced, the Issuer will provide notice thereof (so long as the Notes are Global Notes) published in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ), or posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu), if and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Regulated Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such stock exchange shall so require, and (in the case of Definitive Notes), in addition to such publication, mailed by first-class mail to

 

B-7



 

each Holder’s registered address.  The Issuer may change any Registrar without notice to the Holders.  The Issuer, the Company or any of their Subsidiaries may, subject to certain exceptions, act in the capacity of Registrar or transfer agent.

 

5.              Indenture .  The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of September 14, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, Fresenius Medical Care AG & Co. KGaA (the “Company”), Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc. (“FMCH”), Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH (“FMCD” and together with the Company and FMCH, the “Guarantors”), U.S. Bank National Association (the “Trustee”) as Trustee and Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft (the “Paying Agent”) as Paying Agent.  This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes (as defined in the Indenture) of the Issuer designated as its 6.50% Senior Notes due 2018.  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture for a statement of them.  The Notes are general obligations of the Issuer.  The Notes are not limited in aggregate principal amount and Additional Notes (as defined in the Indenture) may be issued from time to time under the Indenture, in each case subject to the terms of the Indenture; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Notes that will be issued on the Closing Date (as defined in the Indenture) will not exceed €400,000,000.  Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

6.              Ranking .  The Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer and the Note Guarantees will be senior unsecured obligations of the Guarantors. The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the obligations of the Guarantors under the Note Guarantees will:

 

·                        rank pari passu in right of payment with all other Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, that is not by its terms expressly subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable;

 

·                        rank senior in right of payment to all Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, that is, by its terms, expressly subordinated to the senior Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable;

 

·                        be effectively subordinated to the Secured Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such Indebtedness, and to the Indebtedness of the Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors of the Notes; and

 

·                        in the case of the Note Guarantee of Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH, be effectively subordinated to the claims of such Guarantor’s third-party creditors as a result of limitations applicable to the Note Guarantee as set forth in Section 10.1(c) of the Indenture.

 

7.              Note Guarantee As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and this Note are Guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis pursuant to Note Guarantees endorsed hereon.  The Indenture

 

B-8



 

provides that a Guarantor shall be released from its Note Guarantee upon compliance with certain conditions.

 

8.              Optional Redemption .  The Issuer may redeem all or, from time to time, a part of the Notes, at its option, at redemption prices equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed plus accrued interest, if any, to the redemption date, plus the excess of:

 

(a)           as determined by the calculation agent (which shall initially be the Trustee), the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Notes being redeemed not including any portion of such payment of interest accrued on the date of redemption, from the redemption date to the maturity date, discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Bund Rate plus 50 basis points; over

 

(b)           100% of the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed.

 

If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to beneficial Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer.

 

In the case of any partial redemption, the Trustee will select the Notes for redemption in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed, then on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion will deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Note of €1,000 in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part.  If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.  A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued and delivered to the Trustee, or in the case of Definitive Notes, issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.

 

9.              Special Tax Redemption .  The Issuer is entitled to redeem the Notes, at its option, in whole but not in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest (if any) to the date of redemption (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), in the event the Issuer has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable with respect to the Notes, any additional amounts as a result of:

 

(a)            a change in or an amendment to the laws, treaties, regulations or rulings of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; or

 

(b)            any change in or amendment to any official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including by virtue of a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction);

 

which change or amendment to such laws or official position is announced and becomes effective after the issuance of the Notes (or, if the applicable Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction did not become a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction until a later date, after such later date); provided that the Issuer determines, in its reasonable judgment, that the obligation to pay such additional amounts cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to it; provided , further , that at the time such notice is given, such obligation to pay Additional Amounts remains in effect.

 

Notice of any such redemption must be given within 270 days of the earlier of the announcement or effectiveness of any such change.

 

10.            Notice of Redemption .  Notice of redemption will be given at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date or Tax Redemption Date, as the case may be, (i) so long as the Notes are in global form, by publishing in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ), or posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu), if and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Regulated Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such stock exchange shall so require, and notify the Holders, the Trustee and the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, if applicable and (ii) in the case of Definitive Notes, in addition to such publication, by mailing first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address.  Notes in denominations of €1,000 may be redeemed only in whole.  The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal to €1,000 or any integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof) of the principal of Notes that have denominations larger than €1,000.

 

Except as set forth in the Indenture, from and after any Redemption Date or Tax Redemption Date, as the case may be, if monies for the redemption of the Notes called for redemption shall have been deposited with the Paying Agent for redemption on such Redemption Date or Tax Redemption Date, as the case may be, then, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of such Redemption Price, the Notes called for redemption will cease to bear interest

 

B-9



 

and Additional Amounts, if any, and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price.

 

11.            Change of Control .  Each Holder of the Notes, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, will have the right to require that the Issuer repurchase such Holder’s Notes, at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).  Holders of Notes that are subject to an offer to purchase will receive a Change of Control offer from the Company prior to any related Change of Control payment date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” appearing below.

 

12.            Denominations; Form .  The Global Notes are in registered global form, without coupons, in denominations of €1,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof.

 

13.            Persons Deemed Owners .  The registered Holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes, subject to the terms of the Indenture.

 

14.            Unclaimed Funds .  If funds for the payment of principal, interest, premium or Additional Amounts remain unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agents will repay the funds to the Issuer at its written request.  After that, all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agents with respect to such funds shall cease.

 

15.            Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance .  The Issuer may be discharged from its obligations under the Indenture and the Notes except for certain provisions thereof (“Legal Defeasance”), and may be discharged from its obligations to comply with certain covenants contained in the Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”), in each case upon satisfaction of certain conditions specified in the Indenture.

 

16.            Amendment; Supplement; Waiver .  Subject to certain exceptions specified in the Indenture, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

 

17.            Restrictive Covenants .  The Indenture imposes certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Issuer, the Company, the Guarantors and their Subsidiaries to incur additional Indebtedness, to incur additional Liens, to enter into Sale and Leaseback Transactions and enter into certain consolidations or mergers.  The limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions.  The Issuer must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

 

18.            Successors .  When a successor assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the predecessor will be released from those obligations.

 

B-10



 

19.            Defaults and Remedies .  If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (7) of Section 6.1 of the Indenture) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.  Holders of Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.  The Trustee is not obligated to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it has received full indemnity.  The Indenture permits, subject to certain limitations therein provided, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.  The Trustee may withhold from Holders of Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default in payment of principal, premium, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, including an accelerated payment) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

 

20.            Trustee Dealings with Issuer .  The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

 

21.            No Recourse Against Others .  No member of the Board of Directors, director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer, Fresenius SE, Fresenius SE’s general partner, the Company, the Company’s General Partner, or the Guarantors, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture or the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability and agrees not to enforce any claim in respect of the Notes, the Indenture or the Notes Guarantees to the extent that it would give rise to such personal liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Note Guarantees.  Such waiver and release may not be effective to waive liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.  In addition, such waiver and release may not be effective under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

22.            Authentication .  This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or authenticating agent signs the certificate of authentication on this Note.

 

23.            Abbreviations and Defined Terms .  Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder of a Note or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).  Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Indenture are used herein as defined therein.

 

24.            ISINs and Common Codes .  The Issuer will cause ISINs and/or Common Codes to be printed on the Notes as a convenience to the Holders of the Notes.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed hereon.

 

B-11



 

25.            Governing Law .  THIS NOTE AND THE INDENTURE, AND THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  THE NOTE GUARANTEES WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK EXCEPT CERTAIN MATTERS CONCERNING LIMITATION THEREOF WILL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY.

 

B-12



 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note fill in the form below:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

 

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. No.)

 

 

and irrevocably appoint                          agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:                               Your Signature:                                                                                                                           

 

 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 

B-13



 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.11 of the Indenture, check the box below:

 

o

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.11 of the Indenture, state the amount:  €

 

Date:                           

 

Your Signature:                                                                                

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

Signature Guarantee:                                                                                      

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program
(or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)

 

B-14



 

EXHIBIT C

TO THE INDENTURE

 

FORM OF NOTE GUARANTEE

 

For value received, each of the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally Guarantees, on a senior unsecured basis, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, and to the Trustee on behalf of such Holder, the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Amounts, if any) on such Note when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, in accordance with the terms of such Note and of the Indenture.

 

In case of the failure of the Issuer punctually to make any such payment, each of the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agrees to cause such payment to be made punctually when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the Stated Maturity or by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the Issuer.  The Note Guarantee extends to the Issuer’s repurchase obligations arising from a Change of Control pursuant to the Indenture.

 

Each of the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be irrevocable and unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of such Note or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on any collateral for, or any release or amendment or waiver of any term of any other Guarantee of, or any consent to departure from any requirement of any other Guarantee of, all or any of the Notes, the effects of Bankruptcy Law applicable in the event of bankruptcy proceedings being opened with respect to the Issuer, of all or any portion of the claims of the Trustee or any of the Holders for payment of any of the Notes, any waiver or consent by the Holder of such Note or by the Trustee with respect to any provisions thereof or of the Indenture, the obtaining of any judgment against the Issuer or any action to enforce the same or any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.  Each of the Guarantors hereby waives the benefits of diligence, presentment, demand for payment, any requirement that the Trustee or any of the Holders protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest in or other Lien on any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against the Issuer or any other Person or any collateral, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest or notice with respect to such Note or the Indebtedness evidenced thereby and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged in respect of such Note except by complete performance of the obligations contained in such Note and in this Note Guarantee.  Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that, in the event of a default in payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest (including Additional Amounts, if any) on such Note, whether at its Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, legal proceedings may be instituted by the Trustee on behalf of, or by, the Holder of such Note, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture, directly against each of the Guarantors to enforce this Note Guarantee without first proceeding against the Issuer.  Each Guarantor agrees that, to the extent permitted by applicable

 

C-1



 

law, if, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee or any of the Holders is prevented by applicable law from exercising its respective rights to accelerate the maturity of the Notes, to collect interest on the Notes, or to enforce or exercise any other right or remedy with respect to the Notes, or the Trustee or the Holders are prevented from taking any action to realize on any collateral, such Guarantor agrees to pay to the Trustee for the account of the Holders, upon demand therefor, the amount that would otherwise have been due and payable had such rights and remedies been permitted to be exercised by the Trustee or any of the Holders.

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note Guarantee or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the Note Guarantee of any Guarantor, which is absolute and unconditional, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Amounts, if any) on the Note upon which this Note Guarantee is endorsed.

 

This Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation or reorganization, or equivalent proceeding under applicable law, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, or the equivalent of any of the foregoing under applicable law, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes is, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes whether as a voidable preference, fraudulent transfer, or as otherwise provided under similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally or under applicable laws of the jurisdiction of formation of the Issuer, all as though such payment or performance had not been made.  In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 

The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Note Guarantee.   The Guarantors or any particular Guarantor shall be released from this Note Guarantee upon the terms and subject to certain conditions provided in the Indenture.

 

By delivery of a supplemental indenture to the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture or the execution of a Guarantee Agreement, each Person that becomes, or assumes the obligations of, a Guarantor after the date of the Indenture will be deemed to have executed and delivered this Note Guarantee for the benefit of the Holder of this Note with the same effect as if such Guarantor were named below.

 

All terms used in this Note Guarantee which are defined in the Indenture referred to in the Note upon which this Note Guarantee is endorsed shall have the meanings assigned to them in such Indenture.

 

C-2



 

This Note Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Note upon which this Note Guarantee is endorsed shall have been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by manual signature.

 

Each Note Guarantee (other than that of the Company) will be limited in amount to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by the applicable Guarantor without rendering the Note Guarantee, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally or under applicable law of the jurisdiction of incorporation of such Guarantor.

 

In the case of Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH (“FMCD”), the following provisions apply:

 

(i)             Without limiting the agreements set forth in Section 11.8 of the Indenture, this Note Guarantee of FMCD will be limited if and to the extent payment under such Note Guarantee or the application of enforcement proceeds would cause (i) FMCD’s net assets ( Reinvermögen — calculated as the sum of the balance sheet positions shown under § 266(2)(A), (B) and (C) German Commercial Code ( Handelsgesetzbuch )) less the sum of the liabilities (shown under the balance sheet positions pursuant to § 266(3)(B), (C) and (D) German Commercial Code) to fall below FMCD’s registered share capital ( Stammkapital ) or (ii) (if the amount of the net assets is already an amount less than the registered share capital) cause such amount to be further reduced and, in either case, thereby affecting the assets required for the obligatory preservation of its registered share capital according to section 30, 31 of the German Limited Liability Company Act (GmbHG) (such event a “Capital Impairment”).  For the purposes of calculating the Capital Impairment, the following adjustments will be made:  (i) the amount of any increase of the registered share capital out of retained earnings ( Kapitalerhöhung aus Gesellschaftsmitteln ) after the Closing Date that has been effected without the prior consent of the Trustee shall be deducted from the registered share capital; and (ii) liabilities incurred in violation of the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture shall be disregarded. In the event FMCD’s net assets fall below its registered share capital, FMCD, upon request of the Trustee will realize in due course, to the extent legally permitted, any and all of its assets that are shown in the balance sheet with a book value ( Buchwert ) that is significantly lower than the market value of the assets if the relevant assets are not necessary for FMCD’s business ( nicht betriebsnotwendiges Vermögen ).

 

(ii)              If FMCD objects to the amount demanded by the Trustee under this Note Guarantee within twenty (20) business days after the Trustee has submitted to FMCD a payment demand, FMCD shall appoint within five (5) business days a reputable international auditor to determine the exact amount.  The auditor shall notify FMCD and the Trustee of the maximum amount payable under this Note Guarantee within forty (40) business days after its appointment.  The costs of such auditor’s determination shall be borne by FMCD. The determination of the auditor shall be binding for FMCD, and the Holders (except for manifest error).  To the extent that any payment has been made under this Note Guarantee by FMCD that would be necessary for FMCD to be able to cure any

 

C-3



 

Capital Impairment or Liquidity Impairment such payment shall immediately — upon FMCD’s demand — be returned to FMCD by any person receiving such payment, provided , however , in no event shall the Trustee or Paying Agent have any responsibility or liability for the return of any amount distributed to any Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes by the Trustee or Paying Agent, including, without limitation, any obligation to seek return of such amounts from such Holder or beneficial owner.

 

(iii)              If (i) FMCD does not object to the payment amount within the 20 business days period or (ii) if FMCD does not appoint the auditor within the 5 business days period or (iii) if the auditor fails to notify the amount payable within the 40 days period, then the Trustee shall be entitled to enforce this Note Guarantee without further delay. The burden of demonstration and proof ( Darlegungs- und Beweislast ) regarding the Capital Impairment and the maximum amount payable under this Note Guarantee shall remain with FMCD.

 

(iv)             The maximum amount payable under the guarantee shall be limited to the extent and as long as FMCD as a consequence of the payment would become unable to pay its debts when due ( zahlungsunfähig ) within the meaning of section 64 GmbHG (such event a “Liquidity Impairment”). For the purpose of establishing whether a Liquidity Impairment would occur, payments made by FMCD after the Trustee has notified FMCD of its intention to enforce this Note Guarantee with respect to payment obligations that are not due at the time of the payment shall be disregarded, unless the Trustee has consented to such payments (at the direction of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding). From the time the Trustee has notified FMCD and the Company of its intention to enforce this Note Guarantee, the Company may not make any payment demands against FMCD under shareholder loans and all such payment obligations of FMCD towards the Company shall be deferred, subordinated or waived as the Company sees fit, until the Trustee notifies FMCD that it is no longer enforcing this Note Guarantee or the Trustee consents (at the direction of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding) to the payments to be made to the Company. Such notice may be delivered by the Trustee at any time and, if not previously delivered, will be delivered by the Trustee after the Notes have been repaid in full and all other obligations under this Indenture are satisfied.

 

(v)             The limitations as to the Capital Impairment shall not apply to the extent FMCD has an adequate compensation claim ( vollwertiger Gegenleistungs-oder Rückgewähranspruch ) against the Company that compensates for any loss incurred due to any payment by FMCD under this Note Guarantee.

 

The obligations of each Guarantor to the Holders of the Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to this Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article X of the Indenture and reference is made to Article X of the Indenture for further provisions with respect to this Note Guarantee.

 

THE NOTE GUARANTEES WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK EXCEPT THAT THE LIMITATIONS OF THE NOTE GUARANTEES EXPRESSED IN SECTION 10.1(c) OF

 

C-4



 

THE INDENTURE (AND THE EQUIVALENT PROVISIONS IN THE ELEVENTH PARAGRAPH HEREOF) WILL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Note Guarantee to be duly executed.

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & CO. KGaA, a partnership limited by shares and represented by FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE MANAGEMENT AG, its general partner, as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

Member of the Management Board

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

Member of the Management Board

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE DEUTSCHLAND GMBH, as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE HOLDINGS, INC, as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

C-5



 

EXHIBIT D
TO THE INDENTURE

 

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER FROM
RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE TO REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE
(Transfers pursuant to Section 2.7(a) of the Indenture)

 

 

FMC FINANCE VIII S.A.
c/o U.S. Bank National Association
225 Asylum Street, 23rd Floor
Hartford, CT  06103

 

Attention:

 

Corporate Trust and Agency Services

 

 

Elizabeth C. Hammer

 

RE:                               6.50% Senior Note due 2018
(the “Notes”) of FMC FINANCE VIII S.A.

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture dated as of September 14, 2011 (the “Indenture”) among FMC FINANCE VIII S.A., Fresenius Medical Care AG & Co. KGaA, Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc., Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture.

 

This letter relates to €                    (being in a minimum amount of €1,000 and any integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof) principal amount of Notes beneficially held through interests in the Rule 144A Global Note (ISIN:  XS0675221682 Common Code:  067522168) with Euroclear and Clearstream Banking in the name of                     (the “Transferor”), account number                    .  The Transferor hereby requests that on [INSERT DATE] such beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note be transferred or exchanged for an interest in the Regulation S Global Note (ISIN:  XS0675221419 Common Code: 067522141) in the same principal denomination and transferred to                    (account no.                    ).  If this is a partial transfer, a minimum amount of €1,000 and any integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof of the Rule 144A Global Note will remain outstanding.

 

In connection with such request and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such transfer has been effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and the Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, and accordingly the Transferor further certifies that:

 

D-1



 

(A)           (1)            the offer of the Notes was not made to a Person in the United States;

 

(2)            either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any Person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither the Transferor nor any Person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States;

 

(3)            no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or 904(a) of Regulation S, as applicable; and

 

(4)            the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

OR

 

(B)            such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.  Terms used in this certificate and not otherwise defined in the Indenture have the meanings set forth in Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

Dated:                          

 

 

[Name of Transferor]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Telephone No.:

 

 

Please print name and address (including zip code number)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

D-2



 

EXHIBIT E
TO THE INDENTURE

 

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER FROM
REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE TO RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE
(Transfers pursuant to Section 2.7(b) of the Indenture)

 

 

FMC FINANCE VIII S.A.
c/o U.S. Bank National Association
225 Asylum Street, 23rd Floor
Hartford, CT  06103

 

Attention:

 

Corporate Trust and Agency Services

 

 

Elizabeth C. Hammer

 

RE:                               6.50% Senior Note due 2018
(the “Notes”) of FMC FINANCE VIII S.A.

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture dated as of September 14, 2011 (the “ Indenture ”) among FMC FINANCE VIII S.A., Fresenius Medical Care AG & Co. KGaA, Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc., Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture.

 

This letter relates to €                      (being in a minimum amount of €1,000 and in an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof) principal amount of Notes beneficially held through interests in the Regulation S Global Note (ISIN:  XS0675221419 Common Code: 067522141) with Euroclear and Clearstream Banking in the name of                                 (the “Transferor”), account number                  

 

               .  The Transferor hereby requests that on [INSERT DATE] such beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note be transferred or exchanged for an interest in the Rule 144A Global Note (ISIN:  XS0675221682 Common Code:  067522168) in the same principal denomination and transferred to                              (account no.                  ).  If this is a partial transfer, a minimum of €1,000 and any integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof of the Regulation S Global Note will remain outstanding.

 

In connection with such request, and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities

 

E-1



 

Act to a transferee that the Transferor knows or reasonably believes is purchasing the Notes for its own account or an account with respect to which the transferee exercises sole investment discretion and the transferee and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, in each case in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

Dated:                                  

 

 

[Name of Transferor]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Telephone No.:

 

 

Please print name and address (including zip code number)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E-2


Exhibit 10.2

 

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE US FINANCE II, INC.

as Issuer

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION

as Trustee

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA,

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE HOLDINGS, INC. and

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE DEUTSCHLAND GmbH

as Guarantors

 

INDENTURE

 

DATED AS OF SEPTEMBER 14, 2011

 

with respect to the issuance of

 

$400,000,000 6.50% SENIOR NOTES DUE 2018

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

 

 

SECTION 1.1

Definitions

1

SECTION 1.2

Rules of Construction

20

SECTION 1.3

Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

21

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

THE NOTES

 

 

 

SECTION 2.1

Form and Dating

21

SECTION 2.2

Execution and Authentication

22

SECTION 2.3

Registrar and Paying Agent

23

SECTION 2.4

Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust

24

SECTION 2.5

List of Holders

24

SECTION 2.6

Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes

25

SECTION 2.7

Registration of Transfer and Exchange

26

SECTION 2.8

Replacement Notes

30

SECTION 2.9

Outstanding Notes

30

SECTION 2.10

Treasury Notes

31

SECTION 2.11

Temporary Notes

31

SECTION 2.12

Cancellation

31

SECTION 2.13

Defaulted Interest

32

SECTION 2.14

CUSIP Numbers

32

SECTION 2.15

Deposit of Moneys

32

SECTION 2.16

Certain Matters Relating to Global Notes

33

SECTION 2.17

Record Date

33

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

REDEMPTION

 

 

 

SECTION 3.1

Optional Redemption

33

SECTION 3.2

Notices to Trustee

33

SECTION 3.3

Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed

34

SECTION 3.4

Notice of Redemption

34

SECTION 3.5

Effect of Notice of Redemption

35

SECTION 3.6

Deposit of Redemption Price

36

SECTION 3.7

Notes Redeemed in Part

36

SECTION 3.8

Special Tax Redemption

36

 

-i-



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COVENANTS

 

 

 

SECTION 4.1

Payment of Notes

37

SECTION 4.2

Maintenance of Office or Agency

37

SECTION 4.3

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness

38

SECTION 4.4

Limitation on Liens

40

SECTION 4.5

Ownership of the Issuer

40

SECTION 4.6

Existence

40

SECTION 4.7

Maintenance of Properties

40

SECTION 4.8

Payment of Taxes and Other Claims

41

SECTION 4.9

Maintenance of Insurance

41

SECTION 4.10

Reports

41

SECTION 4.11

Change of Control

42

SECTION 4.12

Additional Amounts

44

SECTION 4.13

Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default

45

SECTION 4.14

Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions

45

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

SUCCESSOR ISSUER OR GUARANTOR

 

 

 

SECTION 5.1

Limitation on Mergers and Sales of Assets

46

SECTION 5.2

Successor Entity Substituted

47

SECTION 5.3

Substitution of the Issuer

47

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

 

 

SECTION 6.1

Events of Default

48

SECTION 6.2

Acceleration

49

SECTION 6.3

Other Remedies

49

SECTION 6.4

The Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes

50

SECTION 6.5

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

50

SECTION 6.6

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

50

SECTION 6.7

Waiver of Past Defaults

50

SECTION 6.8

Control by Majority

50

SECTION 6.9

Limitation on Suits

51

SECTION 6.10

Rights of Holders To Receive Payment

51

SECTION 6.11

Collection Suit by Trustee

51

SECTION 6.12

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

51

SECTION 6.13

Priorities

52

SECTION 6.14

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

52

SECTION 6.15

Undertaking for Costs

53

SECTION 6.16

Notices of Default

53

 

-ii-



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

TRUSTEE

 

 

 

SECTION 7.1

Duties of Trustee

53

SECTION 7.2

Rights of Trustee

54

SECTION 7.3

Individual Rights of Trustee

55

SECTION 7.4

Trustee’s Disclaimer

55

SECTION 7.5

Notice of Default

55

SECTION 7.6

Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes

56

SECTION 7.7

Compensation and Indemnity

56

SECTION 7.8

Replacement of Trustee

57

SECTION 7.9

Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.

58

SECTION 7.10

Eligibility; Disqualification

59

SECTION 7.11

Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company

59

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

 

 

 

SECTION 8.1

Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

59

SECTION 8.2

Legal Defeasance and Discharge

59

SECTION 8.3

Covenant Defeasance

60

SECTION 8.4

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

60

SECTION 8.5

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

61

SECTION 8.6

Survival of Certain Obligations

62

SECTION 8.7

Acknowledgment of Discharge by Trustee

62

SECTION 8.8

Application of Trust Moneys

62

SECTION 8.9

Repayment to the Issuer; Unclaimed Money

62

SECTION 8.10

Reinstatement

63

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

 

 

SECTION 9.1

Without Consent of Holders of Notes

64

SECTION 9.2

With Consent of Holders of Notes

64

SECTION 9.3

Notice of Amendment, Supplement or Waiver

65

SECTION 9.4

Revocation and Effect of Consents

65

SECTION 9.5

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

66

SECTION 9.6

Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc.

66

 

 

 

ARTICLE X

 

NOTE GUARANTEE

 

 

 

SECTION 10.1

Note Guarantee

66

 

-iii-



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

SECTION 10.2

Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantees

70

SECTION 10.3

Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms

70

SECTION 10.4

Release of Guarantors

70

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

SECTION 11.1

Notices

71

SECTION 11.2

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

73

SECTION 11.3

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

73

SECTION 11.4

Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar

74

SECTION 11.5

Legal Holidays

74

SECTION 11.6

Governing Law

74

SECTION 11.7

Submission to Jurisdiction

74

SECTION 11.8

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

75

SECTION 11.9

Successors

75

SECTION 11.10

Counterpart Originals

75

SECTION 11.11

Severability

75

SECTION 11.12

Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.

75

SECTION 11.13

Trust Indenture Act Controls

76

SECTION 11.14

Currency Indemnity

76

SECTION 11.15

Information

76

 

-iv-



 

EXHIBITS

 

Exhibit A

-

Form of Initial Global Note

Exhibit B

-

Form of Initial Definitive Note

Exhibit C

-

Form of Note Guarantee

Exhibit D

-

Form of Transfer Certificate for Transfer from Rule 144A Global Note to Regulation S Global Note

Exhibit E

-

Form of Transfer Certificate for Transfer from Regulation S Global Note to Rule 144A Global Note

 

NOTE:                     This Table of Contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

 

-v-



 

INDENTURE dated as of September 14, 2011, among FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE US FINANCE II, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), as Issuer, FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA, a partnership limited by shares (Kommanditgesellschaft auf Aktien) organized under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany (the “Company”), FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE HOLDINGS, INC., a New York corporation (“FMCH”) and FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE DEUTSCHLAND GmbH, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany (“FMCD” and, together with the Company and FMCH, the “Guarantors”) and U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”).

 

The Issuer has duly authorized the creation and issuance of its 6.50% Senior Notes due 2018.  The Notes consist of (i) $400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of notes issued on the date hereof (the “Initial Notes”) and (ii) Additional Notes (as defined herein) that may be issued on any Issue Date (all such notes referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) being referred to as the “Notes”); and, to provide therefor, the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.  The Notes will be guaranteed (the “Note Guarantee”) on a senior unsecured basis by each Guarantor.  Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.  All things necessary to make the Notes, when duly issued and executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee hereunder, the valid obligations of the Issuer, and the Note Guarantee, when executed by each Guarantor and endorsed upon the Notes, the valid obligation of each Guarantor and to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Issuer and each Guarantor, have been done.

 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

SECTION 1.1                                                        Definitions .  As used in this Indenture, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

“Accounting Principles” means U.S. GAAP, or, upon adoption thereof by the Company and notice to the Trustee, IFRS or any other accounting standards which are generally acceptable in the jurisdiction of organization of the Company, approved by the relevant regulatory or other accounting bodies in that jurisdiction and internationally generally acceptable and, in the case of IFRS or such other accounting standards, as in effect from time to time.

 

“Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with any other Person or that is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person and, in each case, not Incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Subsidiary or such merger, consolidation or acquisition.

 

“Additional Amounts” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.12 hereof.

 

“Additional Notes” means additional 6.50% Senior Notes due 2018.

 



 

“Additional Taxing Jurisdiction” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.12 hereof.

 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means:

 

(1)                                   any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by, or

 

(2)                                   under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.

 

For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

“Agent” means the Paying Agent, any Registrar, Authenticating Agent or co-Registrar.

 

“Agent Members” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16.

 

“A/R Facility” means the accounts receivable facility established pursuant to the Fifth Amended and Restated Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of November 17, 2009 by and among NMC Funding Corporation, as transferor, National Medical Care, Inc., as initial collection agent, Compass US Acquisition LLC, and other conduit investors party thereto, the financial institutions party thereto, The Bank of Nova Scotia, Barclays Bank PLC, Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, New York Branch and Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agents, and WestLB AG, New York Branch, as administrative agent and as agent (as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restated or refinanced from time to time).

 

“Asset Disposition” means any direct or indirect sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease (other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business), assignment or other transfer for value by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) to any Person other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”), of:

 

(1)                                   any shares of Capital Stock of any Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or a Subsidiary),

 

(2)                                   all or substantially all the assets of any division or line of business of the Company or any Subsidiary, or

 

(3)                                   any other assets of the Company or any Subsidiary outside of the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Subsidiary,

 

other than, in the case of clauses (1), (2) and (3) above,

 

-2-



 

(A)                               a disposition of assets or issuance of Capital Stock by a Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Subsidiary to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary,

 

(B)                                 transactions permitted under Section 5.1, and

 

(C)                                 dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens, foreclosures on assets and any release of claims which have been written down or written off.

 

“Attributable Debt” means, in respect of any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, as of the time of determination, the total obligation (discounted to present value at the rate per annum equal to the discount rate which would be applicable to a Capital Lease Obligation with the like term in accordance with Accounting Principles) of the lessee for rental payments (other than amounts required to be paid on account of property taxes, maintenance, repairs, insurance, water rates and other items which do not constitute payments for property rights) during the remaining portion of the initial term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

 

“Authenticating Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

 

“Average Life” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

(1)                                   the sum of the products of numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment by,

 

(2)                                   the sum of all such payments.

 

“Bankruptcy Law” means (i) for purposes of the Company and FMCD organized under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany, any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws of general application (including, without limitation, the German Insolvency Code (“ Insolvenzordnung ”) and (ii) for purposes of the Issuer and FMCH, or the Trustee, Title 11, United States Code or any similar federal, state or foreign law for the relief of debtors.

 

“Board of Directors” means, with respect to the Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, the Board of Directors (or other body performing functions similar to any of those performed by a Board of Directors including those performed, in the case of a German stock corporation, by the management board or, in the case of a KGaA, by the General Partner) of such Person or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board (or other body).

 

“Board Resolution” means, with respect to the Issuer or a Guarantor, a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or a member of the Board of Directors or Management Board of the Issuer or such Guarantor to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors or the Management Board, or such committee of the Board of Directors or the Management Board or officers of the Issuer or such Guarantor to which authority to act on behalf of the Board of Directors or the Management Board has been delegated, and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee by the Issuer or the

 

-3-



 

Guarantor, as the case may be, and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely on such certification as conclusive evidence thereof.

 

“Business Day” means any day other than:

 

(1)                                   a Saturday or Sunday,

 

(2)                                   a day on which banking institutions in New York City, Frankfurt am Main or the jurisdiction of organization of the Issuer or of the office of the Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed, or

 

(3)                                   a day on which the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is closed for business.

 

“Capital Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with Accounting Principles, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation determined in accordance with Accounting Principles; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

 

“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

 

“Cash Management Arrangements” means the cash management arrangements of the Company and its Affiliates (including any Indebtedness arising thereunder) which arrangements are in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.

 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events:

 

(1)                                   so long as the Company is organized as a KGaA, if the General Partner of the Company charged with management of the Company shall at any time fail to be a Subsidiary of Fresenius SE, or if Fresenius SE shall fail at any time to own and control more than 25% of the capital stock with ordinary voting power in the Company;

 

(2)                                   if the Company is no longer organized as a KGaA, any event the result of which is that (A) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than Fresenius SE, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that such Person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such Person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company and (B) Fresenius SE does not “beneficially

 

-4-



 

own” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, in the aggregate a greater percentage of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company;

 

(3)                                   any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person or group of related Persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a “Group”), together with any Affiliates thereof (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions herein).

 

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of a Change of Control and a Ratings Decline.

 

“Closing Date” means the date of this Indenture.

 

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

“Company” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to this Indenture and thereafter means such successor.

 

“Consolidated Coverage Ratio” of any Person as of any date of determination means the ratio of (x) the aggregate amount of EBITDA for such Person’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of such determination to (y) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters; provided , however , that:

 

(1)                                   if such Person or any of its Subsidiaries has Incurred or repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged (in each case other than Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and any related commitment has been terminated) any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding or discharged or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence or discharge of Indebtedness, or both, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred or discharged on the first day of such period and the Incurrence or discharge of any other Indebtedness as if such Incurrence or discharge had occurred on the first day of such period,

 

(2)                                   if since the beginning of such period such Person or any of its Subsidiaries shall have made any Asset Disposition, the EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Asset Disposition for such period, or increased by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if negative), directly attributable thereto for such period and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with respect to such Person and its continuing Subsidiaries in connection with such Asset Disposition for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest

 

-5-



 

Expense for such period of credit and directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Subsidiary to the extent such Person and its continuing Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such Asset Disposition),

 

(3)                                   if since the beginning of such period such Person or any of its Subsidiaries (by merger or otherwise) shall have made an Investment in any Subsidiary (or any Person which becomes a Subsidiary) or an acquisition of assets, which constitutes all or substantially all of an operating unit of a business, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period, and

 

(4)                                   if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Subsidiary or was merged with or into such Person or any of its Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Asset Disposition, any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (2) or (3) above if made by such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person during such period, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Asset Disposition, Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period.

 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition of assets, the amount of income or earnings relating thereto and the amount of Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any Indebtedness Incurred in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company, as applicable. If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest of such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months).

 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total interest expense of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries, including the amortization of debt discount and premium, the interest component under capital leases and the implied interest component (if any) under any Receivables Financing, in each case on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with Accounting Principles.

 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the net income of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries (including, any net income attributable to non-controlling interest of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries), in each case as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with Accounting Principles; provided that extraordinary gains and losses shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income.

 

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the total amount of all assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with Accounting Principles, as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which the Company’s financial statements are available, less the sum of:

 

-6-



 

(1)                                   the Company’s consolidated current liabilities as of such quarter end, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with Accounting Principles; and

 

(2)                                   the Company’s consolidated assets that are properly classified as intangible assets as of such quarter end, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with Accounting Principles.

 

“Corporate Trust Office” means the address of the Trustee specified in Section 11.1, or such other address as to which the Trustee may, from time to time, give written notice to the Company.

 

“Covenant Defeasance” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.3.

 

“Credit Facility” means (i) the bank credit agreement entered into as of March 31, 2006 among the Company, FMCH, the other borrowers identified therein, the guarantors identified therein, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, as extended on September 29, 2010 and as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restated or refinanced from time to time (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) and (ii) the term loan credit agreement entered into as of March 31, 2006 among the Company, FMCH, the other borrowers identified therein, the guarantors identified therein, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, as extended on September 29, 2010 and as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restated or refinanced from time to time.

 

“Currency Agreement” means any foreign currency exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement.

 

“Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestration or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

“Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default (as defined herein).

 

“Default Interest Payment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.13.

 

“Defeasance Trust” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.4.

 

“Definitive Notes” means Notes in definitive registered form substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

 

“Depositary” or “DTC” means, with respect to the Notes issued in the form of one or more Global Notes, The Depository Trust Company or another Person designated as Depositary by the Company, which Person must be a depositary registered under the Exchange Act.

 

“Designated Government Obligations” means direct non-callable and non-redeemable obligations (in each case, with respect to the issuer thereof) of any member state of the European Union that is a member of the European Union as of the date of this Indenture or of the United States of America (including, in each case, any agency or instrumentality thereof), as

 

-7-



 

the case may be, the payment of which is secured by the full faith and credit of the applicable member state or of the United States of America, as the case may be.

 

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:

 

(1)                                   matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;

 

(2)                                   is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock; or

 

(3)                                   is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part,

 

in each case on or prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Notes; provided , however , that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an “asset sale” or “change of control” occurring prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the “asset sale” or “change of control” provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are not more favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than the provisions of Section 4.11.

 

“EBITDA” for any Person for any period means the sum of Consolidated Net Income of such Person, plus Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person plus the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

 

(1)                                   all income tax expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries,

 

(2)                                   depreciation expense, and

 

(3)                                   amortization expense, in each case for such period.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization of, a Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned Subsidiary shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income of such Subsidiary was included in calculating Consolidated Net Income and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to such Person by such Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to such Subsidiary or its stockholders.

 

“Event of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

 

“Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

-8-



 

“Finance Subsidiary” means any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company created for the sole purpose of issuing evidences of Indebtedness and which is subject to similar restrictions on its activities as the Issuer.

 

“Fresenius SE” means Fresenius SE & Co. KGaA, a partnership limited by shares ( Kommanditgesellschaft auf Aktien ) resulting from the change of legal form of Fresenius SE, a European Company (Societas Europaea) previously called Fresenius AG, a German stock corporation.

 

“General Partner” means Fresenius Medical Care Management AG, a German stock corporation, including its successors and assigns and other Persons, in each case who serve as the general partner ( persönlich haftender Gesellschafter ) of the Company from time to time.

 

“Global Notes” shall mean Notes in registered global form substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

 

“Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any Person (other than, in the case of subsidiaries, obligations which would not constitute Indebtedness) and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

 

(1)                                   to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation of such Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise), or

 

(2)                                   entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);

 

provided , however , that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.  The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

“Guarantee Agreement” means, in the context of a consolidation, merger or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of a Guarantor, an agreement by which the Surviving Person from such a transaction expressly assumes all of the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee.

 

“Guarantor” means each of the Company, FMCH and FMCD and any successor or additional Guarantor, unless released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

“Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement.

 

-9-



 

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

 

“IFRS” means international financial reporting standards and interpretations issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and adopted by the European Commission, as in effect from time to time.

 

“Incur” means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided , however , that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary. The term “Incurrence” when used as a noun shall have a correlative meaning. The accretion of principal of a non-interest bearing or other discount security shall be deemed the Incurrence of Indebtedness.

 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

 

(1)                                   the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of (A) indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed and (B) indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable,

 

(2)                                   all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person,

 

(3)                                   all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services, all conditional sale obligations of such Person and all obligations of such Person under any title retention agreement (other than (x) customary reservations or retentions of title under agreements with suppliers entered into in the ordinary course of business, (y) trade debt Incurred in the ordinary course of business and not overdue by 90 days or more and (z) obligations Incurred under a pension, retirement or deferred compensation program or arrangement regulated under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or the laws of a foreign government),

 

(4)                                   all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, bank guarantee, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction (except to the extent such reimbursement obligation relates to trade debt in the ordinary course of business and such reimbursement obligation is paid within 30 days after payment of the trade debt),

 

(5)                                   the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any subsidiary of such Person, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends),

 

(6)                                   all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (5) of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of which, in either case, such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by means of any Guarantee,

 

-10-



 

(7)                                   all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (6) of other Persons secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person), the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value of such property or assets or the amount of the obligation so secured, and

 

(8)                                   to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, Hedging Obligations of such Person.

 

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date. For the avoidance of doubt, the following will not be treated as Indebtedness:

 

(1)                                   Indebtedness Incurred in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self insurance obligations, performance, surety and similar bonds and completion guarantees provided in this ordinary course of business;

 

(2)                                   Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition or acquisition of any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Subsidiary, provided , that the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such Indebtedness (other than in respect of tax and environmental indemnities) shall at no time exceed, in the case of a disposition, the gross proceeds actually received by the Company and its Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition and, in the case of an acquisition, the fair market value of any business assets or Capital Stock acquired;

 

(3)                                   Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of the Incurrence.

 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

“Initial Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture.

 

“Interest Rate Agreement” means any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement or other similar financial agreement or arrangement.

 

“Investment” in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of such Person) or other extensions of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by such Person; provided , however , that advances, loans or other extensions of credit arising under the Cash Management Arrangements shall not be deemed Investments.

 

-11-



 

“Investment Grade” means a rating of BBB- or higher by S&P and Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such ratings by S&P or Moody’s and the equivalent in respect of rating categories of any Rating Agencies substituted for S&P or Moody’s.

 

“Investment Grade Status” exists as of any time if at such time both (i) the rating assigned to the Notes by Moody’s is at least Baa3 (or the equivalent) or higher and (ii) the rating assigned to the Notes by S&P is at least BBB- (or the equivalent) or higher and the equivalent in respect of rating categories of any Rating Agencies substituted for S&P or Moody’s.

 

“Issue Date” means the date on which any Notes are issued.

 

“Issuer” means Fresenius Medical Care US Finance II, Inc. until a successor replaces it pursuant to this Indenture and thereafter means such successor.

 

“Issuer Order” means a written order or request signed in the name of the Issuer by a Responsible Officer of the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee by the Issuer.

 

“KGaA” means a German partnership limited by shares ( Kommanditgesellschaft auf Aktien ).

 

“Legal Defeasance” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

 

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

 

“Listing Agent” means BNP Paribas Securities Services, Luxembourg Branch.

 

“Luxembourg Paying Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

 

“Maturity Date” means September 15, 2018.

 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.

 

“Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by a Guarantor of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes.

 

“Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Indenture.

 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Responsible Officers of the Issuer or of any Guarantor.

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer, a Guarantor or the Trustee.

 

“Paying Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

 

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

 

-12-



 

(1)                                   pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits or cash or Designated Government Obligations to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(2)                                   Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith if a reserve or other appropriate provisions, if any, as are required by Accounting Principles have been made in respect thereof;

 

(3)                                   Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good faith provided appropriate reserves, if any, as are required by Accounting Principles have been made in respect thereof;

 

(4)                                   Liens in favor of issuers of surety or performance bonds or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

 

(5)                                   encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

(6)                                   Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligation or Interest Rate Agreement;

 

(7)                                   leases, subleases and licenses of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and leases, subleases and licenses of other assets in the ordinary course of business;

 

(8)                                   judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

 

(9)                                   Liens for the purpose of securing the payment (or the refinancing of the payment) of all or a part of the purchase price of, or Capital Lease Obligations with respect to, assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business; provided that:

 

-13-



 

(a)                                   the aggregate principal amount secured by such Liens does not exceed the cost of the assets or property so acquired or constructed; and

 

(b)                                  such Liens are created within 180 days of construction or acquisition of such assets or property (or, upon a refinancing, replace Liens created within such period) and do not encumber any other assets or property of the Company or any Subsidiary other than such assets or property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto;

 

(10)                             Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution; provided that such deposit account is not intended by the Company or any Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depositary institution;

 

(11)                             Liens arising from United States Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings (or similar filings in other applicable jurisdictions) regarding operating leases entered into by the Company and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(12)                             Liens existing on the Closing Date (other than Liens under clause (19));

 

(13)                             Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Subsidiary; provided further, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

(14)                             Liens on property at the time the Company or a Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

(15)                             Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company to a Subsidiary or of a Subsidiary owing to the Company or a Subsidiary;

 

(16)                             Liens securing the Notes and all other Indebtedness which by its terms must be secured if the Notes are secured;

 

(17)                             Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness that was previously secured (other than Liens under clause (19)); provided , that such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets that secured the Indebtedness refinanced;

 

(18)                             Liens arising by operation of law or by agreement to the same effect in the ordinary course of business;

 

-14-



 

(19)                             Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations under the Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured thereby not to exceed the greater of (x) $4.6 billion, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that could be incurred under the Credit Facility as of March 31, 2006, and (y) 2.5 times the Company’s aggregate EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available;

 

(20)                             Liens securing the A/R Facility; and

 

(21)                             other Liens securing Indebtedness having an aggregate principal amount, measured as of the date of creation of any such Lien and the date of Incurrence of any such Indebtedness, not to exceed 5% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency, instrumentality or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity.

 

“Preferred Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation.

 

“Private Placement Legend” means the legend set forth in Section 2.7(f).

 

“Prospectus/Offering Memorandum” means that certain Prospectus/Offering Memorandum dated as of September 8, 2011 relating to the Initial Notes and the €400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.50% Senior Notes due 2018 of FMC Finance VIII S.A..

 

“Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock which is not Disqualified Stock.

 

“Rating Agencies” means:

 

(1)                                   S&P and

 

(2)                                   Moody’s, or

 

(3)                                   if S&P or Moody’s or both shall not make a rating of the Notes publicly available, despite the Company using its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such a rating, a nationally recognized securities rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company, which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be.

 

“Rating Category” means:

 

(1)                                   with respect to S&P, any of the following categories:  BB, B, CCC, CC, C and D (or equivalent successor categories),

 

-15-



 

(2)                                   with respect to Moody’s, any of the following categories:  Ba, B, Caa, Ca, C and D (or equivalent successor categories), and

 

(3)                                   the equivalent of any such category of S&P or Moody’s used by another rating agency.  In determining whether the rating of the Notes has decreased by one or more gradations, gradations within rating categories (+ and - for S&P, 1, 2 and 3 for Moody’s; or the equivalent gradations for another rating agency) shall be taken into account ( e.g ., with respect to S&P, a decline in a rating from BB+ to BB, as well as from BB- to B+, which constitute a decrease of one gradation).

 

“Rating Date” means the date which is 90 days prior to the earlier of (1) a Change of Control and (2) public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control or of the intention by the Company or any Person to effect a Change of Control.

 

“Ratings Decline” means the occurrence on or within 90 days after the date of the first public notice of either the occurrence of a Change of Control or of a transaction which will effect a Change of Control, whichever is earlier (which period shall be extended so long as any Rating Agency has publicly announced that it is considering a possible downgrade of the Notes) of (1) in the event the Notes are rated by either Moody’s or S&P on the Rating Date as Investment Grade, a decrease in the rating of the Notes by both Rating Agencies to a rating that is below Investment Grade, or (2) in the event the Notes are rated below Investment Grade by both Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, a decrease in the rating of the Notes by either Rating Agency by one or more gradations (including gradations within Rating Categories as well as between Rating Categories).

 

“Receivables Financings” means:

 

(1)                                   the A/R Facility, and

 

(2)                                   any financing transaction or series of financing transactions that have been or may be entered into by the Company or a Subsidiary pursuant to which the Company or a Subsidiary may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to a Subsidiary or Affiliate, or any other Person, or may grant a security interest in, any receivables or interests therein secured by the merchandise or services financed thereby (whether such receivables are then existing or arising in the future) of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and any assets related thereto, including without limitation, all security interests in merchandise or services financed thereby, the proceeds of such receivables, and other assets which are customarily sold or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with securitization transactions involving such assets.

 

“Record Date” means the Record Dates specified in the Notes.

 

“Redemption Date” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and Paragraph 8 of the Notes.

 

“Redemption Price” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and Paragraphs 8 and 9 of the Notes.

 

-16-



 

“Refinance” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness. “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

 

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that Refinances any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary existing on the Closing Date or Incurred in compliance with Section 4.3, including Indebtedness that Refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided , however , that:

 

(1)                                   such Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced,

 

(2)                                   such Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being Refinanced, and

 

(3)                                   such Refinancing Indebtedness has an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding or committed (plus fees and expenses, including any premium and defeasance costs) under the Indebtedness being Refinanced; provided further , however , that Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness of the Company or (y) Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness of another Subsidiary.

 

“Registrar” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S (including any successor regulation thereto) under the Securities Act, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

“Regulated Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange” means the regulated market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, a market appearing on the list of regulated markets issued by the European Community pursuant to Directive 2004/39EC of April 21, 2004 on markets in financial instruments.

 

“Regulation S Global Note” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

 

“Regulation S Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

 

“Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction” shall have the meaning set forth in Paragraph 2 of the Notes.

 

“Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, senior vice president—finance, treasurer, assistant treasurer, managing director, management board member or director of a company (or in the case of the Company, a Responsible Officer of its General Partner, other managing entity or other Person authorized to act on its behalf, and if such Person is also a partnership, limited liability company or similarly organized

 

-17-



 

entity, a Responsible Officer of the entity that may be authorized to act on behalf of such Person).

 

“Restricted Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(b) hereof.

 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 (including any successor regulation thereto) under the Securities Act, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A (including any successor regulation thereto) under the Securities Act, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

“Rule 144A Global Note” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.

 

“Rule 144A Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.

 

“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any direct or indirect arrangement with any Person or to which any such Person is a party, providing for the leasing to the Issuer or any Guarantor or a Subsidiary of any property, whether owned by the Issuer, a Guarantor or any Subsidiary at the Closing Date or later acquired, which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer, a Guarantor or such Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person from whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such property.

 

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or if at any time after the execution of this Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.

 

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company secured by a Lien.

 

“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 or any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

 

“Significant Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person that satisfies the criteria for a “significant subsidiary” set forth in Rule 1.02 of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act.

 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Corporation and its successors.

 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency unless such contingency has occurred).

 

“Subordinated Obligation” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Closing Date or thereafter Incurred) that is subordinate or junior in

 

-18-



 

right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement to that effect.

 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by:

 

(1)                                   such Person;

 

(2)                                   such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person; or

 

(3)                                   one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

Unless otherwise provided, all references to a Subsidiary shall be a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

“Successor” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3.

 

“Surviving Person” means, with respect to any Person involved in any merger, consolidation or other business combination or the sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of such Person’s assets, the Person formed by or surviving such transaction or the Person to which such disposition is made.

 

“Tax Redemption Date” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and Paragraph 9 of the Notes.

 

“Taxes” shall have the meaning set forth in Paragraph 2 of the Notes.

 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture; provided , however , that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, “TIA” means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.

 

“Treasury Rate” means, with respect to a Redemption Date, the yield to maturity at the time of computation of United States Treasury securities with a constant maturity (as compiled and published in the most recent Federal Reserve Statistical Release H. 15(519) that has become publicly available at least two Business Days prior to such Redemption Date (or, if such Statistical Release is no longer published, any publicly available source of similar market data)) most nearly equal to the period from such Redemption Date to September 15, 2018; provided, however, that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date is not equal to the constant maturity of a United States Treasury security for which a weekly average yield is given, the Treasury Rate shall be obtained by linear interpolation (calculated to the nearest one-twelfth of a year) from the weekly average yields of United States Treasury securities for which such yields are given, except that if the period from the Redemption Date to such date is less than one year, the weekly average yield on actually traded United States Treasury securities adjusted to a constant maturity of one year shall be used.

 

-19-



 

“Trust Officer” means any officer of the Trustee (or any successor of the Trustee), including any director, managing director, vice president, assistant vice president, corporate trust officer, assistant corporate trust officer, associate or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at that time shall be such officers, and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such trust matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 

“Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means such successor.

 

“U.S. GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time, including those set forth in:

 

(1)                                   the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants,

 

(2)                                   statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board,

 

(3)                                   such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, and

 

(4)                                   the rules and regulations of the SEC governing the inclusion of financial statements (including pro forma financial statements) in periodic reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act, including opinions and pronouncements in staff accounting bulletins and similar written statements from the accounting staff of the SEC.

 

“Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof.

 

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary all the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares held by other Persons to the extent such shares are required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than its parent or a Subsidiary of its parent) is owned by the Company or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, or by the Company and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.

 

SECTION 1.2                                                        Rules of Construction .  Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)                                   a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(b)                                  an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with Accounting Principles;

 

(c)                                   “or” is not exclusive;

 

-20-



 

(d)                                  words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;

 

(e)                                   provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

 

(f)                                     “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

 

SECTION 1.3                                                        Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .

 

Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in, and made a part of, this Indenture.

 

The following TIA terms have the following meanings:

 

“indenture securities” means the Notes and any Note Guarantee;

 

“indenture security holder” means a Holder;

 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee;

 

“obligor” on the Notes means the Issuer and any successor obligor upon the Notes or any Guarantor.

 

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by the Commission rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them therein.

 

ARTICLE II

 

THE NOTES

 

SECTION 2.1                                                        Form and Dating .  The Notes and the notation relating to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication thereof, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A (in the case of Global Notes) and Exhibit B (in the case of the Definitive Notes), as applicable.  The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage.  The Issuer and the Trustee shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement on them not inconsistent with the terms of this Indenture.  Each Note shall be dated the Issue Date and shall show the date of its authentication.

 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes, annexed hereto as Exhibits A and B , shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee and the Paying Agent, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.  The Notes will initially be represented by the Global Notes.  Definitive Notes will be issued in exchange for Global Notes only in accordance with Section 2.6(a).

 

-21-



 

As long as the Notes are in global form, the Paying Agent (in lieu of the Trustee) shall be responsible for:

 

(1)                                   paying sums due on the Global Notes; and

 

(2)                                   arranging on behalf of and at the expense of the Issuer for notices to be communicated to Holders in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

Each reference in this Indenture to the performance of duties set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above by the Trustee includes performance of such duties by the Paying Agent.

 

Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance on Regulation S shall be initially issued as one or more global notes, in registered, global form without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, with such applicable legends as are provided in Section 2.7(f)(ii), except as otherwise permitted herein, and shall be referred to collectively herein as the “Regulation S Global Note.”  The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee (following receipt by the Trustee of all the information required hereunder), as hereinafter provided (or by the issue of a further Regulation S Global Note), in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note or in consequence of the issue of Definitive Notes or Additional Notes in the form of Regulation S Global Notes, as hereinafter provided.  The Regulation S Global Note and all other Notes that are not Rule 144A Notes shall collectively be referred to herein as the “Regulation S Notes.”

 

Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance on Rule 144A shall be initially issued as one or more global notes in registered, global form without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, with such applicable legends as are provided in Section 2.7(f)(ii), except as otherwise permitted herein, and shall be referred to collectively herein as the “Rule 144A Global Note.”  The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee (following receipt by the Trustee of all information required hereunder), as hereinafter provided (or by the issue of a further Rule 144A Global Note), in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note, or in consequence of the issue of Definitive Notes or Additional Rule 144A Global Notes, as hereinafter provided.  The Rule 144A Global Note and all other Notes (excluding interests in Rule 144A Global Notes which are transferred in accordance with Section 2.7(a) hereunder), if any, evidencing the debt, or any portion of the debt, initially evidenced by such Rule 144A Global Note, shall collectively be referred to herein as the “Rule 144A Notes.”

 

SECTION 2.2                                                        Execution and Authentication .  One Responsible Officer of or one Person duly authorized by all requisite corporate actions by the Issuer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

 

If a Responsible Officer whose signature is on a Note was a Responsible Officer at the time of such execution but no longer holds that office or position at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.  The Trustee shall be entitled to rely

 

-22-



 

on such signature as authentic and shall be under no obligation to make any investigation in relation thereto.

 

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note.  The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, the aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be outstanding at any time under this Indenture is not limited in amount.  The Trustee shall authenticate such Notes, which shall consist of (i) Initial Notes for original issue on the Closing Date in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed $400,000,000 and (ii) Additional Notes from time to time for issuance after the Closing Date to the extent otherwise permitted hereunder (including, without limitation, under Section 4.3 hereof), in each case upon receipt of an Issuer Order.  Additional Notes will be treated the same as the Initial Notes for all purposes under this Indenture, including, without limitation, for purposes of waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase.  Such Issuer Order shall specify the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be authenticated, the type of Notes, the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, the issue price and the date from which interest on such Notes shall accrue, whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Additional Notes and whether or not the Notes shall bear the Private Placement Legend, or such other information as the Trustee may reasonably request.  In authenticating the Notes and accepting the responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to the Notes, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that the form and terms thereof have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture, do not give rise to a Default and that the issuance of such Notes has been duly authorized by the Issuer.  Upon receipt of an Issuer Order, the Trustee shall authenticate Notes in substitution for Notes originally issued to reflect any name change of the Issuer.

 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent (“Authenticating Agent”) reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes.  Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such Authenticating Agent.  An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Issuer and Affiliates of the Issuer.

 

The Notes shall be issuable only in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

SECTION 2.3                                                        Registrar and Paying Agent .  The Issuer shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”), (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment and (iii) upon issuance of Definitive Notes, an office or agency where Definitive Notes may be presented for payment to the Luxembourg Paying Agent.  The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange.  At the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders.  The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents.  The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the term “Paying Agent” includes any additional paying

 

-23-



 

agent.  The Issuer may change any Paying Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.  The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture.  If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar or Paying Agent, the Trustee shall act as such.  The Issuer, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar to the extent permitted under applicable laws or regulations.

 

The Issuer shall notify the Trustee and the Trustee shall notify the Holders of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture.  The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the provisions of the TIA.  The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture and the Notes that relate to such Agent.  The Issuer shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent.  If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar or Paying Agent, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such, and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with Section 7.7 hereof.

 

The Issuer initially appoints the Trustee to act as the Registrar and Paying Agent.  If and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Regulated Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such stock exchange so require, the Issuer shall appoint Deutsche Bank Luxembourg, or such other Person located in Luxembourg and reasonably acceptable to the Trustee (reasonableness to be determined objectively), as the Luxembourg paying and transfer agent (together with its successor in such capacity, the “Luxembourg Paying Agent”).

 

The Issuer initially appoints DTC to act as the Depositary with respect to the Global Notes.

 

SECTION 2.4                                                        Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust .  The Issuer shall require the Paying Agent to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all assets held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, Additional Amounts, if any, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes, and shall promptly notify the Trustee of any Default by the Issuer in making any such payment.  The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to distribute all assets held by it to the Trustee and account for any assets distributed and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any payment Default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to distribute all assets held by it to the Trustee and to account for any assets distributed.  Upon distribution to the Trustee of all assets that shall have been delivered by the Issuer to the Paying Agent pursuant to this Section 2.4, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for such assets.

 

SECTION 2.5                                                        List of Holders .  The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders.  If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee within two Business Days after each Record Date as of such Record Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list as of such date and in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders, which list may be conclusively relied upon by the Trustee.

 

-24-



 

SECTION 2.6                                                        Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes .  The Global Notes initially shall (i) be registered in the name of the DTC or its nominee, (ii) be delivered to the DTC or its custodian and (iii) bear the following legend:

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY.  THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE TO THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

(a)                                   Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the DTC to a nominee of the DTC or by a nominee of the DTC to the DTC or another successor of the DTC or a nominee of such successor.  Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Definitive Notes in accordance with the rules and procedures of the DTC and the provisions of Section 2.7.  All Global Notes shall be exchanged by the Issuer (with authentication by the Trustee) for one or more Definitive Notes, if (a) the DTC (i) has notified the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as Depositary and (ii) a successor to the DTC has not been appointed by the Issuer within 90 days of such notification, (b) the DTC so requests following an Event of Default hereunder or (c) in whole (but not in part) at any time if the Issuer in its sole discretion determines.  If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Issuer shall, at the written request delivered through the DTC, exchange all or part of a Global Note for one or more Definitive Notes (with authentication by the Trustee); provided, however, that the principal amount of such Definitive Notes and such Global Note after such exchange shall be $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.  Whenever all of a Global Note is exchanged for one or more Definitive Notes, it shall be surrendered by the Holder thereof to the Trustee for cancellation.  Whenever a part of a Global Note is exchanged for one or more Definitive Notes, the Global Note shall be surrendered by the Holder thereof to the Paying Agent who together with the Trustee, following such surrender, shall cause an adjustment to be made to Schedule A of such Global Note such that the principal amount of such Global Note will be equal to the portion of such Global Note not exchanged and shall thereafter return such Global Note to such Holder.  A Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note other than as provided in this Section 2.6(a).

 

(b)                                  In connection with the transfer of Global Notes as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to Section 2.6(a), the Global Notes shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Paying Agent for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall upon written instructions from the Issuer authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Notes, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.

 

-25-



 

(c)                                   Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.6(a) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.7, bear the Private Placement Legend.

 

SECTION 2.7                                                        Registration of Transfer and Exchange .  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, so long as a Note remains outstanding, transfers of beneficial interests in Global Notes or transfers of Definitive Notes, in whole or in part, shall be made only in accordance with this Section 2.7.

 

(a)                                   If a holder of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in the Regulation S Global Note, or to transfer its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of an interest in such Regulation S Global Note, such holder may, subject to the rules and procedures of the DTC, to the extent applicable, and to the requirements set forth in this Section 2.7(a), exchange or cause the exchange or transfer or cause the transfer of such interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note.  Such exchange or transfer shall only be made upon receipt by the Paying Agent, as transfer agent, at its Corporate Trust Office or, so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Regulated Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of that exchange so require, upon receipt by the Luxembourg Paying Agent, as transfer agent, at its office in Luxembourg of (1) written instructions given in accordance with the procedures of the DTC, to the extent applicable, from or on behalf of a holder of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note directing the Paying Agent, as transfer agent, to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to be exchanged or transferred, (2) a written order given in accordance with the procedures of the DTC, to the extent applicable, containing information regarding the account to be credited with such increase and the name of such account, and (3) a certificate in the form of Exhibit D given by the holder of such beneficial interest stating that the exchange or transfer of such interest has been made pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144 under the Securities Act.  Upon such receipt, the Paying Agent, as transfer agent, shall promptly deliver instructions to the DTC, to reduce or reflect on its records a reduction of the Rule 144A Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred from the relevant participant, and the Paying Agent, as transfer agent, shall promptly deliver instructions to the DTC concurrently with such reduction, to increase or reflect on its records an increase of the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions of a beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note equal to the reduction in the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note.

 

(b)                                  If a holder of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Regulation S Global Note for an interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, or to transfer its interest in such Regulation S Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of an interest in such Rule 144A Global Note, such holder may, subject to the rules and procedures of the DTC, to the extent applicable, and to the requirements set forth in this Section 2.7(b), exchange or cause the exchange or transfer or cause

 

-26-



 

the transfer of such interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note.  Such exchange or transfer shall only be made upon receipt by the Paying Agent, as transfer agent, at its Corporate Trust Office or, so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Regulated Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of that exchange so require, upon receipt by the Luxembourg Paying Agent, as transfer agent, at its office in Luxembourg of (l) instructions given in accordance with the procedures of the DTC, to the extent applicable, from or on behalf of a beneficial owner of an interest in the Regulation S Global Note directing the Paying Agent, as transfer agent, to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to be exchanged or transferred, (2) a written order given in accordance with the procedures of the DTC, to the extent applicable, containing information regarding the account to be credited with such increase and the name of such account, and (3) prior to or on the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Notes and the relevant Issue Date (the “Restricted Period”), a certificate in the form of Exhibit E given by the holder of such beneficial interest and stating that the Person transferring such interest in such Regulation S Note reasonably believes that the Person acquiring such interest in such Rule 144A Note is a Qualified Institutional Buyer (as defined in Rule 144A) and is obtaining such beneficial interest in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.  Upon such receipt, the Paying Agent, as transfer agent, shall promptly deliver instructions to the DTC to reduce or reflect on its records a reduction of the Regulation S Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note to be exchanged or transferred, and the Paying Agent, as transfer agent, shall promptly deliver instructions to the DTC concurrently with such reduction, to increase or reflect on its records an increase of the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note equal to the reduction in the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note.  After the expiration of the Restricted Period, the certification requirement set forth in clause (3) of the second sentence of this Section 2.7(b) will no longer apply to such transfers.

 

(c)                                   Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest.

 

(d)                                  In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes in registered form without interest coupons, pursuant to Section 2.6(a), or a Definitive Note in registered form without interest coupons is exchanged for another such Definitive Note in registered form without interest coupons, or a Definitive Note is exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, such Notes may be exchanged or transferred for one another only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of Sections 2.7(b) and (c) above (including the certification requirements intended to ensure that such exchanges or transfers comply with Rule 144, Rule 144A or Regulation S, as the case may be) and as may be from time to time adopted by the Issuer and the Trustee.

 

-27-



 

(e)                                   Prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be exchanged or transferred in accordance with the certification requirements hereof.

 

(f)                                     (i)  Other than in the case of Notes issued pursuant to a registration statement which has been declared effective under the Securities Act, each Note issued hereunder shall, upon issuance, bear the legend set forth in clause (ii) below (the “Private Placement Legend”) and such legend shall not be removed from such Note except as provided in the next sentence.  The legend on a Note may be removed from a Note if there is delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee such satisfactory evidence, which may include an opinion of independent counsel licensed to practice law in the State of New York, as may be reasonably required by the Issuer and the Trustee, that neither such legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers of such Note will not violate the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and the Issuer and the Trustee consent to such removal.  Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Trustee, at the written direction of the Issuer, shall authenticate and deliver in exchange for such Note another Note or Notes having an equal aggregate principal amount that does not bear such legend.  If such a legend required for a Note has been removed from a Note as provided above, no other Note issued in exchange for all or any part of such Note shall bear such legend, unless the Issuer has reasonable cause to believe that such other Note is a “restricted security” within the meaning of Rule 144 and instructs the Trustee to cause a legend to appear thereon.

 

(ii)                                   To the extent required by paragraph (f)(i) above, the Notes shall bear the following legend on the face thereof:

 

“THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1)(a) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (b) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144

 

-28-



 

THEREUNDER (IF APPLICABLE) OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), (2) TO THE ISSUER OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY.”

 

(g)                                  By its acceptance of any Note bearing the Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.

 

Neither the Trustee nor the Paying Agent shall have any obligation or duty to monitor, and shall not be liable for any failure to, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Agent Members or beneficial owners of interest in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.6 or this Section 2.7.  The Issuer shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.

 

(h)                                  Definitive Notes shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Definitive Note for registration of transfer.  When a Definitive Note is presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if its requirements for such transfers are met.  When Definitive Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met.  When a Definitive Note is presented to the Registrar with a request to transfer in part, the transferor shall be entitled to receive without charge a Definitive Note representing the balance of such Definitive Note not transferred.  To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes at the Registrar’s or co-registrar’s request.

 

(i)                                      The Issuer shall not be required to make, and the Registrar need not register transfers or exchanges of, Definitive Notes (i) for a period of 15 calendar days prior to any

 

-29-



 

date fixed for the redemption of the Notes, (ii) for a period of 15 calendar days immediately prior to the date fixed for selection of Notes to be redeemed in part, (iii) for a payment period of 15 calendar days prior to any Record Date, or (iv) that the registered Holder of Notes has tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control.

 

(j)                                      Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Definitive Note, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Definitive Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Definitive Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on such Definitive Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Definitive Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(k)                                   The Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes, assessments or other governmental charges in connection with any transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section 2.7.

 

(l)                                      All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture will evidence the same debt and will be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

 

(m)                                Holders of Notes (or holders of interests therein) initially offered or sold in the United States to “Qualified Institutional Buyers” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act pursuant to such rule and prospective purchasers designated by such Holders (or holders of interests therein) will have the right to obtain from the Issuer upon request by such Holders (or holders of interests therein) or prospective purchasers, during any period in which the Issuer is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or not exempt from reporting pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Exchange Act, the information required by paragraph d(4)(i) of Rule 144A in connection with any transfer or proposed transfer of such Notes.

 

SECTION 2.8                                                        Replacement Notes .  If a mutilated Definitive Note is surrendered to the Registrar, if a mutilated Global Note is surrendered to the Issuer or if the Holder of a Note claims that such Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note in such form as the Note being replaced in the manner specified in this Section 2.8.  If required by the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuer, such Holder must provide an indemnity bond or other indemnity, sufficient in the judgment of the Issuer, the Registrar and the Trustee, to protect the Issuer, the Registrar, the Trustee and any Agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced.  The Issuer may charge such Holder for its reasonable out of-pocket expenses in replacing a Note, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel.  Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuer.  The provisions of this Section 2.8 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement of mutilated, destroyed, lost, stolen or taken Notes.

 

SECTION 2.9                                                        Outstanding Notes .  Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the Global Note effected in accordance with the provisions

 

-30-



 

hereof and those described in this Section 2.9 as not outstanding.  Subject to Section 2.10, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or any of its Affiliates holds the Note.

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.8 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it, and upon which it shall be entitled to rely in accordance with Section 7.1(a), that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.  A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.8.

 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.1 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on it cease to accrue.

 

If on a Redemption Date or the Maturity Date the Paying Agent holds cash sufficient to pay all of the principal and interest due on the Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on such Notes cease to accrue.

 

SECTION 2.10                                                  Treasury Notes .  In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, the Guarantors or any of their Affiliates shall be disregarded, except that, for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only Notes that a Trust Officer actually knows are so owned shall be disregarded and the Trustee assumes no liability in relation to any other Notes.

 

The Issuer shall notify the Trustee, in writing, when it or any Guarantor or any of their Affiliates repurchases or otherwise acquires Notes, of the aggregate principal amount of such Notes so repurchased or otherwise acquired.  The Trustee may require an Officers’ Certificate, which shall promptly be provided upon receipt by the appropriate Responsible Officers of the requisite information, listing Notes owned by the Issuer, the Guarantors a Subsidiary of the Issuer or the Guarantors or an Affiliate of the Issuer or the Guarantors.

 

SECTION 2.11                                                  Temporary Notes .  Until permanent Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Issuer Order pursuant to Section 2.2.  The Officers’ Certificate shall specify the amount of temporary Definitive Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the temporary Definitive Notes are to be authenticated.  Temporary Definitive Notes shall be substantially in the form of permanent Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Definitive Notes.  Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate upon receipt of an Issuer Order pursuant to Section 2.2 permanent Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Definitive Notes.

 

SECTION 2.12                                                  Cancellation .  The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.  The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall promptly forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment.  The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent, and no one else, shall cancel and, at the written direction of the Issuer, shall dispose of (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation.  Upon

 

-31-



 

completion of any disposal, the Trustee shall deliver a certificate of such disposal to the Issuer, unless the Issuer directs the Trustee in writing to deliver the cancelled Notes to the Issuer or the Company.  Subject to Section 2.8, the Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.  If the Issuer shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.12.

 

SECTION 2.13                                                  Defaulted Interest .  If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Holder thereof on a subsequent special record date, which date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Issuer for the payment of defaulted interest.  The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee and Paying Agent in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each Note and the date of the proposed payment (a “Default Interest Payment Date”), and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or Paying Agent an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee or Paying Agent for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as in this Section 2.13; provided , however , that in no event shall the Issuer deposit monies proposed to be paid in respect of defaulted interest later than 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the proposed Default Interest Payment Date with respect to defaulted interest to be paid on the Note.  At least 15 days before the subsequent special record date, the Issuer shall mail to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice that states the subsequent special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid.

 

SECTION 2.14                                                  CUSIP Numbers .   The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use “CUSIP” numbers, and if it does so, the Trustee shall use the CUSIP numbers in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP numbers printed in the notice or on the Notes and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes.  The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee of any change in the CUSIP numbers.

 

SECTION 2.15                                                  Deposit of Moneys .  Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on each interest payment date and Maturity Date, the Issuer shall have deposited with the Trustee or its designated Paying Agent (which shall be the Paying Agent or its successor unless otherwise notified to the Issuer by the Trustee) in immediately available funds money sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such interest payment date or Maturity Date, as the case may be, on all Notes then outstanding.  Such payments shall be made by the Issuer in a timely manner which permits the Paying Agent to remit payment to the Holders on such interest payment date or Maturity Date, as the case may be.  Promptly upon receipt of such payment, the Paying Agent shall confirm by the medium chosen by the Paying Agent to the Issuer the receipt of such payment.

 

-32-



 

SECTION 2.16                                                  Certain Matters Relating to Global Notes .  Members of or participants in the DTC (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture or any Global Note with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the DTC or its nominee, and the DTC or its nominee may be treated by the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar and any agent of the Issuer or the Guarantors as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Guarantors from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the DTC or its nominee or impair, as between the DTC and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.

 

(a)                                   The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including DTC and its Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

SECTION 2.17                                                  Record Date .  Unless otherwise set forth in this Indenture, the record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted under this Indenture shall be determined as provided for in TIA § 316(c).

 

ARTICLE III

 

REDEMPTION

 

SECTION 3.1                                                        Optional Redemption .  The Issuer may redeem all or, from time to time, a part of the Notes, at its option, at a redemption price equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed plus accrued interest, if any, to the redemption date, plus the excess of:

 

(a)                                   as determined by the calculation agent (which shall initially be the Trustee), the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Notes being redeemed not including any portion of such payment of interest accrued on the date of redemption, from the redemption date to the maturity date, discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points; over

 

(b)                                  100% of the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed.

 

The Company shall certify to the Trustee the applicable Treasury Rate at the time of any such redemption.

 

SECTION 3.2                                                        Notices to Trustee .  If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Paragraphs 8 or 9 of such Notes, it shall notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent in writing of the Redemption Date and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed at least 15 days prior to the giving of the notice contemplated by Section 3.4 (or such shorter period as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall determine).  The Issuer shall give notice of redemption as required under the relevant paragraph of the Notes pursuant to which such Notes are being redeemed.

 

-33-



 

SECTION 3.3                                                        Selection of Notes To Be Redeemed .  In the case of any partial redemption, the Trustee will select the Notes for redemption in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which such Notes are listed, and/or in compliance with the requirements of the DTC, or if such Notes are not listed, on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall deem to be fair and appropriate (and in such manner as complies with applicable legal and exchange requirements); although no Note of $2,000 in original principal amount or less shall be redeemed in part.  If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, notice of redemption relating to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.  A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued and delivered to the Trustee, or in the case of Definitive Notes, issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.  The selections made by the Trustee pursuant to this Section 3.3 shall always be subject to Section 7.2(d).

 

SECTION 3.4                                                        Notice of Redemption .  At least 30 days but not more than 60 days before a Redemption Date or a Tax Redemption Date, as applicable, the Issuer shall, so long as the Notes are in global form, publish in a leading newspaper having a general circulation in New York (which is expected to be The Wall Street Journal) (and, if and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Regulated Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such stock exchange shall so require, publish in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ) or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu)) and notify the Holders, the Trustee and the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, if applicable, or in the case of Definitive Notes, in addition to such publication, mail to Holders (with a copy to the Trustee) by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at their respective addresses as they appear on the registration books of the Registrar.  At the Issuer’s request made at least 45 days before the Redemption Date or a Tax Redemption Date, as applicable (or such shorter period as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall determine), the Paying Agent shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense; provided , however , that the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee (in advance) an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth in full the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the following items.  Each notice for redemption shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

 

(a)                                   the Redemption Date or the Tax Redemption Date, as applicable;

 

(b)                                  the Redemption Prices and the amount of accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, to be paid (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest and Additional Amounts, if any, due on the relevant interest payment date);

 

(c)                                   the name and address of the designated Paying Agent;

 

(d)                                  that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the designated Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any;

 

-34-



 

(e)                                   that, unless the Issuer defaults in making the redemption payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on Notes called for redemption cease to accrue on and after the Redemption Date or the Tax Redemption Date, as applicable, and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the Redemption Price upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed;

 

(f)                                     (i) if any Global Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed and that, after the Redemption Date, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, shall cease to accrue on the portion called for redemption, and upon surrender of such Global Note (if applicable), the Global Note with a notation on Schedule A thereof adjusting the principal amount thereof to be equal to the unredeemed portion, will be returned and (ii) if any Definitive Note is being redeemed in part, the portion of the principal amount of such Note to be redeemed, and that, after the Redemption Date, upon surrender of such Definitive Note, a new Definitive Note or Notes in aggregate principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued in the name of the Holder thereof, upon cancellation of the original Note;

 

(g)                                  if fewer than all the Notes are to be redeemed, the identification of the particular Notes (or portion thereof) to be redeemed, as well as the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be redeemed and the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be outstanding after such partial redemption;

 

(h)                                  the paragraph of the Notes pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed; and

 

(i)                                      the CUSIP numbers, and that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the CUSIP numbers, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

 

Prior to the giving of any notice of redemption pursuant to Paragraph 9 of the Notes, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee (a) an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer stating that the Issuer is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to the right of the Issuer so to redeem have occurred and (b) an Opinion of Counsel qualified under the laws of the relevant jurisdiction to the effect that the Issuer has or will become obligated to pay such Additional Amounts as a result of a change in tax law, and that the Issuer cannot avoid such obligation by taking reasonable measures available to it.

 

SECTION 3.5                                                        Effect of Notice of Redemption .  Once notice of redemption is given in accordance with Section 3.4, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Redemption Date or the Tax Redemption Date, as applicable, and at the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any.  Upon surrender to the Trustee or Paying Agent, such Notes called for redemption shall be paid at the Redemption Price (which shall include accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, to the Redemption Date or Tax Redemption Date, as applicable), but installments of interest, the maturity of which is on or prior to the Redemption Date or the Tax Redemption Date, as applicable, shall be payable to Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates.

 

-35-



 

SECTION 3.6                                                        Deposit of Redemption Price .  Prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on the Redemption Date or the Tax Redemption Date, as applicable, the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or its designated Paying Agent (which shall be the Paying Agent or its successor unless otherwise notified to the Issuer by the Trustee) cash sufficient to pay the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest (subject to, as provided in the Notes, the right of Holders to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, of all Notes to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portion of Notes called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation.  The designated Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any cash so deposited which is not required for that purpose upon the written request of the Issuer.  Promptly upon receipt of such payment the Paying Agent shall confirm by the medium chosen by the Paying Agent to the Issuer the receipt of such payment.

 

If the Issuer complies with the preceding paragraph, then, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of such Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, interest and Additional Amounts on the Notes to be redeemed will cease to accrue on and after the applicable Redemption Date or Tax Redemption Date, whether or not such Notes are presented for payment.  With respect to Definitive Notes, if a Definitive Note is redeemed on or after an interest Record Date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date.  If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the Redemption Date or the Tax Redemption Date, as applicable, until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.1.

 

SECTION 3.7                                                        Notes Redeemed in Part .  Upon surrender and cancellation of a Definitive Note that is redeemed in part, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate for the Holder (at the Issuer’s expense) a new Definitive Note equal in principal amount to the unredeemed portion of the Definitive Note surrendered and canceled; provided , however , that each such Definitive Note shall be in a principal amount at maturity of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.  Upon surrender of a Global Note that is redeemed in part, the Paying Agent shall promptly forward such Global Note to the Trustee who shall make a notation on Schedule A thereof to reduce the principal amount of such Global Note to an amount equal to the unredeemed portion of the Global Note surrendered; provided , however , that each such Global Note shall be in a principal amount at maturity of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

SECTION 3.8                                                        Special Tax Redemption .  The Issuer is entitled to redeem the Notes, at its option, in whole but not in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest (if any) to the date of redemption (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), in the event the Issuer has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable with respect to the Notes, any additional amounts as a result of:

 

-36-



 

(a)                                   a change in or an amendment to the laws, treaties, regulations or rulings of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; or

 

(b)                                  any change in or amendment to any official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including by virtue of a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction);

 

which change or amendment to such laws or official position is announced and becomes effective after the issuance of the Notes; provided that the Issuer determines, in its reasonable judgment, that the obligation to pay such additional amounts cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to it; provided , further , that at the time such notice is given, such obligation to pay Additional Amounts remains in effect.

 

Notice of any such redemption must be given within 270 days of the earlier of the announcement or effectiveness of any such change.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COVENANTS

 

SECTION 4.1                                                        Payment of Notes .

 

(a)                                   The Issuer shall pay the principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes in the manner provided in such Notes and this Indenture.  An installment of principal of or interest, premium or Additional Amounts on the Notes shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or Paying Agent holds prior to 10:00 a.m. New York City time on that date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for, and sufficient to pay the installment in full and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

(b)                                  The Issuer shall pay, to the extent such payments are lawful, interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods), on any Additional Amounts, from time to time on demand at the rate borne by the Notes.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year comprised of twelve 30-day months.

 

SECTION 4.2                                                        Maintenance of Office or Agency .  The Issuer shall maintain the office or agency (which office may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-Registrar) required under Section 2.3 where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this Indenture may be served.  The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency.  If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 11.1.  The Issuer hereby initially designates the office of the Trustee, acting through its office at 100 Wall Street, Suite 1600, New York, New York 10005, as its office or agency as required under Section 2.3 hereof.  If the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on

 

-37-



 

the Regulated Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuer will appoint Deutsche Bank Luxembourg, or such other Person located in Luxembourg and reasonably acceptable to the Trustee (reasonableness to be determined objectively), as an additional paying and transfer agent.

 

SECTION 4.3                                                        Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness .

 

(a)                                   The Issuer and the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, Incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness; provided , however, that the Company and any Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness (and the Company and any Subsidiary may Incur Acquired Indebtedness) if on the date thereof:

 

(1)                                   the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company is at least 2.0 to 1.0; and

 

(2)                                   no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence of Incurring the Indebtedness.

 

(b)                                  The foregoing limitations contained in paragraph (a) do not apply to the Incurrence of any of the following Indebtedness:

 

(1)                                   Indebtedness Incurred under the Revolving Credit Facility in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1.2 billion outstanding at any time;

 

(2)                                   Indebtedness in respect of Receivables Financings in an aggregate principal amount which, together with all other Indebtedness in respect of Receivables Financings outstanding on the date of such Incurrence (other than Indebtedness permitted by paragraph (a) or clause (3) of this paragraph (b)), does not exceed 85% of the sum of (1) the total amount of accounts receivables shown on the Company’s most recent consolidated quarterly balance sheet, plus (2) without duplication, the total amount of accounts receivable already subject to a Receivables Financing;

 

(3)                                   Indebtedness of the Company owed to and held by another Guarantor, Indebtedness of a Wholly Owned Subsidiary owed to and held by another Wholly Owned Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Wholly Owned Subsidiary owing to and held by the Company; provided , however , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness (other than to the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in each case, to constitute the Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or the Subsidiary, as the case may be;

 

(4)                                   Indebtedness in respect of the Notes issued on the Closing Date, and the related Note Guarantees by the Company and the other Guarantors and indebtedness issued in respect of the €400,000,000 aggregate principal amount of 6.50% Senior Notes due 2018 of FMC Finance VIII S.A. (the “Euro Notes”) issued on the Closing Date, and the related Guarantees of the Euro Notes by the Company and the other Guarantors;

 

-38-



 

(5)                                   Capital Lease Obligations and Indebtedness Incurred, in each case, to provide all or a portion of the purchase price or cost of construction of an asset or, in the case of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction, to finance the value of such asset owned by the Company or a Subsidiary;

 

(6)                                   Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness of the type covered by clause (1) or clause (2)) outstanding on the Closing Date after giving effect to the application of proceeds from the Notes;

 

(7)                                   Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) or pursuant to clause (4) or (6) of this paragraph (b);

 

(8)                                   Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of the business and not for speculative purposes as determined in good faith by the Company;

 

(9)                                   customer deposits and advance payments received from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business;

 

(10)                             Indebtedness arising under the Cash Management Arrangements; and

 

(11)                             Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or a Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount which, together with all other Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries outstanding on the date of such Incurrence (other than Indebtedness permitted by paragraph (a) or clauses (1) through (10) of this paragraph (b)), does not exceed $900 million.

 

(c)                                   For purposes of determining compliance with the foregoing covenant:

 

(1)                                   in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described above, the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify and from time to time may reclassify such item of Indebtedness and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of the above clauses, provided that any Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date and Indebtedness Incurred under clause (b)(5) above may not be reclassified to clause (a) above; and

 

(2)                                   an item of Indebtedness may be divided and classified, or reclassified, in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described above, provided that any Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date and Indebtedness Incurred under clause (b)(5) above may not be reclassified to clause (a) above.

 

(d)                                  If during any period the Notes have achieved and continue to maintain Investment Grade Status and no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (such period is referred to herein as an “Investment Grade Status Period”), then upon notice by the Company to the Trustee by the delivery of an Officers’ Certificate that it has achieved Investment Grade Status, this covenant will be suspended and will not during such period be applicable to the Company and its Subsidiaries and shall only again be applicable if such Investment Grade Status Period ends.

 

-39-



 

No action taken during an Investment Grade Status Period or prior to an Investment Grade Status Period in compliance with this Section 4.3 will require reversal or constitute a default under the Notes in the event that this Section 4.3 is subsequently reinstated or suspended, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 4.4                                                        Limitation on Liens .  The Issuer and the Company may not, and may not permit any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries to directly, or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock), whether owned on the date hereof or acquired after that date, securing any Indebtedness, unless contemporaneously with (or prior to) the Incurrence of the Liens effective provision is made to secure the Indebtedness due under this Indenture and the Notes, equally and ratably with (or prior to in the case of Liens with respect to Subordinated Obligations) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien for so long as such Indebtedness is so secured.

 

SECTION 4.5                                                        Ownership of the Issuer .  The Company will continue to directly or indirectly maintain 100% ownership of the Capital Stock of the Issuer or any permitted successor of the Issuer, provided , that any permitted successor of the Company may succeed to the Company’s ownership of such Capital Stock.

 

The Company will cause the Issuer or its successor to engage only in those activities that are necessary, convenient or incidental to issuing and selling the Notes and any additional Indebtedness permitted under Section 4.3 (including the Issuer’s Guarantee of the Credit Facility and any Additional Notes), and advancing or distributing the proceeds thereof to the Company and its Subsidiaries and performing its obligations relating to the Notes and any such additional Indebtedness, pursuant to the terms thereof and of this Indenture and any other applicable indenture.

 

SECTION 4.6                                                        Existence .  Except as permitted by Article V, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect the existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises of the Company, the Issuer and each other Guarantor; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such existence, right or franchise if the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and that the loss thereof at the time of such loss is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

 

SECTION 4.7                                                        Maintenance of Properties .  Except as permitted by Article V, the Company shall cause all properties used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any Subsidiary of the Company to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Company may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided , however , that nothing in this Section shall prevent the Company from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any of such properties if such discontinuance is, as determined by the Company, or its Responsible Officers, or any Subsidiary, or its Responsible Officers, having managerial responsibility for any such

 

-40-



 

property, in good faith, desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of any Subsidiary and not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

 

SECTION 4.8                                                        Payment of Taxes and Other Claims .  The Company and the Guarantors will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (a) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including satisfying any withholding tax obligations), and (b) all material lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon the property of the Company or the Guarantors or any of their Subsidiaries; provided, however, that the Company or the Guarantors shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves are maintained in accordance with Accounting Principles.

 

SECTION 4.9                                                        Maintenance of Insurance .  The Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, keep at all times all of their material properties which are of an insurable nature insured against loss or damage pursuant to self-insurance arrangements with insurers believed by the Company to be responsible to the extent that property of similar character is usually so insured by corporations similarly situated and owning like properties in accordance with good business practice.  The Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, use the proceeds from any such insurance policy to repair, replace or otherwise restore the property to which such proceeds relate, except to the extent that a different use of such proceeds is, as determined by the Company, or any Subsidiary having managerial responsibility for any such property, in good faith, desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of any Subsidiary and not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

 

SECTION 4.10                                                  Reports .  For so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will provide the Trustee with:

 

(1)                                   copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports, and such summaries thereof, as may be required by the TIA at the times and in the manner provided by the TIA;

 

(2)                                   its annual financial statements and related notes thereto for the most recent two fiscal years prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP (or IFRS or any other internationally generally acceptable accounting standard in the event the Company is required by applicable law to prepare its financial statements in accordance with IFRS or such other standard or is permitted and elects to do so, with appropriate reconciliation to U.S. GAAP, unless not then required under the rules of the SEC) and including segment data, together with an audit report thereon, together with a discussion of the “Operating Results” and “Liquidity” for such fiscal years prepared in a manner substantially consistent with the “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” required by Form 20-F under the Exchange Act (or any replacement or successor form) which appeared in the Prospectus/Offering Memorandum under the heading “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and a “Business Summary of the Financial Year” and discussion of “Business Segments” provided in a manner consistent

 

-41-



 

with its annual report, a description of “Related Party Transactions,” and a description of Indebtedness, within 90 days of the end of each fiscal year; and

 

(3)                                   quarterly financial information as of and for the period from the beginning of each year to the close of each quarterly period (other than the fourth quarter), together with comparable information for the corresponding period of the preceding year, and a summary “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” to the extent and in the form required under the Exchange Act providing a brief discussion of the results of operations for the period within 45 days following the end of the fiscal quarter.

 

The Company shall also comply with the other provisions of Section 314(a) of the TIA.  In addition, so long as the Notes remain outstanding and during any period when the Issuer or the Company is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act other than by virtue of the exemption therefrom pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b), the Company will furnish to any Holder or beneficial owner of Notes initially offered and sold in the United States to “qualified institutional buyers” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act pursuant to such rule and any prospective purchaser in the United States designated by such Holder or beneficial owner, upon request, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

If and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Regulated Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, copies of such reports shall also be available at the specified office of the Listing Agent in Luxembourg.

 

Deliveries of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s, the Company’s or any Guarantor’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).  The Trustee shall have no obligation to review such reports to determine if the information required by this Section 4.10 is contained therein.

 

SECTION 4.11                                                  Change of Control .  Each Holder of the Notes, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, will have the right to require that the Issuer repurchase such Holder’s Notes, at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

Within 30 days following a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer will mail a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating:

 

(1)                                   that a Change of Control Triggering Event has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Issuer to purchase such Holder’s Notes, at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid

 

-42-



 

interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date);

 

(2)                                   the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control Triggering Event (including information with respect to pro forma historical income, cash flow and capitalization after giving effect to such Change of Control Triggering Event);

 

(3)                                   the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed);

 

(4)                                   that each Note will be subject to repurchase only in amounts of $2,000 or integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof; and

 

(5)                                   the instructions determined by the Issuer, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased.

 

(6)                                   that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

 

(7)                                   that, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control purchase price, any Notes accepted for payment shall cease to accrue interest after the repurchase date;

 

(8)                                   that Holders accepting the offer to have their Notes repurchased pursuant to a change of control offer will be required to surrender the Notes to the Paying Agent or any other Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day preceding the repurchase date;

 

(9)                                   that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered;

 

(10)                             any other procedures that a holder must follow to accept a change of control offer or effect withdrawal of such acceptance; and

 

(11)                             the name and address of the Paying Agent.

 

On the repurchase date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful:

 

(1)                                   accept for payment Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the change of control offer;

 

(2)                                   deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the Change of Control purchase price in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and

 

(3)                                   deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the Notes or portions thereof tendered to the Issuer.

 

-43-



 

The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so accepted payment in an amount equal to the purchase price for such Notes, and the Issuer shall execute and issue, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail to such Holder, a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered; provided that each such new Note shall be issued in an original principal amount in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.11.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations or applicable listing requirements conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.11, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.11 by virtue thereof.

 

SECTION 4.12                                                  Additional Amounts .  At least 30 days prior to each date on which payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest or other amounts on the Notes is to be made (unless such obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises shortly before or after the 30th day prior to such date, in which case it shall be promptly thereafter), if the Issuer, any Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts pursuant to Paragraph 2 of the Notes (the “Additional Amounts”) with respect to any such payment, the Issuer will promptly furnish the Trustee and the Paying Agent, if other than the Trustee, with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Additional Amounts will be payable and the amounts so payable, and will set forth such other information necessary to enable the Trustee or the Paying Agent to pay such Additional Amounts to the Holders on the payment date.  The Issuer or a Guarantor (as applicable) will pay to the Trustee or the Paying Agent such Additional Amounts and, if paid to a Paying Agent other than the Trustee, shall promptly provide the Trustee with documentation evidencing the payment of such Additional Amounts.  Copies of such documentation shall be made available to the Holders upon request.  The Issuer shall indemnify the Trustee and the Paying Agent for, and hold them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on their part arising out of or in connection with actions taken or omitted by any of them in reliance on any Officers’ Certificate furnished to them pursuant to this Section 4.12.

 

The Issuer will (i) make any required withholding or deduction and (ii) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction in accordance with applicable law.  The Issuer will use all reasonable efforts to obtain certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld from each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction imposing such Taxes and will provide such certified copy to the Trustee.

 

If the Issuer or the Guarantors conduct business in any jurisdiction (an “Additional Taxing Jurisdiction”) other than a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction and, as a result, are required by the law of such Additional Taxing Jurisdiction to deduct or withhold any amount on account of taxes imposed by such Additional Taxing Jurisdiction from payments under the Notes which would not have been required to be so deducted or withheld but for such conduct of business in such Additional Taxing Jurisdiction, the Additional Amounts provision described above shall be considered to apply to such Holders as if references in such provision to “Taxes” included taxes

 

-44-



 

imposed by way of deduction or withholding by any such Additional Taxing Jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof or taxing authority therein).

 

The Issuer will pay any present stamp, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise, property or similar taxes, charges or levies (including any penalties, interest or other liabilities related thereto) which arise in the United States (or any political subdivision thereof or therein) from the execution, delivery and registration of Notes upon original issuance and initial resale of the Notes or any other document or instrument referred to therein, or in connection with the enforcement of the Notes or any Note Guarantee or any other document or instrument referred to therein.  If at any time the Issuer changes its place of organization to outside of the United States or there is a new issuer organized outside of the United States, the Issuer or new issuer, as applicable, will pay any stamp, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise, property or similar taxes, charges or levies (including any penalties, interest or other liabilities related thereto) which arise in the jurisdiction in which the Issuer or new issuer is organized (or any political subdivision thereof or therein) and are payable by the Holders of the Notes in respect of the Notes or any other document or instrument referred to therein under any law, rule or regulation in effect at the time of such change.

 

The foregoing obligations of this Section 4.12 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and will apply mutatis mutandis to any successor Person to the Issuer or the Guarantors.

 

Whenever in this Indenture or in the Notes there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of principal, premium or interest, if any, or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

SECTION 4.13                                                  Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default .  The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year an Officers’ Certificate stating whether or not to the best knowledge of the signor thereof, the Issuer and the Guarantors, as the case may be, have complied with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture, whether a Default or an Event of Default has occurred during such period, and, if a Default or an Event of Default has occurred during such period, specifying all such Events of Default and the nature thereof of which such Responsible Officer has knowledge.  Upon becoming aware of, and as of such time that the Issuer should reasonably have become aware of, a Default, the Company also shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days thereafter, written notice of any events which would constitute a Default, their status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof, and, in the case of a Default in the payment of interest, principal, redemption payments or any other amount due on the Notes or the Guarantees, such same notice to the Paying Agent.

 

SECTION 4.14                                                  Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions .  The Issuer and the Company may not, and may not permit any Guarantor or any Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction unless:

 

-45-



 

(1)                                   the Issuer or such Guarantor or Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction at least equal to the fair market value (as evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate of a Responsible Officer, or, if the value exceeds $25 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or such Guarantor or Subsidiary), of the property subject to such transaction;

 

(2)                                   the Issuer or such Guarantor or Subsidiary, as the case may be, could have created a Lien on the property subject to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction if such transaction was financed with Indebtedness without securing the Notes pursuant to Section 4.4; and

 

(3)                                   the Issuer or such Guarantor or Subsidiary, as the case may be, can Incur an amount of Indebtedness equal to the Attributable Debt in respect of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

 

ARTICLE V

 

SUCCESSOR ISSUER OR GUARANTOR

 

SECTION 5.1                                                        Limitation on Mergers and Sales of Assets .  The Issuer and the Company may not, and may not permit any other Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the Issuer or such Guarantor is the Surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets in one or more related transactions, to another Person unless:

 

(1)                                   the Surviving Person is an entity organized and existing under the laws of Germany, the United Kingdom, any other member state of the European Union (as of December 31, 2003), Luxembourg, Switzerland, the United States of America, or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, or the jurisdiction of formation of the Issuer or any Guarantor; or, if the Surviving Person is an entity organized and existing under the laws of any other jurisdiction, the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the rights of the Holders of the Notes, would not be affected adversely as a result of the law of the jurisdiction of organization of the Surviving Person, insofar as such law affects the ability of the Surviving Person to pay and perform its obligations and undertakings in connection with the Notes (in a transaction involving the Issuer) or its Note Guarantee or the ability of the Surviving Person to obligate itself to pay and perform such obligations and undertakings or the ability of the Holders to enforce such obligations and undertakings;

 

(2)                                   the Surviving Person (if other than the Issuer or a Guarantor) shall expressly assume, (A) in a transaction or series of transactions involving the Issuer, by a supplemental indenture in a form satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of the Issuer or (B) in a transaction or series of transactions involving a Guarantor (including the Company), by a Guarantee Agreement, in a form satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee;

 

-46-



 

(3)                                   at the time of and immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

 

(4)                                   the Issuer or such Guarantor delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, transfer, assignment, sale, lease or other disposition and such supplemental indenture and Guarantee Agreement, if any, comply with this Indenture.

 

SECTION 5.2                                                        Successor Entity Substituted .  Upon any consolidation or merger by the Issuer, the Company or any other Guarantor with or into any other Person, or any conveyance, transfer, sale, assignment, lease or other disposition by the Issuer, the Company or any other Guarantor in one or more transactions, of substantially all of its properties and assets as an entirety to any Person in accordance with Section 5.1, then if such transaction involves the Company, the Surviving Person shall expressly assume in a supplemental indenture in a form satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of the Company under the Indenture and in any such case the Surviving Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer or such Guarantor under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Surviving Person had been named as the Issuer or had been a Guarantor herein, and thereafter the Issuer or such Guarantor shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants hereunder and under the Notes.

 

Such Surviving Person (if the successor of the Issuer) may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Issuer, any or all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such Surviving Person instead of the Issuer and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver any Notes which previously shall have been signed and delivered by the Responsible Officers of the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication pursuant to such provisions and any Notes which such Surviving Person thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee on its behalf for the purpose pursuant to such provisions.  All the Notes so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Notes theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Notes had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

 

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease, or other disposition such changes in phraseology and form may be made in the Notes thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate.

 

SECTION 5.3                                                        Substitution of the Issuer .   The Company, any other Guarantor or a Finance Subsidiary (a “Successor”) may assume the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes, by executing and delivering to the Trustee (a) a supplemental indenture which subjects such person to all of the provisions of the Indenture and (b) an opinion of counsel to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized and executed by such Person, and constitutes the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Person, subject to customary exceptions; provided that (i) the Successor is formed under the laws of the United States of America, or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, Germany, the United Kingdom or any other member state of the European Union as of December 31, 2003 and (ii) no Additional

 

-47-



 

Amounts would be or become payable with respect to the Notes at the time of such assumption, or as result of any change in the laws of the jurisdiction of formation of such Successor that was reasonably foreseeable at such time.  The Successor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under the Indenture with the same effect as if it were the Issuer thereunder, and the former Issuer shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

SECTION 6.1                                                        Events of Default .  Whenever used herein with respect to the Notes, “Event of Default” means any one of the following events which shall have occurred and be continuing:

 

(1)                                   failure for 30 days to pay interest on the Notes, including any Additional Amounts in respect thereof, when due; or

 

(2)                                   failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when due, whether at maturity, upon redemption, by declaration or otherwise; or

 

(3)                                   failure to observe or perform any other covenant contained in this Indenture for 60 days after notice as provided in this Indenture; or

 

(4)                                   default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists or is Incurred after the Closing Date, if (A) such default results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity or will constitute a default in the payment of such Indebtedness and (B) the principal amount of any such Indebtedness that has been accelerated or not paid at maturity, when added to the aggregate principal amount of all other such Indebtedness, at such time, that has been accelerated or not paid at maturity, exceeds $100 million; or

 

(5)                                   any final judgment or judgments (not covered by insurance) which can no longer be appealed for the payment of money in excess of $100 million shall be rendered against the Issuer or the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and shall not be discharged for any period of 60 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement shall not be in effect; or

 

(6)                                   any Note Guarantee shall cease to be in full force and effect in accordance with its terms for any reason except pursuant to the terms of this Indenture governing the release of Note Guarantees or the satisfaction in full of all the obligations thereunder or shall be declared invalid or unenforceable other than as contemplated by its terms, or any Guarantor shall repudiate, deny or disaffirm any of its obligations thereunder; or

 

-48-



 

(7)                                   the Company, the Guarantors, the Issuer or any of the Company’s Significant Subsidiaries pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

(a)                                   commences negotiations with any one or more of its creditors with a view to the general readjustment or rescheduling of its indebtedness or makes a general assignment for the benefit of or a composition with its creditors or, for any of the reasons set out in Sections 17-19 of the German Insolvency Code ( Insolvenzordnung ), files for insolvency ( Antrag auf Eröffnung eines Insolvenzverfahrens ) or the board of directors ( Geschäftsführer ) is required by law to file for insolvency, a creditor files for the opening of insolvency proceedings and such filing is not frivolous and not dismissed within a period of one month by the competent insolvency court, or the competent court takes any of the actions set out in Section 21 of the German Insolvenzordnung or a competent court institutes insolvency proceedings ( Eröffnung des Insolvenzverfahrens ) or denies a petition for commencement of insolvency proceeding by reason of insufficient assets,

 

(b)                                  commences a voluntary case,

 

(c)                                   consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

 

(d)                                  consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

 

(e)                                   makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

 

(f)                                     takes any corporate action to authorize or effect any of the foregoing.

 

A default under clause (3) of this paragraph will not constitute an Event of Default unless the Trustee or Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuer and the Company of such default and such default is not cured within the time specified in clause (3).

 

SECTION 6.2                                                        Acceleration .  If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (7) of Section 6.1 hereof) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuer, the Company and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable.  Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium, accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, will be due and payable immediately.  If an Event of Default described in clause (7) of section 6.1 above occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

 

SECTION 6.3                                                        Other Remedies .  If an Event of Default of which the Trustee is aware occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at

 

-49-



 

law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or, premium, if any, interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

SECTION 6.4                                                        The Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes .  All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee (without liability) without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto.

 

SECTION 6.5                                                        Rights and Remedies Cumulative .  Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.8, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders of Notes is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent or subsequent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

SECTION 6.6                                                        Delay or Omission Not Waiver .  No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by the Indenture or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders of Notes may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders of Notes, in each case in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 6.7                                                        Waiver of Past Defaults .  Subject to Sections 2.10, 6.10 and 9.2, at any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes as described in Section 6.2, the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes by written notice to the Issuer and to the Trustee, may waive all past defaults (except with respect to nonpayment of principal, premium or interest) and rescind any such declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (i) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived.  Such waiver shall not excuse a continuing Event of Default in the payment of interest, premium, if any, principal or Additional Amounts, if any, on such Note held by a non-consenting Holder, or in respect of a covenant or a provision which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of each Holder affected thereby.  The Issuer shall promptly deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the requisite percentage of Holders has consented to such waiver and attaching copies of such consents.  When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is cured and ceases.

 

SECTION 6.8                                                        Control by Majority .  Subject to Section 2.10, the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may, by written notice to the Trustee, direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it.  Subject to Section 7.1,

 

-50-



 

however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with any law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Holder of Notes, or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided , however , that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.  Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action in accordance with Section 7.7.

 

SECTION 6.9                                                        Limitation on Suits .  Subject to Section 6.10, no Holder of Notes may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

 

(1)                                   such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(2)                                   Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(3)                                   such Holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(4)                                   the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of satisfactory security or indemnity; and

 

(5)                                   the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

 

SECTION 6.10                                                  Rights of Holders To Receive Payment .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 8.9 hereof), the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on a Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

SECTION 6.11                                                  Collection Suit by Trustee .  If an Event of Default in payment of principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, specified in clause (1) or clause (2) of Section 6.1 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate per annum borne by the Notes and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7.

 

SECTION 6.12                                                  Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .  The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses,

 

-51-



 

disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and any other amount due to the Trustee under Section 7.7, accountants and experts) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relating to the Company, its creditors or its property or other obligor on the Notes, its creditors and its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceedings is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7.  To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties which the Holders of the Notes may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.

 

SECTION 6.13                                                  Priorities .  If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

 

First :  to the Trustee and the Agents for amounts due under Section 7.7, including (but not limited to) payment of all compensation, fees, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

 

Second :  to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, respectively; and

 

Third :  to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any other obligor on the Notes, as their interests may appear, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

 

The Trustee, upon prior notice to the Issuer, may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.13; provided that the failure to give any such notice shall not affect the establishment of such record date or payment date for Holders pursuant to this Section 6.13.

 

SECTION 6.14                                                  Restoration of Rights and Remedies .  If the Trustee or any Holder of any Note has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of Notes shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders of Notes shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

-52-



 

SECTION 6.15                                                  Undertaking for Costs .  In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section 6.15 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.10, or a suit by a Holder or Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

 

SECTION 6.16                                                  Notices of Default .  If a Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee must mail to each Holder of Notes notice of the Default within 90 days after it has become known to the Trustee.  Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of Trust Officers determines that withholding notice is in the interests of such Holders of Notes.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 7.1                                                        Duties of Trustee .  If an Event of Default actually known to a Trust Officer of the Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.  Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request of any of the Holders of Notes, unless they shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security and indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense in accordance with the sixth paragraph of Section 7.7.

 

(a)                                   Except during the continuance of an Event of Default actually known to the Trustee:

 

(1)                                   The Trustee and the Agents will perform only those duties as are specifically set forth herein and no others and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee or the Agents.

 

(2)                                   In the absence of willful misconduct on their part, the Trustee and the Agents may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions and such other documents delivered to them pursuant to Section 11.2 and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.  However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

 

-53-



 

(b)                                  The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(1)                                   This paragraph does not limit the effect of subsection (a) of this Section 7.1.

 

(2)                                   Neither the Trustee nor Agent shall be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer of such Trustee or Agent, unless it is proved that the Trustee or such Agent was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

 

(3)                                   The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.2, 6.7 or 6.8.

 

(c)                                   No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee or any Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or to take or omit to take any action under this Indenture or take any action at the request or direction of Holders if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it or it does not receive an indemnity satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against such risk, liability, loss, fee or expense which might be incurred by it in the performance of any of its duties hereunder.

 

(d)                                  Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to the first paragraph and subsections (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.1.

 

(e)                                   Neither the Trustee nor the Agents shall be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee and any Agent may agree in writing with the Issuer.  Money held in trust by the Trustee or any Agent need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(f)                                     Any provision hereof relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.1.

 

SECTION 7.2                                                        Rights of Trustee .  Subject to Section 7.1:

 

(a)                                   The Trustee and each Agent may rely conclusively on and shall be protected from acting or refraining from acting based upon any document believed by them to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.  Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent order, approval, appraisal, bond, debenture, note, coupon, security or other paper or document.  The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or any knowledge of any matter (including without limitation Defaults or Events of Default) unless a Trust Officer assigned to and working in the Trustee’s Corporate Trust Office which is administering this Indenture has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice thereof is received by the Trustee, attention:  Corporate Trust and such notice clearly references the Notes, the Issuer or this Indenture.

 

-54-



 

(b)                                  Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may consult with counsel and may require an Officers’ Certificate, Issuer Order (as applicable) or an Opinion of Counsel or both.  Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion.

 

(c)                                   The Trustee and any Agent may act through their attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent (other than an agent who is an employee of the Trustee or such Agent) appointed with due care.

 

(d)                                  The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; provided , however , that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

 

(e)                                   The Trustee or any Agent may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 

(f)                                     Except to the extent provided for in Section 9.1 and subject to Section 9.2 hereof, the Trustee may (but shall not be obligated to), without the consent of the Holders, give any consent, waiver or approval required by the terms hereof, but shall not without the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding (i) give any consent, waiver or approval or (ii) agree to any amendment or modification of this Indenture, in each case, that shall have a material adverse effect on the interests of any Holder.  The Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any consent, waiver, approval, amendment or modification shall have a material adverse effect on the interests of any Holder.

 

SECTION 7.3                                                        Individual Rights of Trustee .  The Trustee or any Agent in its respective individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, the Guarantors, their Subsidiaries, or their respective Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee or an Agent.  However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign.  Any Agent may do the same with like rights.

 

SECTION 7.4                                                        Trustee’s Disclaimer .  The Trustee and the Agents shall not be responsible for and make no representation as to the validity, effectiveness or adequacy of this Indenture, the offering materials related to the Notes or the Notes; they shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the Issuer’s direction under any provision hereof; and they shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein of the Issuer or the Guarantors or any document issued in connection with the sale of Notes or any statement in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.

 

SECTION 7.5                                                        Notice of Default .  If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and a Trust Officer of the Trustee receives actual notice of such event, the Trustee shall

 

-55-



 

mail to each Holder, as their names and addresses appear on the list of Holders described in Section 2.5, notice of the uncured Default or Event of Default within 90 days after the Trustee receives such notice.  Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders.

 

SECTION 7.6                                                        Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes .  Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with May 15, 2012, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted).  The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b).  The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c).

 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Issuer has informed the Trustee in writing the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d).  The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

 

SECTION 7.7                                                        Compensation and Indemnity .  The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee and Agents from time to time such compensation as the Issuer and the Trustee or Agent, as applicable, shall from time to time agree in writing for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder.  The Trustee’s and the Agents’ compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee and Agents upon request for all reasonable and duly documented and invoiced disbursements, expenses and advances (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for their services, except any such disbursements, expenses and advances as may be attributable to the Trustee’s or any Agent’s negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith.  Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s and Agents’ accountants, experts and counsel and any taxes or other expenses incurred by a trust created pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof.

 

The Issuer agrees to pay the fees and expenses of the Trustee’s legal counsel in connection with its review, preparation and delivery of this Indenture and related documentation.

 

The Issuer shall indemnify each of the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee and the Agents (which, for purposes of this paragraph, include such Trustee’s and Agents’ officers, directors, employees and agents) for, and hold them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, proceedings, demands, costs, expense or liability including taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee) incurred by the Trustee or an Agent without negligence or willful misconduct on its part in connection with acceptance of administration of this trust and performance of any provisions under this Indenture, including the reasonable expenses and attorneys’ fees and expenses of defending itself against any claim of liability arising hereunder.  The Trustee and the Agents shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee or such Agent for which it may seek indemnity.  However, the failure by the Trustee or the Agent to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder.  Subject to Section

 

-56-



 

7.1(b), the Issuer need not reimburse or indemnify against any loss liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through its own willful misconduct or negligence.  The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee or such Agent shall cooperate in the defense (and may employ its own counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee) at the Issuer’s expense.  The Trustee or such Agent may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel.  The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

To secure the Issuer’s payment obligations in this Section 7.7, the Trustee and the Agents shall have a senior Lien prior to the Notes against all money or property held or collected by the Trustee and the Agents, in its capacity as Trustee or Agent, except money or property held in trust to pay principal or premium, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, or interest on particular Notes.

 

When the Trustee or an Agent incurs expenses or renders services after the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in clause (7) of Section 6.1, the expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) and the compensation for the services shall be preferred over the status of the Holders in a proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law and are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.  The Issuer’s obligations under this Section 7.7 and any claim or Lien arising hereunder shall survive the termination of this Indenture, the resignation or removal of any Trustee or Agent, the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations pursuant to Article VIII and any rejection or termination under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

Save as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, the Trustee shall have absolute and uncontrolled discretion as to the exercise of the discretion vested in the Trustee by this Indenture but, whenever the Trustee is bound to act under this Indenture at the request or direction of the Holders of Notes, the Trustee shall nevertheless not be so bound unless first indemnified to its satisfaction against all proceedings, claims and demands to which it may render itself liable and all costs, charges, expenses and liabilities which it may incur by so doing.

 

Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee, is subject to this Section 7.7.

 

The Company shall be jointly and severally liable with the Issuer for all of the Issuer’s obligations pursuant to this Section 7.7.

 

SECTION 7.8                                                        Replacement of Trustee .  The Trustee and any Agent may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer in writing.  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Issuer and the Trustee in writing and may appoint a successor trustee with the Issuer’s consent.  A resignation or removal of the Trustee or any Agent and appointment of a successor Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, shall become effective only upon the acceptance by the successor Trustee or the successor Agent, as the case may be, of appointment as provided in this section.  The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

 

-57-



 

(1)                                   the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(2)                                   a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(3)                                   the Trustee becomes incapable of acting with respect to its duties hereunder.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall notify each Holder of such event and shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.  Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may, with the Issuer’s consent, appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.  If the Issuer does not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee.

 

A successor Trustee or successor Agent, as applicable, shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee or Agent, as applicable, and to the Issuer.  Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee or Agent, as applicable, shall become effective, and the successor Trustee or Agent, as applicable, shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee or Agent, as applicable, under this Indenture.  Promptly after that, the retiring Trustee or Agent, as applicable, shall transfer, after payment of all sums then owing to the Trustee or Agent, as applicable, pursuant to Section 7.7, all property held by it as Trustee or Agent, as applicable, to the successor Trustee or Agent, as applicable, subject to the Lien provided in Section 7.7.  A successor Trustee or Agent, as applicable, shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder.

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee and the Issuer shall pay to any replaced or removed Trustee all amounts owed under Section 7.7 upon such replacement or removal.

 

SECTION 7.9                                                        Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc .  If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall, if such resulting, surviving or transferee corporation is otherwise eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee.  In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by consolidation, merger or conversion to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes.

 

-58-



 

SECTION 7.10                                                  Eligibility; Disqualification .  There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power and that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities.  The Trustee together with its affiliates shall at all times have a combined capital surplus of at least $50.0 million as set forth in its most recent annual report of condition.

 

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA §§ 310(a)(l), (2) and (5).  The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b) including the provision in § 310(b)(1); provided that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities, or conflicts of interest or participation in other securities, of the Issuer or the Guarantors are outstanding if the requirements for exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met.

 

SECTION 7.11                                                  Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company .  The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

 

SECTION 8.1                                                        Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .  The Issuer may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a Board Resolution, at any time, with respect to the Notes, elect to have either Section 8.2 or 8.3 be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article VIII.

 

SECTION 8.2                                                        Legal Defeasance and Discharge .  Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 of the option applicable to this Section 8.2, the Issuer shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”).  For this purpose, such Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged all the obligations relating to the outstanding Notes and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.6, Section 8.8 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to below in this Section 8.2, and to have satisfied all of their other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture and cured all then existing Events of Default (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:  (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on such Notes when such payments are due or on the Redemption Date solely out of the Defeasance Trust created pursuant to this Indenture; (b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, or, where relevant, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust; (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s or

 

-59-



 

Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and (d) this Article VIII and the obligations set forth in Section 8.6 hereof.

 

Subject to compliance with this Article VIII, the Issuer may exercise its option under Section 8.2 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.3 with respect to the Notes.

 

SECTION 8.3                                                        Covenant Defeasance .  Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, the Issuer, the Company and the other Guarantors shall be released from any obligations under the covenants contained in Article IV, Section 5.1(4), Sections 6.1(3), (4) and (5), and Section 6.1 (7) (with respect to the Company and the Subsidiaries other than the Issuer), hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).  For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that, (i) with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and (ii) payment on the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Sections 6.1 (3), (4) or (5), or Section 6.1 (7) (with respect only to the Company and the Subsidiaries other than the Issuer).

 

SECTION 8.4                                                        Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance .  In order to exercise either of the defeasance options under Section 8.2 or Section 8.3 hereof, the Issuer must comply with the following conditions:

 

(1)                                   the Issuer shall have irrevocably deposited in trust (the “Defeasance Trust”) with the Trustee for the benefit of the Holders Designated Government Obligations, for the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be;

 

(2)                                   the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary exceptions and exclusions) to the effect that Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred.  In the case of legal defeasance only, such Opinion of Counsel must be based on a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service or other change in applicable U.S. federal income tax law;

 

(3)                                   the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the Federal Republic of Germany (subject to customary exceptions and exclusions) to the effect that Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for income tax purposes of the Federal Republic of Germany as a result of such deposit and defeasance and

 

-60-



 

will be subject to income tax in the Federal Republic of Germany on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred;

 

(4)                                   the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in Luxembourg (subject to customary exceptions and exclusions) to the effect that Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for income tax purposes of Luxembourg as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to income tax in Luxembourg on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred;

 

(5)                                   no Default or Event of Default (other than to Incur Indebtedness used to defease the Notes under this Article) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit in the Defeasance Trust or insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit;

 

(6)                                   such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

 

(7)                                   the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Issuer or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Issuer or others; and

 

(8)                                   the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the legal defeasance or the covenant defeasance have been complied with.

 

SECTION 8.5                                                        Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture .  This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued thereunder when either (i) all such Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuer) have been delivered to the Trustee for cancellation or (ii) (A) all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Trustee as trust funds in trust an amount of money sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of maturity or redemption, (B) no Default (other than to Incur Indebtedness used to defease the Notes under this Article) with respect to this Indenture or the Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Issuer, the Company or any of the other Guarantors is a party or by

 

-61-



 

which it is bound, (C) the Issuer has paid, or caused to be paid, all sums payable by it under this Indenture, and (D) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to give the notice of redemption and apply the deposited money toward the payment of such Notes at maturity or the Redemption Date, as the case may be.  In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.

 

SECTION 8.6                                                        Survival of Certain Obligations .  Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and of the Notes in the manner referred to in Section 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4 or 8.5, the respective obligations of the Issuer, the Company, the other Guarantors and the Trustee under Sections 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.9, 2.10, 2.11, 2.12, 2.13, 2.14, 4.1 (with respect to the Trustee and, as far as the Issuer, the Company, and each of the other Guarantors is concerned, subject to Sections 8.2 and 8.5), 4.2, 4.6, 4.13 and 6.10, Article VII and Article VIII shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding, and thereafter the obligations of the Issuer, the Company, the other Guarantors and the Trustee under Articles VII and VIII shall survive.  Nothing contained in this Article VIII shall abrogate any of the obligations or duties of the Trustee under this Indenture.

 

SECTION 8.7                                                        Acknowledgment of Discharge by Trustee .  Subject to Section 8.10, after (i) the conditions of Section 8.4 or 8.5 have been satisfied, (ii) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Issuer and (iii) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent referred to in clause (i) above relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with, the Trustee upon written request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of all of the Issuer’s, the Company’s, and the other Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified in this Article VIII.

 

SECTION 8.8                                                        Application of Trust Moneys .  All cash deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.4 or 8.5 in respect of Notes shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such defeased or discharged Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 or 8.5 or the principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of outstanding Notes.

 

SECTION 8.9                                                        Repayment to the Issuer; Unclaimed Money .  The Trustee and any Paying Agent shall promptly pay or return to the Issuer upon Issuer Order any cash held by them at any time that are not required for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the defeased or discharged Notes for which cash has been deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 or 8.5.

 

-62-



 

Any money held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent under this Article VIII, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, that has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer upon Issuer Order or if then held by the Issuer shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, shall thereupon cease; provided , however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer give notice to the Holders or cause to be published notice once, in a leading newspaper having a general circulation in New York (which is expected to be The Wall Street Journal ) (and, if and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Regulated Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such stock exchange shall so require, a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu)) or in the case of Definitive Notes, in addition to such publication, mail to Holders by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at their respective addresses as they appear on the registration books of the Registrar (and, if and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Regulated Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such Stock Exchange shall so require, publish in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort) or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu)), that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer).

 

Claims against the Issuer for the payment of principal or interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes will become void unless presentment for payment is made (where so required in this Indenture) within, in the case of principal and Additional Amounts, if any, a period of ten years, or, in the case of interest, a period of five years, in each case from the applicable original payment date therefor.

 

SECTION 8.10                                                  Reinstatement .  If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any cash in accordance with Section 8.2, 8.3, 8.4 or 8.5 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred pursuant to Section 8.2, 8.3, 8.4 or 8.5 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such cash in accordance with Section 8.2, 8.3, 8.4 or 8.5; provided , however , that if the Issuer has made any payment of interest on, premium, if any, principal and Additional Amounts, if any, of any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

-63-



 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

SECTION 9.1                                                        Without Consent of Holders of Notes .  Notwithstanding Section 9.2 hereof, the Issuer and the Trustee together may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without the consent of any Holder of a Note to:

 

(1)                                   cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

 

(2)                                   provide for the assumption by a successor entity of the obligations of the Issuer under and pursuant to this Indenture or of a Guarantor (other than the Company) under the Note Guarantees;

 

(3)                                   provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes ( provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(B) of the Code);

 

(4)                                   add Note Guarantees with respect to the Notes;

 

(5)                                   secure the Notes;

 

(6)                                   add to the covenants of the Issuer and the Guarantors for the benefit of the Holders or to surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer;

 

(7)                                   evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of any successor trustee;

 

(8)                                   comply with the rules of any applicable securities depositary;

 

(9)                                   issue Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture; or

 

(10)                             make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder of Notes under this Indenture.

 

SECTION 9.2                                                        With Consent of Holders of Notes .  The Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or any amended or supplemental indenture with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including without limitation consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.7 and 6.10, any existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including without limitation consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes).  However, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note adversely affected, an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any Notes held by a non-consenting Holder of Notes):

 

-64-



 

(1)                                   reduce the percentage of principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;

 

(2)                                   reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any such Note;

 

(3)                                   reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any such Note;

 

(4)                                   reduce the premium payable upon the redemption of any such Note or change the time at which any such Note may be redeemed as described under Section 3.1;

 

(5)                                   reduce the premium payable upon the repurchase of any Note, change the time at which any Note may be repurchased, or change any of the associated definitions related to the provisions of Section 4.11 once the obligation to repurchase the Notes has arisen;

 

(6)                                   make any such Note payable in money other than that stated in such Note;

 

(7)                                   impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of premium, if any, principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

 

(8)                                   make any change in the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions; or

 

(9)                                   release the Company from its Note Guarantee (other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture).

 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

SECTION 9.3                                                        Notice of Amendment, Supplement or Waiver .  After an amendment, supplement or waiver under Section 9.1 or 9.2 hereto becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders of Notes a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver.  Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

 

SECTION 9.4                                                        Revocation and Effect of Consents .  Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note.  However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective.  An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder of a

 

-65-



 

Note.  An amendment or waiver becomes effective once the requisite number of consents is received by the Issuer or the Trustee.

 

The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for determining which Holders of the Notes must consent to such amendment, supplement or waiver.  If the Issuer fixes a record date, the record date shall be fixed at (i) the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders of Notes furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation pursuant to Section 2.5 or (ii) such other date as the Issuer shall designate.

 

SECTION 9.5                                                        Notation on or Exchange of Notes .  The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.  The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

SECTION 9.6                                                        Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc .  The Trustee shall execute any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX; provided , however , that the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which adversely affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture.  The Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, if delivered, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate each stating that the execution of any such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors enforceable in accordance with its terms.  Any Opinion of Counsel shall not be an expense of the Trustee.  With respect to any amendment, supplement or waiver under Section 9.2, the Trustee shall also be entitled to receive evidence satisfactory to it of the consent of the Holders.

 

ARTICLE X

 

NOTE GUARANTEE

 

SECTION 10.1                                                  Note Guarantee .

 

(a)                                   Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally Guarantees, on a senior unsecured basis, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, and to the Trustee on behalf of such Holder, the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Amounts, if any) on such Note when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, in accordance with the terms of such Note and of this Indenture.  In case of the failure of the Issuer punctually to make any such payment, each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally agrees to cause such payment to be made punctually when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the Stated Maturity or by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, and as if such payment were made

 

-66-



 

by the Issuer.  The Note Guarantee extends to the Issuer’s repurchase obligations arising from a Change of Control pursuant to Section 4.11.

 

Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be irrevocable and unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of such Note or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on any collateral for, or any release or amendment or waiver of any term of any other Guarantee of, or any consent to departure from any requirement of any other Guarantee of all or any of the Notes, the effects of Bankruptcy Law applicable in the event of bankruptcy proceedings being opened with respect to the Issuer, of all or any portion of the claims of the Trustee or any of the Holders for payment of any of the Notes, any waiver or consent by the Holder of such Note or by the Trustee with respect to any provisions thereof or of this Indenture, the obtaining of any judgment against the Issuer or any action to enforce the same or any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.  Each Guarantor hereby waives the benefits of diligence, presentment, demand for payment, any requirement that the Trustee or any of the Holders protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest in or other Lien on any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against the Issuer or any other Person or any collateral, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest or notice with respect to such Note or the Indebtedness evidenced thereby and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged in respect of such Note except by complete performance of the obligations contained in such Note and in this Note Guarantee.  Each Guarantor hereby agrees that, in the event of a default in payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest (including Additional Amounts, if any) on such Note, whether at its Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, legal proceedings may be instituted by the Trustee on behalf of, or by, the Holder of such Note, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Indenture, directly against each Guarantor to enforce the Note Guarantee without first proceeding against the Issuer.  Each Guarantor agrees that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, if, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee or any of the Holders is prevented by applicable law from exercising its respective rights to accelerate the maturity of the Notes, to collect interest on the Notes, or to enforce or exercise any other right or remedy with respect to the Notes, or the Trustee or the Holders are prevented from taking any action to realize on any collateral, such Guarantor agrees to pay to the Trustee for the account of the Holders, upon demand therefor, the amount that would otherwise have been due and payable had such rights and remedies been permitted to be exercised by the Trustee or any of the Holders.

 

No provision of the Note Guarantee or of this Indenture shall alter or impair the Note Guarantee of any Guarantor, which is absolute and unconditional, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Amounts, if any) on the Note upon which such Note Guarantee is endorsed.

 

Each Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation or reorganization or equivalent proceeding under applicable law, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, or the equivalent of any of the foregoing under applicable

 

-67-



 

law, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes, is, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes, whether as a voidable preference, fraudulent transfer, or as otherwise provided under similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally or under applicable laws of the jurisdiction of formation of the Issuer, all as though such payment or performance had not been made.  In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 

The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee.

 

(b)                                  Each Note Guarantee (other than the Company’s Note Guarantee) will be limited in amount to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by the applicable Guarantor without rendering the Note Guarantee, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally or under applicable law of the jurisdiction of incorporation of such Guarantor.

 

(c)                                   In the case of Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH (“FMCD”), the following provisions apply:

 

(i)                                      Without limiting the agreements set forth in Section 11.8, the Note Guarantee of FMCD will be limited if and to the extent payment under such Note Guarantee or the application of enforcement proceeds would cause (x) FMCD’s net assets ( Reinvermögen - calculated as the sum of the balance sheet positions shown under § 266(2)(A), (B) and (C) German Commercial Code ( Handelsgesetzbuch )) less the sum of the liabilities (shown under the balance sheet positions pursuant to § 266(3)(B), (C) and (D) German Commercial Code) to fall below FMCD’s registered share capital ( Stammkapital ) or (y) (if the amount of the net assets is already an amount less than the registered share capital) cause such amount to be further reduced and, in either case, thereby affecting the assets required for the obligatory preservation of its registered share capital according to section 30, 31 of the German Limited Liability Company Act (GmbHG) (such event a “Capital Impairment”).  For the purposes of calculating the Capital Impairment, the following adjustments will be made:  (x) the amount of any increase of the registered share capital out of retained earnings ( Kapitalerhöhung aus Gesellschaftsmitteln ) after the Closing Date that has been effected without the prior consent of the Trustee shall be deducted from the registered share capital; and (y) liabilities incurred in violation of the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture shall be disregarded. In the event FMCD’s net assets fall below its registered share capital, FMCD, upon request of the Trustee will realize in due course, to the extent legally permitted, any and all of its assets that are shown in the balance sheet with a book value ( Buchwert ) that is significantly lower than the market value of the assets if the relevant assets are not necessary for FMCD’s business ( nicht betriebsnotwendiges Vermögen ).

 

-68-



 

(ii)                                   If FMCD objects to the amount demanded by the Trustee under the Note Guarantee within twenty (20) business days after the Trustee has submitted to FMCD a payment demand FMCD shall appoint within five (5) business days a reputable international auditor to determine the exact amount. The auditor shall notify FMCD and the Trustee of the maximum amount payable under the Note Guarantee within forty (40) business days after its appointment. The costs of such auditor’s determination shall be borne by FMCD. The determination of the auditor shall be binding for FMCD, and the Holders (except for manifest error). To the extent that any payment has been made under the Note Guarantee by FMCD that would be necessary for FMCD to be able to cure any Capital Impairment or Liquidity Impairment such payment shall immediately — upon FMCD’s demand — be returned to FMCD by any person receiving such payment, provided, however, in no event shall the Trustee or Paying Agent have any responsibility or liability for the return of any amount distributed to any Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes by the Trustee or Paying Agent, including, without limitation, any obligation to seek return of such amounts from such Holder or beneficial owner.

 

(iii)                                If (x) FMCD does not object to the payment amount within the 20 business days period or (y) if FMCD does not appoint the auditor within the 5 business days period or (z) if the auditor fails to notify the amount payable within the 40 days period, then the Trustee shall be entitled to enforce the Note Guarantee without further delay. The burden of demonstration and proof ( Darlegungs- und Beweislast ) regarding the Capital Impairment and the maximum amount payable under the Note Guarantee shall remain with FMCD.

 

(iv)                               The maximum amount payable under the guarantee shall be limited to the extent and as long as FMCD as a consequence of the payment would become unable to pay its debts when due ( zahlungsunfähig ) within the meaning of section 64 GmbHG (such event a “Liquidity Impairment”). For the purpose of establishing whether a Liquidity Impairment would occur, payments made by FMCD after the Trustee has notified FMCD of its intention to enforce the Note Guarantee with respect to payment obligations that are not due at the time of the payment shall be disregarded, unless the Trustee has consented to such payments (at the direction of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding). From the time the Trustee has notified FMCD and the Company of its intention to enforce the Note Guarantee, the Company may not make any payment demands against FMCD under shareholder loans and all such payment obligations of FMCD towards the Company shall be deferred, subordinated or waived as the Company sees fit, until the Trustee notifies FMCD that it is no longer enforcing the Note Guarantee or the Trustee consents (at the direction of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding) to the payments to be made to the Company. Such notice may be delivered by the Trustee at any time and, if not previously delivered, will be delivered by the Trustee after the Notes have been repaid in full and all other obligations under this Indenture are satisfied.

 

The limitations in this Section 10.1(c) as to the Capital Impairment shall not apply to the extent FMCD has an adequate compensation claim ( vollwertiger Gegenleistungs- oder Rückgewähranspruch ) against the Company that compensates for any loss incurred due to any payment by FMCD under the Note Guarantee.

 

-69-



 

SECTION 10.2                                                  Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantees .  The Note Guarantees to be endorsed on the Notes shall be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .  Each Guarantor hereby agrees to execute its Note Guarantee, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C , to be endorsed on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee.

 

The Note Guarantee shall be executed on behalf of the Company by two members of the Management Board of its General Partner and on behalf of any other Guarantor by such Person or Persons duly authorized by the Board of Directors or Management Board of such Guarantor.  The signature of any or all of these Persons on the Note Guarantee may be manual or facsimile.

 

A Note Guarantee bearing the manual or facsimile signature of individuals who were at any time the Responsible Officers of a Guarantor shall bind such Guarantor, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of the Note on which such Note Guarantee is endorsed or did not hold such offices at the date of such Note Guarantee.

 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof in accordance with this Indenture, shall constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee endorsed thereon on behalf of the Guarantors.  Each of the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.1 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse a Note Guarantee on any Note.

 

SECTION 10.3                                                  Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms .  Except as set forth in Section 10.4 and in Article V hereof, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company, the Issuer or another Guarantor or shall prevent any sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company, the Issuer or another Guarantor.

 

SECTION 10.4                                                  Release of Guarantors .  Subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 hereof, concurrently with any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor or any sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, in each case as permitted by Sections 5.1, 5.2 and 10.3 hereof, and upon delivery by the Company or the Issuer to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition was made in accordance with Sections 5.1, 5.2 and 10.3 hereof, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to acknowledge the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee endorsed on the Notes and under this Indenture.  Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee endorsed on the Notes and under this Indenture shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of (premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Amounts, if any) on the Notes and for the other obligations of a Guarantor under its Note Guarantee endorsed on the Notes and under this Indenture.  Concurrently with the defeasance of the Notes under Section 8.2 or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture under Section 8.5 hereof, the Guarantors shall be released from all of their obligations under their Note Guarantees endorsed on the Notes and under this Indenture, without any action on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of Notes.

 

-70-



 

(b)                                  Upon the sale or other disposition (including by way of merger or consolidation) of any Guarantor or the sale, conveyance, transfer, assignment, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of a Guarantor pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, such Guarantor shall automatically be released from all obligations under its Note Guarantees endorsed on the Notes and under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 5.1 and 5.2.

 

(c)                                   At any time a Guarantor (other than the Company) is no longer an obligor under the Credit Facility, such Guarantor will be released and relieved from all of its obligations under its Note Guarantee.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 11.1                                                  Notices .  Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by telecopier or first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

if to the Company or to FMCD, to it at:

 

Else-Kröner Strasse 1

61352 Bad Homburg

Germany

Facsimile:  011-49-6172-609-2280

Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

 

if to the Issuer:

 

Fresenius Medical Care US Finance II, Inc.

920 Winter Street

Waltham MA 02451-1457

Facsimile:  781 699-9713

Attn:  Ronald J. Kuerbitz, Esq.

 

if to FMCH:

 

920 Winter Street

Waltham MA 02451-1457

Facsimile:  781 699-9713

Attn:  Ronald J. Kuerbitz, Esq.

 

in each case, with a copy to:

 

Fresenius Medical Care AG & Co. KGaA

Else-Kröner Strasse 1

61352 Bad Homburg

Germany

 

-71-



 

Facsimile:  011-49-6172-609-2422

Attention:  Dr. Rainer Runte

 

if to the Trustee:

 

U.S. Bank National Association

225 Asylum Street, 23rd Floor

Hartford, CT 06103

Attention:  Elizabeth C. Hammer

Telecopier:  860-241-6897

Telephone:  860-241-6817

 

Each of the Issuer and the Trustee by written notice to each other such Person may designate additional or different addresses for notices to such Person.  Any notice or communication to the Issuer or the Trustee, shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and five (5) calendar days after mailing if sent by first class mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee).

 

Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to such Person by first-class mail or other equivalent means at such Person’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given to him if so mailed within the time prescribed.

 

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.  If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

Notices regarding the Notes given to the Holders will be (a) sent to a leading newspaper having general circulation in New York (which is expected to be The Wall Street Journal (and, if and so long as Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Regulated Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such Stock Exchange shall so require, published by the Issuer in a newspaper having general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort) or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu)) and (b) in the event the Notes are in the form of Definitive Notes, sent by the Issuer, by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of the Notes at such Holder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the registrar.  If and so long as such Notes are listed on any other securities exchange, notices will also be given by the Issuer in accordance with any applicable requirements of such securities exchange.  If and so long as any Notes are represented by one or more Global Notes and ownership of Book-Entry Interests therein are shown on the records of DTC or any successor appointed by DTC at the request of the Issuer, notices will be delivered to DTC or such successor for communication to the owners of such Book-Entry Interests.  Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the

 

-72-



 

first date on which any of the required publications is made and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing.

 

SECTION 11.2                                                  Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .  Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee or an Agent to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee:

 

(1)                                   an Officers’ Certificate, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Trustee (reasonableness to be determined objectively), stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied or complied with; and

 

(2)                                   an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Trustee or such Agent (reasonableness to be determined objectively) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied or complied with.

 

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an Opinion of Counsel of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the Opinion of Counsel of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an Opinion of Counsel with respect to some matters and one or more such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an Opinion of Counsel as to such matters in one or several documents.

 

Any certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Issuer may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon an Opinion of Counsel, unless such Responsible Officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that such Opinion of Counsel with respect to the matters upon which his certificate is based are erroneous.  Any Opinion of Counsel may be based, and may state that it is so based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate of, or representations by, a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the Issuer stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Issuer, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

 

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

 

SECTION 11.3                                                  Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .  Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

 

(1)                                   a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(2)                                   a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

-73-



 

(3)                                   a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, such Person has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such Person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

(4)                                   a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

SECTION 11.4                                                  Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar .  The Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar may make reasonable rules for its functions.

 

SECTION 11.5                                                  Legal Holidays .  If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and no interest shall accrue for the intervening period.

 

SECTION 11.6                                                  Governing Law .   THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES, AND THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  THE NOTE GUARANTEES WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK EXCEPT THAT THE LIMITATIONS OF THE NOTE GUARANTEES EXPRESSED IN SECTIONS 10.1(c) HEREOF (AND THE EQUIVALENT PROVISION CONTAINED IN THE NOTE GUARANTEE ENDORSED ON THE NOTES) WILL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY.

 

SECTION 11.7                                                  Submission to Jurisdiction .  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any U.S. federal or state court in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York, County and State of New York, United States of America, in any suit or proceeding based on or arising under this Indenture or the Notes, and irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such suit or proceeding may be determined in any such court.  Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, irrevocably and fully waives the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such suit or proceeding and irrevocably waives to the fullest extent it may effectively do so any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and each of the Issuer and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably consents to be served with notice and service of process by delivery or by registered mail with return receipt requested addressed to FMCH’s registered agent, which as of the date hereof is CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, NY 10011 (which service of process by registered mail shall be effective with respect to the Issuer and the Guarantors so long as such return receipt is obtained, or in the event of a refusal to sign such receipt any Holder or the Trustee is able to produce evidence of attempted delivery by such means).  Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors further agrees that such service of process and written notice of such service to the Issuer and the Guarantors in the circumstances described above shall be deemed in every respect effective notice and service of process upon each of the Issuer and the Guarantors in any such action or proceeding.  Nothing herein shall affect the right of any Person to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.  Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors agrees that a final action in any such suit or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other lawful manner.  Notwithstanding

 

-74-



 

the foregoing, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors hereby agrees that any action arising out of or based on this Indenture or the Notes may also be instituted in any competent court in Germany, and it expressly accepts the jurisdiction of any such court in any such action.

 

Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably waives, to the extent permitted by law, any immunity to jurisdiction to which it may otherwise be entitled (including, without limitation, immunity to pre-judgment attachment, post-judgment attachment and execution) in any legal suit, action or proceeding against it arising out of or based on this Indenture or the Notes.

 

The provisions of this Section 11.7 are intended to be effective upon the execution of this Indenture without any further action by the Issuer and the Guarantors and the introduction of a true copy of this Indenture into evidence shall be conclusive and final evidence as to such matters.

 

SECTION 11.8                                                  No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders   No member of the Board of Directors, director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer, Fresenius SE, the general partner of Fresenius SE, the Company, the Company’s General Partner or the Guarantors, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, this Indenture or the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability and agrees not to enforce any claim in respect of the Notes, the Indenture or the Notes Guarantees to the extent that it would give rise to such personal liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Note Guarantees.  Such waiver and release may not be effective to waive liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.  In addition, such waiver and release may not be effective under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany.

 

SECTION 11.9                                                  Successors .  All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Note Guarantees shall bind their respective successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

SECTION 11.10                                            Counterpart Originals .  All parties hereto may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.  Each signed copy or counterpart shall be an original, but all of them together shall represent one and the same agreement.

 

SECTION 11.11                                            Severability .  In case any one or more of the provisions in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

 

SECTION 11.12                                            Table of Contents, Headings, Etc .  The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

-75 -



 

SECTION 11.13                                            Trust Indenture Act Controls.  If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA § 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

 

SECTION 11.14                                            Currency Indemnity .  The U.S. dollar (or any of its successor currencies) is the sole currency of account and payment for all sums payable by the Issuer under this Indenture.  Any amount received or recovered in a currency other than the U.S. dollar in respect of the Notes (whether as a result of, or of the enforcement of, a judgment or order of a court of any jurisdiction, in the winding-up or dissolution of the Issuer, any Guarantor, any Subsidiary or otherwise) by the Holder in respect of any sum expressed to be due to it from the Issuer will constitute a discharge of the Issuer only to the extent of the U.S. dollar amount which the recipient is able to purchase with the amount so received or recovered in that other currency on the date of that receipt or recovery (or, if it is not possible to make that purchase on that date, on the first date on which it is possible to do so).  If that U.S. dollar amount is less than the U.S. dollar amount expressed to be due to the recipient under any Note, the Issuer will indemnify the recipient against any loss sustained by it as a result.  In any event the Issuer will indemnify the recipient against the cost of making any such purchase.

 

For the purposes of this indemnity, it will be sufficient for the Holder to certify that it would have suffered a loss had an actual purchase of U.S. dollars been made with the amount so received in that other currency on the date of receipt or recovery (or, if a purchase of U.S. dollars on such date had not been practicable, on the first date on which it would have been practicable).  These indemnities constitute a separate and independent obligation from the other obligations of the Issuer, will give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, will apply irrespective of any waiver granted by any holder and will continue in full force and effect despite any other judgment, order, claim or proof for a liquidated amount in respect of any sum due under any Note or any other judgment or order.

 

SECTION 11.15                                            Information .  For so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Regulated Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, and the rules of such stock exchange so require, copies of this Indenture will be made available in Luxembourg through the offices of the Listing Agent in such city.

 

-76 -



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, as of the date first written above.

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE US FINANCE II, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

[Title]

 

 

 

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & CO. KGaA,

 

a partnership limited by shares, represented by

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE MANAGEMENT AG, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

[Title]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

[Title]

 

 

 

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE DEUTSCHLAND GmbH

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

[Title]

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

[Title]

 

 

 

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

[Title]

 

-77 -



 

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,

 

as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

-78-



 

EXHIBIT A

TO THE INDENTURE

 

[FORM OF FACE OF GLOBAL NOTE]

 

[Global Note Legend]

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY.  THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE TO THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY OR A NOMINEE OF THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

[Private Placement Legend]

 

THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1)(a) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (b) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF APPLICABLE) OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE

 

A-1



 

SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), (2) TO THE ISSUER OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY.

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE US FINANCE II, INC.

 

6.50% Senior Note due 2018

 

CUSIP No.:           

 

No.

 

 

$

 

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE US FINANCE II, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”, which term includes any successor entity), for value received, promises to pay to Cede & Co. or its registered assigns upon surrender hereof the principal sum indicated on Schedule A hereof, on September 15, 2018.

 

Interest Payment Dates:  March 15 and September 15, commencing March 15, 2012

 

Record Dates:  March 1 and September 1 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Dates

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

A-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE US FINANCE II, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

A-3



 

Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication

 

This is one of the Securities with the Guarantees endorsed thereon referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

A-1



 

[FORM OF REVERSE]

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE US FINANCE II, INC.

 

6.50% Senior Note due 2018

 

1.                                        Interest .  FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE US FINANCE II, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate and in the manner specified below.  Interest on the Notes will accrue at 6.50% per annum on the principal amount then outstanding, and be payable semi-annually in cash in arrears on each March 15 and September 15, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day, commencing March 15, 2012, to the Holder hereof.  Notwithstanding any exchange of this Note for a Definitive Note during the period starting on a Record Date relating to such Definitive Note and ending on the immediately succeeding interest payment date, the interest due on such interest payment date shall be payable to the Person in whose name this Global Note is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such interest.  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) and on any Additional Amounts, from time to time on demand at the rate borne by the Notes.  Any interest paid on this Note shall be increased to the extent necessary to pay Additional Amounts as set forth herein.

 

2.                                        Additional Amounts .  All payments made under or with respect to the Notes under the Indenture or pursuant to any Note Guarantee must be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and other liabilities related thereto) imposed or levied by or on behalf of (1) the United States, Germany, Luxembourg, the United Kingdom or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax, (2) any jurisdiction from or through which payment on the Notes or any Note Guarantee is made, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax or (3) any other jurisdiction in which the payor is organized or otherwise considered to be a resident or engaged in business for tax purposes, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax (each a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), collectively, “Taxes,” unless the Issuer, any Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof by the relevant government authority or agency provided, however, that in determining what withholding is required by law for U.S. federal income and withholding tax purposes, the Issuer, a Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to treat any payments on or in respect of the Notes or any Note Guarantee as if the Notes or any Note Guarantee were issued by a U.S. person as defined in section 7701(a)(30) of the Code. If the Issuer, any Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent is so required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes or any Note Guarantee, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, will be required

 

A-2



 

to pay such amount — “Additional Amounts” — as may be necessary so that the net amount (including Additional Amounts) received by each Holder after such withholding or deduction (including any withholding or deduction on such Additional Amounts) will not be less than the amount such Holder would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided , however , that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to payments made to any Holder or beneficial owner to the extent such Taxes are imposed by reason of (i) such Holder or beneficial owner being considered to be or to have been connected with a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, otherwise than by the acquisition, ownership, holding or disposition of the Notes, the enforcement of rights under the Notes or under any Note Guarantee or the receipt of payments in respect of the Notes or any Note Guarantee, or (ii) such Holder or beneficial owner not completing any procedural formalities that it is legally eligible to complete and are necessary for the Issuer, a Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent to make or obtain authorization to make payments without such Taxes (including, without limitation, providing prior to the receipt of any payment on or in respect of a Note or any Note Guarantee, a complete, correct and executed IRS Form W-8 or W-9 or successor form, as applicable, with all appropriate attachments); provided, however , that for purposes of this obligation to pay Additional Amounts, the Issuer, a Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent shall be entitled, for U.S. federal income and withholding tax purposes, to treat any payments on or in respect of the Notes as if the Notes were issued by a U.S. person as defined in section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.  Further, no Additional Amounts shall be payable with respect to (i) any Tax imposed by the United States or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein on interest by reason of any Holder or beneficial owner holding or owning, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Issuer or any Guarantor entitled to vote or (ii) any Tax imposed by the United States or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein on interest by reason of any Holder or beneficial owner being a controlled foreign corporation that is a related person within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the Code with respect to the Issuer or any Guarantor.  The Issuer or Guarantor (as applicable) required to withhold any Taxes will make such withholding or deduction and remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority as and when required in accordance with applicable law.  The Issuer or Guarantor (as applicable) will use all reasonable efforts to obtain certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment by the Issuer or Guarantor (as applicable) of any Taxes so deducted or withheld from each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction imposing such Taxes and will provide such certified copies to the Trustee.

 

Wherever in the Indenture or the Notes or any Note Guarantee there are mentioned, in any context, (1) the payment of principal, (2) purchase prices in connection with a purchase of Notes under the Indenture or the Notes, (3) interest or (4) any other amount payable on or with respect to any of the Notes or any Note Guarantee, such reference shall be deemed to include payment of Additional Amounts as described under this heading to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

The Issuer will pay any present stamp, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise, property or similar taxes, charges or levies (including any penalties, interest or other liabilities related thereto) which arise in the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein, from the execution, delivery and registration of Notes upon original issuance and initial resale of the Notes or any other document or instrument referred to therein or in connection with the enforcement of the Notes or any Note Guarantee or any other document or instrument

 

A-3



 

referred to herein or therein.  If at any time the Issuer changes its place of organization to outside of the United States or there is a new issuer organized outside of the United States, the Issuer or new issuer, as applicable, will pay any stamp, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise, property or similar taxes, charges or levies (including any penalties, interest or other liabilities related thereto) which arise in the jurisdiction in which the Issuer or new issuer is organized (or any political subdivision thereof or therein) and are payable by the Holders of the Notes in respect of the Notes or any other document or instrument referred to therein under any law, rule or regulation in effect at the time of such change.

 

The foregoing obligations will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of the Indenture. References in this section (“Additional Amounts”) to the Issuer or any Guarantor shall apply to any successor(s) thereto.

 

3.                                        Method of Payment .  The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Person in whose name this Note is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such interest. The Issuer shall pay principal and interest in U.S. dollars.  Immediately available funds for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any), interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on this Note due on any interest payment date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date or other repurchase date will be made available to the Paying Agent to permit the Paying Agent to pay such funds to the Holders on such respective dates.

 

4.                                        Paying Agent and Registrar .  Initially, U.S. Bank National Association will act as Paying Agent and as Registrar.  In the event that a Paying Agent or transfer agent is replaced, the Issuer will provide notice thereof (so long as the Notes are Global Notes) published in a leading newspaper having general circulation in New York City (which is expected to be The Wall Street Journal ) (and, if and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Regulated Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such stock exchange shall so require, published in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu)) and (in the case of Definitive Notes), in addition to such publication, mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address.  The Issuer may change any Registrar without notice to the Holders.  The Issuer, the Company or any of their Subsidiaries may, subject to certain exceptions, act in the capacity of Registrar or transfer agent.

 

5.                                        Indenture .  The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of September 14, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, Fresenius Medical Care AG & Co. KGaA (the “Company”), Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc. (“FMCH”), Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH (“FMCD” and together with the Company and FMCH, the “Guarantors”) and U.S. Bank National Association (the “Trustee”) as Trustee.  This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes (as defined in the Indenture) of the Issuer designated as its 6.50% Senior Notes due 2018.  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture for a statement of them.  The Notes are general obligations of the Issuer.  The Notes are not limited in aggregate principal amount and Additional Notes (as defined in the Indenture) may be issued from time to time under the Indenture, in each case

 

A-4



 

subject to the terms of the Indenture; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Notes that will be issued on the Closing Date (as defined in the Indenture) will not exceed $400,000,000.  Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

6.                                        Ranking .  The Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer and the Note Guarantees will be senior unsecured obligations of the Guarantors. The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the obligations of the Guarantors under the Note Guarantees will:

 

·                   rank pari passu in right of payment with all other Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, that is not by its terms expressly subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable;

 

·                   rank senior in right of payment to all Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, that is, by its terms, expressly subordinated to the senior Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable;

 

·                   be effectively subordinated to the Secured Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such Indebtedness, and to the Indebtedness of the Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors of the Notes; and

 

·                   in the case of the Note Guarantee of Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH, be effectively subordinated to the claims of such Guarantor’s third-party creditors as a result of limitations applicable to the Note Guarantee as set forth in Section 10.1(c) of the Indenture.

 

7.                                        Note Guarantee As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and this Note are Guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis pursuant to Note Guarantees endorsed hereon.  The Indenture provides that a Guarantor shall be released from its Note Guarantee upon compliance with certain conditions.

 

8.                                        Optional Redemption .  The Issuer may redeem all or, from time to time, a part of the Notes, at its option, at redemption prices equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed plus accrued interest, if any, to the redemption date, plus the excess of:

 

(a)                                   as determined by the calculation agent (which shall initially be the Trustee), the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Notes being redeemed not including any portion of such payment of interest accrued on the date of redemption, from the redemption date to the maturity date, discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points; over

 

(b)                                  100% of the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed.

 

A-5



 

If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to beneficial Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer.

 

In the case of any partial redemption, the Trustee will select the Notes for redemption in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed, then on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion will deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Note of $2,000 in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part.  If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.  A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued and delivered to the Trustee, or in the case of Definitive Notes, issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.

 

9.                                        Special Tax Redemption .  The Issuer is entitled to redeem the Notes, at its option, in whole but not in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest (if any) to the date of redemption (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), in the event the Issuer has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable with respect to the Notes, any additional amounts as a result of:

 

(a)                                   a change in or an amendment to the laws, treaties, regulations or rulings of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; or

 

(b)                                  any change in or amendment to any official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including by virtue of a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction);

 

which change or amendment to such laws or official position is announced and becomes effective after the issuance of the Notes (or, if the applicable Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction did not become a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction until a later date, after such later date); provided that the Issuer determines, in its reasonable judgment, that the obligation to pay such additional amounts cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to it; provided , further , that at the time such notice is given, such obligation to pay Additional Amounts remains in effect.

 

Notice of any such redemption must be given within 270 days of the earlier of the announcement or effectiveness of any such change.

 

10.                                  Notice of Redemption .  Notice of redemption will be given at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date or Tax Redemption Date, as the case may be, (i) so long as the Notes are in global form, by publishing in a leading newspaper having a general circulation in New York (which is expected to be The Wall Street Journal ) (and, if and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Regulated Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of

 

A-6



 

such stock exchange shall so require, a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu)) and notify the Holders, the Trustee and the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, if applicable and (ii) in the case of Definitive Notes, in addition to such publication, by mailing first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address.  Notes in denominations of $2,000 may be redeemed only in whole.  The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal to $2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of the principal of Notes that have denominations larger than $2,000.

 

Except as set forth in the Indenture, from and after any Redemption Date or Tax Redemption Date, as the case may be, if monies for the redemption of the Notes called for redemption shall have been deposited with the Paying Agent for redemption on such Redemption Date or Tax Redemption Date, as the case may be, then, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of such Redemption Price, the Notes called for redemption will cease to bear interest and Additional Amounts, if any, and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price.

 

11.                                  Change of Control .  Each Holder of the Notes, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, will have the right to require that the Issuer repurchase such Holder’s Notes, at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).  Holders of Notes that are subject to an offer to purchase will receive a Change of Control offer from the Company prior to any related Change of Control payment date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” appearing below.

 

12.                                  Denominations; Form .  The Global Notes are in registered global form, without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

13.                                  Persons Deemed Owners .  The registered Holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes, subject to the terms of the Indenture.

 

14.                                  Unclaimed Funds .  If funds for the payment of principal, interest, premium or Additional Amounts remain unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agents will repay the funds to the Issuer at its written request.  After that, all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agents with respect to such funds shall cease.

 

15.                                  Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance .  The Issuer may be discharged from its obligations under the Indenture and the Notes except for certain provisions thereof (“Legal Defeasance”), and may be discharged from its obligations to comply with certain covenants contained in the Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”), in each case upon satisfaction of certain conditions specified in the Indenture.

 

16.                                  Amendment; Supplement; Waiver .  Subject to certain exceptions specified in the Indenture, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding,

 

A-7



 

and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

 

17.                                  Restrictive Covenants .  The Indenture imposes certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Issuer, the Company, the Guarantors and their Subsidiaries to incur additional Indebtedness, to incur additional Liens, to enter into Sale and Leaseback Transactions and enter into certain consolidations or mergers.  The limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions.  The Issuer must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

 

18.                                  Successors .  When a successor assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the predecessor will be released from those obligations.

 

19.                                  Defaults and Remedies .  If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (7) of Section 6.1 of the Indenture) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.  Holders of Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.  The Trustee is not obligated to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it has received full indemnity.  The Indenture permits, subject to certain limitations therein provided, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.  The Trustee may withhold from Holders of Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default in payment of principal, premium, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, including an accelerated payment) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

 

20.                                  Trustee Dealings with Issuer .  The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

 

21.                                  No Recourse Against Others .  No member of the Board of Directors, director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer, Fresenius SE, Fresenius SE’s general partner, the Company, the Company’s General Partner or the Guarantors, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture or the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability and agrees not to enforce any claim in respect of the Notes, the Indenture or the Notes Guarantees to the extent that it would give rise to such personal liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Note Guarantees.  Such waiver and release may not be effective to waive liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.  In addition, such waiver and release may not be effective under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

A-8



 

22.                                  Authentication .  This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or authenticating agent signs the certificate of authentication on this Note.

 

23.                                  Abbreviations and Defined Terms .  Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder of a Note or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).  Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Indenture are used herein as defined therein.

 

24.                                  CUSIP Numbers .  The Issuer will cause the CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes as a convenience to the Holders of the Notes.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed hereon.

 

25.                                  Governing Law .  THIS NOTE AND THE INDENTURE, AND THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  THE NOTE GUARANTEES WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK EXCEPT CERTAIN MATTERS CONCERNING LIMITATION THEREOF WILL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY.

 

A-9



 

SCHEDULE A

 

SCHEDULE OF PRINCIPAL AMOUNT

 

The initial principal amount at maturity of this Note shall be $[principal amount].  The following decreases/increases in the principal amount at maturity of this Note have been made:

 

Date of
Decrease/
Increase

 

Decrease in
Principal
Amount

 

Increase in
Principal
Amount

 

Total Principal

Amount

Following Such

Decrease/

Increase            

 

Notation

Made by

or on

Behalf of

Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A-10



 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.11 of the Indenture, check the box below:

 

o

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.11 of the Indenture, state the amount:  $                       

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

 

Signature Guarantee:

 

 

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

(or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)

 

A-11



 

EXHIBIT B

TO THE INDENTURE

 

[FORM OF FACE OF DEFINITIVE NOTE]

 

THIS NOTE IS A DEFINITIVE NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO.

 

[Private Placement Legend]

 

THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1)(a) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (b) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF APPLICABLE) OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), (2) TO THE ISSUER OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY.

 

B-1



 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE US FINANCE II, INC.

 

6.50% Senior Note due 2018

 

CUSIP No.:       

 

No.                                          $                           

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE US FINANCE II, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”, which term includes any successor entity), for value received, promises to pay to Cede & Co. or its registered assigns upon surrender hereof the principal sum of $                        , on September 15, 2018.

 

Interest Payment Dates:  March 15 and September 15, commencing March 15, 2012

 

Record Dates:  March 1 and September 1 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Dates

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

B-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE US FINANCE II, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

B-3



 

Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication

 

This is one of the Securities with the Guarantees endorsed thereon referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, as Trustee

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

Title:

 

B-1



 

[FORM OF REVERSE]

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE US FINANCE II, INC.

 

6.50% Senior Note due 2018

 

1.                                        Interest .  FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE US FINANCE II, INC., a Delaware corporation (the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Note at the rate and in the manner specified below.  Interest on the Notes will accrue at 6.50% per annum on the principal amount then outstanding, and be payable semi-annually in cash in arrears on each March 15 and September 15, or if any such day is not a Business Day, on the next succeeding Business Day, commencing March 15, 2012, to the Holder hereof.  Notwithstanding any exchange of this Note for a Definitive Note during the period starting on a Record Date relating to such Definitive Note and ending on the immediately succeeding interest payment date, the interest due on such interest payment date shall be payable to the Person in whose name this Global Note is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such interest.  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid.  Interest will be computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months.

 

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) and on any Additional Amounts, from time to time on demand at the rate borne by the Notes.  Any interest paid on this Note shall be increased to the extent necessary to pay Additional Amounts as set forth herein.

 

2.                                        Additional Amounts .  All payments made under or with respect to the Notes under the Indenture or pursuant to any Note Guarantee must be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and other liabilities related thereto) imposed or levied by or on behalf of (1) the United States, Germany, Luxembourg, the United Kingdom or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax, (2) any jurisdiction from or through which payment on the Notes or any Note Guarantee is made, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax or (3) any other jurisdiction in which the payor is organized or otherwise considered to be a resident or engaged in business for tax purposes, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax (each a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), collectively, “Taxes,” unless the Issuer, any Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof by the relevant government authority or agency provided, however, that in determining what withholding is required by law for U.S. federal income and withholding tax purposes, the Issuer, a Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to treat any payments on or in respect of the Notes or any Note Guarantee as if the Notes or any Note Guarantee were issued by a U.S. person as defined in section 7701(a)(30) of the Code. If the Issuer, any Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent is so required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes or any Note Guarantee, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, will be required to pay such amount — “Additional Amounts” — as may be necessary so that the net amount

 

B-2



 

(including Additional Amounts) received by each Holder after such withholding or deduction (including any withholding or deduction on such Additional Amounts) will not be less than the amount such Holder would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided , however , that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to payments made to any Holder or beneficial owner to the extent such Taxes are imposed by reason of (i) such Holder or beneficial owner being considered to be or to have been connected with a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, otherwise than by the acquisition, ownership, holding or disposition of the Notes, the enforcement of rights under the Notes or under any Note Guarantee or the receipt of payments in respect of the Notes or any Note Guarantee, or (ii) such Holder or beneficial owner not completing any procedural formalities that it is legally eligible to complete and are necessary for the Issuer, a Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent to make or obtain authorization to make payments without such Taxes (including, without limitation, providing prior to the receipt of any payment on or in respect of a Note or any Note Guarantee, a complete, correct and executed IRS Form W-8 or W-9 or successor form, as applicable, with all appropriate attachments); provided, however , that for purposes of this obligation to pay Additional Amounts, the Issuer, a Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent shall be entitled, for U.S. federal income and withholding tax purposes, to treat any payments on or in respect of the Notes as if the Notes were issued by a U.S. person as defined in section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.  Further, no Additional Amounts shall be payable with respect to (i) any Tax imposed by the United States or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein on interest by reason of any Holder or beneficial owner holding or owning, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Issuer or any Guarantor entitled to vote or (ii) any Tax imposed by the United States or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein on interest by reason of any Holder or beneficial owner being a controlled foreign corporation that is a related person within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the Code with respect to the Issuer or any Guarantor.  The Issuer or Guarantor (as applicable) required to withhold any Taxes will make such withholding or deduction and remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority as and when required in accordance with applicable law.  The Issuer or Guarantor (as applicable) will use all reasonable efforts to obtain certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment by the Issuer or Guarantor (as applicable) of any Taxes so deducted or withheld from each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction imposing such Taxes and will provide such certified copies to the Trustee.

 

Wherever in the Indenture or the Notes or any Note Guarantee there are mentioned, in any context, (1) the payment of principal, (2) purchase prices in connection with a purchase of Notes under the Indenture or the Notes, (3) interest or (4) any other amount payable on or with respect to any of the Notes or any Note Guarantee, such reference shall be deemed to include payment of Additional Amounts as described under this heading to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

The Issuer will pay any present stamp, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise, property or similar taxes, charges or levies (including any penalties, interest or other liabilities related thereto) which arise in the United States or any political subdivision thereof or therein, from the execution, delivery and registration of Notes upon original issuance and initial resale of the Notes or any other document or instrument referred to therein or in connection with the enforcement of the Notes or any Note Guarantee or any other document or instrument referred to herein or therein.  If at any time the Issuer changes its place of organization to outside

 

B-3



 

of the United States or there is a new issuer organized outside of the United States, the Issuer or new issuer, as applicable, will pay any stamp, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise, property or similar taxes, charges or levies (including any penalties, interest or other liabilities related thereto) which arise in the jurisdiction in which the Issuer or new issuer is organized (or any political subdivision thereof or therein) and are payable by the Holders of the Notes in respect of the Notes or any other document or instrument referred to therein under any law, rule or regulation in effect at the time of such change.

 

The foregoing obligations will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of the Indenture. References in this section (“Additional Amounts”) to the Issuer or any Guarantor shall apply to any successor(s) thereto.

 

3.                                        Method of Payment .  The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Person in whose name this Note is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such interest.  Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments.  The Issuer shall pay principal and interest in U.S. dollars.  Immediately available funds for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any), interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on this Note due on any interest payment date, Maturity Date, Redemption Date or other repurchase date will be made available to the Paying Agent to permit the Paying Agent to pay such funds to the Holders on such respective dates.

 

4.                                        Paying Agent and Registrar .  Initially, U.S. Bank National Association will act as Paying Agent and as Registrar.  In the event that a Paying Agent or transfer agent is replaced, the Issuer will provide notice thereof (so long as the Notes are Global Notes) published in a leading newspaper having general circulation in New York City (which is expected to be The Wall Street Journal ) (and, if and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Regulated Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such stock exchange shall so require, published in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu)) and (in the case of Definitive Notes), in addition to such publication, mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address.  The Issuer may change any Registrar without notice to the Holders.  The Issuer, the Company or any of their Subsidiaries may, subject to certain exceptions, act in the capacity of Registrar or transfer agent.

 

5.                                        Indenture .  The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of September 14, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, Fresenius Medical Care AG & Co. KGaA (the “Company”), Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc. (“FMCH”), Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH (“FMCD” and together with the Company and FMCH, the “Guarantors”) and U.S. Bank National Association (the “Trustee”) as Trustee.  This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes (as defined in the Indenture) of the Issuer designated as its 6.50% Senior Notes due 2018.  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture for a statement of them.  The Notes are general obligations of the Issuer.  The Notes are not limited in aggregate principal amount and Additional Notes (as defined in the Indenture) may be issued from time to time under the Indenture, in each case

 

B-4



 

subject to the terms of the Indenture; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Notes that will be issued on the Closing Date (as defined in the Indenture) will not exceed $400,000,000.  Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

6.                                        Ranking .  The Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer and the Note Guarantees will be senior unsecured obligations of the Guarantors. The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the obligations of the Guarantors under the Note Guarantees will:

 

·                   rank pari passu in right of payment with all other Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, that is not by its terms expressly subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable;

 

·                   rank senior in right of payment to all Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, that is, by its terms, expressly subordinated to the senior Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable;

 

·                   be effectively subordinated to the Secured Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such Indebtedness, and to the Indebtedness of the Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors of the Notes; and

 

·                   in the case of the Note Guarantee of Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH, be effectively subordinated to the claims of such Guarantor’s third-party creditors as a result of limitations applicable to the Note Guarantee as set forth in Section 10.1(c) of the Indenture.

 

7.                                        Note Guarantee As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and this Note are Guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis pursuant to Note Guarantees endorsed hereon.  The Indenture provides that a Guarantor shall be released from its Note Guarantee upon compliance with certain conditions.

 

8.                                        Optional Redemption .  The Issuer may redeem all or, from time to time, a part of the Notes, at its option, at redemption prices equal to 100% of the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed plus accrued interest, if any, to the redemption date, plus the excess of:

 

(a)                                   as determined by the calculation agent (which shall initially be the Trustee), the sum of the present values of the remaining scheduled payments of principal and interest on the Notes being redeemed not including any portion of such payment of interest accrued on the date of redemption, from the redemption date to the maturity date, discounted to the redemption date on a semi-annual basis (assuming a 360-day year consisting of twelve 30-day months) at the Treasury Rate plus 50 basis points; over

 

(b)                                  100% of the principal amount of the Notes being redeemed.

 

B-5



 

If the optional redemption date is on or after an interest record date and on or before the related interest payment date, the accrued and unpaid interest, if any, will be paid to the Person in whose name the Note is registered at the close of business on such record date, and no additional interest will be payable to beneficial Holders whose Notes will be subject to redemption by the Issuer.

 

In the case of any partial redemption, the Trustee will select the Notes for redemption in compliance with the requirements of the principal securities exchange, if any, on which the Notes are listed or, if the Notes are not listed, then on a pro rata basis, by lot or by such other method as the Trustee in its sole discretion will deem to be fair and appropriate, although no Note of $2,000 in original principal amount or less will be redeemed in part.  If any Note is to be redeemed in part only, the notice of redemption relating to that Note will state the portion of the principal amount thereof to be redeemed.  A new Note in principal amount equal to the unredeemed portion thereof will be issued and delivered to the Trustee, or in the case of Definitive Notes, issued in the name of the Holder thereof upon cancellation of the original Note.

 

9.                                        Special Tax Redemption .  The Issuer is entitled to redeem the Notes, at its option, in whole but not in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest (if any) to the date of redemption (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), in the event the Issuer has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable with respect to the Notes, any additional amounts as a result of:

 

(a)                                   a change in or an amendment to the laws, treaties, regulations or rulings of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; or

 

(b)                                  any change in or amendment to any official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including by virtue of a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction);

 

which change or amendment to such laws or official position is announced and becomes effective after the issuance of the Notes (or, if the applicable Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction did not become a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction until a later date, after such later date); provided that the Issuer determines, in its reasonable judgment, that the obligation to pay such additional amounts cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to it; provided , further , that at the time such notice is given, such obligation to pay Additional Amounts remains in effect.

 

Notice of any such redemption must be given within 270 days of the earlier of the announcement or effectiveness of any such change.

 

10.                                  Notice of Redemption .  Notice of redemption will be given at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Redemption Date or Tax Redemption Date, as the case may be, (i) so long as the Notes are in global form, by publishing in a leading newspaper having a general circulation in New York (which is expected to be The Wall Street Journal ) (and, if and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Regulated Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of

 

B-6



 

such stock exchange shall so require, a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu)) and notify the Holders, the Trustee and the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, if applicable and (ii) in the case of Definitive Notes, in addition to such publication, by mailing first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address.  Notes in denominations of $2,000 may be redeemed only in whole.  The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal to $2,000 or any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) of the principal of Notes that have denominations larger than $2,000.

 

Except as set forth in the Indenture, from and after any Redemption Date or Tax Redemption Date, as the case may be, if monies for the redemption of the Notes called for redemption shall have been deposited with the Paying Agent for redemption on such Redemption Date or Tax Redemption Date, as the case may be, then, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of such Redemption Price, the Notes called for redemption will cease to bear interest and Additional Amounts, if any, and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price.

 

11.                                  Change of Control .  Each Holder of the Notes, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, will have the right to require that the Issuer repurchase such Holder’s Notes, at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).  Holders of Notes that are subject to an offer to purchase will receive a Change of Control offer from the Company prior to any related Change of Control payment date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” appearing below.

 

12.                                  Denominations; Form .  The Global Notes are in registered global form, without coupons, in denominations of $2,000 and integral multiples of $1,000 in excess thereof.

 

13.                                  Persons Deemed Owners .  The registered Holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes, subject to the terms of the Indenture.

 

14.                                  Unclaimed Funds .  If funds for the payment of principal, interest, premium or Additional Amounts remain unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agents will repay the funds to the Issuer at its written request.  After that, all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agents with respect to such funds shall cease.

 

15.                                  Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance .  The Issuer may be discharged from its obligations under the Indenture and the Notes except for certain provisions thereof (“Legal Defeasance”), and may be discharged from its obligations to comply with certain covenants contained in the Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”), in each case upon satisfaction of certain conditions specified in the Indenture.

 

16.                                  Amendment; Supplement; Waiver .  Subject to certain exceptions specified in the Indenture, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding,

 

B-7



 

and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

 

17.                                  Restrictive Covenants .  The Indenture imposes certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Issuer, the Company, the Guarantors and their Subsidiaries to incur additional Indebtedness, to incur additional Liens, to enter into Sale and Leaseback Transactions and enter into certain consolidations or mergers.  The limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions.  The Issuer must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

 

18.                                  Successors .  When a successor assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the predecessor will be released from those obligations.

 

19.                                  Defaults and Remedies .  If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (7) of Section 6.1 of the Indenture) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.  Holders of Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.  The Trustee is not obligated to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it has received full indemnity.  The Indenture permits, subject to certain limitations therein provided, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.  The Trustee may withhold from Holders of Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default in payment of principal, premium, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, including an accelerated payment) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

 

20.                                  Trustee Dealings with Issuer .  The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

 

21.                                  No Recourse Against Others .  No member of the Board of Directors, director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer, Fresenius SE, Fresenius SE’s general partner, the Company, the Company’s General Partner or the Guarantors, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture or the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability and agrees not to enforce any claim in respect of the Notes, the Indenture or the Notes Guarantees to the extent that it would give rise to such personal liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Note Guarantees.  Such waiver and release may not be effective to waive liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.  In addition, such waiver and release may not be effective under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

B-8



 

22.                                  Authentication .  This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or authenticating agent signs the certificate of authentication on this Note.

 

23.                                  Abbreviations and Defined Terms .  Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder of a Note or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).  Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Indenture are used herein as defined therein.

 

24.                                  CUSIP Numbers .  The Issuer will cause the CUSIP numbers to be printed on the Notes as a convenience to the Holders of the Notes.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed hereon.

 

25.                                  Governing Law .  THIS NOTE AND THE INDENTURE, AND THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  THE NOTE GUARANTEES WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK EXCEPT CERTAIN MATTERS CONCERNING LIMITATION THEREOF WILL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY.

 

B-9



 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note fill in the form below:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. No.)

 

and irrevocably appoint                          agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 

B-10



 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.11 of the Indenture, check the box below:

 

£

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.11 of the Indenture, state the amount: $

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

 

Signature Guarantee:

 

 

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

(or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)

 

B-11



 

EXHIBIT C

TO THE INDENTURE

 

FORM OF NOTE GUARANTEE

 

For value received, each of the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally Guarantees, on a senior unsecured basis, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, and to the Trustee on behalf of such Holder, the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Amounts, if any) on such Note when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, in accordance with the terms of such Note and of the Indenture.

 

In case of the failure of the Issuer punctually to make any such payment, each of the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agrees to cause such payment to be made punctually when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the Stated Maturity or by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the Issuer.  The Note Guarantee extends to the Issuer’s repurchase obligations arising from a Change of Control pursuant to the Indenture.

 

Each of the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be irrevocable and unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of such Note or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on any collateral for, or any release or amendment or waiver of any term of any other Guarantee of, or any consent to departure from any requirement of any other Guarantee of, all or any of the Notes, the effects of Bankruptcy Law applicable in the event of bankruptcy proceedings being opened with respect to the Issuer, of all or any portion of the claims of the Trustee or any of the Holders for payment of any of the Notes, any waiver or consent by the Holder of such Note or by the Trustee with respect to any provisions thereof or of the Indenture, the obtaining of any judgment against the Issuer or any action to enforce the same or any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.  Each of the Guarantors hereby waives the benefits of diligence, presentment, demand for payment, any requirement that the Trustee or any of the Holders protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest in or other Lien on any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against the Issuer or any other Person or any collateral, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest or notice with respect to such Note or the Indebtedness evidenced thereby and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged in respect of such Note except by complete performance of the obligations contained in such Note and in this Note Guarantee.  Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that, in the event of a default in payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest (including Additional Amounts, if any) on such Note, whether at its Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, legal proceedings may be instituted by the Trustee on behalf of, or by, the Holder of such Note, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture, directly against each of the Guarantors to enforce this Note Guarantee without first

 

C-1



 

proceeding against the Issuer.  Each Guarantor agrees that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, if, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee or any of the Holders is prevented by applicable law from exercising its respective rights to accelerate the maturity of the Notes, to collect interest on the Notes, or to enforce or exercise any other right or remedy with respect to the Notes, or the Trustee or the Holders are prevented from taking any action to realize on any collateral, such Guarantor agrees to pay to the Trustee for the account of the Holders, upon demand therefor, the amount that would otherwise have been due and payable had such rights and remedies been permitted to be exercised by the Trustee or any of the Holders.

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note Guarantee or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the Note Guarantee of any Guarantor, which is absolute and unconditional, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Amounts, if any) on the Note upon which this Note Guarantee is endorsed.

 

This Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation or reorganization, or equivalent proceeding under applicable law, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, or the equivalent of any of the foregoing under applicable law, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes is, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes whether as a voidable preference, fraudulent transfer, or as otherwise provided under similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally or under applicable laws of the jurisdiction of formation of the Issuer, all as though such payment or performance had not been made.  In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 

The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Note Guarantee.   The Guarantors or any particular Guarantor shall be released from this Note Guarantee upon the terms and subject to certain conditions provided in the Indenture.

 

By delivery of a supplemental indenture to the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture or the execution of a Guarantee Agreement, each Person that becomes, or assumes the obligations of, a Guarantor after the date of the Indenture will be deemed to have executed and delivered this Note Guarantee for the benefit of the Holder of this Note with the same effect as if such Guarantor were named below.

 

All terms used in this Note Guarantee which are defined in the Indenture referred to in the Note upon which this Note Guarantee is endorsed shall have the meanings assigned to them in such Indenture.

 

C-2



 

This Note Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Note upon which this Note Guarantee is endorsed shall have been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by manual signature.

 

Each Note Guarantee (other than that of the Company) will be limited in amount to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by the applicable Guarantor without rendering the Note Guarantee, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally or under applicable law of the jurisdiction of incorporation of such Guarantor.

 

In the case of Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH (“FMCD”), the following provisions apply:

 

(i)                                      Without limiting the agreements set forth in Section 11.8 of the Indenture, this Note Guarantee of FMCD will be limited if and to the extent payment under such Note Guarantee or the application of enforcement proceeds would cause (x) FMCD’s net assets ( Reinvermögen - calculated as the sum of the balance sheet positions shown under § 266(2)(A), (B) and (C) German Commercial Code ( Handelsgesetzbuch )) less the sum of the liabilities (shown under the balance sheet positions pursuant to § 266(3)(B), (C) and (D) German Commercial Code) to fall below FMCD’s registered share capital ( Stammkapital ) or (y) (if the amount of the net assets is already an amount less than the registered share capital) cause such amount to be further reduced and, in either case, thereby affecting the assets required for the obligatory preservation of its registered share capital according to section 30, 31 of the German Limited Liability Company Act (GmbHG) (such event a “Capital Impairment”).  For the purposes of calculating the Capital Impairment, the following adjustments will be made:  (x) the amount of any increase of the registered share capital out of retained earnings ( Kapitalerhöhung aus Gesellschaftsmitteln ) after the Closing Date that has been effected without the prior consent of the Trustee shall be deducted from the registered share capital; and (y) liabilities incurred in violation of the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture shall be disregarded. In the event FMCD’s net assets fall below its registered share capital, FMCD, upon request of the Trustee will realize in due course, to the extent legally permitted, any and all of its assets that are shown in the balance sheet with a book value ( Buchwert ) that is significantly lower than the market value of the assets if the relevant assets are not necessary for FMCD’s business ( nicht betriebsnotwendiges Vermögen ).

 

(ii)                                   If FMCD objects to the amount demanded by the Trustee under this Note Guarantee within twenty (20) business days after the Trustee has submitted to FMCD a payment demand FMCD shall appoint within five (5) business days a reputable international auditor to determine the exact amount. The auditor shall notify FMCD and the Trustee of the maximum amount payable under this Note Guarantee within forty (40) business days after its appointment. The costs of such auditor’s determination shall be borne by FMCD. The determination of the auditor shall be binding for FMCD, and the Holders (except for manifest error). To the extent that any payment has been made under this Note Guarantee by FMCD that would be necessary for FMCD to be able to cure any Capital Impairment or Liquidity Impairment such payment shall immediately — upon

 

C-3



 

FMCD’s demand — be returned to FMCD by any person receiving such payment, provided, however, in no event shall the Trustee or Paying Agent have any responsibility or liability for the return of any amount distributed to any Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes by the Trustee or Paying Agent, including, without limitation, any obligation to seek return of such amounts from such Holder or beneficial owner.

 

(iii)                                If (x) FMCD does not object to the payment amount within the 20 business days period or (y) if FMCD does not appoint the auditor within the 5 business days period or (z) if the auditor fails to notify the amount payable within the 40 days period, then the Trustee shall be entitled to enforce this Note Guarantee without further delay. The burden of demonstration and proof ( Darlegungs- und Beweislast ) regarding the Capital Impairment and the maximum amount payable under this Note Guarantee shall remain with FMCD.

 

(iv)                               The maximum amount payable under the guarantee shall be limited to the extent and as long as FMCD as a consequence of the payment would become unable to pay its debts when due ( zahlungsunfähig ) within the meaning of section 64 GmbHG (such event a “Liquidity Impairment”). For the purpose of establishing whether a Liquidity Impairment would occur, payments made by FMCD after the Trustee has notified FMCD of its intention to enforce this Note Guarantee with respect to payment obligations that are not due at the time of the payment shall be disregarded, unless the Trustee has consented to such payments (at the direction of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding). From the time the Trustee has notified FMCD and the Company of its intention to enforce this Note Guarantee, the Company may not make any payment demands against FMCD under shareholder loans and all such payment obligations of FMCD towards the Company shall be deferred, subordinated or waived as the Company sees fit, until the Trustee notifies FMCD that it is no longer enforcing this Note Guarantee or the Trustee consents (at the direction of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding) to the payments to be made to the Company. Such notice may be delivered by the Trustee at any time and, if not previously delivered, will be delivered by the Trustee after the Notes have been repaid in full and all other obligations under this Indenture are satisfied.

 

(v)                                  The limitations as to the Capital Impairment shall not apply to the extent FMCD has an adequate compensation claim ( vollwertiger Gegenleistungs- oder Rückgewähranspruch ) against the Company that compensates for any loss incurred due to any payment by FMCD under this Note Guarantee.

 

The obligations of each Guarantor to the Holders of the Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to this Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article X of the Indenture and reference is made to Article X of the Indenture for further provisions with respect to this Note Guarantee.

 

THE NOTE GUARANTEES WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK EXCEPT THAT THE LIMITATIONS OF THE NOTE GUARANTEES EXPRESSED IN SECTION 10.1(c) OF THE INDENTURE (AND THE EQUIVALENT PROVISIONS IN THE ELEVENTH

 

C-4



 

PARAGRAPH HEREOF) WILL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Note Guarantee to be duly executed.

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & CO. KGaA, a partnership limited by shares and represented by FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE MANAGEMENT AG, its general partner, as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title: Member of the Management Board

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title: Member of the Management Board

 

 

 

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE DEUTSCHLAND GMBH, as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE HOLDINGS, INC., as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

C-5



 

EXHIBIT D

TO THE INDENTURE

 

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER FROM

RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE TO REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE

(Transfers pursuant to Section 2.7(a) of the Indenture)

 

Fresenius Medical Care US Finance II, Inc.

c/o U.S. Bank National Association

225 Asylum Street, 23rd Floor

Hartford, CT 06103

 

Attention:                                          Corporate Trust and Agency Services

Elizabeth C. Hammer

 

RE:

6.50% Senior Notes due 2018

 

(the “Notes”) of Fresenius Medical Care US Finance II, Inc.

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture dated as of September 14, 2011 (the “Indenture”) among Fresenius Medical Care US Finance II, Inc., Fresenius Medical Care AG & Co. KGaA, Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc., Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture.

 

This letter relates to $                    (being in a minimum amount of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) principal amount of Notes beneficially held through interests in the Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP No. 35802X AA1) with DTC in the name of                 (the “Transferor”), account number                  .  The Transferor hereby requests that on [INSERT DATE] such beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note be transferred or exchanged for an interest in the Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP No. U31434 AA8) in the same principal denomination and transferred to                    (account no.                  ).  If this is a partial transfer, a minimum amount of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof of the Rule 144A Global Note will remain outstanding.

 

In connection with such request and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such transfer has been effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and the Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, and accordingly the Transferor further certifies that:

 

(A)                               (1)                                   the offer of the Notes was not made to a Person in the United States;

 

(2)                                   either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any Person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was

 

D-1



 

executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither the Transferor nor any Person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States;

 

(3)                                   no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or 904(a) of Regulation S, as applicable; and

 

(4)                                   the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

OR

 

(B)                                 such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

D-2



 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.  Terms used in this certificate and not otherwise defined in the Indenture have the meanings set forth in Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Name of Transferor]

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Telephone No.:

 

 

Please print name and address (including zip code number)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

D-3



 

EXHIBIT E

TO THE INDENTURE

 

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER FROM

REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE TO RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE

(Transfers pursuant to Section 2.7(b) of the Indenture)

 

Fresenius Medical Care US Finance II, Inc.

c/o U.S. Bank National Association

225 Asylum Street, 23rd Floor

Hartford, CT 06103

 

Attention:                                          Corporate Trust and Agency Services

Elizabeth C. Hammer

 

RE:                               6 .50% Senior Notes due 2018 (the “Notes”) of Fresenius Medical Care US Finance II, Inc .

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture dated as of September 14, 2011 (the “ Indenture ”) among Fresenius Medical Care US Finance II, Inc., Fresenius Medical Care AG & Co. KGaA, Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc., Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture.

 

This letter relates to $                      (being in a minimum amount of $2,000 and in an integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof) principal amount of Notes beneficially held through interests in the Regulation S Global Note (CUSIP No. U31434 AA8) with DTC in the name of                                (the “Transferor”), account number                    .  The Transferor hereby requests that on [INSERT DATE] such beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note be transferred or exchanged for an interest in the Rule 144A Global Note (CUSIP No. 35802X AA1) in the same principal denomination and transferred to                              (account no.                  ).  If this is a partial transfer, a minimum of $2,000 and any integral multiple of $1,000 in excess thereof of the Regulation S Global Note will remain outstanding.

 

In connection with such request, and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with Rule 144A under the Securities Act to a transferee that the Transferor knows or reasonably believes is purchasing the Notes for its own account or an account with respect to which the transferee exercises sole investment discretion and the transferee and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, in each case in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.

 

E-1



 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Name of Transferor]

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Telephone No.:

 

 

Please print name and address (including zip code number)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E-2


Exhibit 10.3

 

Execution Version

 

 

 

 

FMC FINANCE VIII S.A.
as Issuer

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
as Trustee

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT
as Paying Agent

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA,
FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE HOLDINGS, INC. and
FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE DEUTSCHLAND GmbH
as Guarantors

 

 

INDENTURE

 

DATED AS OF OCTOBER 17, 2011

 

with respect to the issuance of

 

€100,000,000 FLOATING RATE SENIOR NOTES DUE 2016

 

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

 

 

Section 1.1

Definitions

1

Section 1.2

Additional Definitions

21

Section 1.3

Rules of Construction

21

Section 1.4

Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act

21

 

 

 

ARTICLE II

 

THE NOTES

 

 

 

Section 2.1

Form and Dating

22

Section 2.2

Execution and Authentication

23

Section 2.3

Registrar, Paying Agent and Calculation Agent

24

Section 2.4

Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust

25

Section 2.5

List of Holders

25

Section 2.6

Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes

25

Section 2.7

Registration of Transfer and Exchange

26

Section 2.8

Replacement Notes

32

Section 2.9

Outstanding Notes

32

Section 2.10

Treasury Notes

32

Section 2.11

Temporary Notes

33

Section 2.12

Cancellation

33

Section 2.13

Defaulted Interest

33

Section 2.14

ISINs and Common Codes

34

Section 2.15

Deposit of Moneys

34

Section 2.16

Certain Matters Relating to Global Notes

34

Section 2.17

Record Date

34

 

 

 

ARTICLE III

 

 

 

REDEMPTION

 

 

 

Section 3.1

Optional Redemption

34

Section 3.2

Notices to Trustee

35

Section 3.3

Notice of Redemption

35

Section 3.4

Effect of Notice of Redemption

36

Section 3.5

Deposit of Redemption Price

36

Section 3.6

Special Tax Redemption

37

 

-i-



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE IV

 

 

 

COVENANTS

 

 

 

Section 4.1

Payment of Notes

37

Section 4.2

Maintenance of Office or Agency

37

Section 4.3

Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness

38

Section 4.4

Limitation on Liens

40

Section 4.5

Ownership of the Issuer

40

Section 4.6

Existence

40

Section 4.7

Maintenance of Properties

40

Section 4.8

Payment of Taxes and Other Claims

41

Section 4.9

Maintenance of Insurance

41

Section 4.10

Reports

41

Section 4.11

Change of Control

42

Section 4.12

Additional Amounts

44

Section 4.13

Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default

45

Section 4.14

Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions

45

 

 

 

ARTICLE V

 

SUCCESSOR ISSUER OR GUARANTOR

 

 

 

Section 5.1

Limitation on Mergers and Sales of Assets

46

Section 5.2

Successor Entity Substituted

47

Section 5.3

Substitution of the Issuer

47

 

 

 

ARTICLE VI

 

 

 

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

 

 

Section 6.1

Events of Default

48

Section 6.2

Acceleration

49

Section 6.3

Other Remedies

50

Section 6.4

The Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes

50

Section 6.5

Rights and Remedies Cumulative

50

Section 6.6

Delay or Omission Not Waiver

50

Section 6.7

Waiver of Past Defaults

50

Section 6.8

Control by Majority

50

Section 6.9

Limitation on Suits

51

Section 6.10

Rights of Holders To Receive Payment

51

Section 6.11

Collection Suit by Trustee

51

Section 6.12

Trustee May File Proofs of Claim

52

Section 6.13

Priorities

52

Section 6.14

Restoration of Rights and Remedies

52

Section 6.15

Undertaking for Costs

53

 

-ii-



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

Section 6.16

Notices of Default

53

 

 

 

ARTICLE VII

 

 

 

TRUSTEE

 

 

 

Section 7.1

Duties of Trustee

53

Section 7.2

Rights of Trustee

54

Section 7.3

Individual Rights of Trustee

55

Section 7.4

Trustee’s Disclaimer

55

Section 7.5

Notice of Default

56

Section 7.6

Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes

56

Section 7.7

Compensation and Indemnity

56

Section 7.8

Replacement of Trustee

57

Section 7.9

Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc.

58

Section 7.10

Eligibility; Disqualification

59

Section 7.11

Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company

59

 

 

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

 

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

 

 

 

Section 8.1

Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance

59

Section 8.2

Legal Defeasance and Discharge

59

Section 8.3

Covenant Defeasance

60

Section 8.4

Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance

60

Section 8.5

Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture

61

Section 8.6

Survival of Certain Obligations

62

Section 8.7

Acknowledgment of Discharge by Trustee

62

Section 8.8

Application of Trust Moneys

62

Section 8.9

Repayment to the Issuer; Unclaimed Money

63

Section 8.10

Reinstatement

63

 

 

 

ARTICLE IX

 

 

 

AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

 

 

Section 9.1

Without Consent of Holders of Notes

64

Section 9.2

With Consent of Holders of Notes

64

Section 9.3

Notice of Amendment, Supplement or Waiver

65

Section 9.4

Revocation and Effect of Consents

66

Section 9.5

Notation on or Exchange of Notes

66

Section 9.6

Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc.

66

 

-iii-



 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE X

 

 

 

NOTE GUARANTEE

 

 

 

Section 10.1

Note Guarantee

66

Section 10.2

Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantees

70

Section 10.3

Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms

70

Section 10.4

Release of Guarantors

70

 

 

 

ARTICLE XI

 

 

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

 

 

Section 11.1

Notices

71

Section 11.2

Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent

73

Section 11.3

Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion

74

Section 11.4

Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar

75

Section 11.5

Legal Holidays

75

Section 11.6

Governing Law

75

Section 11.7

Submission to Jurisdiction

75

Section 11.8

No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders

76

Section 11.9

Successors

76

Section 11.10

Counterpart Originals

76

Section 11.11

Severability

76

Section 11.12

Table of Contents, Headings, Etc.

76

Section 11.13

Trust Indenture Act Controls

77

Section 11.14

Currency Indemnity

77

Section 11.15

Information

77

 

-iv-



 

EXHIBITS

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit A

-

Form of Initial Global Note

 

Exhibit B

-

Form of Initial Definitive Note

 

Exhibit C

-

Form of Note Guarantee

 

Exhibit D

-

Form of Transfer Certificate for Transfer from Rule 144A Global Note to Regulation S Global Note

 

Exhibit E

-

Form of Transfer Certificate for Transfer from Regulation S Global Note to Rule 144A Global Note

 

 

NOTE:

This Table of Contents shall not, for any purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.

 

 

-v-



 

INDENTURE dated as of October 17, 2011, among FMC FINANCE VIII S.A., a société anonyme organized under the laws of Luxembourg (the “Issuer”), as Issuer, FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA, a partnership limited by shares (Kommanditgesellschaft auf Aktien) organized under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany (the “Company”), FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE HOLDINGS, INC., a New York corporation (“FMCH”) and FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE DEUTSCHLAND GmbH, a limited liability company organized under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany (“FMCD” and, together with the Company and FMCH, the “Guarantors”), U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee (the “Trustee”) and DEUTSCHE BANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT, as the paying agent (the “Paying Agent”).

 

The Issuer has duly authorized the creation and issuance of (i) €100,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2016 issued on the date hereof (the “Initial Notes”) and (ii) Additional Notes (as defined herein) that may be issued on any Issue Date (all such notes referred to in clauses (i) and (ii) being referred to as the “Notes”); and, to provide therefor, the Issuer has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.  The Notes will be guaranteed (the “Note Guarantee”) on a senior unsecured basis by each Guarantor.  Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors has duly authorized the execution and delivery of this Indenture.  All things necessary to make the Notes, when duly issued and executed by the Issuer and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee hereunder, the valid obligations of the Issuer, and the Note Guarantee, when executed by each Guarantor and endorsed upon the Notes, the valid obligation of each Guarantor and to make this Indenture a valid agreement of the Issuer and each Guarantor, have been done.

 

Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other parties and for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders:

 

ARTICLE I

 

DEFINITIONS AND INCORPORATION BY REFERENCE

 

SECTION 1.1                  Definitions .  As used in this Indenture, the following terms shall have the following meanings:

 

“Accounting Principles” means U.S. GAAP, or, upon adoption thereof by the Company and notice to the Trustee, IFRS or any other accounting standards which are generally acceptable in the jurisdiction of organization of the Company, approved by the relevant regulatory or other accounting bodies in that jurisdiction and internationally generally acceptable and, in the case of IFRS or such other accounting standards, as in effect from time to time.

 

“Acquired Indebtedness” means Indebtedness of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary or is merged into or consolidated with any other Person or that is assumed in connection with the acquisition of assets from such Person and, in each case, not Incurred by such Person in connection with, or in anticipation or contemplation of, such Person becoming a Subsidiary or such merger, consolidation or acquisition.

 

“Additional Amounts” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.12 hereof.

 



 

“Additional Notes” means additional Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2016.

 

“Additional Taxing Jurisdiction” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 4.12 hereof.

 

“Affiliate” of any specified Person means:

 

(1)           any other Person, directly or indirectly, controlling or controlled by, or

 

(2)           under direct or indirect common control with such specified Person.

 

For the purposes of this definition, “control” when used with respect to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms “controlling” and “controlled” have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

 

“Agent” means the Paying Agent, the Calculation Agent, any Registrar, Authenticating Agent or co-Registrar.

 

“Agent Members” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.16.

 

“A/R Facility” means the accounts receivable facility established pursuant to the Fifth Amended and Restated Transfer and Administration Agreement dated as of November 17, 2009 by and among NMC Funding Corporation, as transferor, National Medical Care, Inc., as initial collection agent, Compass US Acquisition LLC, and other conduit investors party thereto, the financial institutions party thereto, The Bank of Nova Scotia, Barclays Bank PLC, Credit Agricole Corporate and Investment Bank, New York Branch and Royal Bank of Canada, as administrative agents, and WestLB AG, New York Branch, as administrative agent and as agent (as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restated or refinanced from time to time).

 

“Asset Disposition” means any direct or indirect sale, issuance, conveyance, transfer, lease (other than operating leases entered into in the ordinary course of business), assignment or other transfer for value by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including any Sale and Leaseback Transaction) to any Person other than the Company or a Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company, including any disposition by means of a merger, consolidation or similar transaction (each referred to for the purposes of this definition as a “disposition”), of:

 

(1)           any shares of Capital Stock of any Subsidiary (other than directors’ qualifying shares or shares required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than the Company or a Subsidiary),

 

(2)           all or substantially all the assets of any division or line of business of the Company or any Subsidiary, or

 

(3)           any other assets of the Company or any Subsidiary outside of the ordinary course of business of the Company or such Subsidiary,

 

other than, in the case of clauses (1), (2) and (3) above,

 

-2-



 

(A)          a disposition of assets or issuance of Capital Stock by a Subsidiary to the Company or by the Company or a Subsidiary to a Wholly Owned Subsidiary,

 

(B)           transactions permitted under Section 5.1, and

 

(C)           dispositions in connection with Permitted Liens, foreclosures on assets and any release of claims which have been written down or written off.

 

“Attributable Debt” means, in respect of any Sale and Leaseback Transaction, as of the time of determination, the total obligation (discounted to present value at the rate per annum equal to the discount rate which would be applicable to a Capital Lease Obligation with the like term in accordance with Accounting Principles) of the lessee for rental payments (other than amounts required to be paid on account of property taxes, maintenance, repairs, insurance, water rates and other items which do not constitute payments for property rights) during the remaining portion of the initial term of the lease included in such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

 

“Authenticating Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.2.

 

“Average Life” means, as of the date of determination, with respect to any Indebtedness or Preferred Stock, the quotient obtained by dividing:

 

(1)           the sum of the products of numbers of years from the date of determination to the dates of each successive scheduled principal payment of such Indebtedness or redemption or similar payment with respect to such Preferred Stock multiplied by the amount of such payment by,

 

(2)           the sum of all such payments.

 

“Bankruptcy Law” means (i) for purposes of the Company and FMCD, any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws of general application (including, without limitation, the German Insolvency Code (“ Insolvenzordnung ”), (ii) for purposes of the Issuer, any bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar statute (including, without limitation, the Luxembourg Commercial Code (Code de Commerce) and any similar statute), regulation or provision of any jurisdiction in which the Issuer is organized or conducting business, (iii) for purposes of FMCH, any bankruptcy, insolvency, reorganization, moratorium and other similar laws of general application (including, without limitation, 11 U.S.C. §101 et seq., as amended) and (iv) for purposes of the Trustee, any bankruptcy, insolvency or similar statute, regulation or provision of any jurisdiction in which the Trustee is organized or conducting business.

 

“Board of Directors” means, with respect to the Issuer or any Guarantor, as the case may be, the Board of Directors (or other body performing functions similar to any of those performed by a Board of Directors including those performed, in the case of a German stock corporation, by the management board or, in the case of a KGaA, by the General Partner) of such Person or any committee thereof duly authorized to act on behalf of such Board (or other body).

 

“Board Resolution” means, with respect to the Issuer or a Guarantor, a copy of a resolution certified by the Secretary or an Assistant Secretary or a member of the Board of Directors

 

-3-



 

or Management Board of the Issuer or such Guarantor to have been duly adopted by the Board of Directors or the Management Board, or such committee of the Board of Directors or the Management Board or officers of the Issuer or such Guarantor to which authority to act on behalf of the Board of Directors or the Management Board has been delegated, and to be in full force and effect on the date of such certification, and delivered to the Trustee by the Issuer or the Guarantor, as the case may be, and the Trustee shall be entitled to rely on such certification as conclusive evidence thereof.

 

“Business Day” means any day other than:

 

(1)           a Saturday or Sunday,

 

(2)           a day on which banking institutions in Frankfurt am Main or the jurisdiction of organization of the Issuer or of the office of the Paying Agent (other than the Trustee) are authorized or required by law or executive order to remain closed, or

 

(3)           except for purposes of payments made on or in respect of the Notes by a Paying Agent other than the Trustee, a day on which the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee is closed for business.

 

“Calculation Agent”  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

 

“Capital Lease Obligations” means an obligation that is required to be classified and accounted for as a capital lease for financial reporting purposes in accordance with Accounting Principles, and the amount of Indebtedness represented by such obligation shall be the capitalized amount of such obligation determined in accordance with Accounting Principles; and the Stated Maturity thereof shall be the date of the last payment of rent or any other amount due under such lease prior to the first date upon which such lease may be terminated by the lessee without payment of a penalty.

 

“Capital Stock” of any Person means any and all shares, interests, rights to purchase, warrants, options, participations or other equivalents of or interests in (however designated) equity of such Person, including any Preferred Stock, but excluding any debt securities convertible into such equity.

 

“Cash Management Arrangements” means the cash management arrangements of the Company and its Affiliates (including any Indebtedness arising thereunder) which arrangements are in the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice.

 

“Change of Control” means the occurrence of one or more of the following events:

 

(1)           so long as the Company is organized as a KGaA, if the General Partner of the Company charged with management of the Company shall at any time fail to be a Subsidiary of Fresenius SE, or if Fresenius SE shall fail at any time to own and control more than 25% of the capital stock with ordinary voting power in the Company;

 

-4-



 

(2)           if the Company is no longer organized as a KGaA, any event the result of which is that (A) any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d) and 14(d) of the Exchange Act), other than Fresenius SE, is or becomes the beneficial owner (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Exchange Act, except that such Person or group shall be deemed to have “beneficial ownership” of all shares that any such Person or group has the right to acquire, whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time), directly or indirectly, of more than 35% of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company and (B) Fresenius SE does not “beneficially own” (as defined in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 of the Exchange Act), directly or indirectly, in the aggregate a greater percentage of the total voting power of the Voting Stock of the Company;

 

(3)           any sale, lease, exchange or other transfer (in one transaction or a series of related transactions) of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company to any Person or group of related Persons for purposes of Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act (a “Group”), together with any Affiliates thereof (whether or not otherwise in compliance with the provisions herein).

 

“Change of Control Triggering Event” means the occurrence of a Change of Control and a Ratings Decline.

 

“Clearing Agency” means one or more of Euroclear, Clearstream, or the successor of either of them, in each case acting directly, or through a custodian, nominee or depository, as holder of the Global Notes.

 

“Clearstream” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.

 

“Closing Date” means the date of this Indenture.

 

“Code” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

“Company” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it pursuant to this Indenture and thereafter means such successor.

 

“Consolidated Coverage Ratio” of any Person as of any date of determination means the ratio of (x) the aggregate amount of EBITDA for such Person’s most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available immediately preceding the date of such determination to (y) Consolidated Interest Expense for such four fiscal quarters; provided , however , that:

 

(1)           if such Person or any of its Subsidiaries has Incurred or repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged (in each case other than Indebtedness under any revolving credit facility unless such Indebtedness has been permanently repaid and any related commitment has been terminated) any Indebtedness since the beginning of such period that remains outstanding or discharged or if the transaction giving rise to the need to calculate the Consolidated Coverage Ratio is an Incurrence or discharge of Indebtedness, or both, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated

 

-5-



 

after giving effect on a pro forma basis to such Indebtedness as if such Indebtedness had been Incurred or discharged on the first day of such period and the Incurrence or discharge of any other Indebtedness as if such Incurrence or discharge had occurred on the first day of such period,

 

(2)           if since the beginning of such period such Person or any of its Subsidiaries shall have made any Asset Disposition, the EBITDA for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if positive) directly attributable to the assets which are the subject of such Asset Disposition for such period, or increased by an amount equal to the EBITDA (if negative), directly attributable thereto for such period and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be reduced by an amount equal to the Consolidated Interest Expense directly attributable to any Indebtedness of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries repaid, repurchased, defeased or otherwise discharged with respect to such Person and its continuing Subsidiaries in connection with such Asset Disposition for such period (or, if the Capital Stock of any Subsidiary is sold, the Consolidated Interest Expense for such period of credit and directly attributable to the Indebtedness of such Subsidiary to the extent such Person and its continuing Subsidiaries are no longer liable for such Indebtedness after such Asset Disposition),

 

(3)           if since the beginning of such period such Person or any of its Subsidiaries (by merger or otherwise) shall have made an Investment in any Subsidiary (or any Person which becomes a Subsidiary) or an acquisition of assets, which constitutes all or substantially all of an operating unit of a business, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto (including the Incurrence of any Indebtedness) as if such Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period, and

 

(4)           if since the beginning of such period any Person (that subsequently became a Subsidiary or was merged with or into such Person or any of its Subsidiaries since the beginning of such period) shall have made any Asset Disposition, any Investment or acquisition of assets that would have required an adjustment pursuant to clause (2) or (3) above if made by such Person or a Subsidiary of such Person during such period, EBITDA and Consolidated Interest Expense for such period shall be calculated after giving pro forma effect thereto as if such Asset Disposition, Investment or acquisition occurred on the first day of such period.

 

For purposes of this definition, whenever pro forma effect is to be given to an acquisition of assets, the amount of income or earnings relating thereto and the amount of Consolidated Interest Expense associated with any Indebtedness Incurred in connection therewith, the pro forma calculations shall be determined in good faith by a responsible financial or accounting officer of the Company, as applicable.  If any Indebtedness bears a floating rate of interest and is being given pro forma effect, the interest of such Indebtedness shall be calculated as if the rate in effect on the date of determination had been the applicable rate for the entire period (taking into account any Interest Rate Agreement applicable to such Indebtedness if such Interest Rate Agreement has a remaining term in excess of 12 months).

 

-6-



 

“Consolidated Interest Expense” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the total interest expense of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries, including the amortization of debt discount and premium, the interest component under capital leases and the implied interest component (if any) under any Receivables Financing, in each case on a consolidated basis determined in accordance with Accounting Principles.

 

“Consolidated Net Income” means, with respect to any Person for any period, the net income of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries (including any net income attributable to non-controlling interest of such Person and its consolidated Subsidiaries), in each case as determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with Accounting Principles; provided that extraordinary gains and losses shall be excluded from Consolidated Net Income.

 

“Consolidated Net Tangible Assets” means, as of any date of determination, the total amount of all assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with Accounting Principles, as of the end of the most recent fiscal quarter for which the Company’s financial statements are available, less the sum of:

 

(1)           the Company’s consolidated current liabilities as of such quarter end, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with Accounting Principles; and

 

(2)           the Company’s consolidated assets that are properly classified as intangible assets as of such quarter end, determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with Accounting Principles.

 

“Corporate Trust Office” means the address of the Trustee specified in Section 11.1, or such other address as to which the Trustee may, from time to time, give written notice to the Company.

 

“Covenant Defeasance” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.3.

 

“Credit Facility” means (i) the bank credit agreement entered into as of March 31, 2006 among the Company, FMCH, the other borrowers identified therein, the guarantors identified therein, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, as extended on September 29, 2010 and as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restated or refinanced from time to time (the “Revolving Credit Facility”) and (ii) the term loan credit agreement entered into as of March 31, 2006 among the Company, FMCH, the other borrowers identified therein, the guarantors identified therein, the lenders party thereto and Bank of America, N.A., as administrative agent, as extended on September 29, 2010 and as amended, modified, renewed, refunded, replaced, restated or refinanced from time to time.

 

“Currency Agreement” means any foreign currency exchange contract, currency swap agreement or other similar agreement or arrangement.

 

“Custodian” means any receiver, trustee, assignee, liquidator, sequestration or similar official under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

-7-



 

“Default” means any event that is, or after notice or passage of time or both would be, an Event of Default (as defined herein).

 

“Default Interest Payment Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.13.

 

“Defeasance Trust” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.4.

 

“Definitive Notes” means Notes in definitive registered form substantially in the form of Exhibit B .

 

“Designated Government Obligations” means direct non-callable and non-redeemable obligations (in each case, with respect to the issuer thereof) of any member state of the European Union that is a member of the European Union as of the date of this Indenture or of the United States of America (including, in each case, any agency or instrumentality thereof), as the case may be, the payment of which is secured by the full faith and credit of the applicable member state or of the United States of America, as the case may be.

 

“Disqualified Stock” means, with respect to any Person, any Capital Stock that by its terms (or by the terms of any security into which it is convertible or for which it is exchangeable) or upon the happening of any event:

 

(1)           matures or is mandatorily redeemable pursuant to a sinking fund obligation or otherwise;

 

(2)           is convertible or exchangeable for Indebtedness or Disqualified Stock; or

 

(3)           is redeemable at the option of the holder thereof, in whole or in part,

 

in each case on or prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Notes; provided , however , that any Capital Stock that would not constitute Disqualified Stock but for provisions thereof giving holders thereof the right to require such Person to repurchase or redeem such Capital Stock upon the occurrence of an “asset sale” or “change of control” occurring prior to the first anniversary of the Stated Maturity of the Notes shall not constitute Disqualified Stock if the “asset sale” or “change of control” provisions applicable to such Capital Stock are not more favorable to the holders of such Capital Stock than the provisions of Section 4.11.

 

“EBITDA” for any Person for any period means the sum of Consolidated Net Income of such Person, plus Consolidated Interest Expense of such Person plus the following to the extent deducted in calculating such Consolidated Net Income:

 

(1)           all income tax expense of such Person and its Subsidiaries,

 

(2)           depreciation expense, and

 

(3)           amortization expense, in each case for such period.

 

Notwithstanding the foregoing, the provision for taxes based on the income or profits of, and the depreciation and amortization of, a Subsidiary that is not a Wholly Owned

 

-8-



 

Subsidiary shall be added to Consolidated Net Income to compute EBITDA only to the extent (and in the same proportion) that the net income of such Subsidiary was included in calculating Consolidated Net Income and only if a corresponding amount would be permitted at the date of determination to be dividended to such Person by such Subsidiary without prior approval (that has not been obtained), pursuant to the terms of its charter and all agreements, instruments, judgments, decrees, orders, statutes, rules and governmental regulations applicable to such Subsidiary or its stockholders.

 

“€” or “euro” means the single currency of the Participating Member States.

 

“Euroclear” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.6.

 

“Event of Default” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 6.1.

 

“Exchange Act” means the United States Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Finance Subsidiary” means any Wholly Owned Subsidiary of the Company created for the sole purpose of issuing evidences of Indebtedness and which is subject to similar restrictions on its activities as the Issuer.

 

“Fresenius SE” means Fresenius SE & Co. KGaA, a partnership limited by shares ( Kommanditgesellschaft auf Aktien ) resulting from the change of legal form of Fresenius SE, a European Company (Societas Europaea) previously called Fresenius AG, a German stock corporation.

 

“General Partner” means Fresenius Medical Care Management AG, a German stock corporation, including its successors and assigns and other Persons, in each case who serve as the general partner ( persönlich haftender Gesellschafter ) of the Company from time to time.

 

“Global Notes” shall mean Notes in registered global form substantially in the form of Exhibit A .

 

“Guarantee” means any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of any Person directly or indirectly guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other obligation of any Person (other than, in the case of subsidiaries, obligations which would not constitute Indebtedness) and any obligation, direct or indirect, contingent or otherwise, of such Person:

 

(1)           to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of) such Indebtedness or other obligation of such Person (whether arising by virtue of partnership arrangements, or by agreements to keep-well, to purchase assets, goods, securities or services, to take-or-pay or to maintain financial statement conditions or otherwise), or

 

(2)           entered into for the purpose of assuring in any other manner the obligee of such Indebtedness or other obligation of the payment thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect thereof (in whole or in part);

 

-9-



 

provided , however , that the term “Guarantee” shall not include endorsements for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business.  The term “Guarantee” used as a verb has a corresponding meaning.

 

“Guarantee Agreement” means, in the context of a consolidation, merger or sale of all or substantially all of the assets of a Guarantor, an agreement by which the Surviving Person from such a transaction expressly assumes all of the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee.

 

“Guarantor” means each of the Company, FMCH and FMCD and any successor or additional Guarantor, unless released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

“Hedging Obligations” of any Person means the obligations of such Person pursuant to any Interest Rate Agreement or Currency Agreement.

 

“Holder” means a Person in whose name a Note is registered on the Registrar’s books.

 

“IFRS” means international financial reporting standards and interpretations issued by the International Accounting Standards Board and adopted by the European Commission, as in effect from time to time.

 

“Incur” means issue, assume, guarantee, incur or otherwise become liable for; provided , however , that any Indebtedness or Capital Stock of a Person existing at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary (whether by merger, consolidation, acquisition or otherwise) shall be deemed to be Incurred by such Subsidiary at the time it becomes a Subsidiary.  The term “Incurrence” when used as a noun shall have a correlative meaning.  The accretion of principal of a non-interest bearing or other discount security shall be deemed the Incurrence of Indebtedness.

 

“Indebtedness” means, with respect to any Person on any date of determination (without duplication):

 

(1)           the principal of and premium (if any) in respect of (A) indebtedness of such Person for money borrowed and (B) indebtedness evidenced by notes, debentures, bonds or other similar instruments for the payment of which such Person is responsible or liable,

 

(2)           all Capital Lease Obligations of such Person,

 

(3)           all obligations of such Person issued or assumed as the deferred purchase price of property or services, all conditional sale obligations of such Person and all obligations of such Person under any title retention agreement (other than (x) customary reservations or retentions of title under agreements with suppliers entered into in the ordinary course of business, (y) trade debt Incurred in the ordinary course of business and not overdue by 90 days or more and (z) obligations Incurred under a pension, retirement or

 

-10-



 

deferred compensation program or arrangement regulated under the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, or the laws of a foreign government),

 

(4)           all obligations of such Person for the reimbursement of any obligor on any letter of credit, bank guarantee, banker’s acceptance or similar credit transaction (except to the extent such reimbursement obligation relates to trade debt in the ordinary course of business and such reimbursement obligation is paid within 30 days after payment of the trade debt),

 

(5)           the amount of all obligations of such Person with respect to the redemption, repayment or other repurchase of any Disqualified Stock or, with respect to any subsidiary of such Person, any Preferred Stock (but excluding, in each case, any accrued dividends),

 

(6)           all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (5) of other Persons and all dividends of other Persons for the payment of which, in either case, such Person is responsible or liable, directly or indirectly, as obligor, guarantor or otherwise, including by means of any Guarantee,

 

(7)           all obligations of the type referred to in clauses (1) through (6) of other Persons secured by any Lien on any property or asset of such Person (whether or not such obligation is assumed by such Person), the amount of such obligation being deemed to be the lesser of the value of such property or assets or the amount of the obligation so secured, and

 

(8)           to the extent not otherwise included in this definition, Hedging Obligations of such Person.

 

The amount of Indebtedness of any Person at any date shall be the outstanding balance at such date of all unconditional obligations as described above and the maximum liability, upon the occurrence of the contingency giving rise to the obligation, of any contingent obligations at such date. For the avoidance of doubt, the following will not be treated as Indebtedness:

 

(1)           Indebtedness Incurred in respect of workers’ compensation claims, self insurance obligations, performance, surety and similar bonds and completion guarantees provided in this ordinary course of business;

 

(2)           Indebtedness arising from agreements providing for indemnification, adjustment of purchase price or similar obligations, in each case, Incurred or assumed in connection with the disposition or acquisition of any business, assets or Capital Stock of a Subsidiary, provided , that the maximum aggregate liability in respect of all such Indebtedness (other than in respect of tax and environmental indemnities) shall at no time exceed, in the case of a disposition, the gross proceeds actually received by the Company and its Subsidiaries in connection with such disposition and, in the case of an acquisition, the fair market value of any business assets or Capital Stock acquired;

 

-11-



 

(3)           Indebtedness arising from the honoring by a bank or other financial institution of a check, draft or similar instrument (except in the case of daylight overdrafts) drawn against insufficient funds in the ordinary course of business, provided that such Indebtedness is extinguished within five Business Days of the Incurrence.

 

“Indenture” means this Indenture, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with the terms hereof.

 

“Initial Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble to this Indenture.

 

“Interest Rate Agreement” means any interest rate swap agreement, interest rate cap agreement or other similar financial agreement or arrangement.

 

“Investment” in any Person means any direct or indirect advance, loan (other than advances to customers in the ordinary course of business that are recorded as accounts receivable on the balance sheet of such Person) or other extensions of credit (including by way of Guarantee or similar arrangement) or capital contribution to (by means of any transfer of cash or other property to others or any payment for property or services for the account or use of others), or any purchase or acquisition of Capital Stock, Indebtedness or other similar instruments issued by such Person; provided , however , that advances, loans or other extensions of credit arising under the Cash Management Arrangements shall not be deemed Investments.

 

“Investment Grade” means a rating of BBB- or higher by S&P and Baa3 or higher by Moody’s or the equivalent of such ratings by S&P or Moody’s and the equivalent in respect of rating categories of any Rating Agencies substituted for S&P or Moody’s.

 

“Investment Grade Status” exists as of any time if at such time both (i) the rating assigned to the Notes by Moody’s is at least Baa3 (or the equivalent) or higher and (ii) the rating assigned to the Notes by S&P is at least BBB- (or the equivalent) or higher and the equivalent in respect of rating categories of any Rating Agencies substituted for S&P or Moody’s.

 

“Issue Date” means the date on which any Notes are issued.

 

“Issuer” means FMC Finance VIII S.A. until a successor replaces it pursuant to this Indenture and thereafter means such successor.

 

“Issuer Order” means a written order or request signed in the name of the Issuer by a Responsible Officer of the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee by the Issuer.

 

“KGaA” means a German partnership limited by shares ( Kommanditgesellschaft auf Aktien ).

 

“Legal Defeasance” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 8.2.

 

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, security interest, encumbrance, lien or charge of any kind (including any conditional sale or other title retention agreement or lease in the nature thereof).

 

-12-



 

“Listing Agent” means BNP Paribas Securities Services, Luxembourg Branch.

 

“Luxembourg Paying Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

 

“Maturity Date” means October 15, 2016.

 

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and its successors.

 

“Note Guarantee” means the Guarantee by a Guarantor of the Issuer’s obligations with respect to the Notes.

 

“Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in the preamble of this Indenture.

 

“Officers’ Certificate” means a certificate signed by two Responsible Officers of the Issuer or of any Guarantor.

 

“Opinion of Counsel” means a written opinion from legal counsel who is reasonably acceptable to the Trustee. The counsel may be an employee of or counsel to the Issuer, a Guarantor or the Trustee.

 

Participating Member State” means a member state of the European Union which has adopted or adopts the single currency in accordance with the Treaty establishing the European Community (as that Treaty is amended from time to time).

 

“Paying Agent” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

 

“Permitted Liens” means, with respect to any Person:

 

(1)           pledges or deposits by such Person under workmen’s compensation laws, unemployment insurance laws or similar legislation, or good faith deposits in connection with bids, tenders, contracts (other than for the payment of Indebtedness) or leases to which such Person is a party, or deposits to secure public or statutory obligations of such Person or deposits or cash or Designated Government Obligations to secure surety or appeal bonds to which such Person is a party, or deposits as security for contested taxes or import or customs duties or for the payment of rent, in each case Incurred in the ordinary course of business;

 

(2)           Liens imposed by law, including carriers’, warehousemen’s and mechanics’ Liens, in each case for sums not yet due or being contested in good faith if a reserve or other appropriate provisions, if any, as are required by Accounting Principles have been made in respect thereof;

 

(3)           Liens for taxes, assessments or other governmental charges not yet subject to penalties for non-payment or which are being contested in good faith provided appropriate reserves, if any, as are required by Accounting Principles have been made in respect thereof;

 

-13-



 

(4)           Liens in favor of issuers of surety or performance bonds or letters of credit or bankers’ acceptances issued pursuant to the request of and for the account of such Person in the ordinary course of its business;

 

(5)           encumbrances, easements or reservations of, or rights of others for, licenses, rights of way, sewers, electric lines, telegraph and telephone lines and other similar purposes, or zoning or other restrictions as to the use of real properties or liens incidental to the conduct of the business of such Person or to the ownership of its properties which do not in the aggregate materially adversely affect the value of said properties or materially impair their use in the operation of the business of such Person;

 

(6)           Liens securing Hedging Obligations so long as the related Indebtedness is, and is permitted to be, secured by a Lien on the same property securing such Hedging Obligation or Interest Rate Agreement;

 

(7)           leases, subleases and licenses of real property which do not materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and leases, subleases and licenses of other assets in the ordinary course of business;

 

(8)           judgment Liens not giving rise to an Event of Default so long as such Lien is adequately bonded and any appropriate legal proceedings which may have been duly initiated for the review of such judgment have not been finally terminated or the period within which such proceedings may be initiated has not expired;

 

(9)           Liens for the purpose of securing the payment (or the refinancing of the payment) of all or a part of the purchase price of, or Capital Lease Obligations with respect to, assets or property acquired or constructed in the ordinary course of business; provided that:

 

(a)           the aggregate principal amount secured by such Liens does not exceed the cost of the assets or property so acquired or constructed; and

 

(b)           such Liens are created within 180 days of construction or acquisition of such assets or property (or, upon a refinancing, replace Liens created within such period) and do not encumber any other assets or property of the Company or any Subsidiary other than such assets or property and assets affixed or appurtenant thereto;

 

(10)         Liens arising solely by virtue of any statutory or common law provisions relating to banker’s Liens, rights of set-off or similar rights and remedies as to deposit accounts or other funds maintained with a depositary institution; provided that such deposit account is not intended by the Company or any Subsidiary to provide collateral to the depositary institution;

 

(11)         Liens arising from United States Uniform Commercial Code financing statement filings (or similar filings in other applicable jurisdictions) regarding operating

 

-14-



 

leases entered into by the Company and its Subsidiaries in the ordinary course of business;

 

(12)         Liens existing on the Closing Date (other than Liens under clause (19));

 

(13)         Liens on property or shares of stock of a Person at the time such Person becomes a Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such other Person becoming a Subsidiary; provided further, however, that any such Lien may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

(14)         Liens on property at the time the Company or a Subsidiary acquired the property, including any acquisition by means of a merger or consolidation with or into the Company or any Subsidiary; provided , however , that such Liens are not created, Incurred or assumed in connection with, or in contemplation of, such acquisition; provided further , however , that such Liens may not extend to any other property owned by the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

(15)         Liens securing Indebtedness or other obligations of the Company to a Subsidiary or of a Subsidiary owing to the Company or a Subsidiary;

 

(16)         Liens securing the Notes and all other Indebtedness which by its terms must be secured if the Notes are secured;

 

(17)         Liens securing Indebtedness Incurred to refinance Indebtedness that was previously secured (other than Liens under clause (19)); provided , that such Lien is limited to all or part of the same property or assets that secured the Indebtedness refinanced;

 

(18)         Liens arising by operation of law or by agreement to the same effect in the ordinary course of business;

 

(19)         Liens securing Indebtedness and other obligations under the Credit Facility in an aggregate principal amount of Indebtedness secured thereby not to exceed the greater of (x) $4.6 billion, the maximum amount of Indebtedness that could be incurred under the Credit Facility as of March 31, 2006, and (y) 2.5 times the Company’s aggregate EBITDA for the most recently ended four full fiscal quarters for which internal financial statements are available;

 

(20)         Liens securing the A/R Facility; and

 

(21)         other Liens securing Indebtedness having an aggregate principal amount, measured as of the date of creation of any such Lien and the date of Incurrence of any such Indebtedness, not to exceed 5% of the Company’s Consolidated Net Tangible Assets.

 

-15-



 

“Person” means any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, association, joint-stock company, trust, unincorporated organization, government or any agency, instrumentality or political subdivision thereof, or any other entity.

 

“Preferred Stock,” as applied to the Capital Stock of any corporation, means Capital Stock of any class or classes (however designated) which is preferred as to the payment of dividends, or as to the distribution of assets upon any voluntary or involuntary liquidation or dissolution of such corporation, over shares of Capital Stock of any other class of such corporation.

 

“Private Placement Legends” means each of  the legends set forth in Section 2.7(f).

 

“Qualified Capital Stock” means any Capital Stock which is not Disqualified Stock.

 

“Rating Agencies” means:

 

(1)           S&P and

 

(2)           Moody’s, or

 

(3)           if S&P or Moody’s or both shall not make a rating of the Notes publicly available, despite the Company using its commercially reasonable efforts to obtain such a rating, a nationally recognized securities rating agency or agencies, as the case may be, selected by the Company, which shall be substituted for S&P or Moody’s or both, as the case may be.

 

“Rating Category” means:

 

(1)           with respect to S&P, any of the following categories:  BB, B, CCC, CC, C and D (or equivalent successor categories),

 

(2)           with respect to Moody’s, any of the following categories:  Ba, B, Caa, Ca, C and D (or equivalent successor categories), and

 

(3)           the equivalent of any such category of S&P or Moody’s used by another rating agency.  In determining whether the rating of the Notes has decreased by one or more gradations, gradations within rating categories (+ and - for S&P, 1, 2 and 3 for Moody’s; or the equivalent gradations for another rating agency) shall be taken into account ( e.g ., with respect to S&P, a decline in a rating from BB+ to BB, as well as from BB- to B+, which constitute a decrease of one gradation).

 

“Rating Date” means the date which is 90 days prior to the earlier of (1) a Change of Control and (2) public notice of the occurrence of a Change of Control or of the intention by the Company or any Person to effect a Change of Control.

 

“Ratings Decline” means the occurrence on or within 90 days after the date of the first public notice of either the occurrence of a Change of Control or of a transaction which will

 

-16-



 

effect a Change of Control, whichever is earlier (which period shall be extended so long as any Rating Agency has publicly announced that it is considering a possible downgrade of the Notes) of (1) in the event the Notes are rated by either Moody’s or S&P on the Rating Date as Investment Grade, a decrease in the rating of the Notes by both Rating Agencies to a rating that is below Investment Grade, or (2) in the event the Notes are rated below Investment Grade by both Rating Agencies on the Rating Date, a decrease in the rating of the Notes by either Rating Agency by one or more gradations (including gradations within Rating Categories as well as between Rating Categories).

 

“Receivables Financings” means:

 

(1)           the A/R Facility, and

 

(2)           any financing transaction or series of financing transactions that have been or may be entered into by the Company or a Subsidiary pursuant to which the Company or a Subsidiary may sell, convey or otherwise transfer to a Subsidiary or Affiliate, or any other Person, or may grant a security interest in, any receivables or interests therein secured by the merchandise or services financed thereby (whether such receivables are then existing or arising in the future) of the Company or such Subsidiary, as the case may be, and any assets related thereto, including without limitation, all security interests in merchandise or services financed thereby, the proceeds of such receivables, and other assets which are customarily sold or in respect of which security interests are customarily granted in connection with securitization transactions involving such assets.

 

“Record Date” means the Record Dates specified in the Notes.

 

“Redemption Price” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the price fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and Paragraph 9 of the Notes.

 

“Refinance” means, in respect of any Indebtedness, to refinance, extend, renew, refund, repay, prepay, redeem, defease or retire, or to issue other Indebtedness in exchange or replacement for, such Indebtedness.  “Refinanced” and “Refinancing” shall have correlative meanings.

 

“Refinancing Indebtedness” means Indebtedness that Refinances any Indebtedness of the Company or any Subsidiary existing on the Closing Date or Incurred in compliance with Section 4.3, including Indebtedness that Refinances Refinancing Indebtedness; provided , however , that:

 

(1)           such Refinancing Indebtedness has a Stated Maturity no earlier than the Stated Maturity of the Indebtedness being Refinanced,

 

(2)           such Refinancing Indebtedness has an Average Life at the time such Refinancing Indebtedness is Incurred that is equal to or greater than the Average Life of the Indebtedness being Refinanced, and

 

-17-



 

(3)           such Refinancing Indebtedness has an aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, an aggregate issue price) that is equal to or less than the aggregate principal amount (or if Incurred with original issue discount, the aggregate accreted value) then outstanding or committed (plus fees and expenses, including any premium and defeasance costs) under the Indebtedness being Refinanced; provided further , however , that Refinancing Indebtedness shall not include (x) Indebtedness of a Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness of the Company or (y) Indebtedness of the Company or a Subsidiary that Refinances Indebtedness of another Subsidiary.

 

“Registrar” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.3.

 

“Regulation S” means Regulation S (including any successor regulation thereto) under the Securities Act, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

“Regulation S Global Note” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

 

“Regulation S Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1.

 

“Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction” shall have the meaning set forth in Paragraph 2 of the Notes.

 

“Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer, senior vice president—finance, treasurer, assistant treasurer, managing director, management board member or director of a company (or in the case of the Company, a Responsible Officer of its General Partner, other managing entity or other Person authorized to act on its behalf, and if such Person is also a partnership, limited liability company or similarly organized entity, a Responsible Officer of the entity that may be authorized to act on behalf of such Person).

 

“Restricted Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.7(b) hereof.

 

“Rule 144” means Rule 144 (including any successor regulation thereto) under the Securities Act, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

“Rule 144A” means Rule 144A (including any successor regulation thereto) under the Securities Act, as it may be amended from time to time.

 

“Rule 144A Global Note” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.

 

“Rule 144A Notes” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2.1 hereof.

 

“Sale and Leaseback Transaction” means any direct or indirect arrangement with any Person or to which any such Person is a party, providing for the leasing to the Issuer or any Guarantor or a Subsidiary of any property, whether owned by the Issuer, a Guarantor or any Subsidiary at the Closing Date or later acquired, which has been or is to be sold or transferred by the Issuer, a Guarantor or such Subsidiary to such Person or to any other Person from whom funds have been or are to be advanced by such Person on the security of such property.

 

-18-



 

“SEC” means the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission, as from time to time constituted, created under the Exchange Act, or if at any time after the execution of this Indenture such Commission is not existing and performing the duties now assigned to it under the Securities Act and the Exchange Act, then the body performing such duties at such time.

 

“Secured Indebtedness” means any Indebtedness of the Company secured by a Lien.

 

“Securities Act” means the U.S. Securities Act of 1933 or any successor statute thereto, in each case as amended from time to time.

 

“Significant Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any Subsidiary of such Person that satisfies the criteria for a “significant subsidiary” set forth in Rule 1.02 of Regulation S-X under the Exchange Act.

 

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Corporation and its successors.

 

“Stated Maturity” means, with respect to any security, the date specified in such security as the fixed date on which the final payment of principal of such security is due and payable, including pursuant to any mandatory redemption provision (but excluding any provision providing for the repurchase of such security at the option of the holder thereof upon the happening of any contingency unless such contingency has occurred).

 

“Subordinated Obligation” means any Indebtedness of the Issuer or a Guarantor (whether outstanding on the Closing Date or thereafter Incurred) that is subordinate or junior in right of payment to the Notes or such Guarantor’s Note Guarantee pursuant to a written agreement to that effect.

 

“Subsidiary” means, with respect to any Person, any corporation, limited liability company, association, partnership or other business entity of which more than 50% of the total voting power of shares of Voting Stock is at the time owned or controlled, directly or indirectly, by:

 

(1)           such Person;

 

(2)           such Person and one or more Subsidiaries of such Person; or

 

(3)           one or more Subsidiaries of such Person.

 

Unless otherwise provided, all references to a Subsidiary shall be a Subsidiary of the Company.

 

“Successor” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.3.

 

“Surviving Person” means, with respect to any Person involved in any merger, consolidation or other business combination or the sale, assignment, transfer, lease, conveyance or other disposition of all or substantially all of such Person’s assets, the Person formed by or surviving such transaction or the Person to which such disposition is made.

 

-19-



 

“Tax Redemption Date” when used with respect to any Note to be redeemed, means the date fixed for such redemption pursuant to this Indenture and Paragraph 9 of the Notes.

 

“Taxes” shall have the meaning set forth in Paragraph 2 of the Notes.

 

“TIA” means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 (15 U.S. Code 77aaa-77bbbb) as in effect on the date of this Indenture; provided , however , that in the event the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 is amended after such date, “TIA” means, to the extent required by any such amendment, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939 as so amended.

 

“Trust Officer” means any officer of the Trustee (or any successor of the Trustee), including any director, managing director, vice president, assistant vice president, corporate trust officer, assistant corporate trust officer, associate or any other officer or assistant officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by the Persons who at that time shall be such officers, and also means, with respect to a particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such trust matter is referred because of his or her knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

 

“Trustee” means the party named as such in this Indenture until a successor replaces it in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture and thereafter means such successor.

 

“U.S. GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States of America as in effect from time to time, including those set forth in:

 

(1)           the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants,

 

(2)           statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting Standards Board,

 

(3)           such other statements by such other entity as approved by a significant segment of the accounting profession, and

 

(4)           the rules and regulations of the SEC governing the inclusion of financial statements (including pro forma financial statements) in periodic reports required to be filed pursuant to Section 13 of the Exchange Act, including opinions and pronouncements in staff accounting bulletins and similar written statements from the accounting staff of the SEC.

 

“Voting Stock” of a Person means all classes of Capital Stock or other interests (including partnership interests) of such Person then outstanding and normally entitled (without regard to the occurrence of any contingency) to vote in the election of directors, managers or trustees thereof.

 

“Wholly Owned Subsidiary” means a Subsidiary all the Capital Stock of which (other than directors’ qualifying shares and shares held by other Persons to the extent such shares

 

-20-



 

are required by applicable law to be held by a Person other than its parent or a Subsidiary of its parent) is owned by the Company or by one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries, or by the Company and one or more Wholly Owned Subsidiaries.

 

SECTION 1.2                  Additional Definitions .  Additional definitions of certain terms relating to the calculation of interest on the Notes are set forth in the Form of Initial Global Note and the Form of Initial Definitive Note annexed hereto as Exhibit A and Exhibit B , respectively.

 

SECTION 1.3                  Rules of Construction .  Unless the context otherwise requires:

 

(a)           a term has the meaning assigned to it;

 

(b)           an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning assigned to it in accordance with Accounting Principles;

 

(c)           “or” is not exclusive;

 

(d)           words in the singular include the plural, and words in the plural include the singular;

 

(e)           provisions apply to successive events and transactions; and

 

(f)            “herein,” “hereof” and other words of similar import refer to this Indenture as a whole and not to any particular Article, Section or other subdivision.

 

SECTION 1.4                  Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act .  Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is incorporated by reference in, and made a part of, this Indenture.

 

The following TIA terms have the following meanings:

 

“indenture securities” means the Notes and any Note Guarantee;

 

“indenture security holder” means a Holder;

 

“indenture to be qualified” means this Indenture;

 

“indenture trustee” or “institutional trustee” means the Trustee;

 

“obligor” on the Notes means the Issuer and any successor obligor upon the Notes or any Guarantor.

 

All other terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by the Commission rule under the TIA have the meanings so assigned to them therein.

 

-21-



 

ARTICLE II

 

THE NOTES

 

SECTION 2.1                  Form and Dating .  The Notes and the notation relating to the Trustee’s certificate of authentication thereof, shall be substantially in the form of Exhibit A (in the case of Global Notes) and Exhibit B (in the case of the Definitive Notes), as applicable.  The Notes may have notations, legends or endorsements required by law, stock exchange rule or usage.  The Issuer and the Trustee shall approve the form of the Notes and any notation, legend or endorsement on them not inconsistent with the terms of this Indenture.  Each Note shall be dated the Issue Date and shall show the date of its authentication.

 

The terms and provisions contained in the Notes, annexed hereto as Exhibits A and B , shall constitute, and are hereby expressly made, a part of this Indenture and, to the extent applicable, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent and the Calculation Agent, by their execution and delivery of this Indenture, expressly agree to such terms and provisions and to be bound thereby.  The Notes will initially be represented by the Global Notes.  Definitive Notes will be issued in exchange for Global Notes only in accordance with Section 2.6(a).

 

As long as the Notes are in global form, the Paying Agent (in lieu of the Trustee) shall be responsible for:

 

(1)           paying sums due on the Global Notes; and

 

(2)           arranging on behalf of and at the expense of the Issuer for notices to be communicated to Holders in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

Each reference in this Indenture to the performance of duties set forth in clauses (1) and (2) above by the Trustee includes performance of such duties by the Paying Agent.

 

Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance on Regulation S shall be initially issued as one or more global notes, in registered, global form without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, with such applicable legends as are provided in Section 2.7(f)(ii)(A), except as otherwise permitted herein, and shall be referred to collectively herein as the “Regulation S Global Note.”  The aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee (following receipt by the Trustee of all the information required hereunder), as hereinafter provided (or by the issue of a further Regulation S Global Note), in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note or in consequence of the issue of Definitive Notes or Additional Notes in the form of Regulation S Global Notes, as hereinafter provided.  The Regulation S Global Note and all other Notes that are not Rule 144A Notes shall collectively be referred to herein as the “Regulation S Notes.”

 

Notes offered and sold in their initial distribution in reliance on Rule 144A shall be initially issued as one or more global notes in registered, global form without interest coupons, substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto, with such applicable legends as are provided

 

-22-



 

in Section 2.7(f)(ii)(B), except as otherwise permitted herein, and shall be referred to collectively herein as the “Rule 144A Global Note.”  The aggregate principal amount of the Rule 144A Global Note may from time to time be increased or decreased by adjustments made on the records of the Trustee (following receipt by the Trustee of all information required hereunder), as hereinafter provided (or by the issue of a further Rule 144A Global Note), in connection with a corresponding decrease or increase in the aggregate principal amount of the Regulation S Global Note, or in consequence of the issue of Definitive Notes or Additional Rule 144A Global Notes, as hereinafter provided.  The Rule 144A Global Note and all other Notes (excluding interests in Rule 144A Global Notes which are transferred in accordance with Section 2.7(a) hereunder), if any, evidencing the debt, or any portion of the debt, initially evidenced by such Rule 144A Global Note, shall collectively be referred to herein as the “Rule 144A Notes.”

 

SECTION 2.2                  Execution and Authentication .  One Responsible Officer of or one Person duly authorized by all requisite corporate actions by the Issuer shall sign the Notes for the Issuer by manual or facsimile signature.

 

If a Responsible Officer whose signature is on a Note was a Responsible Officer at the time of such execution but no longer holds that office or position at the time the Trustee authenticates the Note, the Note shall be valid nevertheless.  The Trustee shall be entitled to rely on such signature as authentic and shall be under no obligation to make any investigation in relation thereto.

 

A Note shall not be valid until an authorized signatory of the Trustee manually signs the certificate of authentication on the Note.  The signature shall be conclusive evidence that the Note has been authenticated under this Indenture.

 

Except as otherwise provided herein, the aggregate principal amount of Notes which may be outstanding at any time under this Indenture is not limited in amount.  The Trustee shall authenticate such Notes, which shall consist of (i) Initial Notes for original issue on the Closing Date in an aggregate principal amount not to exceed €100,000,000.00, all of which shall be represented by a Regulation S Global Note and (ii) Additional Notes from time to time for issuance after the Closing Date to the extent otherwise permitted hereunder (including, without limitation, under Section 4.3 hereof), in each case upon receipt of an Issuer Order.  Additional Notes will be treated the same as the Notes for all purposes under this Indenture, including, without limitation, for purposes of waivers, amendments, redemptions and offers to purchase.  Such Issuer Order shall specify the aggregate principal amount of Notes to be authenticated, the type of Notes, the date on which the Notes are to be authenticated, the issue price and the date from which interest on such Notes shall accrue, whether the Notes are to be Initial Notes or Additional Notes and whether or not the Notes shall bear a Private Placement Legend, or such other information as the Trustee may reasonably request.  In authenticating the Notes and accepting the responsibilities under this Indenture in relation to the Notes, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of Counsel in a form reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee stating that the form and terms thereof have been established in conformity with the provisions of this Indenture, do not give rise to a Default and that the issuance of such Notes has been duly authorized by the Issuer.  Upon receipt of an Issuer Order, the Trustee

 

-23-



 

shall authenticate Notes in substitution for Notes originally issued to reflect any name change of the Issuer.

 

The Trustee may appoint an authenticating agent (“Authenticating Agent”) reasonably acceptable to the Issuer to authenticate Notes.  Unless otherwise provided in the appointment, an Authenticating Agent may authenticate Notes whenever the Trustee may do so.  Each reference in this Indenture to authentication by the Trustee includes authentication by such Authenticating Agent.  An Authenticating Agent has the same rights as an Agent to deal with the Issuer and Affiliates of the Issuer.

 

The Notes shall be issuable only in denominations of €1,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof.

 

SECTION 2.3                  Registrar, Paying Agent and Calculation Agent .  The Issuer shall maintain (i) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for registration of transfer or for exchange (“Registrar”), (ii) an office or agency where Notes may be presented for payment to Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft and (iii) upon issuance of Definitive Notes, an office or agency where Definitive Notes may be presented for payment to the Luxembourg Paying Agent.  The Registrar shall keep a register of the Notes and of their transfer and exchange.  At the option of the Issuer, payment of interest may be made by check mailed to the Holders at their addresses set forth in the register of Holders.  The Issuer may appoint one or more co-registrars and one or more additional paying agents.  The term “Registrar” includes any co-registrar and the terms “Paying Agent” and “Calculation Agent” includes any additional paying agent or calculation agent, as applicable.  The Issuer may change any Paying Agent, Calculation Agent or Registrar without notice to any Holder.  The Issuer shall notify the Trustee in writing of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture.  If the Issuer fails to appoint or maintain another entity as Registrar, Paying Agent or Calculation Agent, the Trustee shall act as such.  The Issuer, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries may act as Paying Agent or Registrar to the extent permitted under applicable laws or regulations.

 

The Issuer shall notify the Trustee and the Trustee shall notify the Holders of the name and address of any Agent not a party to this Indenture.  The Issuer shall enter into an appropriate agency agreement with any Agent not a party to this Indenture, which shall incorporate the provisions of the TIA.  The agreement shall implement the provisions of this Indenture and the Notes that relate to such Agent.  The Issuer shall notify the Trustee of the name and address of any such Agent.  If the Issuer fails to maintain a Registrar, Paying Agent or Calculation Agent, or fails to give the foregoing notice, the Trustee shall act as such, and shall be entitled to appropriate compensation in accordance with Section 7.7 hereof.

 

The Issuer initially appoints Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft to act as the paying agent (together with its successor in such capacity, the “Paying Agent”), Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft to act as the calculation agent (together with its successor in such capacity, the “Calculation Agent”) and the Trustee to act as the Registrar.  The Calculation Agent shall calculate the “Applicable Rate” and the “Interest Amount” as defined in and in accordance with the terms of the Notes, and shall notify the Company, the Trustee and the Paying Agent of the Applicable Rate and the Interest Amount.  If and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market of the

 

-24-



 

Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such stock exchange so require, the Issuer shall appoint Deutsche Bank Luxembourg, or such other Person located in Luxembourg and reasonably acceptable to the Trustee (reasonableness to be determined objectively), as the Luxembourg paying and transfer agent (together with its successor in such capacity, the “Luxembourg Paying Agent”).

 

SECTION 2.4                  Paying Agent To Hold Assets in Trust .  The Issuer shall require the Paying Agent to agree in writing that such Paying Agent shall hold in trust for the benefit of Holders or the Trustee all assets held by the Paying Agent for the payment of principal of, Additional Amounts, if any, premium, if any, or interest on, the Notes, and shall promptly notify the Trustee of any Default by the Issuer in making any such payment.  The Issuer at any time may require a Paying Agent to distribute all assets held by it to the Trustee and account for any assets distributed and the Trustee may at any time during the continuance of any payment Default, upon written request to a Paying Agent, require such Paying Agent to distribute all assets held by it to the Trustee and to account for any assets distributed.  Upon distribution to the Trustee of all assets that shall have been delivered by the Issuer to the Paying Agent pursuant to this Section 2.4, the Paying Agent shall have no further liability for such assets.

 

SECTION 2.5                  List of Holders .  The Trustee shall preserve in as current a form as is reasonably practicable the most recent list available to it of the names and addresses of Holders.  If the Trustee is not the Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee within two Business Days after each Record Date as of such Record Date and at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing a list as of such date and in such form as the Trustee may reasonably require of the names and addresses of Holders, which list may be conclusively relied upon by the Trustee.

 

SECTION 2.6                  Book-Entry Provisions for Global Notes .  The Global Notes initially shall (i) be deposited with and registered in the name of Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, as the common depository, for the accounts of Euroclear Bank S.A./N.V. (“Euroclear”) and Clearstream Banking, société anonyme (“Clearstream”) and (ii) bear the following legend:

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE CLEARING AGENCY OR A NOMINEE OF THE CLEARING AGENCY.  THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE CLEARING AGENCY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE TO THE CLEARING AGENCY OR A NOMINEE OF THE CLEARING AGENCY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

(a)           Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, a Global Note may not be transferred as a whole except by the Clearing Agency to a nominee of the Clearing Agency or by a nominee of the Clearing Agency to the Clearing Agency or another successor of the Clearing Agency or a nominee of such successor.  Interests of beneficial owners in the Global Notes may be transferred or exchanged for Definitive Notes in accordance with the rules and

 

-25-



 

procedures of the Clearing Agency and the provisions of Section 2.7.  All Global Notes shall be exchanged by the Issuer (with authentication by the Trustee) for one or more Definitive Notes, if (a) the Clearing Agency (i) has notified the Issuer that it is unwilling or unable to continue as a Clearing Agency and (ii) a successor to the Clearing Agency has not been appointed by the Issuer within 120 days of such notification, (b) the Clearing Agency so requests following an Event of Default hereunder or (c) in whole (but not in part) at any time if the Issuer in its sole discretion determines.  If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Issuer shall, at the written request delivered through the a Clearing Agency of the Holder thereof or of the holder of an interest therein, exchange all or part of a Global Note for one or more Definitive Notes (with authentication by the Trustee); provided , however , that the principal amount of such Definitive Notes and such Global Note after such exchange shall be €1,000 or integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof.  Whenever all of a Global Note is exchanged for one or more Definitive Notes, it shall be surrendered by the Holder thereof to the Registrar for cancellation.  Whenever a part of a Global Note is exchanged for one or more Definitive Notes, the Global Note shall be surrendered by the Holder thereof to the Paying Agent who together with the Trustee, following such surrender, shall cause an adjustment to be made to Schedule A of such Global Note such that the principal amount of such Global Note will be equal to the portion of such Global Note not exchanged and shall thereafter return such Global Note to such Holder.  A Global Note may not be exchanged for a Definitive Note other than as provided in this Section 2.6(a).

 

(b)           In connection with the transfer of Global Notes as an entirety to beneficial owners pursuant to Section 2.6(a), the Global Notes shall be deemed to be surrendered to the Paying Agent for cancellation, and the Issuer shall execute, and the Trustee shall upon written instructions from the Issuer authenticate and make available for delivery, to each beneficial owner in exchange for its beneficial interest in the Global Notes, an equal aggregate principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations.

 

(c)           Any Definitive Note delivered in exchange for an interest in a Global Note pursuant to Section 2.6(a) shall, except as otherwise provided by Section 2.7, bear a Private Placement Legend.

 

SECTION 2.7                  Registration of Transfer and Exchange .  Notwithstanding any provision to the contrary herein, so long as a Note remains outstanding, transfers of beneficial interests in Global Notes or transfers of Definitive Notes, in whole or in part, shall be made only in accordance with this Section 2.7.

 

(a)           If a holder of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note for an interest in the Regulation S Global Note, or to transfer its interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of an interest in such Regulation S Global Note, such holder may, subject to the rules and procedures of the Clearing Agency, to the extent applicable, and to the requirements set forth in this Section 2.7(a), exchange or cause the exchange or transfer or cause the transfer of such interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note.  Such exchange or transfer shall only be made upon receipt by the Paying Agent, as transfer agent, at its office in Frankfurt, Germany or, so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market

 

-26-



 

of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of that exchange so require, upon receipt by the Luxembourg Paying Agent, as transfer agent, at its office in Luxembourg of (1) written instructions given in accordance with the procedures of the Clearing Agency, to the extent applicable, from or on behalf of a holder of a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note directing the Paying Agent, as transfer agent, to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note to be exchanged or transferred, (2) a written order given in accordance with the procedures of the Clearing Agency, to the extent applicable, containing information regarding the account to be credited with such increase and the name of such account, and (3) a certificate in the form of Exhibit D given by the holder of such beneficial interest stating that the exchange or transfer of such interest has been made pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or Rule 904 of Regulation S or Rule 144 under the Securities Act.  Upon such receipt, the Paying Agent, as transfer agent, shall promptly deliver instructions to the Clearing Agency, to reduce or reflect on its records a reduction of the Rule 144A Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred from the relevant participant, and the Paying Agent, as transfer agent, shall promptly deliver instructions to the Clearing Agency concurrently with such reduction, to increase or reflect on its records an increase of the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions of a beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note equal to the reduction in the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note.  The Clearing Agency will promptly notify the Trustee of any increases or decreases in the amount of each Global Note.

 

(b)           If a holder of a beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note wishes at any time to exchange its interest in such Regulation S Global Note for an interest in the Rule 144A Global Note, or to transfer its interest in such Regulation S Global Note to a Person who wishes to take delivery thereof in the form of an interest in such Rule 144A Global Note, such holder may, subject to the rules and procedures of the Clearing Agency, to the extent applicable, and to the requirements set forth in this Section 2.7(b), exchange or cause the exchange or transfer or cause the transfer of such interest for an equivalent beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note.  Such exchange or transfer shall only be made upon receipt by the Paying Agent, as transfer agent, at its office in Frankfurt, Germany or, so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of that exchange so require, upon receipt by the Luxembourg Paying Agent, as transfer agent, at its office in Luxembourg of (l) instructions given in accordance with the procedures of the Clearing Agency, to the extent applicable, from or on behalf of a beneficial owner of an interest in the Regulation S Global Note directing the Paying Agent, as transfer agent, to credit or cause to be credited a beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note in an amount equal to the beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note to be exchanged or transferred, (2) a written order given in accordance with the procedures of the Clearing Agency, to the extent applicable, containing information regarding the account to be credited with such increase and the name of such account, and (3) prior to or on the 40th day after the later of the commencement of the offering of the Notes and the relevant Issue Date (the “Restricted Period”), a certificate in the form of Exhibit E given by the holder of such beneficial interest and stating that the Person transferring such interest in such Regulation S Note

 

-27-



 

reasonably believes that the Person acquiring such interest in such Rule 144A Note is a Qualified Institutional Buyer (as defined in Rule 144A) and is obtaining such beneficial interest in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.  Upon such receipt, the Paying Agent, as transfer agent, shall promptly deliver instructions to the Clearing Agency to reduce or reflect on its records a reduction of the Regulation S Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note to be exchanged or transferred, and the Paying Agent, as transfer agent, shall promptly deliver instructions to the Clearing Agency concurrently with such reduction, to increase or reflect on its records an increase of the principal amount of such Rule 144A Global Note by the aggregate principal amount of the beneficial interest in such Regulation S Global Note to be so exchanged or transferred, and to credit or cause to be credited to the account of the Person specified in such instructions a beneficial interest in such Rule 144A Global Note equal to the reduction in the principal amount of such Regulation S Global Note.  After the expiration of the Restricted Period, the certification requirement set forth in clause (3) of the second sentence of this Section 2.7(b) will no longer apply to such transfers.  The Clearing Agency will promptly notify the Trustee of any increases or decreases in the amount of each Global Note.

 

(c)           Any beneficial interest in one of the Global Notes that is transferred to a Person who takes delivery in the form of an interest in another Global Note will, upon transfer, cease to be an interest in such Global Note and become an interest in the other Global Note and, accordingly, will thereafter be subject to all transfer restrictions and other procedures applicable to beneficial interests in such other Global Note for as long as it remains such an interest.

 

(d)           In the event that a Global Note is exchanged for Definitive Notes in registered form without interest coupons, pursuant to Section 2.6(a), or a Definitive Note in registered form without interest coupons is exchanged for another such Definitive Note in registered form without interest coupons, or a Definitive Note is exchanged for a beneficial interest in a Global Note, such Notes may be exchanged or transferred for one another only in accordance with such procedures as are substantially consistent with the provisions of Sections 2.7(b) and (c) above (including the certification requirements intended to ensure that such exchanges or transfers comply with Rule 144, Rule 144A or Regulation S, as the case may be) and as may be from time to time adopted by the Issuer and the Trustee.

 

(e)           Prior to the expiration of the Restricted Period, beneficial interests in the Regulation S Global Note may only be exchanged or transferred in accordance with the certification requirements hereof.

 

(f)            (i)  Other than in the case of Notes issued pursuant to a registration statement which has been declared effective under the Securities Act, each Note issued in reliance on Regulation S hereunder shall, upon issuance, bear the legend set forth in clause (ii)(A) below (the “Regulation S Private Placement Legend”) and each Note issued in reliance on Rule 144A hereunder shall, upon issuance, bear the legend set forth in clause (ii)(B) below (the “144A Private Placement Legend” and together with the Regulation S Private Placement Legend, the “Private Placement Legends”) and such legends shall not be removed from such Note except as provided in the next sentence.  The legend on a Note may be removed from a Note if there is delivered

 

-28-



 

to the Issuer and the Trustee such satisfactory evidence, which may include an opinion of independent counsel licensed to practice law in the State of New York, as may be reasonably required by the Issuer and the Trustee, that neither such legend nor the restrictions on transfer set forth therein are required to ensure that transfers of such Note will not violate the registration requirements of the Securities Act, and the Issuer and the Trustee consent to such removal.  Upon provision of such satisfactory evidence, the Trustee, at the written direction of the Issuer, shall authenticate and deliver in exchange for such Note another Note or Notes having an equal aggregate principal amount that does not bear such legend.  If such a legend required for a Note has been removed from a Note as provided above, no other Note issued in exchange for all or any part of such Note shall bear such legend, unless the Issuer has reasonable cause to believe that such other Note is a “restricted security” within the meaning of Rule 144 and instructs the Trustee to cause a legend to appear thereon.

 

(ii)           (A)  To the extent required by paragraph (f)(i) above, the Notes issued in reliance on Regulation S shall bear the following legend on the face thereof:

 

“THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1)(a) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (b) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF APPLICABLE) OR (c) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), (2) TO THE ISSUER OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY.”

 

(B)           To the extent required by paragraph (f)(i) above, the Notes issued in reliance on Rule 144A shall bear the following legend on the face thereof:

 

-29-



 

“THE SECURITY (OR ITS PREDECESSOR) EVIDENCED HEREBY WAS ORIGINALLY ISSUED IN A TRANSACTION EXEMPT FROM REGISTRATION UNDER SECTION 5 OF THE UNITED STATES SECURITIES ACT OF 1933, AS AMENDED (THE “SECURITIES ACT”), AND THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY MAY NOT BE OFFERED, SOLD OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED IN THE ABSENCE OF SUCH REGISTRATION OR AN APPLICABLE EXEMPTION THEREFROM. EACH PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY IS HEREBY NOTIFIED THAT THE SELLER MAY BE RELYING ON THE EXEMPTION FROM THE PROVISIONS OF SECTION 5 OF THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144A THEREUNDER. THE HOLDER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY AGREES FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ISSUER THAT (A) SUCH SECURITY MAY BE RESOLD, PLEDGED OR OTHERWISE TRANSFERRED, ONLY (1)(a) INSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A PERSON WHO THE SELLER REASONABLY BELIEVES IS A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER (AS DEFINED IN RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT) PURCHASING FOR ITS OWN ACCOUNT OR FOR THE ACCOUNT OF A QUALIFIED INSTITUTIONAL BUYER IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 144A UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (b) OUTSIDE THE UNITED STATES TO A FOREIGN PERSON IN A TRANSACTION MEETING THE REQUIREMENTS OF RULE 903 OR RULE 904 OF REGULATION S UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT, (c) PURSUANT TO AN EXEMPTION FROM REGISTRATION UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT PROVIDED BY RULE 144 THEREUNDER (IF APPLICABLE) OR (d) IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANOTHER EXEMPTION FROM THE REGISTRATION REQUIREMENTS OF THE SECURITIES ACT (AND BASED UPON AN OPINION OF COUNSEL ACCEPTABLE TO THE ISSUER IF THE ISSUER SO REQUESTS), (2) TO THE ISSUER OR (3) PURSUANT TO AN EFFECTIVE REGISTRATION STATEMENT AND, IN EACH CASE, IN ACCORDANCE WITH ANY APPLICABLE SECURITIES LAWS OF ANY STATE OF THE UNITED STATES OR ANY OTHER APPLICABLE JURISDICTION AND (B) THE HOLDER WILL, AND EACH SUBSEQUENT HOLDER IS REQUIRED TO, NOTIFY ANY PURCHASER OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY OF THE RESALE RESTRICTIONS SET FORTH IN CLAUSE (A) ABOVE. NO REPRESENTATION CAN BE MADE AS TO THE AVAILABILITY OF THE EXEMPTION PROVIDED BY RULE 144 FOR RESALE OF THE SECURITY EVIDENCED HEREBY.”

 

(g)           By its acceptance of any Note bearing a Private Placement Legend, each Holder of such a Note acknowledges the restrictions on transfer of such Note set forth in this Indenture and in the Private Placement Legend and agrees that it will transfer such Note only as provided in this Indenture.

 

Neither the Trustee nor the Paying Agent shall have any obligation or duty to monitor, and shall not be liable for any failure to, determine or inquire as to compliance with any restrictions on transfer imposed under this Indenture or under applicable law with respect to any transfer of any interest in any Note (including any transfers between or among Agent Members or beneficial owners of interest in any Global Note) other than to require delivery of such certificates and other documentation or evidence as are expressly required by, and to do so if and when

 

-30-



 

expressly required by the terms of, this Indenture, and to examine the same to determine substantial compliance as to form with the express requirements hereof.

 

The Registrar shall retain copies of all letters, notices and other written communications received pursuant to Section 2.6 or this Section 2.7.  The Issuer shall have the right to inspect and make copies of all such letters, notices or other written communications at any reasonable time upon the giving of reasonable written notice to the Registrar.

 

(h)           Definitive Notes shall be transferable only upon the surrender of a Definitive Note for registration of transfer.  When a Definitive Note is presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to register a transfer, the Registrar shall register the transfer as requested if its requirements for such transfers are met.  When Definitive Notes are presented to the Registrar or a co-registrar with a request to exchange them for an equal principal amount of Definitive Notes of other denominations, the Registrar shall make the exchange as requested if the same requirements are met.  When a Definitive Note is presented to the Registrar with a request to transfer in part, the transferor shall be entitled to receive without charge a Definitive Note representing the balance of such Definitive Note not transferred.  To permit registration of transfers and exchanges, the Issuer shall execute and the Trustee shall authenticate Definitive Notes at the Registrar’s or co-registrar’s request.

 

(i)            The Issuer shall not be required to make, and the Registrar need not register transfers or exchanges of, Definitive Notes (i) for a period of 15 calendar days prior to any date fixed for the redemption of the Notes, (ii) for a period of 15 calendar days prior to any Record Date, or (iii) that the registered Holder of Notes has tendered (and not withdrawn) for repurchase in connection with a Change of Control.

 

(j)            Prior to the due presentation for registration of transfer of any Definitive Note, the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar may deem and treat the Person in whose name a Definitive Note is registered as the absolute owner of such Definitive Note for the purpose of receiving payment of principal, interest or Additional Amounts, if any, on such Definitive Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Definitive Note is overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar or any co-registrar shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

 

(k)           The Issuer may require payment of a sum sufficient to pay all taxes, assessments or other governmental charges in connection with any transfer or exchange pursuant to this Section 2.7.

 

(l)            All Notes issued upon any transfer or exchange pursuant to the terms of this Indenture will evidence the same debt and will be entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture as the Notes surrendered upon such transfer or exchange.

 

(m)          Holders of Notes (or holders of interests therein) initially offered or sold in the United States to “Qualified Institutional Buyers” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act pursuant to such rule and prospective purchasers designated by such Holders (or holders of interests therein) will have the right to obtain from the Issuer upon request by such Holders (or holders of interests therein) or prospective purchasers, during any period in which the Issuer is

 

-31-



 

not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act, or not exempt from reporting pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b) under the Exchange Act, the information required by paragraph d(4)(i) of Rule 144A in connection with any transfer or proposed transfer of such Notes.

 

SECTION 2.8                  Replacement Notes .  If a mutilated Definitive Note is surrendered to the Registrar, if a mutilated Global Note is surrendered to the Issuer or if the Holder of a Note claims that such Note has been lost, destroyed or wrongfully taken, the Issuer shall issue and the Trustee shall authenticate a replacement Note in such form as the Note being replaced in the manner specified in this Section 2.8.  If required by the Trustee, the Registrar or the Issuer, such Holder must provide an indemnity bond or other indemnity, sufficient in the judgment of the Issuer, the Registrar and the Trustee, to protect the Issuer, the Registrar, the Trustee and any Agent from any loss which any of them may suffer if a Note is replaced.  The Issuer may charge such Holder for its reasonable out of-pocket expenses in replacing a Note, including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel.  Every replacement Note is an additional obligation of the Issuer.  The provisions of this Section 2.8 are exclusive and shall preclude (to the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the replacement of mutilated, destroyed, lost, stolen or taken Notes.

 

SECTION 2.9                  Outstanding Notes .  Notes outstanding at any time are all the Notes that have been authenticated by the Trustee except those canceled by it, those delivered to it for cancellation, those reductions in the Global Note effected in accordance with the provisions hereof and those described in this Section 2.9 as not outstanding.  Subject to Section 2.10, a Note does not cease to be outstanding because the Issuer or any of its Affiliates holds the Note.

 

If a Note is replaced pursuant to Section 2.8 (other than a mutilated Note surrendered for replacement), it ceases to be outstanding unless the Trustee receives proof satisfactory to it, and upon which it shall be entitled to rely in accordance with Section 7.1(a), that the replaced Note is held by a bona fide purchaser.  A mutilated Note ceases to be outstanding upon surrender of such Note and replacement thereof pursuant to Section 2.8.

 

If the principal amount of any Note is considered paid under Section 4.1 hereof, it ceases to be outstanding and interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on it cease to accrue.

 

If on the Tax Redemption Date or the Maturity Date the Paying Agent holds cash sufficient to pay all of the principal and interest due on the Notes payable on that date, then on and after that date such Notes cease to be outstanding and interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on such Notes cease to accrue.

 

SECTION 2.10                Treasury Notes .  In determining whether the Holders of the required principal amount of Notes have concurred in any direction, waiver or consent, Notes owned by the Issuer, the Guarantors or any of their Affiliates shall be disregarded, except that, for the purposes of determining whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying on any such direction, waiver or consent, only such Notes that a Trust Officer actually knows are so owned shall be disregarded and the Trustee assumes no liability in relation to any other Notes.

 

The Issuer shall notify the Trustee, in writing, when it or any Guarantor or any of their Affiliates repurchases or otherwise acquires Notes, of the aggregate principal amount of

 

-32-



 

such Notes so repurchased or otherwise acquired.  The Trustee may require an Officers’ Certificate, which shall promptly be provided upon receipt by the appropriate Responsible Officers of the requisite information, listing Notes owned by the Issuer, the Guarantors a Subsidiary of the Issuer or the Guarantors or an Affiliate of the Issuer or the Guarantors.

 

SECTION 2.11                Temporary Notes .  Until permanent Definitive Notes are ready for delivery, the Issuer may prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate temporary Definitive Notes upon receipt of an Issuer Order pursuant to Section 2.2.  The Officers’ Certificate shall specify the amount of temporary Definitive Notes to be authenticated and the date on which the temporary Definitive Notes are to be authenticated.  Temporary Definitive Notes shall be substantially in the form of permanent Definitive Notes but may have variations that the Issuer considers appropriate for temporary Definitive Notes.  Without unreasonable delay, the Issuer shall prepare and the Trustee shall authenticate upon receipt of an Issuer Order pursuant to Section 2.2 permanent Definitive Notes in exchange for temporary Definitive Notes.

 

SECTION 2.12                Cancellation .  The Issuer at any time may deliver Notes to the Trustee for cancellation.  The Registrar and the Paying Agent shall promptly forward to the Trustee any Notes surrendered to them for transfer, exchange or payment.  The Trustee or, at the direction of the Trustee, the Registrar or the Paying Agent, and no one else, shall cancel and, at the written direction of the Issuer, shall dispose of (subject to the record retention requirements of the Exchange Act) all Notes surrendered for transfer, exchange, payment or cancellation.  Upon completion of any disposal, the Trustee shall deliver a certificate of such disposal to the Issuer, unless the Issuer directs the Trustee in writing to deliver the cancelled Notes to the Issuer or the Company.  Subject to Section 2.8, the Issuer may not issue new Notes to replace Notes that it has paid or delivered to the Trustee for cancellation.  If the Issuer shall acquire any of the Notes, such acquisition shall not operate as a redemption or satisfaction of the Indebtedness represented by such Notes unless and until the same are surrendered to the Trustee for cancellation pursuant to this Section 2.12.

 

SECTION 2.13                Defaulted Interest .  If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, it shall pay the defaulted interest, plus (to the extent lawful) any interest payable on the defaulted interest, to the Holder thereof on a subsequent special record date, which date shall be the fifteenth day next preceding the date fixed by the Issuer for the payment of defaulted interest.  The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee and Paying Agent in writing of the amount of defaulted interest proposed to be paid on each such Note and the date of the proposed payment (a “Default Interest Payment Date”), and at the same time the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or Paying Agent an amount of money equal to the aggregate amount proposed to be paid in respect of such defaulted interest or shall make arrangements satisfactory to the Trustee or Paying Agent for such deposit prior to the date of the proposed payment, such money when deposited to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled to such defaulted interest as in this Section 2.13; provided , however , that in no event shall the Issuer deposit monies proposed to be paid in respect of defaulted interest later than 10:00 a.m. Frankfurt time on the proposed Default Interest Payment Date with respect to defaulted interest to be paid on the Note.  At least 15 days before the subsequent special record date, the Issuer shall mail to each Holder, with a copy to the Trustee, a notice that states the subsequent special record date, the payment date and the amount of defaulted interest, and interest payable on such defaulted interest, if any, to be paid.

 

-33-



 

SECTION 2.14                ISINs and Common Codes .   The Issuer in issuing the Notes may use ISINs and/or Common Codes, and if it does so, the Trustee shall use the ISIN and/or Common Code in notices of redemption or exchange as a convenience to Holders; provided that any such notice may state that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the ISIN and/or Common Code printed in the notice or on the Notes and that reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed on the Notes.  The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee of any changes in any ISINs and/or Common Codes.

 

SECTION 2.15                Deposit of Moneys .  Prior to 10:00 a.m. Frankfurt time on each interest payment date and Maturity Date, the Issuer shall have deposited with the Trustee or the Paying Agent (which shall be the Paying Agent or its successor) in immediately available funds money sufficient to make cash payments, if any, due on such interest payment date or Maturity Date, as the case may be, on all Notes then outstanding.  Such payments shall be made by the Issuer in a timely manner which permits the Paying Agent to remit payment to the Holders on such interest payment date or Maturity Date, as the case may be.  Promptly upon receipt of such payment, the Paying Agent shall confirm by the medium chosen by the Paying Agent to the Issuer the receipt of such payment.

 

SECTION 2.16                Certain Matters Relating to Global Notes .  Members of or participants in a Clearing Agency (“Agent Members”) shall have no rights under this Indenture or any Global Note with respect to any Global Note held on their behalf by the Clearing Agency or its nominee, and the Clearing Agency or its nominee may be treated by the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee, the Paying Agent, the Registrar and any agent of the Issuer or the Guarantors as the absolute owner of the Global Note for all purposes whatsoever.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, nothing herein shall prevent the Issuer, the Guarantors, the Trustee or any agent of the Issuer or the Guarantors from giving effect to any written certification, proxy or other authorization furnished by the Clearing Agency or its nominee or impair, as between the Clearing Agency and its Agent Members, the operation of customary practices governing the exercise of the rights of a Holder of any Note.

 

(a)           The Holder of any Global Note may grant proxies and otherwise authorize any Person, including Euroclear and Clearstream and their Agent Members and Persons that may hold interests through Agent Members, to take any action which a Holder is entitled to take under this Indenture or the Notes.

 

SECTION 2.17                Record Date .  Unless otherwise set forth in this Indenture, the record date for purposes of determining the identity of Holders entitled to vote or consent to any action by vote or consent authorized or permitted under this Indenture shall be determined as provided for in TIA § 316(c).

 

ARTICLE III

 

REDEMPTION

 

SECTION 3.1                  Optional Redemption .  The Notes are not redeemable prior to the Maturity Date, except as provided in Section 3.6 and pursuant to Paragraph 9 of such Notes.

 

-34-



 

SECTION 3.2                  Notices to Trustee .  If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Paragraph 9 of such Notes, it shall notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent in writing of the Tax Redemption Date and the principal amount of Notes to be redeemed at least 15 days prior to the giving of the notice contemplated by Section 3.3 (or such shorter period as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall determine).  The Issuer shall give notice of redemption as required under the relevant paragraph of the Notes, pursuant to which such Notes are being redeemed.

 

SECTION 3.3                  Notice of Redemption .  If the Issuer elects to redeem Notes pursuant to Section 3.6 or paragraph 9 of such Notes, at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Tax Redemption Date the Issuer shall, so long as the Notes are in global form and are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such stock exchange shall so require, publish a redemption notice in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ) or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, post such notice on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu) and notify the Holders, the Trustee and the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, if applicable, or in the case of Definitive Notes, in addition to such publication, mail a redemption notice to Holders (with a copy to the Trustee) by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at their respective addresses as they appear on the registration books of the Registrar.  At the Issuer’s request made at least 45 days before the Tax Redemption Date (or such shorter period as the Trustee in its sole discretion shall determine), the Paying Agent shall give the notice of redemption in the Issuer’s name and at the Issuer’s expense; provided , however , that the Issuer shall deliver to the Trustee (in advance) an Officers’ Certificate requesting that the Trustee give such notice and setting forth in full the information to be stated in such notice as provided in the following items.  Each notice for redemption shall identify the Notes to be redeemed and shall state:

 

(a)           the Tax Redemption Date;

 

(b)           the Redemption Prices and the amount of accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, to be paid (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant Record Date to receive interest and Additional Amounts, if any, due on the relevant interest payment date);

 

(c)           the name and address of the designated Paying Agent;

 

(d)           that Notes called for redemption must be surrendered to the designated Paying Agent to collect the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any;

 

(e)           that, unless the Issuer defaults in making the redemption payment pursuant to the terms of this Indenture, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on Notes called for redemption cease to accrue on and after the Tax Redemption Date and the only remaining right of the Holders of such Notes is to receive payment of the Redemption Price upon surrender to the Paying Agent of the Notes redeemed;

 

(f)            the paragraph of the Notes pursuant to which the Notes are to be redeemed; and

 

-35-



 

(g)           the ISIN and/or Common Code, and that no representation is made as to the correctness or accuracy of the ISIN and/or Common Code, if any, listed in such notice or printed on the Notes.

 

Prior to the giving of any notice of redemption pursuant to Paragraph 9 of the Notes, the Issuer will deliver to the Trustee (a) an Officers’ Certificate of the Issuer stating that the Issuer is entitled to effect such redemption and setting forth a statement of facts showing that the conditions precedent to the right of the Issuer so to redeem have occurred and (b) an Opinion of Counsel qualified under the laws of the relevant jurisdiction to the effect that the Issuer has or will become obligated to pay such Additional Amounts as a result of a change in tax law, and that the Issuer cannot avoid such obligation by taking reasonable measures available to it.

 

SECTION 3.4                  Effect of Notice of Redemption .  Once notice of redemption is given in accordance with Section 3.3, Notes called for redemption become due and payable on the Tax Redemption Date and at the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any.  Upon surrender to the Trustee or Paying Agent, such Notes called for redemption shall be paid at the Redemption Price (which shall include accrued and unpaid interest thereon, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, to the Tax Redemption Date), but installments of interest, the maturity of which is on or prior to the Tax Redemption Date shall be payable to Holders of record at the close of business on the relevant Record Dates.

 

SECTION 3.5                  Deposit of Redemption Price .  Prior to 10:00 a.m. Frankfurt time on the Tax Redemption Date the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee or the Paying Agent (which shall be the Paying Agent or its successor) euro in same-day funds sufficient to pay the Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest (subject to, as provided in the Notes, the right of Holders to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date), if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, of all Notes to be redeemed on that date other than Notes or portion of Notes called for redemption that have been delivered by the Issuer to the Trustee for cancellation.  The designated Paying Agent shall promptly return to the Issuer any cash so deposited which is not required for that purpose upon the written request of the Issuer.  Promptly upon receipt of such payment the Paying Agent shall confirm by the medium chosen by the Paying Agent to the Issuer the receipt of such payment.

 

If the Issuer complies with the preceding paragraph, then, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of such Redemption Price plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, interest and Additional Amounts on the Notes to be redeemed will cease to accrue on and after the Tax Redemption Date, whether or not such Notes are presented for payment.  With respect to Definitive Notes, if a Definitive Note is redeemed on or after an interest Record Date but on or prior to the related interest payment date, then any accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, shall be paid to the Person in whose name such Note was registered at the close of business on such Record Date.  If any Note called for redemption shall not be so paid upon surrender for redemption because of the failure of the Issuer to comply with the preceding paragraph, interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, shall be paid on the unpaid principal, from the Tax Redemption Date until such principal is paid, and to the extent lawful on any interest not paid on such unpaid principal, in each case at the rate provided in the Notes and in Section 4.1.

 

-36-



 

SECTION 3.6                  Special Tax Redemption .  The Issuer is entitled to redeem the Notes at its option, in whole but not in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest (if any) to the date of redemption (subject to the right of holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), in the event the Issuer has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable with respect to the Notes, any additional amounts as a result of:

 

(a)           a change in or an amendment to the laws, treaties, regulations or rulings of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; or

 

(b)           any change in or amendment to any official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including by virtue of a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction);

 

which change or amendment to such laws or official position is announced and becomes effective after the issuance of the Notes; provided that the Issuer determines, in its reasonable judgment, that the obligation to pay such additional amounts cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to it; provided , further , that at the time such notice is given, such obligation to pay Additional Amounts remains in effect.

 

Notice of any such redemption must be given within 270 days of the earlier of the announcement or effectiveness of any such change.

 

ARTICLE IV

 

COVENANTS

 

SECTION 4.1                  Payment of Notes .

 

(a)           The Issuer shall pay the principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes in the manner provided in such Notes and this Indenture.  An installment of principal of or interest, premium or Additional Amounts on the Notes shall be considered paid on the date it is due if the Trustee or Paying Agent holds prior to 10:00 a.m. Frankfurt time on that date money deposited by the Issuer in immediately available funds and designated for, and sufficient to pay the installment in full and is not prohibited from paying such money to the Holders pursuant to the terms of this Indenture.

 

(b)           The Issuer shall pay, to the extent such payments are lawful, interest (including post-petition interest in any proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law) on overdue principal and on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods), on any Additional Amounts, from time to time on demand at the rate borne by the Notes.

 

SECTION 4.2                  Maintenance of Office or Agency .  The Issuer shall maintain the office or agency (which office may be an office of the Trustee or an affiliate of the Trustee, Registrar or co-Registrar) required under Section 2.3 where Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or for exchange and where notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect

 

-37-



 

of the Notes and this Indenture may be served.  The Issuer shall give prompt written notice to the Trustee of the location, and any change in the location, of such office or agency.  If at any time the Issuer shall fail to maintain any such required office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with the address thereof, such presentations, surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served at the address of the Trustee set forth in Section 11.1.  The Issuer hereby initially designates the office of the Trustee, acting through its office at 100 Wall Street, Suite 1600, New York, New York 10005, as its office or agency as required under Section 2.3 hereof.  If the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such exchange so require, the Issuer will appoint Deutsche Bank Luxembourg, or such other Person located in Luxembourg and reasonably acceptable to the Trustee (reasonableness to be determined objectively), as an additional paying and transfer agent.

 

SECTION 4.3                  Limitation on Incurrence of Indebtedness .

 

(a)           The Issuer and the Company shall not, and shall not permit any of their Subsidiaries to, Incur, directly or indirectly, any Indebtedness; provided , however , that the Company and any Subsidiary may Incur Indebtedness (and the Company and any Subsidiary may Incur Acquired Indebtedness) if on the date thereof:

 

(1)           the Consolidated Coverage Ratio of the Company is at least 2.0 to 1.0; and

 

(2)           no Default or Event of Default will have occurred and be continuing or would occur as a consequence of Incurring the Indebtedness.

 

(b)           The foregoing limitations contained in paragraph (a) do not apply to the Incurrence of any of the following Indebtedness:

 

(1)           Indebtedness Incurred under the Revolving Credit Facility in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1.2 billion outstanding at any time;

 

(2)           Indebtedness in respect of Receivables Financings in an aggregate principal amount which, together with all other Indebtedness in respect of Receivables Financings outstanding on the date of such Incurrence (other than Indebtedness permitted by paragraph (a) or clause (3) of this paragraph (b)), does not exceed 85% of the sum of (1) the total amount of accounts receivables shown on the Company’s most recent consolidated quarterly balance sheet, plus (2) without duplication, the total amount of accounts receivable already subject to a Receivables Financing;

 

(3)           Indebtedness of the Company owed to and held by another Guarantor, Indebtedness of a Wholly Owned Subsidiary owed to and held by another Wholly Owned Subsidiary or Indebtedness of a Wholly Owned Subsidiary owing to and held by the Company; provided , however , that any subsequent issuance or transfer of any Capital Stock that results in any such Indebtedness being held by a Person other than the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary or any subsequent transfer of such Indebtedness (other than to the Company or another Wholly Owned Subsidiary) shall be deemed, in

 

-38-



 

each case, to constitute the Incurrence of such Indebtedness by the Company or the Subsidiary, as the case may be;

 

(4)           Indebtedness in respect of the Notes issued on the Closing Date, and the related Note Guarantees by the Company and the other Guarantors;

 

(5)           Capital Lease Obligations and Indebtedness Incurred, in each case, to provide all or a portion of the purchase price or cost of construction of an asset or, in the case of a Sale and Leaseback Transaction, to finance the value of such asset owned by the Company or a Subsidiary;

 

(6)           Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness of the type covered by clause (1) or clause (2)) outstanding on the Closing Date after giving effect to the application of proceeds from the Notes;

 

(7)           Refinancing Indebtedness in respect of Indebtedness Incurred pursuant to paragraph (a) or pursuant to clause (4) or (6) of this paragraph (b);

 

(8)           Hedging Obligations entered into in the ordinary course of the business and not for speculative purposes as determined in good faith by the Company;

 

(9)           customer deposits and advance payments received from customers for goods purchased in the ordinary course of business;

 

(10)         Indebtedness arising under the Cash Management Arrangements; and

 

(11)         Indebtedness Incurred by the Company or a Subsidiary in an aggregate principal amount which, together with all other Indebtedness of the Company and its Subsidiaries outstanding on the date of such Incurrence (other than Indebtedness permitted by paragraph (a) or clauses (1) through (10) of this paragraph (b)), does not exceed $900 million.

 

(c)           For purposes of determining compliance with the foregoing covenant:

 

(1)           in the event that an item of Indebtedness meets the criteria of more than one of the types of Indebtedness described above, the Company, in its sole discretion, will classify and from time to time may reclassify such item of Indebtedness and only be required to include the amount and type of such Indebtedness in one of the above clauses, provided that any Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date and Indebtedness Incurred under clause (b)(5) above may not be reclassified to clause (a) above; and

 

(2)           an item of Indebtedness may be divided and classified, or reclassified, in more than one of the types of Indebtedness described above, provided that any Indebtedness outstanding on the Closing Date and Indebtedness Incurred under clause (b)(5) above may not be reclassified to clause (a) above.

 

-39-



 

(d)           If during any period the Notes have achieved and continue to maintain Investment Grade Status and no Event of Default has occurred and is continuing (such period is referred to herein as an “Investment Grade Status Period”), then upon notice by the Company to the Trustee by the delivery of an Officers’ Certificate that it has achieved Investment Grade Status, this covenant will be suspended and will not during such period be applicable to the Company and its Subsidiaries and shall only again be applicable if such Investment Grade Status Period ends.

 

No action taken during an Investment Grade Status Period or prior to an Investment Grade Status Period in compliance with this Section 4.3 will require reversal or constitute a default under the Notes in the event that this Section 4.3 is subsequently reinstated or suspended, as the case may be.

 

SECTION 4.4                  Limitation on Liens .  The Issuer and the Company may not, and may not permit any Guarantor or any of their respective Subsidiaries to directly, or indirectly, create, Incur or suffer to exist any Lien (other than Permitted Liens) upon any of its property or assets (including Capital Stock), whether owned on the date hereof or acquired after that date, securing any Indebtedness, unless contemporaneously with (or prior to) the Incurrence of the Liens effective provision is made to secure the Indebtedness due under this Indenture and the Notes, equally and ratably with (or prior to in the case of Liens with respect to Subordinated Obligations) the Indebtedness secured by such Lien for so long as such Indebtedness is so secured.

 

SECTION 4.5                  Ownership of the Issuer .  The Company will continue to directly or indirectly maintain 100% ownership of the Capital Stock of the Issuer or any permitted successor of the Issuer, provided , that any permitted successor of the Company may succeed to the Company’s ownership of such Capital Stock.

 

The Company will cause the Issuer or its successor to engage only in those activities that are necessary, convenient or incidental to issuing and selling the Notes and any additional Indebtedness outstanding on the Issue Date or permitted under Section 4.3 (including the Issuer’s Guarantee of the Credit Facility and any Additional Notes), and advancing or distributing the proceeds thereof to the Company and its Subsidiaries and performing its obligations relating to the Notes and any such additional Indebtedness, pursuant to the terms thereof and of this Indenture and any other applicable indenture.

 

SECTION 4.6                  Existence .  Except as permitted by Article V, the Company shall do or cause to be done all things necessary to preserve and keep in full force and effect the existence, rights (charter and statutory) and franchises of the Company, the Issuer and each other Guarantor; provided , however , that the Company shall not be required to preserve any such existence, right or franchise if the Board of Directors of the Company in good faith shall determine that the preservation thereof is no longer desirable in the conduct of the business of the Company and that the loss thereof at the time of such loss is not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

 

SECTION 4.7                  Maintenance of Properties .  Except as permitted by Article V, the Company shall cause all properties used or useful in the conduct of its business or the business of any Subsidiary of the Company to be maintained and kept in good condition, repair and

 

-40-



 

working order and supplied with all necessary equipment and will cause to be made all necessary repairs, renewals, replacements, betterments and improvements thereof, all as in the judgment of the Company may be necessary so that the business carried on in connection therewith may be properly and advantageously conducted at all times; provided , however , that nothing in this Section shall prevent the Company from discontinuing the operation or maintenance of any of such properties if such discontinuance is, as determined by the Company, or its Responsible Officers, or any Subsidiary, or its Responsible Officers, having managerial responsibility for any such property, in good faith, desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of any Subsidiary and not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

 

SECTION 4.8                  Payment of Taxes and Other Claims .  The Company and the Guarantors will pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged, before the same shall become delinquent, (a) all material taxes, assessments and governmental charges levied or imposed upon the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or upon the income, profits or property of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (including satisfying any withholding tax obligations), and (b) all material lawful claims for labor, materials and supplies which, if unpaid, might by law become a Lien upon the property of the Company or the Guarantors or any of their Subsidiaries; provided , however , that the Company or the Guarantors shall not be required to pay or discharge or cause to be paid or discharged any such tax, assessment, charge or claim whose amount, applicability or validity is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which adequate reserves are maintained in accordance with Accounting Principles.

 

SECTION 4.9                  Maintenance of Insurance .  The Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, keep at all times all of their material properties which are of an insurable nature insured against loss or damage pursuant to self-insurance arrangements with insurers believed by the Company to be responsible to the extent that property of similar character is usually so insured by corporations similarly situated and owning like properties in accordance with good business practice.  The Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries to, use the proceeds from any such insurance policy to repair, replace or otherwise restore the property to which such proceeds relate, except to the extent that a different use of such proceeds is, as determined by the Company, or any Subsidiary having managerial responsibility for any such property, in good faith, desirable in the conduct of its business or the business of any Subsidiary and not disadvantageous in any material respect to the Holders.

 

SECTION 4.10                Reports .  For so long as any Notes are outstanding, the Company will provide the Trustee with:

 

(1)           copies of the annual reports and of the information, documents and other reports, and such summaries thereof, as may be required by the TIA at the times and in the manner provided by the TIA;

 

(2)           its annual financial statements and related notes thereto for the most recent two fiscal years prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP (or IFRS or any other internationally generally acceptable accounting standard in the event the Company is required by applicable law to prepare its financial statements in accordance with IFRS or such other standard or is permitted and elects to do so, with appropriate reconciliation to U.S. GAAP, unless not then required under the rules of the SEC) and including segment data,

 

-41-



 

together with an audit report thereon, together with a discussion of the “Operating Results” and “Liquidity” for such fiscal years prepared in a manner substantially consistent with the “Operating and Financial Review and Prospects” required by Form 20-F under the Exchange Act (or any replacement or successor form) and a “Business Summary of the Financial Year” and discussion of “Business Segments” provided in a manner consistent with its annual report, a description of “Related Party Transactions,” and a description of Indebtedness, within 90 days of the end of each fiscal year; and

 

(3)           quarterly financial information as of and for the period from the beginning of each year to the close of each quarterly period (other than the fourth quarter), together with comparable information for the corresponding period of the preceding year, and a summary “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” to the extent and in the form required under the Exchange Act providing a brief discussion of the results of operations for the period within 45 days following the end of the fiscal quarter.

 

The Company shall also comply with the other provisions of Section 314(a) of the TIA.  In addition, so long as the Notes remain outstanding and during any period when the Issuer or the Company is not subject to Section 13 or 15(d) of the Exchange Act other than by virtue of the exemption therefrom pursuant to Rule 12g3-2(b), the Company will furnish to any Holder or beneficial owner of Notes initially offered and sold in the United States to “qualified institutional buyers” as defined in Rule 144A under the Securities Act pursuant to such rule and any prospective purchaser in the United States designated by such Holder or beneficial owner, upon request, any information required to be delivered pursuant to Rule 144A(d)(4) under the Securities Act.

 

If and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, copies of such reports shall also be available at the specified office of the Listing Agent in Luxembourg.

 

Deliveries of such reports, information and documents to the Trustee is for informational purposes only and the Trustee’s receipt of such shall not constitute constructive notice of any information contained therein or determinable from information contained therein, including the Issuer’s, the Company’s or any Guarantor’s compliance with any of its covenants hereunder (as to which the Trustee is entitled to rely exclusively on Officers’ Certificates).  The Trustee shall have no obligation to review such reports to determine if the information required by this Section 4.10 is contained therein.

 

SECTION 4.11                Change of Control .  Each Holder of the Notes, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, will have the right to require that the Issuer repurchase such Holder’s Notes, at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).

 

Within 30 days following a Change of Control Triggering Event, the Issuer will mail a notice to each Holder with a copy to the Trustee stating:

 

-42-



 

(1)           that a Change of Control Triggering Event has occurred and that such Holder has the right to require the Issuer to purchase such Holder’s Notes, at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest on the relevant interest payment date);

 

(2)           the circumstances and relevant facts regarding such Change of Control Triggering Event (including information with respect to pro forma historical income, cash flow and capitalization after giving effect to such Change of Control Triggering Event);

 

(3)           the repurchase date (which shall be no earlier than 30 days nor later than 60 days from the date such notice is mailed);

 

(4)           that each Note will be subject to repurchase only in integral multiples of €1,000;

 

(5)           the instructions determined by the Issuer, consistent with the covenant described hereunder, that a Holder must follow in order to have its Notes purchased;

 

(6)           that any Note not tendered will continue to accrue interest;

 

(7)           that, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of the Change of Control purchase price, any Notes accepted for payment shall cease to accrue interest after the repurchase date;

 

(8)           that Holders accepting the offer to have their Notes repurchased pursuant to a change of control offer will be required to surrender the Notes to the Paying Agent or any other Agent specified in the notice at the address specified in the notice prior to the close of business on the Business Day preceding the repurchase date;

 

(9)           that Holders whose Notes are being purchased only in part will be issued new Notes equal in principal amount to the unpurchased portion of the Notes surrendered;

 

(10)         any other procedures that a holder must follow to accept a change of control offer or effect withdrawal of such acceptance; and

 

(11)         the name and address of the Paying Agent.

 

On the repurchase date, the Issuer shall, to the extent lawful:

 

(1)           accept for payment Notes or portions thereof validly tendered pursuant to the change of control offer;

 

(2)           deposit with the Paying Agent money sufficient to pay the Change of Control purchase price in respect of all Notes or portions thereof so tendered; and

 

-43-



 

(3)           deliver or cause to be delivered to the Trustee Notes so accepted together with an Officers’ Certificate stating the Notes or portions thereof tendered to the Issuer.

 

The Paying Agent shall promptly mail to each Holder of Notes so accepted payment in an amount equal to the purchase price for such Notes, and the Issuer shall execute and issue, and the Trustee shall promptly authenticate and mail to such Holder, a new Note equal in principal amount to any unpurchased portion of such Notes surrendered; provided that each such new Note shall be issued in an original principal amount in denominations of  €1,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof.

 

The Issuer will comply, to the extent applicable, with the requirements of Section 14(e) of the Exchange Act and any other securities laws or regulations in connection with the repurchase of Notes pursuant to this Section 4.11.  To the extent that the provisions of any securities laws or regulations or applicable listing requirements conflict with the provisions of this Section 4.11, the Issuer will comply with the applicable securities laws and regulations and will not be deemed to have breached its obligations under this Section 4.11 by virtue thereof.

 

SECTION 4.12                Additional Amounts .  At least 30 days prior to each date on which payment of principal, premium, if any, or interest or other amounts on the Notes is to be made (unless such obligation to pay Additional Amounts arises shortly before or after the 30th day prior to such date, in which case it shall be promptly thereafter), if the Issuer, any Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent will be obligated to pay Additional Amounts pursuant to Paragraph 2 of the Notes (the “Additional Amounts”) with respect to any such payment, the Issuer will promptly furnish the Trustee and the Paying Agent, if other than the Trustee, with an Officers’ Certificate stating that such Additional Amounts will be payable and the amounts so payable, and will set forth such other information necessary to enable the Trustee or the Paying Agent to pay such Additional Amounts to the Holders on the payment date.  The Issuer or a Guarantor (as applicable) will pay to the Trustee or the Paying Agent such Additional Amounts and, if paid to a Paying Agent other than the Trustee, shall promptly provide the Trustee with documentation evidencing the payment of such Additional Amounts.  Copies of such documentation shall be made available to the Holders upon request.  The Issuer shall indemnify the Trustee and the Paying Agent for, and hold them harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without negligence or willful misconduct on their part arising out of or in connection with actions taken or omitted by any of them in reliance on any Officers’ Certificate furnished to them pursuant to this Section 4.12.

 

The Issuer will (i) make any required withholding or deduction and (ii) remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction in accordance with applicable law.  The Issuer will use all reasonable efforts to obtain certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment of any Taxes so deducted or withheld from each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction imposing such Taxes and will provide such certified copy to the Trustee.

 

If the Issuer or the Guarantors conduct business in any jurisdiction (an “Additional Taxing Jurisdiction”) other than a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction and, as a result, are required by the law of such Additional Taxing Jurisdiction to deduct or withhold any amount on account of taxes imposed by such Additional Taxing Jurisdiction from payments under the Notes which would not have been required to be so deducted or withheld but for such conduct of business in

 

-44-



 

such Additional Taxing Jurisdiction, the Additional Amounts provision described above shall be considered to apply to such Holders as if references in such provision to “Taxes” included taxes imposed by way of deduction or withholding by any such Additional Taxing Jurisdiction (or any political subdivision thereof or taxing authority therein).

 

The Issuer will pay any present stamp, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise, property or similar taxes, charges or levies (including any penalties, interest or other liabilities related thereto) which arise in Luxembourg (or any political subdivision thereof or therein) from the execution, delivery and registration of Notes upon original issuance and initial resale of the Notes or any other document or instrument referred to therein, or in connection with the enforcement of the Notes or any Note Guarantee or any other document or instrument referred to therein.  If at any time the Issuer changes its place of organization to outside of Luxembourg or there is a new issuer organized outside of Luxembourg, the Issuer or new issuer, as applicable, will pay any stamp, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise, property or similar taxes, charges or levies (including any penalties, interest or other liabilities related thereto) which arise in the jurisdiction in which the Issuer or new issuer is organized (or any political subdivision thereof or therein) and are payable by the Holders of the Notes in respect of the Notes or any other document or instrument referred to therein under any law, rule or regulation in effect at the time of such change.

 

The foregoing obligations of this Section 4.12 will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of this Indenture and will apply mutatis mutandis to any successor Person to the Issuer or the Guarantors.

 

Whenever in this Indenture or in the Notes there is mentioned, in any context, the payment of principal, premium or interest, if any, or any other amount payable under or with respect to any Note, such mention shall be deemed to include mention of the payment of Additional Amounts to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

SECTION 4.13                Compliance Certificate; Notice of Default .  The Company shall deliver to the Trustee, within 90 days after the end of each fiscal year an Officers’ Certificate stating whether or not to the best knowledge of the signor thereof, the Issuer and the Guarantors, as the case may be, have complied with all conditions and covenants under this Indenture, whether a Default or an Event of Default has occurred during such period, and, if a Default or an Event of Default has occurred during such period, specifying all such Events of Default and the nature thereof of which such Responsible Officer has knowledge.  Upon becoming aware of, and as of such time that the Issuer should reasonably have become aware of, a Default, the Company also shall deliver to the Trustee, within 30 days thereafter, written notice of any events which would constitute a Default, their status and what action the Issuer is taking or proposes to take in respect thereof, and, in the case of a Default in the payment of interest, principal, redemption payments or any other amount due on the Notes or the Guarantees, such same notice to the Paying Agent.

 

SECTION 4.14                Limitation on Sale and Leaseback Transactions .  The Issuer and the Company may not, and may not permit any Guarantor or any Subsidiary to, enter into any Sale and Leaseback Transaction unless:

 

-45-



 

(1)           the Issuer or such Guarantor or Subsidiary, as the case may be, receives consideration at the time of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction at least equal to the fair market value (as evidenced by an Officers’ Certificate of a Responsible Officer, or, if the value exceeds $25 million, a resolution of the Board of Directors of the Issuer or such Guarantor or Subsidiary), of the property subject to such transaction;

 

(2)           the Issuer or such Guarantor or Subsidiary, as the case may be, could have created a Lien on the property subject to such Sale and Leaseback Transaction if such transaction was financed with Indebtedness without securing the Notes pursuant to Section 4.4; and

 

(3)           the Issuer or such Guarantor or Subsidiary, as the case may be, can Incur an amount of Indebtedness equal to the Attributable Debt in respect of such Sale and Leaseback Transaction.

 

ARTICLE V

 

SUCCESSOR ISSUER OR GUARANTOR

 

SECTION 5.1                  Limitation on Mergers and Sales of Assets .  The Issuer and the Company may not, and may not permit any other Guarantor to consolidate or merge with or into (whether or not the Issuer or such Guarantor is the Surviving Person), or sell, assign, transfer, lease, convey or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of its properties and assets in one or more related transactions, to another Person unless:

 

(1)           the Surviving Person is an entity organized and existing under the laws of Germany, the United Kingdom, any other member state of the European Union (as of December 31, 2003), Luxembourg, Switzerland, the United States of America, or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, or the jurisdiction of formation of the Issuer or any Guarantor; or, if the Surviving Person is an entity organized and existing under the laws of any other jurisdiction, the Issuer delivers to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the rights of the Holders of the Notes, would not be affected adversely as a result of the law of the jurisdiction of organization of the Surviving Person, insofar as such law affects the ability of the Surviving Person to pay and perform its obligations and undertakings in connection with the Notes (in a transaction involving the Issuer) or its Note Guarantee or the ability of the Surviving Person to obligate itself to pay and perform such obligations and undertakings or the ability of the Holders to enforce such obligations and undertakings;

 

(2)           the Surviving Person (if other than the Issuer or a Guarantor) shall expressly assume, (A) in a transaction or series of transactions involving the Issuer, by a supplemental indenture in a form satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of the Issuer or (B) in a transaction or series of transactions involving a Guarantor (including the Company), by a Guarantee Agreement, in a form satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of such Guarantor under its Note Guarantee;

 

-46-



 

(3)           at the time of and immediately after such transaction, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and

 

(4)           the Issuer or such Guarantor delivers to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that such consolidation, merger, transfer, assignment, sale, lease or other disposition and such supplemental indenture and Guarantee Agreement, if any, comply with this Indenture.

 

SECTION 5.2                  Successor Entity Substituted .  Upon any consolidation or merger by the Issuer, the Company or any other Guarantor with or into any other Person, or any conveyance, transfer, sale, assignment, lease or other disposition by the Issuer, the Company or any other Guarantor in one or more transactions, of substantially all of its properties and assets as an entirety to any Person in accordance with Section 5.1, then if such transaction involves the Company, the Surviving Person shall expressly assume in a supplemental indenture in a form satisfactory to the Trustee, all of the obligations of the Company under the Indenture and in any such case the Surviving Person shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer or such Guarantor under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Surviving Person had been named as the Issuer or had been a Guarantor herein, and thereafter the Issuer or such Guarantor shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants hereunder and under the Notes.

 

Such Surviving Person (if the successor of the Issuer) may cause to be signed, and may issue either in its own name or in the name of the Issuer, any or all of the Notes issuable hereunder which theretofore shall not have been signed by the Issuer and delivered to the Trustee; and, upon the order of such Surviving Person instead of the Issuer and subject to all the terms, conditions and limitations in this Indenture prescribed, the Trustee shall authenticate and shall deliver any Notes which previously shall have been signed and delivered by the Responsible Officers of the Issuer to the Trustee for authentication pursuant to such provisions and any Notes which such Surviving Person thereafter shall cause to be signed and delivered to the Trustee on its behalf for the purpose pursuant to such provisions.  All the Notes so issued shall in all respects have the same legal rank and benefit under this Indenture as the Notes theretofore or thereafter issued in accordance with the terms of this Indenture as though all of such Notes had been issued at the date of the execution hereof.

 

In case of any such consolidation, merger, sale, assignment, transfer, conveyance, lease, or other disposition such changes in phraseology and form may be made in the Notes thereafter to be issued as may be appropriate.

 

SECTION 5.3                  Substitution of the Issuer .  The Company, any other Guarantor or a Finance Subsidiary (a “Successor”) may assume the obligations of the Issuer under the Notes by executing and delivering to the Trustee (a) a supplemental indenture which subjects such person to all of the provisions of the Indenture and (b) an opinion of counsel to the effect that such supplemental indenture has been duly authorized and executed by such Person, and constitutes the legal, valid, binding and enforceable obligation of such Person, subject to custom ary exceptions; provided that (i) the Successor is formed under the laws of the United States of America, or any State thereof or the District of Columbia, Germany, the United Kingdom or any other member state of the European Union as of December 31, 2003 and (ii) no Additional

 

-47-



 

Amounts would be or become payable with respect to the Notes at the time of such assumption, or as result of any change in the laws of the jurisdiction of formation of such Successor that was reasonably foreseeable at such time.  The Successor shall succeed to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the Issuer under the Indenture with the same effect as if it were the Issuer thereunder, and the former Issuer shall be discharged from all obligations and covenants under this Indenture and the Notes.

 

ARTICLE VI

 

DEFAULT AND REMEDIES

 

SECTION 6.1                  Events of Default .  Whenever used herein with respect to the Notes, “Event of Default” means any one of the following events which shall have occurred and be continuing:

 

(1)           failure for 30 days to pay interest on the Notes, including any Additional Amounts in respect thereof, when due; or

 

(2)           failure to pay principal of or premium, if any, on the Notes when due, whether at maturity, upon redemption, by declaration or otherwise; or

 

(3)           failure to observe or perform any other covenant contained in this Indenture for 60 days after notice as provided in this Indenture; or

 

(4)           default under any mortgage, indenture or instrument under which there may be issued or by which there may be secured or evidenced any Indebtedness for money borrowed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or the payment of which is Guaranteed by the Company), whether such Indebtedness or Guarantee now exists or is Incurred after the Closing Date, if (A) such default results in the acceleration of such Indebtedness prior to its express maturity or will constitute a default in the payment of such Indebtedness and (B) the principal amount of any such Indebtedness that has been accelerated or not paid at maturity, when added to the aggregate principal amount of all other such Indebtedness, at such time, that has been accelerated or not paid at maturity, exceeds $100 million; or

 

(5)           any final judgment or judgments (not covered by insurance) which can no longer be appealed for the payment of money in excess of $100 million shall be rendered against the Issuer or the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and shall not be discharged for any period of 60 consecutive days during which a stay of enforcement shall not be in effect; or

 

(6)           any Note Guarantee shall cease to be in full force and effect in accordance with its terms for any reason except pursuant to the terms of this Indenture governing the release of Note Guarantees or the satisfaction in full of all the obligations thereunder or shall be declared invalid or unenforceable other than as contemplated by its terms, or any Guarantor shall repudiate, deny or disaffirm any of its obligations thereunder; or

 

-48-



 

(7)           the Company, the Guarantors, the Issuer or any of the Company’s Significant Subsidiaries pursuant to or within the meaning of any Bankruptcy Law:

 

(a)           commences negotiations with any one or more of its creditors with a view to the general readjustment or rescheduling of its indebtedness or makes a general assignment for the benefit of or a composition with its creditors or, for any of the reasons set out in Sections 17-19 of the German Insolvency Code ( Insolvenzordnung ), files for insolvency ( Antrag auf Eröffnung eines Insolvenzverfahrens ) or the board of directors ( Geschäftsführer ) is required by law to file for insolvency, a creditor files for the opening of insolvency proceedings and such filing is not frivolous and not dismissed within a period of one month by the competent insolvency court, or the competent court takes any of the actions set out in Section 21 of the German Insolvenzordnung or a competent court institutes insolvency proceedings ( Eröffnung des Insolvenzverfahrens ) or denies a petition for commencement of insolvency proceeding by reason of insufficient assets,

 

(b)           commences a voluntary case,

 

(c)           consents to the entry of an order for relief against it in an involuntary case,

 

(d)           consents to the appointment of a custodian of it or for all or substantially all of its property,

 

(e)           makes a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or

 

(f)            takes any corporate action to authorize or effect any of the foregoing.

 

A default under clause (3) of this paragraph will not constitute an Event of Default unless the Trustee or Holders of 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes notify the Issuer and the Company of such default and such default is not cured within the time specified in clause (3).

 

SECTION 6.2                  Acceleration .  If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default described in clause (7) of Section 6.1 hereof) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee by notice to the Company, or the Holders of at least 25% in aggregate principal amount of the outstanding Notes by notice to the Issuer, the Company and the Trustee, may, and the Trustee at the request of such Holders shall, declare the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, on all the Notes to be due and payable.  Upon such a declaration, such principal, premium, accrued and unpaid interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, will be due and payable immediately.  If an Event of Default described in clause (7) of section 6.1 above occurs and is continuing, the principal of, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest on all the Notes will become and be immediately due and payable without any declaration or other act on the part of the Trustee or any Holders.

 

-49-



 

SECTION 6.3                  Other Remedies .  If an Event of Default of which the Trustee is aware occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may pursue any available remedy by proceeding at law or in equity to collect the payment of principal of or, premium, if any, interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes or to enforce the performance of any provision of the Notes or this Indenture.

 

SECTION 6.4                  The Trustee May Enforce Claims Without Possession of Notes .  All rights of action and claims under this Indenture or the Notes may be prosecuted and enforced by the Trustee (without liability) without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in any proceeding relating thereto.

 

SECTION 6.5                  Rights and Remedies Cumulative .  Except as otherwise provided with respect to the replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes in Section 2.8, no right or remedy herein conferred upon or reserved to the Trustee or to the Holders of Notes is intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law or in equity or otherwise.  The assertion or employment of any right or remedy hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent or subsequent assertion or employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

 

SECTION 6.6                  Delay or Omission Not Waiver .  No delay or omission of the Trustee or of any Holder to exercise any right or remedy accruing upon any Event of Default shall impair any such right or remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Event of Default or an acquiescence therein.  Every right and remedy given by the Indenture or by law to the Trustee or to the Holders of Notes may be exercised from time to time, and as often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Holders of Notes, in each case in accordance with the terms of this Indenture.

 

SECTION 6.7                  Waiver of Past Defaults .  Subject to Sections 2.10, 6.10 and 9.2, at any time after a declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes, as described in Section 6.2, the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, by written notice to the Issuer and to the Trustee, may waive all past defaults (except with respect to nonpayment of principal, premium or interest) and rescind any such declaration of acceleration with respect to the Notes and its consequences if (i) the rescission would not conflict with any judgment or decree of a court of competent jurisdiction and (ii) all existing Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes that have become due solely by such declaration of acceleration, have been cured or waived.  Such waiver shall not excuse a continuing Event of Default in the payment of interest, premium, if any, principal or Additional Amounts, if any, on such Note held by a non-consenting Holder or in respect of a covenant or a provision which cannot be amended or modified without the consent of each Holder affected thereby.  The Issuer shall promptly deliver to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the requisite percentage of Holders has consented to such waiver and attaching copies of such consents.  When a Default or Event of Default is waived, it is cured and ceases.

 

SECTION 6.8                  Control by Majority .  Subject to Section 2.10, the Holders of not less than a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes, may, by written notice to

 

-50-



 

the Trustee, direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding for any remedy available to the Trustee or exercising any trust or power conferred on it.  Subject to Section 7.1, however, the Trustee may refuse to follow any direction that conflicts with any law or this Indenture or that the Trustee determines is unduly prejudicial to the rights of another Holder of such Notes, or that may involve the Trustee in personal liability; provided , however , that the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper by the Trustee which is not inconsistent with such direction.  Prior to taking any action under this Indenture, the Trustee will be entitled to indemnification satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against all losses and expenses caused by taking or not taking such action in accordance with Section 7.7.

 

SECTION 6.9                  Limitation on Suits .  Subject to Section 6.10, no Holder of Notes may pursue any remedy with respect to this Indenture or the Notes unless:

 

(1)           such Holder has previously given the Trustee notice that an Event of Default is continuing;

 

(2)           Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have requested the Trustee to pursue the remedy;

 

(3)           such Holders have offered the Trustee reasonable security or indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense;

 

(4)           the Trustee has not complied with such request within 60 days after the receipt of the request and the offer of satisfactory security or indemnity; and

 

(5)           the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes have not given the Trustee a direction that, in the opinion of the Trustee, is inconsistent with such request within such 60-day period.

 

SECTION 6.10                Rights of Holders To Receive Payment .  Notwithstanding any other provision of this Indenture (including, without limitation, Section 8.9 hereof), the right of any Holder to receive payment of principal of, premium, if any, interest, and Additional Amounts, if any, on a Note, on or after the respective due dates expressed in such Note, or to bring suit for the enforcement of any such payment on or after such respective dates, shall not be impaired or affected without the consent of such Holder.

 

SECTION 6.11                Collection Suit by Trustee .  If an Event of Default in payment of principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, specified in clause (1) or clause (2) of Section 6.1 occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may recover judgment in its own name and as trustee of an express trust against the Company or any other obligor on the Notes for the whole amount of principal, premium, if any, and accrued interest remaining unpaid, together with interest on overdue principal and, to the extent that payment of such interest is lawful, interest on overdue installments of interest, in each case at the rate per annum borne by such Notes and such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7.

 

-51-



 

SECTION 6.12                Trustee May File Proofs of Claim .  The Trustee may file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as may be necessary or advisable in order to have the claims of the Trustee (including any claim for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel and any other amount due to the Trustee under Section 7.7, accountants and experts) and the Holders allowed in any judicial proceedings relating to the Company, its creditors or its property or other obligor on the Notes, its creditors and its property and shall be entitled and empowered to collect and receive any monies or other property payable or deliverable on any such claims and to distribute the same, and any Custodian in any such judicial proceedings is hereby authorized by each Holder to make such payments to the Trustee and, in the event that the Trustee shall consent to the making of such payments directly to the Holders, to pay to the Trustee any amount due to it for the reasonable compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agent and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7.  To the extent that the payment of any such compensation, expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee, its agents and counsel, and any other amounts due the Trustee under Section 7.7 hereof out of the estate in any such proceeding, shall be denied for any reason, payment of the same shall be secured by a Lien on, and shall be paid out of, any and all distributions, dividends, money, securities and other properties which the Holders of the Notes may be entitled to receive in such proceeding whether in liquidation or under any plan of reorganization or arrangement or otherwise.

 

SECTION 6.13                Priorities .  If the Trustee collects any money or property pursuant to this Article VI, it shall pay out the money or property in the following order:

 

First :  to the Trustee and the Agents for amounts due under Section 7.7, including (but not limited to) payment of all compensation, fees, expense and liabilities incurred, and all advances made, by the Trustee and the costs and expenses of collection;

 

Second :  to Holders for amounts due and unpaid on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, ratably, without preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and payable on the Notes for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, respectively; and

 

Third :  to the Issuer, the Guarantors or any other obligor on the Notes, as their interests may appear, or as a court of competent jurisdiction may direct.

 

The Trustee, upon prior notice to the Issuer, may fix a record date and payment date for any payment to Holders pursuant to this Section 6.13; provided that the failure to give any such notice shall not affect the establishment of such record date or payment date for Holders pursuant to this Section 6.13.

 

SECTION 6.14                Restoration of Rights and Remedies .  If the Trustee or any Holder of any Note has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for any reason, or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such Holder, then and in every such case, subject to any determination in such proceeding, the Issuer, the Trustee and the Holders of Notes shall be restored severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder and thereafter all rights and

 

-52-



 

remedies of the Trustee and the Holders of Notes shall continue as though no such proceeding had been instituted.

 

SECTION 6.15                Undertaking for Costs .  In any suit for the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture or in any suit against the Trustee for any action taken or omitted by it as Trustee, a court in its discretion may require the filing by any party litigant in the suit of an undertaking to pay the costs of the suit, and the court in its discretion may assess reasonable costs, including reasonable attorneys’ fees and expenses, against any party litigant in the suit, having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by the party litigant.  This Section 6.15 does not apply to a suit by the Trustee, a suit by a Holder pursuant to Section 6.10, or a suit by a Holder or Holders of more than 10% in principal amount of the outstanding Notes.

 

SECTION 6.16                Notices of Default .  If a Default occurs and is continuing and is known to the Trustee, the Trustee must mail to each Holder of Notes notice of the Default within 90 days after it has become known to the Trustee.  Except in the case of a Default in the payment of principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on any Note, the Trustee may withhold notice if and so long as a committee of Trust Officers determines that withholding notice is in the interests of such Holders of Notes.

 

ARTICLE VII

 

TRUSTEE

 

SECTION 7.1                  Duties of Trustee .  If an Event of Default actually known to a Trust Officer of the Trustee has occurred and is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise such of the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a prudent Person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of his or her own affairs.  Subject to such provisions, the Trustee will be under no obligation to exercise any of its rights or powers under this Indenture at the request of any of the Holders of Notes, unless they shall have offered to the Trustee reasonable security and indemnity satisfactory to the Trustee against any loss, liability or expense in accordance with the sixth paragraph of Section 7.7.

 

(a)           Except during the continuance of an Event of Default actually known to the Trustee:

 

(1)           The Trustee and the Agents will perform only those duties as are specifically set forth herein and no others and no implied covenants or obligations shall be read into this Indenture against the Trustee or the Agents.

 

(2)           In the absence of willful misconduct on their part, the Trustee and the Agents may conclusively rely, as to the truth of the statements and the correctness of the opinions expressed therein, upon certificates or opinions and such other documents delivered to them pursuant to Section 11.2 and conforming to the requirements of this Indenture.  However, in the case of any such certificates or opinions which by any provision hereof are required to be furnished to the Trustee, the Trustee shall examine the certificates

 

-53-



 

and opinions to determine whether or not they conform to the requirements of this Indenture.

 

(b)           The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act, or its own willful misconduct, except that:

 

(1)           This paragraph does not limit the effect of subsection (a) of this Section 7.1.

 

(2)           Neither the Trustee nor Agent shall be liable for any error of judgment made in good faith by a Trust Officer of such Trustee or Agent, unless it is proved that the Trustee or such Agent was negligent in ascertaining the pertinent facts.

 

(3)           The Trustee shall not be liable with respect to any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in accordance with a direction received by it pursuant to Section 6.2, 6.7 or 6.8.

 

(c)           No provision of this Indenture shall require the Trustee or any Agent to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur any financial liability in the performance of any of its duties hereunder or to take or omit to take any action under this Indenture or take any action at the request or direction of Holders if it shall have reasonable grounds for believing that repayment of such funds is not assured to it or it does not receive an indemnity satisfactory to it in its sole discretion against such risk, liability, loss, fee or expense which might be incurred by it in the performance of any of its duties hereunder.

 

(d)           Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee is subject to the first paragraph and subsections (a), (b) and (c) of this Section 7.1.

 

(e)           Neither the Trustee nor the Agents shall be liable for interest on any money received by it except as the Trustee and any Agent may agree in writing with the Issuer.  Money held in trust by the Trustee or any Agent need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

(f)            Any provision hereof relating to the conduct or affecting the liability of or affording protection to the Trustee shall be subject to the provisions of this Section 7.1.

 

SECTION 7.2                  Rights of Trustee .  Subject to Section 7.1:

 

(a)           The Trustee and each Agent may rely conclusively on and shall be protected from acting or refraining from acting based upon any document believed by them to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper Person.  Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall be bound to make any investigation into the facts or matters stated in any resolution, certificate, statement, instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent order, approval, appraisal, bond, debenture, note, coupon, security or other paper or document.  The Trustee shall not be deemed to have notice or any knowledge of any matter (including without limitation Defaults or Events of Default) unless a Trust Officer

 

-54-



 

assigned to and working in the Trustee’s Corporate Trust Office which is administering this Indenture has actual knowledge thereof or unless written notice thereof is received by the Trustee, attention:  Corporate Trust and such notice clearly references the Notes, the Issuer or this Indenture.

 

(b)           Before the Trustee acts or refrains from acting, it may consult with counsel and may require an Officers’ Certificate, Issuer Order (as applicable) or an Opinion of Counsel or both.  Neither the Trustee nor any Agent shall be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith in reliance on such certificate or opinion.

 

(c)           The Trustee and any Agent may act through their attorneys and agents and shall not be responsible for the misconduct or negligence of any agent (other than an agent who is an employee of the Trustee or such Agent) appointed with due care.

 

(d)           The Trustee shall not be liable for any action it takes or omits to take in good faith which it reasonably believes to be authorized or within its rights or powers conferred upon it by this Indenture; provided , however , that the Trustee’s conduct does not constitute willful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

 

(e)           The Trustee or any Agent may consult with counsel of its selection and the advice or opinion of such counsel as to matters of law shall be full and complete authorization and protection from liability in respect of any action taken, omitted or suffered by it hereunder and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such counsel.

 

(f)            Except to the extent provided for in Section 9.1 and subject to Section 9.2 hereof, the Trustee may (but shall not be obligated to), without the consent of the Holders, give any consent, waiver or approval required by the terms hereof, but shall not without the consent of the Holders of not less than a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes at the time outstanding (i) give any consent, waiver or approval or (ii) agree to any amendment or modification of this Indenture, in each case, that shall have a material adverse effect on the interests of any Holder.  The Trustee shall be entitled to request and conclusively rely on an Opinion of Counsel with respect to whether any consent, waiver, approval, amendment or modification shall have a material adverse effect on the interests of any Holder.

 

SECTION 7.3                  Individual Rights of Trustee .  The Trustee or any Agent in its respective individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Issuer, the Guarantors, their Subsidiaries, or their respective Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it were not the Trustee or an Agent.  However, in the event that the Trustee acquires any conflicting interest it must eliminate such conflict within 90 days, apply to the SEC for permission to continue as trustee or resign.  Any Agent may do the same with like rights.

 

SECTION 7.4                  Trustee’s Disclaimer .  The Trustee and the Agents shall not be responsible for and make no representation as to the validity, effectiveness or adequacy of this Indenture, the offering materials related to the Notes or the Notes; they shall not be accountable for the Issuer’s use of the proceeds from the Notes or any money paid to the Issuer or upon the

 

-55-



 

Issuer’s direction under any provision hereof; and they shall not be responsible for any statement or recital herein of the Issuer or the Guarantors or any document issued in connection with the sale of Notes or any statement in the Notes other than the Trustee’s certificate of authentication.

 

SECTION 7.5                  Notice of Default .  If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing and a Trust Officer of the Trustee receives actual notice of such event, the Trustee shall mail to each Holder, as their names and addresses appear on the list of Holders described in Section 2.5, notice of the uncured Default or Event of Default within 90 days after the Trustee receives such notice.  Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of, premium, if any, or interest on any Note, the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as a committee of its Trust Officers determines that withholding the notice is in the interest of the Holders.

 

SECTION 7.6                  Reports by Trustee to Holders of the Notes .  Within 60 days after each May 15 beginning with May 15, 2012, and for so long as Notes remain outstanding, the Trustee shall mail to the Holders a brief report dated as of such reporting date that complies with TIA § 313(a) (but if no event described in TIA § 313(a) has occurred within the twelve months preceding the reporting date, no report need be transmitted).  The Trustee also shall comply with TIA § 313(b).  The Trustee shall also transmit by mail all reports as required by TIA § 313(c).

 

A copy of each report at the time of its mailing to the Holders shall be mailed to the Issuer and filed with the SEC and each stock exchange on which the Issuer has informed the Trustee in writing the Notes are listed in accordance with TIA § 313(d).  The Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange and of any delisting thereof.

 

SECTION 7.7                  Compensation and Indemnity .  The Issuer shall pay to the Trustee and Agents from time to time such compensation as the Issuer and the Trustee or Agent, as applicable, shall from time to time agree in writing for its acceptance of this Indenture and services hereunder.  The Trustee’s and the Agents’ compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a trustee of an express trust.  The Issuer shall reimburse the Trustee and Agents upon request for all reasonable and duly documented and invoiced disbursements, expenses and advances (including reasonable fees and expenses of counsel) incurred or made by it in addition to the compensation for their services, except any such disbursements, expenses and advances as may be attributable to the Trustee’s or any Agent’s negligence, willful misconduct or bad faith.  Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation, disbursements and expenses of the Trustee’s and Agents’ accountants, experts and counsel and any taxes or other expenses incurred by a trust created pursuant to Section 8.4 hereof.

 

The Issuer agrees to pay the fees and expenses of the Trustee’s legal counsel in connection with its review, preparation and delivery of this Indenture and related documentation.

 

The Issuer shall indemnify each of the Trustee, any predecessor Trustee and the Agents (which, for purposes of this paragraph, include such Trustee’s and Agents’ officers, directors, employees and agents) for, and hold them harmless against, any and all loss, damage, claim, proceedings, demands, costs, expense or liability including taxes (other than taxes based on the income of the Trustee) incurred by the Trustee or an Agent without negligence or willful

 

-56-



 

misconduct on its part in connection with acceptance of administration of this trust and performance of any provisions under this Indenture, including the reasonable expenses and attorneys’ fees and expenses of defending itself against any claim of liability arising hereunder.  The Trustee and the Agents shall notify the Issuer promptly of any claim asserted against the Trustee or such Agent for which it may seek indemnity.  However, the failure by the Trustee or the Agent to so notify the Issuer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder.  Subject to Section 7.1(b), the Issuer need not reimburse or indemnify against any loss liability or expense incurred by the Trustee through its own willful misconduct or negligence.  The Issuer shall defend the claim and the Trustee or such Agent shall cooperate in the defense (and may employ its own counsel reasonably satisfactory to the Trustee) at the Issuer’s expense.  The Trustee or such Agent may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall pay the reasonable fees and expenses of such counsel.  The Issuer need not pay for any settlement made without its written consent, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

To secure the Issuer’s payment obligations in this Section 7.7, the Trustee and the Agents shall have a senior Lien prior to the Notes against all money or property held or collected by the Trustee and the Agents, in its capacity as Trustee or Agent, except money or property held in trust to pay principal or premium, if any, and Additional Amounts, if any, or interest on particular Notes.

 

When the Trustee or an Agent incurs expenses or renders services after the occurrence of an Event of Default specified in clause (7) of Section 6.1, the expenses (including the reasonable fees and expenses of its agents and counsel) and the compensation for the services shall be preferred over the status of the Holders in a proceeding under any Bankruptcy Law and are intended to constitute expenses of administration under any Bankruptcy Law.  The Issuer’s obligations under this Section 7.7 and any claim or Lien arising hereunder shall survive the termination of this Indenture, the resignation or removal of any Trustee or Agent, the discharge of the Issuer’s obligations pursuant to Article VIII and any rejection or termination under any Bankruptcy Law.

 

Save as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, the Trustee shall have absolute and uncontrolled discretion as to the exercise of the discretion vested in the Trustee by this Indenture but, whenever the Trustee is bound to act under this Indenture at the request or direction of the Holders of Notes, the Trustee shall nevertheless not be so bound unless first indemnified to its satisfaction against all proceedings, claims and demands to which it may render itself liable and all costs, charges, expenses and liabilities which it may incur by so doing.

 

Whether or not therein expressly so provided, every provision of this Indenture that in any way relates to the Trustee, is subject to this Section 7.7.

 

The Company shall be jointly and severally liable with the Issuer for all of the Issuer’s obligations pursuant to this Section 7.7.

 

SECTION 7.8                  Replacement of Trustee .  The Trustee and any Agent may resign at any time by so notifying the Issuer in writing.  The Holders of a majority in principal amount of the outstanding Notes may remove the Trustee by so notifying the Issuer and the Trustee in writing and may appoint a successor trustee with the Issuer’s consent.  A resignation or

 

-57-



 

removal of the Trustee or any Agent and appointment of a successor Trustee or Agent, as the case may be, shall become effective only upon the acceptance by the successor Trustee or the successor Agent, as the case may be, of appointment as provided in this section.  The Issuer may remove the Trustee if:

 

(1)           the Trustee is adjudged a bankrupt or an insolvent or an order for relief is entered with respect to the Trustee under any Bankruptcy Law;

 

(2)           a receiver or other public officer takes charge of the Trustee or its property; or

 

(3)           the Trustee becomes incapable of acting with respect to its duties hereunder.

 

If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office of Trustee for any reason, the Issuer shall notify each Holder of such event and shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee.  Within one year after the successor Trustee takes office, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may, with the Issuer’s consent, appoint a successor Trustee to replace the successor Trustee appointed by the Issuer.  If the Issuer does not reasonably promptly appoint a successor Trustee, the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may appoint a successor Trustee.

 

A successor Trustee or successor Agent, as applicable, shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment to the retiring Trustee or Agent, as applicable, and to the Issuer.  Thereupon, the resignation or removal of the retiring Trustee or Agent, as applicable, shall become effective, and the successor Trustee or Agent, as applicable, shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee or Agent, as applicable, under this Indenture.  Promptly after that, the retiring Trustee or Agent, as applicable, shall transfer, after payment of all sums then owing to the Trustee or Agent, as applicable, pursuant to Section 7.7, all property held by it as Trustee or Agent, as applicable, to the successor Trustee or Agent, as applicable, subject to the Lien provided in Section 7.7.  A successor Trustee or Agent, as applicable, shall mail notice of its succession to each Holder.

 

If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the Holders of at least 10% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

 

Notwithstanding replacement of the Trustee pursuant to this Section 7.8, the Issuer’s obligations under Section 7.7 shall continue for the benefit of the retiring Trustee and the Issuer shall pay to any replaced or removed Trustee all amounts owed under Section 7.7 upon such replacement or removal.

 

SECTION 7.9                  Successor Trustee by Merger, Etc .  If the Trustee consolidates with, merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all of its corporate trust business to, another corporation or banking association, the resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall, if such resulting, surviving or transferee corporation is otherwise

 

-58-



 

eligible hereunder, be the successor Trustee.  In case any Notes shall have been authenticated, but not delivered, by the Trustee then in office, any successor by consolidation, merger or conversion to such authenticating Trustee may adopt such authentication and deliver the Notes so authenticated with the same effect as if such successor Trustee had itself authenticated such Notes.

 

SECTION 7.10                Eligibility; Disqualification .  There shall at all times be a Trustee hereunder that is a corporation organized and doing business under the laws of the United States of America or of any state thereof that is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trustee power and that is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authorities.  The Trustee together with its affiliates shall at all times have a combined capital surplus of at least $50.0 million as set forth in its most recent annual report of condition.

 

This Indenture shall always have a Trustee who satisfies the requirements of TIA §§ 310(a)(l), (2) and (5).  The Trustee is subject to TIA § 310(b) including the provision in § 310(b)(1); provided that there shall be excluded from the operation of TIA § 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which other securities, or conflicts of interest or participation in other securities, of the Issuer or the Guarantors are outstanding if the requirements for exclusion set forth in TIA § 310(b)(1) are met.

 

SECTION 7.11                Preferential Collection of Claims Against the Company .  The Trustee is subject to TIA § 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in TIA § 311(b).  A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to TIA § 311(a) to the extent indicated therein.

 

ARTICLE VIII

 

SATISFACTION AND DISCHARGE OF INDENTURE

 

SECTION 8.1                  Option To Effect Legal Defeasance or Covenant Defeasance .  The Issuer may, at the option of its Board of Directors evidenced by a Board Resolution, at any time, with respect to the Notes, elect to have either Section 8.2 or 8.3 be applied to all outstanding Notes upon compliance with the conditions set forth below in this Article VIII.

 

SECTION 8.2                  Legal Defeasance and Discharge .  Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 of the option applicable to this Section 8.2, the Issuer shall be deemed to have been discharged from its obligations with respect to all outstanding Notes on the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Legal Defeasance”).  For this purpose, such Legal Defeasance means that the Issuer shall be deemed to have paid and discharged all the obligations relating to the outstanding Notes and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed to be “outstanding” only for the purposes of Section 8.6, Section 8.8 and the other Sections of this Indenture referred to below in this Section 8.2, and to have satisfied all of their other obligations under such Notes and this Indenture and cured all then existing Events of Default (and the Trustee, on demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments acknowledging the same), except for the following which shall survive until otherwise terminated or discharged hereunder:  (a) the rights of Holders of outstanding Notes to receive payments in respect of the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on such Notes when such

 

-59-



 

payments are due or on the Tax Redemption Date solely out of the Defeasance Trust created pursuant to this Indenture; (b) the Issuer’s obligations with respect to Notes concerning issuing temporary Notes, or, where relevant, registration of such Notes, mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes and the maintenance of an office or agency for payment and money for security payments held in trust; (c) the rights, powers, trusts, duties and immunities of the Trustee, and the Issuer’s or Guarantors’ obligations in connection therewith; and (d) this Article VIII and the obligations set forth in Section 8.6 hereof.

 

Subject to compliance with this Article VIII, the Issuer may exercise its option under Section 8.2 notwithstanding the prior exercise of its option under Section 8.3 with respect to the Notes.

 

SECTION 8.3                  Covenant Defeasance .  Upon the Issuer’s exercise under Section 8.1 of the option applicable to this Section 8.3, the Issuer, the Company and the other Guarantors shall be released from any obligations under the covenants contained in Article IV, Section 5.1(4), Sections 6.1(3), (4) and (5), and Section 6.1 (7) (with respect to the Company and the Subsidiaries other than the Issuer), hereof with respect to the outstanding Notes on and after the date the conditions set forth below are satisfied (hereinafter, “Covenant Defeasance”), and the Notes shall thereafter be deemed not “outstanding” for the purposes of any direction, waiver, consent or declaration or act of Holders (and the consequences of any thereof) in connection with such covenants, but shall continue to be deemed “outstanding” for all other purposes hereunder (it being understood that such Notes shall not be deemed outstanding for accounting purposes).  For this purpose, such Covenant Defeasance means that, (i) with respect to the outstanding Notes, the Issuer may omit to comply with and shall have no liability in respect of any term, condition or limitation set forth in any such covenant, whether directly or indirectly, by reason of any reference elsewhere herein to any such covenant or by reason of any reference in any such covenant to any other provision herein or in any other document and (ii) payment on the Notes may not be accelerated because of an Event of Default specified in Section 6.1(3), (4) or (5), or Section 6.1(7) (with respect only to the Company and the Subsidiaries other than the Issuer).

 

SECTION 8.4                  Conditions to Legal or Covenant Defeasance .  In order to exercise either of the defeasance options under Section 8.2 or Section 8.3 hereof, the Issuer must comply with the following conditions:

 

(1)           the Issuer shall have irrevocably deposited in trust (the “Defeasance Trust”) with the Trustee or the Paying Agent for the benefit of the Holders Designated Government Obligations, for the payment of principal, premium, if any, interest on the Notes to redemption or maturity, as the case may be;

 

(2)           the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel (subject to customary exceptions and exclusions) to the effect that Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for U.S. federal income tax purposes as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to U.S. federal income tax on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred.  In the case of legal defeasance only, such Opinion of Counsel must be based on a ruling of the Internal Revenue Service or other change in applicable U.S. federal income tax law;

 

-60-



 

(3)           the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in the Federal Republic of Germany (subject to customary exceptions and exclusions) to the effect that Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for income tax purposes of the Federal Republic of Germany as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to income tax in the Federal Republic of Germany on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred;

 

(4)           the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel in Luxembourg (subject to customary exceptions and exclusions) to the effect that Holders of the Notes will not recognize income, gain or loss for income tax purposes of Luxembourg as a result of such deposit and defeasance and will be subject to income tax in Luxembourg on the same amount and in the same manner and at the same times as would have been the case if such deposit and defeasance had not occurred;

 

(5)           no Default or Event of Default (other than to Incur Indebtedness used to defease the Notes under this Article) shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit in the Defeasance Trust or insofar as Events of Default from bankruptcy or insolvency events are concerned, at any time in the period ending on the 91st day after the date of deposit;

 

(6)           such legal defeasance or covenant defeasance shall not result in a breach or violation of any other material agreement or instrument (other than this Indenture) to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party or by which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is bound;

 

(7)           the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate stating that the deposit was not made by the Issuer with the intent of preferring the Holders over any other creditors of the Issuer or with the intent of defeating, hindering, delaying or defrauding any other creditors of the Issuer or others; and

 

(8)           the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent provided for or relating to the legal defeasance or the covenant defeasance have been complied with.

 

SECTION 8.5                  Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture .  This Indenture will be discharged and will cease to be of further effect as to all Notes issued thereunder when either (i) all such Notes theretofore authenticated and delivered (except lost, stolen or destroyed Notes which have been replaced or paid and Notes for whose payment money has theretofore been deposited in trust and thereafter repaid to the Issuer) have been delivered to the Paying Agent or Trustee for cancellation or (ii) (A) all such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Paying Agent or Trustee for cancellation have become due and payable by reason of the making of a notice of redemption or otherwise or will become due and payable within one year and the Issuer has irrevocably deposited or caused to be deposited with the Paying Agent or Trustee as trust funds in trust an amount of money sufficient to pay and discharge the entire indebtedness on such Notes not theretofore delivered to the Paying Agent or Trustee for cancellation for principal, premium, if any, and accrued and unpaid interest and Additional Amounts, if any, to the date of maturity or

 

-61-



 

redemption, (B) no Default (other than to Incur Indebtedness used to defease such Notes under this Article) with respect to this Indenture or with respect to such Notes shall have occurred and be continuing on the date of such deposit or shall occur as a result of such deposit and such deposit will not result in a breach or violation of, or constitute a default under, any other instrument to which the Issuer, the Company or any of the other Guarantors is a party or by which it is bound, (C) the Issuer has paid, or caused to be paid, all sums payable by it under this Indenture, and (D) the Issuer has delivered irrevocable instructions to the Trustee under this Indenture to give the notice of redemption and apply the deposited money toward the payment of such Notes at maturity or the Tax Redemption Date, as the case may be.  In addition, the Issuer must deliver an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the Trustee stating that all conditions precedent to satisfaction and discharge have been satisfied.  Upon such discharge, the Paying Agent shall deliver the Notes to the Issuer, marked “paid”, or at the option of the Paying Agent, destroy such Notes and provide a certificate to the Issuer and the Trustee certifying such destruction.

 

SECTION 8.6                  Survival of Certain Obligations .  Notwithstanding the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture and of the Notes in the manner referred to in Section 8.1, 8.2, 8.3, 8.4 or 8.5, the respective obligations of the Issuer, the Company, the other Guarantors and the Trustee under Sections 2.2, 2.3, 2.4, 2.5, 2.6, 2.7, 2.9, 2.10, 2.11, 2.12, 2.13, 2.14, 4.1 (with respect to the Trustee and, as far as the Issuer, the Company, and each of the other Guarantors is concerned, subject to Sections 8.2 and 8.5), 4.2, 4.6, 4.13 and 6.10, Article VII and Article VIII shall survive until the Notes are no longer outstanding, and thereafter the obligations of the Issuer, the Company, the other Guarantors and the Trustee under Articles VII and VIII shall survive.  Nothing contained in this Article VIII shall abrogate any of the obligations or duties of the Trustee under this Indenture.

 

SECTION 8.7                  Acknowledgment of Discharge by Trustee .  Subject to Section 8.10, after (i) the conditions of Section 8.4 or 8.5 have been satisfied, (ii) the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all other sums payable hereunder by the Issuer and (iii) the Issuer has delivered to the Trustee an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel, each stating that all conditions precedent referred to in clause (i) above relating to the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture have been complied with, the Trustee upon written request shall acknowledge in writing the discharge of all of the Issuer’s, the Company’s, and the other Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture except for those surviving obligations specified in this Article VIII.

 

SECTION 8.8                  Application of Trust Moneys .  All cash deposited with the Trustee pursuant to Section 8.4 or 8.5 in respect of Notes shall be held in trust and applied by it, in accordance with the provisions of such Notes and this Indenture, to the payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent as the Trustee may determine, to the Holders of such defeased or discharged Notes of all sums due and to become due thereon for principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, but such money need not be segregated from other funds except to the extent required by law.

 

The Issuer shall pay and indemnify the Trustee against any tax, fee or other charge imposed on or assessed against the cash deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 or 8.5 or the

 

-62-



 

principal and interest received in respect thereof other than any such tax, fee or other charge which by law is for the account of the Holders of outstanding Notes.

 

SECTION 8.9                  Repayment to the Issuer; Unclaimed Money .  The Trustee and any Paying Agent shall promptly pay or return to the Issuer upon Issuer Order any cash held by them at any time that are not required for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the defeased or discharged Notes for which cash has been deposited pursuant to Section 8.4 or 8.5.

 

Any money held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent under this Article VIII, in trust for the payment of the principal of, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after such principal, premium, if any, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, that has become due and payable shall be paid to the Issuer upon Issuer Order or if then held by the Issuer shall be discharged from such trust; and the Holder of such Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the Issuer for payment thereof, and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect to such trust money, shall thereupon cease; provided , however , that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required to make any such repayment, may at the expense of the Issuer give notice to the Holders or cause to be published notice once, in a newspaper having general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ), if and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such stock exchange shall so require, or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange ( www.bourse.lu ), or in the case of Definitive Notes, in addition to such publication, mail to Holders by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at their respective addresses as they appear on the registration books of the Registrar (and, if and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such Stock Exchange shall so require, publish in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ) or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu), that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such notification, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid to the Issuer).

 

Claims against the Issuer for the payment of principal or interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on the Notes will become void unless presentment for payment is made (where so required in this Indenture) within, in the case of principal and Additional Amounts, if any, a period of ten years, or, in the case of interest, a period of five years, in each case from the applicable original payment date therefor.

 

SECTION 8.10                Reinstatement .  If the Trustee or Paying Agent is unable to apply any cash in accordance with Section 8.2, 8.3, 8.4 or 8.5 by reason of any legal proceeding or by reason of any order or judgment of any court or governmental authority enjoining, restrain ing or otherwise prohibiting such application, the Issuer’s and the Guarantors’ obligations under this Indenture and the Notes shall be revived and reinstated as though no deposit had occurred

 

-63-



 

pursuant to Section 8.2, 8.3, 8.4 or 8.5 until such time as the Trustee or Paying Agent is permitted to apply all such cash in accordance with Section 8.2, 8.3, 8.4 or 8.5; provided , however , that if the Issuer has made any payment of interest on, premium, if any, principal and Additional Amounts, if any, of any Notes because of the reinstatement of its obligations, the Issuer shall be subrogated to the rights of the Holders of such Notes to receive such payment from the money held by the Trustee or Paying Agent.

 

ARTICLE IX

 

AMENDMENTS, SUPPLEMENTS AND WAIVERS

 

SECTION 9.1                  Without Consent of Holders of Notes .  Notwithstanding Section 9.2 hereof, the Issuer and the Trustee together may amend or supplement this Indenture or the Notes without the consent of any Holder of a Note to:

 

(1)           cure any ambiguity, omission, defect or inconsistency;

 

(2)           provide for the assumption by a successor entity of the obligations of the Issuer under and pursuant to this Indenture or of a Guarantor (other than the Company) under the Note Guarantees;

 

(3)           provide for uncertificated Notes in addition to or in place of certificated Notes ( provided that the uncertificated Notes are issued in registered form for purposes of Section 163(f) of the Code, or in a manner such that the uncertificated Notes are described in Section 163(f)(B) of the Code);

 

(4)           add Note Guarantees with respect to the Notes;

 

(5)           secure the Notes;

 

(6)           add to the covenants of the Issuer and the Guarantors for the benefit of the Holders or surrender any right or power conferred upon the Issuer;

 

(7)           evidence and provide for the acceptance and appointment under this Indenture of any successor trustee;

 

(8)           comply with the rules of any applicable securities depositary;

 

(9)           issue Additional Notes in accordance with this Indenture; or

 

(10)         make any change that does not adversely affect the rights of any Holder of Notes under this Indenture.

 

SECTION 9.2                  With Consent of Holders of Notes .  The Issuer and the Trustee may amend or supplement this Indenture, the Notes or any amended or supplemental indenture with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including without limitation consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes), and, subject to Sections 6.7 and 6.10, any

 

-64-



 

existing Default or Event of Default and its consequences or compliance with any provision of this Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding (including without limitation consents obtained in connection with a purchase of, or tender offer or exchange offer for the Notes).  However, without the consent of each Holder of an outstanding Note adversely affected, an amendment or waiver may not (with respect to any such Notes held by a non-consenting Holder of Notes):

 

(1)           reduce the percentage of principal amount of Notes whose Holders must consent to an amendment;

 

(2)           reduce the stated rate of or extend the stated time for payment of interest on any such Note;

 

(3)           reduce the principal of or extend the Stated Maturity of any such Note;

 

(4)           permit the Issuer to redeem Notes, in whole or in part, prior to their Stated Maturity, except as provided under Section 3.6 and paragraph 9 of the Notes;

 

(5)           reduce the premium payable upon the repurchase of any Note, change the time at which any Note may be repurchased, or change any of the associated definitions related to the provisions of Section 4.11 once the obligation to repurchase the Notes has arisen;

 

(6)           make any such Note payable in money other than that stated in such Note;

 

(7)           impair the right of any Holder to receive payment of premium, if any, principal of and interest on such Holder’s Notes on or after the due dates therefor or to institute suit for the enforcement of any payment on or with respect to such Holder’s Notes;

 

(8)           make any change in the amendment provisions which require each Holder’s consent or in the waiver provisions; or

 

(9)           release the Company from its Note Guarantee (other than in accordance with the terms of this Indenture).

 

It shall not be necessary for the consent of the Holders of Notes under this Section 9.2 to approve the particular form of any proposed amendment or waiver, but it shall be sufficient if such consent approves the substance thereof.

 

SECTION 9.3                  Notice of Amendment, Supplement or Waiver .  After an amendment, supplement or waiver under Section 9.1 or 9.2 hereto becomes effective, the Issuer shall mail to the Holders of Notes a notice briefly describing the amendment, supplement or waiver.  Any failure of the Issuer to mail such notice, or any defect therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any such amended or supplemental indenture or waiver.

 

-65-



 

SECTION 9.4                  Revocation and Effect of Consents .  Until an amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective, a consent to it by a Holder of a Note is a continuing consent by the Holder of a Note and every subsequent Holder of a Note or portion of a Note that evidences the same debt as the consenting Holder’s Note, even if notation of the consent is not made on any Note.  However, any such Holder of a Note or subsequent Holder of a Note may revoke the consent as to its Note if the Trustee receives written notice of revocation before the date the waiver, supplement or amendment becomes effective.  An amendment, supplement or waiver becomes effective in accordance with its terms and thereafter binds every Holder of a Note.  An amendment or waiver becomes effective once the requisite number of consents is received by the Issuer or the Trustee.

 

The Issuer may, but shall not be obligated to, fix a record date for determining which Holders of the Notes must consent to such amendment, supplement or waiver.  If the Issuer fixes a record date, the record date shall be fixed at (i) the later of 30 days prior to the first solicitation of such consent or the date of the most recent list of Holders of Notes furnished to the Trustee prior to such solicitation pursuant to Section 2.5 or (ii) such other date as the Issuer shall designate.

 

SECTION 9.5                  Notation on or Exchange of Notes .  The Trustee may place an appropriate notation about an amendment, supplement or waiver on any Note thereafter authenticated.  The Issuer in exchange for all Notes may issue and the Trustee shall authenticate new Notes that reflect the amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

Failure to make the appropriate notation or issue a new Note shall not affect the validity and effect of such amendment, supplement or waiver.

 

SECTION 9.6                  Trustee To Sign Amendments, Etc .  The Trustee shall execute any amendment, supplement or waiver authorized pursuant to this Article IX; provided , however , that the Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, execute any such amendment, supplement or waiver which adversely affects the Trustee’s own rights, duties or immunities under this Indenture.  The Trustee shall be entitled to receive indemnity reasonably satisfactory to it, and shall be fully protected in relying upon, if delivered, an Opinion of Counsel and an Officers’ Certificate each stating that the execution of any such amendment, supplement or waiver is authorized or permitted by this Indenture and constitutes the legal, valid and binding obligations of the Issuer and the Guarantors enforceable in accordance with its terms.  Any Opinion of Counsel shall not be an expense of the Trustee.  With respect to any amendment, supplement or waiver under Section 9.2, the Trustee shall also be entitled to receive evidence satisfactory to it of the consent of the Holders.

 

ARTICLE X

 

NOTE GUARANTEE

 

SECTION 10.1                Note Guarantee .

 

(a)           Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally Guarantees, on a senior unsecured basis, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered

 

-66-



 

by the Trustee, and to the Trustee on behalf of such Holder, the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Amounts, if any) on such Note when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, in accordance with the terms of such Note and of this Indenture.  In case of the failure of the Issuer punctually to make any such payment, each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally agrees to cause such payment to be made punctually when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the Stated Maturity or by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the Issuer.  The Note Guarantee extends to the Issuer’s repurchase obligations arising from a Change of Control pursuant to Section 4.11.

 

Each Guarantor hereby jointly and severally agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be irrevocable and unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of such Note or this Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on any collateral for, or any release or amendment or waiver of any term of any other Guarantee of, or any consent to departure from any requirement of any other Guarantee of all or any of the Notes, the effects of Bankruptcy Law applicable in the event of bankruptcy proceedings being opened with respect to the Issuer, of all or any portion of the claims of the Trustee or any of the Holders for payment of any of the Notes, any waiver or consent by the Holder of such Note or by the Trustee with respect to any provisions thereof or of this Indenture, the obtaining of any judgment against the Issuer or any action to enforce the same or any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.  Each Guarantor hereby waives the benefits of diligence, presentment, demand for payment, any requirement that the Trustee or any of the Holders protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest in or other Lien on any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against the Issuer or any other Person or any collateral, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest or notice with respect to such Note or the Indebtedness evidenced thereby and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged in respect of such Note except by complete performance of the obligations contained in such Note and in this Note Guarantee.  Each Guarantor hereby agrees that, in the event of a default in payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest (including Additional Amounts, if any) on such Note, whether at its Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, legal proceedings may be instituted by the Trustee on behalf of, or by, the Holder of such Note, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in this Indenture, directly against each Guarantor to enforce the Note Guarantee without first proceeding against the Issuer.  Each Guarantor agrees that, to the extent permitted by applicable law, if, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee or any of the Holders is prevented by applicable law from exercising its respective rights to accelerate the maturity of the Notes, to collect interest on the Notes, or to enforce or exercise any other right or remedy with respect to the Notes, or the Trustee or the Holders are prevented from taking any action to realize on any collateral, such Guarantor agrees to pay to the Trustee for the account of the Holders, upon demand therefor, the amount that would otherwise have been due and payable had such rights and remedies been permitted to be exercised by the Trustee or any of the Holders.

 

-67-



 

No provision of the Note Guarantee or of this Indenture shall alter or impair the Note Guarantee of any Guarantor, which is absolute and unconditional, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Amounts, if any) on the Note upon which such Note Guarantee is endorsed.

 

Each Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation or reorganization or equivalent proceeding under applicable law, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, or the equivalent of any of the foregoing under applicable law, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes, is, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes, whether as a voidable preference, fraudulent transfer, or as otherwise provided under similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally or under applicable laws of the jurisdiction of formation of the Issuer, all as though such payment or performance had not been made.  In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 

The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under the Note Guarantee.

 

(b)           Each Note Guarantee (other than the Company’s Note Guarantee) will be limited in amount to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by the applicable Guarantor without rendering the Note Guarantee, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally or under applicable law of the jurisdiction of incorporation of such Guarantor.

 

(c)           In the case of Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH (“FMCD”), the following provisions apply:

 

(i)            Without limiting the agreements set forth in Section 11.8, the Note Guarantee of FMCD will be limited if and to the extent payment under such Note Guarantee or the application of enforcement proceeds would cause (x) FMCD’s net assets ( Reinvermögen - calculated as the sum of the balance sheet positions shown under § 266(2)(A), (B) and (C) German Commercial Code ( Handelsgesetzbuch )) less the sum of the liabilities (shown under the balance sheet positions pursuant to § 266(3)(B), (C) and (D) German Commercial Code) to fall below FMCD’s registered share capital ( Stammkapital ) or (y) (if the amount of the net assets is already an amount less than the registered share capital) cause such amount to be further reduced and, in either case, thereby affecting the assets required for the obligatory preservation of its registered share capital according to section 30, 31 of the German Limited Liability Company Act (GmbHG) (such event a “Capital Impairment”).  For the purposes of calculating the Capital Impairment, the following adjustments will be made:  (x) the amount of any increase

 

-68-



 

of the registered share capital out of retained earnings ( Kapitalerhöhung aus Gesellschaftsmitteln ) after the Closing Date that has been effected without the prior consent of the Trustee shall be deducted from the registered share capital; and (y) liabilities incurred in violation of the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture shall be disregarded. In the event FMCD’s net assets fall below its registered share capital, FMCD, upon request of the Trustee will realize in due course, to the extent legally permitted, any and all of its assets that are shown in the balance sheet with a book value ( Buchwert ) that is significantly lower than the market value of the assets if the relevant assets are not necessary for FMCD’s business ( nicht betriebsnotwendiges Vermögen ).

 

(ii)           If FMCD objects to the amount demanded by the Trustee under the Note Guarantee within twenty (20) business days after the Trustee has submitted to FMCD a payment demand, FMCD shall appoint within five (5) business days a reputable international auditor to determine the exact amount. The auditor shall notify FMCD and the Trustee of the maximum amount payable under the Note Guarantee within forty (40) business days after its appointment. The costs of such auditor’s determination shall be borne by FMCD. The determination of the auditor shall be binding for FMCD, and the Holders (except for manifest error). To the extent that any payment has been made under the Note Guarantee by FMCD that would be necessary for FMCD to be able to cure any Capital Impairment or Liquidity Impairment such payment shall immediately — upon FMCD’s demand — be returned to FMCD by any person receiving such payment, provided, however, in no event shall the Trustee or Paying Agent have any responsibility or liability for the return of any amount distributed to any Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes by the Trustee or Paying Agent, including, without limitation, any obligation to seek return of such amounts from such Holder or beneficial owner.

 

(iii)          If (x) FMCD does not object to the payment amount within the 20 business days period or (y) if FMCD does not appoint the auditor within the 5 business days period or (z) if the auditor fails to notify the amount payable within the 40 days period, then the Trustee shall be entitled to enforce the Note Guarantee without further delay. The burden of demonstration and proof ( Darlegungs- und Beweislast ) regarding the Capital Impairment and the maximum amount payable under the Note Guarantee shall remain with FMCD.

 

(iv)          The maximum amount payable under the guarantee shall be limited to the extent and as long as FMCD as a consequence of the payment would become unable to pay its debts when due ( zahlungsunfähig ) within the meaning of section 64 GmbHG (such event a “Liquidity Impairment”). For the purpose of establishing whether a Liquidity Impairment would occur, payments made by FMCD after the Trustee has notified FMCD of its intention to enforce the Note Guarantee with respect to payment obligations that are not due at the time of the payment shall be disregarded, unless the Trustee has consented to such payments (at the direction of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding). From the time the Trustee has notified FMCD and the Company of its intention to enforce the Note Guarantee, the Company may not make any payment demands against FMCD under shareholder loans and all such payment obligations of FMCD towards the Company shall be deferred, subordinated or

 

-69-



 

waived as the Company sees fit, until the Trustee notifies FMCD that it is no longer enforcing the Note Guarantee or the Trustee consents (at the direction of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding) to the payments to be made to the Company. Such notice may be delivered by the Trustee at any time and, if not previously delivered, will be delivered by the Trustee after the Notes have been repaid in full and all other obligations under this Indenture are satisfied.

 

The limitations in this Section 10.1(c) as to the Capital Impairment shall not apply to the extent FMCD has an adequate compensation claim ( vollwertiger Gegenleistungs- oder Rückgewähranspruch ) against the Company that compensates for any loss incurred due to any payment by FMCD under the Note Guarantee.

 

SECTION 10.2                Execution and Delivery of Note Guarantees .  The Note Guarantees to be endorsed on the Notes shall be in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C .  Each Guarantor hereby agrees to execute its Note Guarantee, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C , to be endorsed on each Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee.

 

The Note Guarantee shall be executed on behalf of the Company by two members of the Management Board of its General Partner and on behalf of any other Guarantor by such Person or Persons duly authorized by the Board of Directors or Management Board of such Guarantor.  The signature of any or all of these Persons on the Note Guarantee may be manual or facsimile.

 

A Note Guarantee bearing the manual or facsimile signature of individuals who were at any time the Responsible Officers of a Guarantor shall bind such Guarantor, notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such offices prior to the authentication and delivery of the Note on which such Note Guarantee is endorsed or did not hold such offices at the date of such Note Guarantee.

 

The delivery of any Note by the Trustee, after the authentication thereof in accordance with this Indenture, shall constitute due delivery of the Note Guarantee endorsed thereon on behalf of the Guarantors.  Each of the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agrees that its Note Guarantee set forth in Section 10.1 shall remain in full force and effect notwithstanding any failure to endorse a Note Guarantee on any Note.

 

SECTION 10.3                Guarantors May Consolidate, Etc., on Certain Terms .  Except as set forth in Section 10.4 and in Article V hereof, nothing contained in this Indenture or in any of the Notes shall prevent any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor with or into the Company, the Issuer or another Guarantor or shall prevent any sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition of the property of a Guarantor as an entirety or substantially as an entirety to the Company, the Issuer or another Guarantor.

 

SECTION 10.4                Release of Guarantors .  Subject to the limitations set forth in Sections 5.1 and 5.2 hereof,

 

(a)           concurrently with any consolidation or merger of a Guarantor or any sale, transfer, assignment, lease, conveyance or other disposition of the property of a Guarantor

 

-70-



 

as an entirety or substantially as an entirety, in each case as permitted by Sections 5.1, 5.2 and 10.3 hereof, and upon delivery by the Company or the Issuer to the Trustee of an Officers’ Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that such consolidation, merger, sale, transfer, assignment, conveyance or other disposition was made in accordance with Sections 5.1, 5.2 and 10.3 hereof, the Trustee shall execute any documents reasonably required in order to acknowledge the release of such Guarantor from its obligations under its Note Guarantee endorsed on the Notes and under this Indenture.  Any Guarantor not released from its obligations under its Note Guarantee endorsed on the Notes and under this Indenture shall remain liable for the full amount of principal of (premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Amounts, if any) on the Notes and for the other obligations of a Guarantor under its Note Guarantee endorsed on the Notes and under this Indenture.  Concurrently with the defeasance of the Notes under Section 8.2 or satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture under Section 8.5 hereof, the Guarantors shall be released from all of their obligations under their Note Guarantees endorsed on the Notes and under this Indenture, without any action on the part of the Trustee or any Holder of such Notes.

 

(b)           Upon the sale or other disposition (including by way of merger or consolidation) of any Guarantor or the sale, conveyance, transfer, assignment, lease or other disposition of all or substantially all the assets of a Guarantor pursuant to Section 5.1 hereof, such Guarantor shall automatically be released from all obligations under its Note Guarantees endorsed on the Notes and under this Indenture in accordance with Sections 5.1 and 5.2.

 

(c)           At any time a Guarantor (other than the Company) is no longer an obligor under the Credit Facility, such Guarantor will be released and relieved from all of its obligations under its Note Guarantee.

 

ARTICLE XI

 

MISCELLANEOUS

 

SECTION 11.1                Notices .  Any notices or other communications required or permitted hereunder shall be in writing, and shall be sufficiently given if made by hand delivery, by telecopier or first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed as follows:

 

if to the Company or to FMCD, to it at:

 

Else-Kröner Strasse 1

61352 Bad Homburg

Germany

Facsimile:  011-49-6172-609-2280

Attention:  Chief Financial Officer

 

-71-



 

if to the Issuer:

 

FMC Finance VIII S.A.

28-30, Val St. André,

L-1128 Luxembourg

Facsimile:  011-352-263375-909

Attention:  Mrs. Gabriele Dux

 

if to FMCH:

 

920 Winter Street

Waltham MA  02451-1457

Facsimile:  781 699-9713

Attn:  Ronald J. Kuerbitz, Esq.

 

in each case, with a copy to:

 

Fresenius Medical Care AG & Co. KGaA

Else-Kröner Strasse 1

61352 Bad Homburg

Germany

Facsimile:  011-49-6172-609-2422

Attention:  Dr. Rainer Runte

 

if to the Trustee:

 

U.S. Bank National Association

225 Asylum Street, 23rd Floor

Hartford, CT  06103

Attention:  Elizabeth C. Hammer

Telecopier:  860-241-6897

Telephone:  860-241-6817

 

if to the Paying Agent:

 

Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft

Große Gallusstrasse 10-14

60272 Frankfurt

Federal Republic of Germany

Attention:  Debt Services

Telecopier.:  ++49 69 910 38672

Telephone:  ++49 69 910 30094

 

if to the Calculation Agent:

 

Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft

Große Gallusstrasse 10-14

 

-72-



 

60272 Frankfurt

Federal Republic of Germany

Attention:  Frankfurt Corporations

Telecopier.:  ++49 69 910 38672

Telephone:  ++49 69 910 30819

 

Each of the Issuer and the Trustee by written notice to each other such Person may designate additional or different addresses for notices to such Person.  Any notice or communication to the Issuer or the Trustee, shall be deemed to have been given or made as of the date so delivered if personally delivered; when receipt is acknowledged, if telecopied; and five (5) calendar days after mailing if sent by first class mail, postage prepaid (except that a notice of change of address shall not be deemed to have been given until actually received by the addressee).

 

Any notice or communication mailed to a Holder shall be mailed to such Person by first-class mail or other equivalent means at such Person’s address as it appears on the registration books of the Registrar and shall be sufficiently given to him if so mailed within the time prescribed.

 

Failure to mail a notice or communication to a Holder or any defect in it shall not affect its sufficiency with respect to other Holders.  If a notice or communication is mailed in the manner provided above, it is duly given, whether or not the addressee receives it.

 

If and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such Stock Exchange shall so require, notices regarding the Notes given to the Holders will be published by the Issuer in a newspaper having general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ) or, to the extent and in the manner permitted by such rules, posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu), and in the event the Notes are in the form of Definitive Notes, sent by the Issuer, by first-class mail, with a copy to the Trustee, to each Holder of the Notes at such Holder’s address as it appears on the registration books of the registrar.  If and so long as such Notes are listed on any other securities exchange, notices will also be given by the Issuer in accordance with any applicable requirements of such securities exchange.  If and so long as any Notes are represented by one or more Global Notes and ownership of Book-Entry Interests therein are shown on the records of the Clearing Agency or any successor appointed by the Clearing Agency at the request of the Issuer, notices will be delivered to the Clearing Agency or such successor for communication to the owners of such Book-Entry Interests.  Notices given by publication will be deemed given on the first date on which any of the required publications is made and notices given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, will be deemed given five calendar days after mailing.

 

SECTION 11.2                Certificate and Opinion as to Conditions Precedent .  Upon any request or application by the Issuer to the Trustee or an Agent to take any action under this Indenture, the Issuer and the Guarantors shall furnish to the Trustee at the request of the Trustee:

 

-73-



 

(1)           an Officers’ Certificate, in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Trustee (reasonableness to be determined objectively), stating that, in the opinion of the signers, all conditions precedent and covenants, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the proposed action have been satisfied or complied with; and

 

(2)           an Opinion of Counsel in form and substance reasonably acceptable to the Trustee or such Agent (reasonableness to be determined objectively) stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, all such conditions precedent and covenants have been satisfied or complied with.

 

In any case where several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an Opinion of Counsel of, any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by, or covered by the Opinion of Counsel of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an Opinion of Counsel with respect to some matters and one or more such Persons as to other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an Opinion of Counsel as to such matters in one or several documents.

 

Any certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Issuer may be based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon an Opinion of Counsel, unless such Responsible Officer knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that such Opinion of Counsel with respect to the matters upon which his certificate is based are erroneous.  Any Opinion of Counsel may be based, and may state that it is so based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a certificate of, or representations by, a Responsible Officer or Responsible Officers of the Issuer stating that the information with respect to such factual matters is in the possession of the Issuer, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should know, that the certificate or representations with respect to such matters are erroneous.

 

Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and form one instrument.

 

SECTION 11.3                Statements Required in Certificate or Opinion .  Each certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

 

(1)           a statement that the Person making such certificate or opinion has read such covenant or condition;

 

(2)           a brief statement as to the nature and scope of the examination or investigation upon which the statements or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are based;

 

(3)           a statement that, in the opinion of such Person, such Person has made such examination or investigation as is necessary to enable such Person to express an informed opinion as to whether or not such covenant or condition has been complied with; and

 

-74-



 

(4)           a statement as to whether or not, in the opinion of each such Person, such condition or covenant has been complied with.

 

SECTION 11.4                Rules by Trustee, Paying Agent, Registrar .  The Trustee, Paying Agent or Registrar may make reasonable rules for its functions.

 

SECTION 11.5                Legal Holidays .  If a payment date is not a Business Day, payment may be made on the next succeeding day that is a Business Day, and (i) no interest shall accrue for the intervening period following the Interest Period ending January 14, 2012 (inclusive) and (ii) any such extension of time shall be included in the computation of the payment of interest for all subsequent Interest Periods..

 

SECTION 11.6                Governing Law .   THIS INDENTURE AND THE NOTES, AND THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  THE NOTE GUARANTEES WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK EXCEPT THAT THE LIMITATIONS OF THE NOTE GUARANTEES EXPRESSED IN SECTIONS 10.1(c) HEREOF (AND THE EQUIVALENT PROVISION CONTAINED IN THE NOTE GUARANTEE ENDORSED ON THE NOTES) WILL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY.

 

SECTION 11.7                Submission to Jurisdiction .  To the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors irrevocably submits to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of any U.S. federal or state court in the Borough of Manhattan in the City of New York, County and State of New York, United States of America, in any suit or proceeding based on or arising under this Indenture or the Notes, and irrevocably agrees that all claims in respect of such suit or proceeding may be determined in any such court.  Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, irrevocably and fully waives the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such suit or proceeding and irrevocably waives to the fullest extent it may effectively do so any objection which it may now or hereafter have to the laying of venue of any such proceeding, and each of the Issuer and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably consents to be served with notice and service of process by delivery or by registered mail with return receipt requested addressed to FMCH’s registered agent, which as of the date hereof is CT Corporation System, 111 Eighth Avenue, New York, NY 10011 (which service of process by registered mail shall be effective with respect to the Issuer and the Guarantors so long as such return receipt is obtained, or in the event of a refusal to sign such receipt any Holder or the Trustee is able to produce evidence of attempted delivery by such means).  Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors further agrees that such service of process and written notice of such service to the Issuer and the Guarantors in the circumstances described above shall be deemed in every respect effective notice and service of process upon each of the Issuer and the Guarantors in any such action or proceeding.  Nothing herein shall affect the right of any Person to serve process in any other manner permitted by law.  Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors agrees that a final action in any such suit or proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the judgment or in any other lawful manner.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, each of the Issuer and the Guarantors hereby agrees that any action arising out of

 

-75-



 

or based on this Indenture or the Notes may also be instituted in any competent court in Germany, and it expressly accepts the jurisdiction of any such court in any such action.

 

Each of the Issuer and the Guarantors hereby irrevocably waives, to the extent permitted by law, any immunity to jurisdiction to which it may otherwise be entitled (including, without limitation, immunity to pre-judgment attachment, post-judgment attachment and execution) in any legal suit, action or proceeding against it arising out of or based on this Indenture or the Notes.

 

The provisions of this Section 11.7 are intended to be effective upon the execution of this Indenture without any further action by the Issuer and the Guarantors and the introduction of a true copy of this Indenture into evidence shall be conclusive and final evidence as to such matters.

 

SECTION 11.8                No Personal Liability of Directors, Officers, Employees and Stockholders .  No member of the Board of Directors, director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer, Fresenius SE, Fresenius SE’s general partner, the Company, the Company’s General Partner, or the Guarantors, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, this Indenture or the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation. Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability and agrees not to enforce any claim in respect of the Notes, the Indenture or the Notes Guarantees to the extent that it would give rise to such personal liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Note Guarantees.  Such waiver and release may not be effective to waive liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.  In addition, such waiver and release may not be effective under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany.

 

SECTION 11.9                Successors .  All agreements of the Issuer in this Indenture and the Notes and the Guarantors in this Indenture and the Note Guarantees shall bind their respective successors.  All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture shall bind its successors.

 

SECTION 11.10              Counterpart Originals .  All parties hereto may sign any number of copies of this Indenture.  Each signed copy or counterpart shall be an original, but all of them together shall represent one and the same agreement.

 

SECTION 11.11              Severability .  In case any one or more of the provisions in this Indenture or in the Notes shall be held invalid, illegal or unenforceable, in any respect for any reason, the validity, legality and enforceability of any such provision in every other respect and of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected or impaired thereby, it being intended that all of the provisions hereof shall be enforceable to the full extent permitted by law.

 

SECTION 11.12              Table of Contents, Headings, Etc .  The Table of Contents, Cross-Reference Table and headings of the Articles and Sections of this Indenture have been inserted for convenience of reference only, are not to be considered a part of this Indenture and shall in no way modify or restrict any of the terms or provisions hereof.

 

-76-



 

SECTION 11.13              Trust Indenture Act Controls .  If any provision of this Indenture limits, qualifies or conflicts with the duties imposed by TIA § 318(c), the imposed duties shall control.

 

SECTION 11.14              Currency Indemnity .  Any payment on account of an amount that is payable in euros (the “Required Currency”), which is made to or for the account of any Holder of the Notes or the Trustee in lawful currency of any other jurisdiction (the “Judgment Currency”), whether as a result of any judgment or order or the enforcement thereof or the liquidation of the Issuer or a Guarantor, shall constitute a discharge of the Issuer or the Guarantor’s obligation under this Indenture and the Notes or Note Guarantee, as the case may be, only to the extent of the amount of the Required Currency which such holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, could purchase in the London foreign exchange markets with the amount of the Judgment Currency in accordance with normal banking procedures at the rate of exchange prevailing on the first Business Day following receipt of the payment in the Judgment Currency.  If the amount of the Required Currency that could be so purchased is less than the amount of the Required Currency originally due to such Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, the Issuer shall indemnify and hold harmless the Holder or the Trustee, as the case may be, from and against all loss or damage arising out of, or as a result of, such deficiency.  This indemnity shall constitute an obligation separate and independent from the other obligations contained in this Indenture or the Notes, shall give rise to a separate and independent cause of action, shall apply irrespective of any indulgence granted by any Holder or the Trustee from time to time and shall continue in full force and effect notwithstanding any judgment or order for a liquidated sum in respect of an amount due hereunder or under any judgment or order.

 

SECTION 11.15              Information .  For so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, and the rules of such stock exchange so require, copies of this Indenture will be made available in Luxembourg through the offices of the Listing Agent in such city.

 

[Remainder of Page Intentionally Left Blank]

 

-77-



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Indenture to be duly executed, as of the date first written above.

 

 

FMC FINANCE VIII S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

[Title]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & CO. KGaA,
a partnership limited by shares, represented by

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE MANAGEMENT AG, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

[Title]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

[Title]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE DEUTSCHLAND GmbH

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

[Title]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

[Title]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

[Title]

 

-78-



 

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

DEUTSCHE BANK AKTIENGESELLSCHAFT,

 

 

as Paying Agent

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

-79-



 

EXHIBIT A
TO THE INDENTURE

 

[FORM OF FACE OF GLOBAL NOTE]

 

[Global Note Legend]

 

THIS NOTE IS A GLOBAL NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AND IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF THE CLEARING AGENCY OR A NOMINEE OF THE CLEARING AGENCY.  THIS NOTE IS NOT EXCHANGEABLE FOR SECURITIES REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF A PERSON OTHER THAN THE CLEARING AGENCY OR ITS NOMINEE EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE, AND NO TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE (OTHER THAN A TRANSFER OF THIS NOTE AS A WHOLE TO THE CLEARING AGENCY OR A NOMINEE OF THE CLEARING AGENCY) MAY BE REGISTERED EXCEPT IN THE LIMITED CIRCUMSTANCES DESCRIBED IN THE INDENTURE.

 

[Insert applicable Private Placement Legend]

 

A-1



 

FMC FINANCE VIII S.A.

 

Floating Rate Senior Note due 2016

 

 

Common Code No.:

 

 

 

 

 

ISIN No.:

 

 

No.

 

 

€ 

 

 

FMC FINANCE VIII S.A., a société anonyme organized under the laws of Luxembourg (the “Issuer”, which term includes any successor entity), for value received, promises to pay to Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft or its registered assigns upon surrender hereof the principal sum indicated on Schedule A hereof, on October 15, 2016.

 

Interest Payment Dates:  January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15, commencing January 15, 2012

 

Record Dates:  January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Dates

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

A-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

FMC FINANCE VIII S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication

 

This is one of the Securities with the Guarantees endorsed thereon referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

A-3



 

[FORM OF REVERSE]

 

FMC FINANCE VIII S.A.

 

Floating Rate Senior Note due 2016

 

1.             Interest .  FMC FINANCE VIII S.A., a société anonyme organized under the laws of Luxembourg (the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Floating Rate Senior Note (“Note”) at the rate and in the manner specified below.  Interest on the Notes will accrue at an interest rate per annum (the “Applicable Rate”), reset quarterly, equal to the three-month EURIBOR plus 3.50%, as determined by the calculation agent for the Notes (the “Calculation Agent”), which shall initially be Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft, and will be payable quarterly on January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15 of each year to the holders of record on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1, as the case may be, immediately preceding the related interest payment dates, commencing on January 15, 2012, to the Holder hereof.  Notwithstanding any exchange of this Note for a Definitive Note during the period starting on a Record Date relating to such Definitive Note and ending on the immediately succeeding interest payment date, the interest due on such interest payment date shall be payable to the Person in whose name this Global Note is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such interest.  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid.

 

“Determination Date” with respect to an Interest Period, means the day that is two TARGET Settlement Days preceding the first day of such Interest Period.

 

“EURIBOR,” with respect to an Interest Period, means the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in euros for a three-month period beginning on the day that is two TARGET Settlement Days after the Determination Date that appears on Reuters Screen EURIBOR 01 Page as of 11:00 a.m. Brussels time, on the Determination Date. If Reuters Screen EURIBOR 01 Page does not include such a rate or is unavailable on a Determination Date, the Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each of four major banks in the Euro-zone inter-bank market, as selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide such bank’s offered quotation (expressed as a percentage per annum) as of approximately 11:00 a.m. Brussels time, on such Determination Date, to prime banks in the Euro-zone inter-bank market for deposits in a Representative Amount in euro for a three-month period beginning on the day that is two TARGET Settlement Days after the Determination Date. If at least two such offered quotations are so provided, the rate for the Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations.  If fewer than two such quotations are so provided, the Calculation Agent will request each of three major banks in London, as selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide such bank’s rate (expressed as a percentage per annum), as of approximately 11:00 a.m. London time, on such Determination Date, for loans in a Representative Amount in euros to leading European banks for a three-month period beginning on the day that is two TARGET Settlement Days after the Determination Date. If at least two such rates are so provided, the rate for the Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such rates. If fewer than two such rates are so provided, then the rate for the Interest Period will be the rate in effect with respect to the immediately preceding Interest Period.

 

A-4



 

“Euro-zone” means the region comprised of member states of the European Union that adopt the euro.

 

“Interest Period” means the period commencing on and including an interest payment date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next succeeding interest payment date, with the exception that the first Interest Period shall commence on and include the Issue Date and end on and include January 14, 2012.

 

“Representative Amount” means the greater of (i) €1,000,000 and (ii) an amount that is representative for a single transaction in the relevant market at the relevant time.

 

“Reuters Screen EURIBOR 01 Page” means the display page so designated (or such other page as may replace that page on that service, or such other service as may be nominated as the information vendor).

 

“TARGET Settlement Day” means any day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-Time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET) System is open.

 

The Calculation Agent will, as soon as practicable after 11:00 a.m. (Brussels time) on each Determination Date, determine the Applicable Rate and calculate the aggregate amount of interest payable in respect of the following Interest Period (the “Interest Amount”) and notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent of the Applicable Rate and the Interest Amount.

 

The Interest Amount shall be calculated by applying the Applicable Rate to the principal amount of each Note outstanding at the commencement of the Interest Period, multiplying each such amount by the actual number of days in the Interest Period concerned divided by 360.

 

All percentages resulting from any of the above calculations will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point being rounded upwards (e.g., 4.876545% (or 0.04876545) being rounded to 4.87655% (or 0.0487655)). The determination of the Applicable Rate and the Interest Amount by the Calculation Agent shall, in the absence of willful misconduct, bad faith or manifest error, be final and binding on all parties.  In no event will the Applicable Rate be higher than the maximum rate permitted by applicable law.

 

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) and on any Additional Amounts, from time to time on demand at the rate borne by the Notes.  Any interest paid on this Note shall be increased to the extent necessary to pay Additional Amounts as set forth herein.

 

2.             Additional Amounts .  All payments made under or with respect to the Notes under the Indenture or pursuant to any Note Guarantee must be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and other liabilities related thereto) imposed or levied by or on behalf of (1) the United States, Germany, Luxembourg, the United Kingdom or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax, (2) any jurisdiction from or through which payment on the Notes

 

A-5



 

or any Note Guarantee is made, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax or (3) any other jurisdiction in which the payor is organized or otherwise considered to be a resident or engaged in business for tax purposes, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax (each a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), collectively, “Taxes,” unless the Issuer, any Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof by the relevant government authority or agency provided, however, that in determining what withholding is required by law for U.S. federal income and withholding tax purposes, the Issuer, a Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to treat any payments on or in respect of the Notes or any Note Guarantee as if the Notes or any Note Guarantee were issued by a U.S. person as defined in section 7701(a)(30) of the Code. If the Issuer, any Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent is so required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes or any Note Guarantee, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, will be required to pay such amount — “Additional Amounts” — as may be necessary so that the net amount (including Additional Amounts) received by each Holder after such withholding or deduction (including any withholding or deduction on such Additional Amounts) will not be less than the amount such Holder would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided , however , that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to payments made to any Holder or beneficial owner to the extent such Taxes are imposed by reason of (i) such Holder or beneficial owner being considered to be or to have been connected with a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, otherwise than by the acquisition, ownership, holding or disposition of the Notes, the enforcement of rights under the Notes or under any Note Guarantee or the receipt of payments in respect of the Notes or any Note Guarantee, or (ii) such Holder or beneficial owner not completing any procedural formalities that it is legally eligible to complete and are necessary for the Issuer, a Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent to make or obtain authorization to make payments without such Taxes (including, without limitation, providing prior to the receipt of any payment on or in respect of a Note or any Note Guarantee, a complete, correct and executed IRS Form W-8 or W-9 or successor form, as applicable, with all appropriate attachments); provided, however , that for purposes of this obligation to pay Additional Amounts, the Issuer, a Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent shall be entitled, for U.S. federal income and withholding tax purposes, to treat any payments on or in respect of the Notes as if the Notes were issued by a U.S. person as defined in section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.  Further, no Additional Amounts shall be payable with respect to (i) any Tax imposed by the United States or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein on interest by reason of any Holder or beneficial owner holding or owning, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Issuer or any Guarantor entitled to vote or (ii) any Tax imposed by the United States or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein on interest by reason of any Holder or beneficial owner being a controlled foreign corporation that is a related person within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the Code with respect to the Issuer or any Guarantor.  The Issuer or Guarantor (as applicable) required to withhold any Taxes will make such withholding or deduction and remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority as and when required in accordance with applicable law.  The Issuer or Guarantor (as applicable) will use all reasonable efforts to obtain certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment by the Issuer or Guarantor (as applicable) of any Taxes so

 

A-6



 

deducted or withheld from each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction imposing such Taxes and will provide such certified copies to the Trustee.

 

Wherever in the Indenture or the Notes or any Note Guarantee there are mentioned, in any context, (1) the payment of principal, (2) purchase prices in connection with a purchase of Notes under the Indenture or the Notes, (3) interest or (4) any other amount payable on or with respect to any of the Notes or any Note Guarantee, such reference shall be deemed to include payment of Additional Amounts as described under this heading to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

The Issuer will pay any present stamp, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise, property or similar taxes, charges or levies (including any penalties, interest or other liabilities related thereto) which arise in Luxembourg or any political subdivision thereof or therein, from the execution, delivery and registration of Notes upon original issuance and initial resale of the Notes or any other document or instrument referred to therein or in connection with the enforcement of the Notes or any Note Guarantee or any other document or instrument referred to herein or therein.  If at any time the Issuer changes its place of organization to outside of Luxembourg or there is a new issuer organized outside of Luxembourg, the Issuer or new issuer, as applicable, will pay any stamp, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise, property or similar taxes, charges or levies (including any penalties, interest or other liabilities related thereto) which arise in the jurisdiction in which the Issuer or new issuer is organized (or any political subdivision thereof or therein) and are payable by the Holders of the Notes in respect of the Notes or any other document or instrument referred to therein under any law, rule or regulation in effect at the time of such change.

 

The foregoing obligations will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of the Indenture. References in this section (“Additional Amounts”) to the Issuer or any Guarantor shall apply to any successor(s) thereto.

 

3.             Method of Payment .  The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Person in whose name this Note is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such interest. The Issuer shall pay principal and interest in Euros.  Immediately available funds for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any), interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on this Note due on any interest payment date, Maturity Date, Tax Redemption Date or other repurchase date will be made available to the Paying Agent to permit the Paying Agent to pay such funds to the Holders on such respective dates.

 

4.             Paying Agent and Registrar .  Initially, Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft will act as Paying Agent and U.S. Bank National Association will act as Registrar.  In the event that a Paying Agent or transfer agent is replaced, the Issuer will provide notice thereof (so long as the Notes are Global Notes) published in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ), or posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu), if and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such stock exchange shall so require, and (in the case of Definitive Notes), in addition to such publication, mailed by first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address.  The Issuer may change any Registrar without notice to the

 

A-7



 

Holders.  The Issuer, the Company or any of their Subsidiaries may, subject to certain exceptions, act in the capacity of Registrar or transfer agent.

 

5.             Indenture .  The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of October 17, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, Fresenius Medical Care AG & Co. KGaA (the “Company”), Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc. (“FMCH”), Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH (“FMCD” and together with the Company and FMCH, the “Guarantors”), U.S. Bank National Association (the “Trustee”) as Trustee and Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft (the “Paying Agent”) as Paying Agent.  This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes (as defined in the Indenture) of the Issuer designated as its Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2016.  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture for a statement of them.  The Notes are general obligations of the Issuer.  The Notes are not limited in aggregate principal amount and Additional Notes (as defined in the Indenture) may be issued from time to time under the Indenture, in each case subject to the terms of the Indenture; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Notes that will be issued on the Closing Date (as defined in the Indenture) will not exceed €100,000,000.  Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

6.             Ranking .  The Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer and the Note Guarantees will be senior unsecured obligations of the Guarantors. The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the obligations of the Guarantors under the Note Guarantees will:

 

·                        rank pari passu in right of payment with all other Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, that is not by its terms expressly subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable;

 

·                        rank senior in right of payment to all Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, that is, by its terms, expressly subordinated to the senior Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable;

 

·                        be effectively subordinated to the Secured Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such Indebtedness, and to the Indebtedness of the Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors of the Notes; and

 

·                        in the case of the Note Guarantee of Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH, be effectively subordinated to the claims of such Guarantor’s third-party creditors as a result of limitations applicable to the Note Guarantee as set forth in Section 10.1(c) of the Indenture.

 

7.             Note Guarantee As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and this Note are Guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis pursuant to Note Guarantees endorsed hereon.  The Indenture

 

A-8



 

provides that a Guarantor shall be released from its Note Guarantee upon compliance with certain conditions.

 

8.             [Intentionally Omitted].

 

9.             Special Tax Redemption .  The Issuer is entitled to redeem the Notes, at its option, in whole but not in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest (if any) to the date of redemption (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), in the event the Issuer has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable with respect to the Notes, any additional amounts as a result of:

 

(a)           a change in or an amendment to the laws, treaties, regulations or rulings of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; or

 

(b)           any change in or amendment to any official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including by virtue of a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction);

 

which change or amendment to such laws or official position is announced and becomes effective after the issuance of the Notes (or, if the applicable Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction did not become a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction until a later date, after such later date); provided that the Issuer determines, in its reasonable judgment, that the obligation to pay such additional amounts cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to it; provided , further , that at the time such notice is given, such obligation to pay Additional Amounts remains in effect.

 

Notice of any such redemption must be given within 270 days of the earlier of the announcement or effectiveness of any such change.

 

10.           Notice of Redemption .  Notice of redemption will be given at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Tax Redemption Date (i) so long as the Notes are in global form, by publishing in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ), or posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu), if and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such stock exchange shall so require, and notify the Holders, the Trustee and the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, if applicable and (ii) in the case of Definitive Notes, in addition to such publication, by mailing first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address.  Notes in denominations of €1,000 may be redeemed only in whole.  The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal to €1,000 or any integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof) of the principal of Notes that have denominations larger than €1,000.

 

Except as set forth in the Indenture, from and after the Tax Redemption Date, if monies for the redemption of the Notes called for redemption shall have been deposited with the Paying Agent for redemption on such Tax Redemption Date then, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of such Redemption Price, the Notes called for redemption will cease to bear interest

 

A-9



 

and Additional Amounts, if any, and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price.

 

11.           Change of Control .  Each Holder of the Notes, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, will have the right to require that the Issuer repurchase such Holder’s Notes, at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).  Holders of Notes that are subject to an offer to purchase will receive a Change of Control offer from the Company prior to any related Change of Control payment date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” appearing below.

 

12.           Denominations; Form .  The Global Notes are in registered global form, without coupons, in denominations of €1,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof.

 

13.           Persons Deemed Owners .  The registered Holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes, subject to the terms of the Indenture.

 

14.           Unclaimed Funds .  If funds for the payment of principal, interest, premium or Additional Amounts remain unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agents will repay the funds to the Issuer at its written request.  After that, all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agents with respect to such funds shall cease.

 

15.           Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance .  The Issuer may be discharged from its obligations under the Indenture and the Notes except for certain provisions thereof (“Legal Defeasance”), and may be discharged from its obligations to comply with certain covenants contained in the Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”), in each case upon satisfaction of certain conditions specified in the Indenture.

 

16.           Amendment; Supplement; Waiver .  Subject to certain exceptions specified in the Indenture, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

 

17.           Restrictive Covenants .  The Indenture imposes certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Issuer, the Company, the Guarantors and their Subsidiaries to incur additional Indebtedness, to incur additional Liens, to enter into Sale and Leaseback Transactions and enter into certain consolidations or mergers.  The limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions.  The Issuer must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

 

18.           Successors .  When a successor assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the predecessor will be released from those obligations.

 

A-10



 

19.           Defaults and Remedies .  If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (7) of Section 6.1 of the Indenture) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.  Holders of Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.  The Trustee is not obligated to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it has received full indemnity.  The Indenture permits, subject to certain limitations therein provided, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.  The Trustee may withhold from Holders of Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default in payment of principal, premium, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, including an accelerated payment) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

 

20.           Trustee Dealings with Issuer .  The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

 

21.           No Recourse Against Others .  No member of the Board of Directors, director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer, Fresenius SE, Fresenius SE’s general partner, the Company, the Company’s General Partner or the Guarantors, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture or the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability and agrees not to enforce any claim in respect of the Notes, the Indenture or the Notes Guarantees to the extent that it would give rise to such personal liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Note Guarantees.  Such waiver and release may not be effective to waive liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.  In addition, such waiver and release may not be effective under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

22.           Authentication .  This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or authenticating agent signs the certificate of authentication on this Note.

 

23.           Abbreviations and Defined Terms .  Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder of a Note or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).  Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Indenture are used herein as defined therein.

 

24.           ISINs and Common Codes .  The Issuer will cause ISINs and/or Common Codes to be printed on the Notes as a convenience to the Holders of the Notes.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed hereon.

 

A-11



 

25.           Governing Law .  THIS NOTE AND THE INDENTURE, AND THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  THE NOTE GUARANTEES WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK EXCEPT CERTAIN MATTERS CONCERNING LIMITATION THEREOF WILL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY.

 

A-12



 

SCHEDULE A

 

SCHEDULE OF PRINCIPAL AMOUNT

 

The initial principal amount at maturity of this Note shall be €[principal amount].  The following decreases/increases in the principal amount at maturity of this Note have been made:

 

Date of
Decrease/
Increase

 

Decrease in
Principal
Amount

 

Increase in
Principal
Amount

 

Total Principal
Amount
Following Such
Decrease/
Increase            

 

Notation
Made by
or on
Behalf of
Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

A-13



 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.11 of the Indenture, check the box below:

 

o

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.11 of the Indenture, state the amount:  €                       

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

 

Signature Guarantee:

 

 

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

(or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)

 

A-14



 

EXHIBIT B
TO THE INDENTURE

 

[FORM OF FACE OF DEFINITIVE NOTE]

 

THIS NOTE IS A DEFINITIVE NOTE WITHIN THE MEANING OF THE INDENTURE HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO.

 

[Insert applicable Private Placement Legend]

 

B-1



 

FMC FINANCE VIII S.A.

 

Floating Rate Senior Note due 2016

 

 

Common Code No.:

 

 

 

 

 

ISIN No.:

 

 

No.

 

 

€ 

 

 

FMC FINANCE VIII S.A., a société anonyme organized under the laws of Luxembourg (the “Issuer”, which term includes any successor entity), for value received, promises to pay to [                      ] or its registered assigns upon surrender hereof the principal sum of €                        , on October 15, 2016.

 

Interest Payment Dates:  January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15, commencing January 15, 2012

 

Record Dates:  January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1 immediately preceding the Interest Payment Dates

 

Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note contained herein, which will for all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

 

B-2



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer has caused this instrument to be duly executed.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

FMC FINANCE VIII S.A.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

Trustee’s Certificate of Authentication

 

This is one of the Securities with the Guarantees endorsed thereon referred to in the within-mentioned Indenture.

 

 

U.S. BANK NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
as Trustee

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

B-3



 

[FORM OF REVERSE]

 

FMC FINANCE VIII S.A.

 

Floating Rate Senior Note due 2016

 

1.             Interest .  FMC FINANCE VIII S.A., a société anonyme organized under the laws of Luxembourg (the “Issuer”), promises to pay interest on the principal amount of this Floating Rate Senior Note (“Note”) at the rate and in the manner specified below.  Interest on the Notes will accrue at an interest rate per annum (the “Applicable Rate”), reset quarterly, equal to the three-month EURIBOR plus 3.50%, as determined by the calculation agent for the Notes (the “Calculation Agent”), which shall initially be Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft and will be payable quarterly on January 15, April 15, July 15 and October 15 of each year to the holders of record on January 1, April 1, July 1 and October 1, as the case may be, immediately preceding the related interest payment dates, commencing on January 15, 2012, to the Holder hereof.  Notwithstanding any exchange of this Note for a Definitive Note during the period starting on a Record Date relating to such Definitive Note and ending on the immediately succeeding interest payment date, the interest due on such interest payment date shall be payable to the Person in whose name this Global Note is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such interest.  Interest on the Notes will accrue from the most recent date to which interest has been paid.

 

“Determination Date” with respect to an Interest Period, means the day that is two TARGET Settlement Days preceding the first day of such Interest Period.

 

“EURIBOR,” with respect to an Interest Period, means the rate (expressed as a percentage per annum) for deposits in euros for a three-month period beginning on the day that is two TARGET Settlement Days after the Determination Date that appears on Reuters Screen EURIBOR 01 Page as of 11:00 a.m. Brussels time, on the Determination Date. If Reuters Screen EURIBOR 01 Page does not include such a rate or is unavailable on a Determination Date, the Calculation Agent will request the principal London office of each of four major banks in the Euro-zone inter-bank market, as selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide such bank’s offered quotation (expressed as a percentage per annum) as of approximately 11:00 a.m. Brussels time, on such Determination Date, to prime banks in the Euro-zone inter-bank market for deposits in a Representative Amount in euro for a three-month period beginning on the day that is two TARGET Settlement Days after the Determination Date. If at least two such offered quotations are so provided, the rate for the Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such quotations.  If fewer than two such quotations are so provided, the Calculation Agent will request each of three major banks in London, as selected by the Calculation Agent, to provide such bank’s rate (expressed as a percentage per annum), as of approximately 11:00 a.m. London time, on such Determination Date, for loans in a Representative Amount in euros to leading European banks for a three-month period beginning on the day that is two TARGET Settlement Days after the Determination Date. If at least two such rates are so provided, the rate for the Interest Period will be the arithmetic mean of such rates. If fewer than two such rates are so provided, then the rate for the Interest Period will be the rate in effect with respect to the immediately preceding Interest Period.

 

B-4



 

“Euro-zone” means the region comprised of member states of the European Union that adopt the euro.

 

“Interest Period” means the period commencing on and including an interest payment date and ending on and including the day immediately preceding the next succeeding interest payment date, with the exception that the first Interest Period shall commence on and include the Issue Date and end on and include January 14, 2012.

 

“Representative Amount” means the greater of (i) €1,000,000 and (ii) an amount that is representative for a single transaction in the relevant market at the relevant time.

 

“Reuters Screen EURIBOR 01 Page” means the display page so designated (or such other page as may replace that page on that service, or such other service as may be nominated as the information vendor).

 

“TARGET Settlement Day” means any day on which the Trans-European Automated Real-Time Gross Settlement Express Transfer (TARGET) System is open.

 

The Calculation Agent will, as soon as practicable after 11:00 a.m. (Brussels time) on each Determination Date, determine the Applicable Rate and calculate the aggregate amount of interest payable in respect of the following Interest Period (the “Interest Amount”) and notify the Trustee and the Paying Agent of the Applicable Rate and the Interest Amount.

 

The Interest Amount shall be calculated by applying the Applicable Rate to the principal amount of each Note outstanding at the commencement of the Interest Period, multiplying each such amount by the actual number of days in the Interest Period concerned divided by 360.

 

All percentages resulting from any of the above calculations will be rounded, if necessary, to the nearest one hundred thousandth of a percentage point, with five one-millionths of a percentage point being rounded upwards (e.g., 4.876545% (or 0.04876545) being rounded to 4.87655% (or 0.0487655)). The determination of the Applicable Rate and the Interest Amount by the Calculation Agent shall, in the absence of willful misconduct, bad faith or manifest error, be final and binding on all parties.  In no event will the Applicable Rate be higher than the maximum rate permitted by applicable law.

 

The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue principal and on overdue installments of interest (without regard to any applicable grace periods) and on any Additional Amounts, from time to time on demand at the rate borne by the Notes.  Any interest paid on this Note shall be increased to the extent necessary to pay Additional Amounts as set forth herein.

 

2.             Additional Amounts .  All payments made under or with respect to the Notes under the Indenture or pursuant to any Note Guarantee must be made free and clear of and without withholding or deduction for or on account of any present or future tax, duty, levy, impost, assessment or other governmental charge (including penalties, interest and other liabilities related thereto) imposed or levied by or on behalf of (1) the United States, Germany, Luxembourg, the United Kingdom or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or

 

B-5



 

therein having the power to tax, (2) any jurisdiction from or through which payment on the Notes or any Note Guarantee is made, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax or (3) any other jurisdiction in which the payor is organized or otherwise considered to be a resident or engaged in business for tax purposes, or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein having the power to tax (each a “Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction”), collectively, “Taxes,” unless the Issuer, any Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent is required to withhold or deduct Taxes by law or by the interpretation or administration thereof by the relevant government authority or agency provided, however, that in determining what withholding is required by law for U.S. federal income and withholding tax purposes, the Issuer, a Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent shall be entitled to treat any payments on or in respect of the Notes or any Note Guarantee as if the Notes or any Note Guarantee were issued by a U.S. person as defined in section 7701(a)(30) of the Code. If the Issuer, any Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent is so required to withhold or deduct any amount for or on account of Taxes from any payment made under or with respect to the Notes or any Note Guarantee, the Issuer or such Guarantor, as the case may be, will be required to pay such amount — “Additional Amounts” — as may be necessary so that the net amount (including Additional Amounts) received by each Holder after such withholding or deduction (including any withholding or deduction on such Additional Amounts) will not be less than the amount such Holder would have received if such Taxes had not been withheld or deducted; provided , however , that no Additional Amounts will be payable with respect to payments made to any Holder or beneficial owner to the extent such Taxes are imposed by reason of (i) such Holder or beneficial owner being considered to be or to have been connected with a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction, otherwise than by the acquisition, ownership, holding or disposition of the Notes, the enforcement of rights under the Notes or under any Note Guarantee or the receipt of payments in respect of the Notes or any Note Guarantee, or (ii) such Holder or beneficial owner not completing any procedural formalities that it is legally eligible to complete and are necessary for the Issuer, a Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent to make or obtain authorization to make payments without such Taxes (including, without limitation, providing prior to the receipt of any payment on or in respect of a Note or any Note Guarantee, a complete, correct and executed IRS Form W-8 or W-9 or successor form, as applicable, with all appropriate attachments); provided, however , that for purposes of this obligation to pay Additional Amounts, the Issuer, a Guarantor or other applicable withholding agent shall be entitled, for U.S. federal income and withholding tax purposes, to treat any payments on or in respect of the Notes as if the Notes were issued by a U.S. person as defined in section 7701(a)(30) of the Code.  Further, no Additional Amounts shall be payable with respect to (i) any Tax imposed by the United States or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein on interest by reason of any Holder or beneficial owner holding or owning, actually or constructively, 10% or more of the total combined voting power of all classes of stock of the Issuer or any Guarantor entitled to vote or (ii) any Tax imposed by the United States or any political subdivision or governmental authority thereof or therein on interest by reason of any Holder or beneficial owner being a controlled foreign corporation that is a related person within the meaning of Section 864(d)(4) of the Code with respect to the Issuer or any Guarantor.  The Issuer or Guarantor (as applicable) required to withhold any Taxes will make such withholding or deduction and remit the full amount deducted or withheld to the relevant authority as and when required in accordance with applicable law.  The Issuer or Guarantor (as applicable) will use all reasonable efforts to obtain certified copies of tax receipts evidencing the payment by the Issuer or Guarantor (as applicable) of any Taxes so

 

B-6



 

deducted or withheld from each Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction imposing such Taxes and will provide such certified copies to the Trustee.

 

Wherever in the Indenture or the Notes or any Note Guarantee there are mentioned, in any context, (1) the payment of principal, (2) purchase prices in connection with a purchase of Notes under the Indenture or the Notes, (3) interest or (4) any other amount payable on or with respect to any of the Notes or any Note Guarantee, such reference shall be deemed to include payment of Additional Amounts as described under this heading to the extent that, in such context, Additional Amounts are, were or would be payable in respect thereof.

 

The Issuer will pay any present stamp, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise, property or similar taxes, charges or levies (including any penalties, interest or other liabilities related thereto) which arise in Luxembourg or any political subdivision thereof or therein, from the execution, delivery and registration of Notes upon original issuance and initial resale of the Notes or any other document or instrument referred to therein or in connection with the enforcement of the Notes or any Note Guarantee or any other document or instrument referred to herein or therein.  If at any time the Issuer changes its place of organization to outside of Luxembourg or there is a new issuer organized outside of Luxembourg, the Issuer or new issuer, as applicable, will pay any stamp, court or documentary taxes, or any other excise, property or similar taxes, charges or levies (including any penalties, interest or other liabilities related thereto) which arise in the jurisdiction in which the Issuer or new issuer is organized (or any political subdivision thereof or therein) and are payable by the Holders of the Notes in respect of the Notes or any other document or instrument referred to therein under any law, rule or regulation in effect at the time of such change.

 

The foregoing obligations will survive any termination, defeasance or discharge of the Indenture. References in this section (“Additional Amounts”) to the Issuer or any Guarantor shall apply to any successor(s) thereto.

 

3.             Method of Payment .  The Issuer shall pay interest on the Notes (except defaulted interest) to the Person in whose name this Note is registered at the close of business on the Record Date for such interest.  Holders must surrender Notes to a Paying Agent to collect principal payments.  The Issuer shall pay principal and interest in Euros.  Immediately available funds for the payment of the principal of (and premium, if any), interest and Additional Amounts, if any, on this Note due on any interest payment date, Maturity Date, Tax Redemption Date or other repurchase date will be made available to the Paying Agent to permit the Paying Agent to pay such funds to the Holders on such respective dates.

 

4.             Paying Agent and Registrar .  Initially, Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft will act as Paying Agent and U.S. Bank National Association will act as Registrar.  In the event that a Paying Agent or transfer agent is replaced, the Issuer will provide notice thereof (so long as the Notes are Global Notes) published in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ), or posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu), if and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such stock exchange shall so require, and (in the case of Definitive Notes), in addition to such publication, mailed by first-class mail to

 

B-7



 

each Holder’s registered address.  The Issuer may change any Registrar without notice to the Holders.  The Issuer, the Company or any of their Subsidiaries may, subject to certain exceptions, act in the capacity of Registrar or transfer agent.

 

5.             Indenture .  The Issuer issued the Notes under an Indenture, dated as of October 17, 2011 (the “Indenture”), among the Issuer, Fresenius Medical Care AG & Co. KGaA (the “Company”), Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc. (“FMCH”), Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH (“FMCD” and together with the Company and FMCH, the “Guarantors”), U.S. Bank National Association (the “Trustee”) as Trustee and Deutsche Bank Aktiengesellschaft (the “Paying Agent”) as Paying Agent.  This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes (as defined in the Indenture) of the Issuer designated as its Floating Rate Senior Notes due 2016.  The terms of the Notes include those stated in the Indenture.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Notes are subject to all such terms, and Holders of Notes are referred to the Indenture for a statement of them.  The Notes are general obligations of the Issuer.  The Notes are not limited in aggregate principal amount and Additional Notes (as defined in the Indenture) may be issued from time to time under the Indenture, in each case subject to the terms of the Indenture; provided that the aggregate principal amount of Notes that will be issued on the Closing Date (as defined in the Indenture) will not exceed €100,000,000.  Each Holder, by accepting a Note, agrees to be bound by all of the terms and provisions of the Indenture, as the same may be amended from time to time.

 

6.             Ranking .  The Notes will be senior unsecured obligations of the Issuer and the Note Guarantees will be senior unsecured obligations of the Guarantors. The payment of the principal of, premium, if any, and interest on the Notes and the obligations of the Guarantors under the Note Guarantees will:

 

·                        rank pari passu in right of payment with all other Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, that is not by its terms expressly subordinated to other Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable;

 

·                        rank senior in right of payment to all Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, that is, by its terms, expressly subordinated to the senior Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable;

 

·                        be effectively subordinated to the Secured Indebtedness of the Issuer and the Guarantors, as applicable, to the extent of the value of the collateral securing such Indebtedness, and to the Indebtedness of the Subsidiaries that are not Guarantors of the Notes; and

 

·                        in the case of the Note Guarantee of Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH, be effectively subordinated to the claims of such Guarantor’s third-party creditors as a result of limitations applicable to the Note Guarantee as set forth in Section 10.1(c) of the Indenture.

 

7.             Note Guarantee As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth therein, the obligations of the Issuer under the Indenture and this Note are Guaranteed on a senior unsecured basis pursuant to Note Guarantees endorsed hereon.  The Indenture

 

B-8



 

provides that a Guarantor shall be released from its Note Guarantee upon compliance with certain conditions.

 

8.             [Intentionally Omitted].

 

9.             Special Tax Redemption .  The Issuer is entitled to redeem the Notes, at its option, in whole but not in part, upon not less than 30 nor more than 60 days’ notice, at 100% of the principal amount of the Notes, plus accrued and unpaid interest (if any) to the date of redemption (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date), in the event the Issuer has become or would become obligated to pay, on the next date on which any amount would be payable with respect to the Notes, any additional amounts as a result of:

 

(a)           a change in or an amendment to the laws, treaties, regulations or rulings of any Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction; or

 

(b)           any change in or amendment to any official position regarding the application, administration or interpretation of such laws, treaties, regulations or rulings (including by virtue of a holding, judgment or order by a court of competent jurisdiction);

 

which change or amendment to such laws or official position is announced and becomes effective after the issuance of the Notes (or, if the applicable Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction did not become a Relevant Taxing Jurisdiction until a later date, after such later date); provided that the Issuer determines, in its reasonable judgment, that the obligation to pay such additional amounts cannot be avoided by the use of reasonable measures available to it; provided , further , that at the time such notice is given, such obligation to pay Additional Amounts remains in effect.

 

Notice of any such redemption must be given within 270 days of the earlier of the announcement or effectiveness of any such change.

 

10.           Notice of Redemption .  Notice of redemption will be given at least 30 days but not more than 60 days before the Tax Redemption Date (i) so long as the Notes are in global form, by publishing in a newspaper having a general circulation in Luxembourg (which is expected to be the Luxemburger Wort ), or posted on the official website of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange (www.bourse.lu), if and so long as the Notes are listed on the Official List of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and are admitted to trading on the Euro MTF Market of the Luxembourg Stock Exchange and the rules of such stock exchange shall so require, and notify the Holders, the Trustee and the Luxembourg Stock Exchange, if applicable and (ii) in the case of Definitive Notes, in addition to such publication, by mailing first-class mail to each Holder’s registered address.  Notes in denominations of €1,000 may be redeemed only in whole.  The Trustee may select for redemption portions (equal to €1,000 or any integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof) of the principal of Notes that have denominations larger than €1,000.

 

Except as set forth in the Indenture, from and after the Tax Redemption Date, if monies for the redemption of the Notes called for redemption shall have been deposited with the Paying Agent for redemption on such Tax Redemption Date then, unless the Issuer defaults in the payment of such Redemption Price, the Notes called for redemption will cease to bear interest

 

B-9



 

and Additional Amounts, if any, and the only right of the Holders of such Notes will be to receive payment of the Redemption Price.

 

11.           Change of Control .  Each Holder of the Notes, upon the occurrence of a Change of Control Triggering Event, will have the right to require that the Issuer repurchase such Holder’s Notes, at a purchase price in cash equal to 101% of the principal amount thereof plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any, to the date of purchase (subject to the right of Holders of record on the relevant record date to receive interest due on the relevant interest payment date).  Holders of Notes that are subject to an offer to purchase will receive a Change of Control offer from the Company prior to any related Change of Control payment date and may elect to have such Notes purchased by completing the form entitled “Option of Holder to Elect Purchase” appearing below.

 

12.           Denominations; Form .  The Global Notes are in registered global form, without coupons, in denominations of €1,000 and integral multiples of €1,000 in excess thereof.

 

13.           Persons Deemed Owners .  The registered Holder of this Note shall be treated as the owner of it for all purposes, subject to the terms of the Indenture.

 

14.           Unclaimed Funds .  If funds for the payment of principal, interest, premium or Additional Amounts remain unclaimed for two years, the Trustee and the Paying Agents will repay the funds to the Issuer at its written request.  After that, all liability of the Trustee and such Paying Agents with respect to such funds shall cease.

 

15.           Legal Defeasance and Covenant Defeasance .  The Issuer may be discharged from its obligations under the Indenture and the Notes except for certain provisions thereof (“Legal Defeasance”), and may be discharged from its obligations to comply with certain covenants contained in the Indenture (“Covenant Defeasance”), in each case upon satisfaction of certain conditions specified in the Indenture.

 

16.           Amendment; Supplement; Waiver .  Subject to certain exceptions specified in the Indenture, the Indenture or the Notes may be amended or supplemented with the written consent of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding, and any existing Default or Event of Default or compliance with any provision of the Indenture or the Notes may be waived with the consent of the Holders of a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding.

 

17.           Restrictive Covenants .  The Indenture imposes certain covenants that, among other things, limit the ability of the Issuer, the Company, the Guarantors and their Subsidiaries to incur additional Indebtedness, to incur additional Liens, to enter into Sale and Leaseback Transactions and enter into certain consolidations or mergers.  The limitations are subject to a number of important qualifications and exceptions.  The Issuer must annually report to the Trustee on compliance with such limitations.

 

18.           Successors .  When a successor assumes all the obligations of its predecessor under the Notes and the Indenture in accordance with the terms of the Indenture, the predecessor will be released from those obligations.

 

B-10



 

19.           Defaults and Remedies .  If an Event of Default (other than an Event of Default specified in clause (7) of Section 6.1 of the Indenture) occurs and is continuing, the Trustee or the Holders of at least 25% in principal amount of the then outstanding Notes may declare all the Notes to be due and payable immediately in the manner and with the effect provided in the Indenture.  Holders of Notes may not enforce the Indenture or the Notes except as provided in the Indenture.  The Trustee is not obligated to enforce the Indenture or the Notes unless it has received full indemnity.  The Indenture permits, subject to certain limitations therein provided, Holders of a majority in aggregate principal amount of the Notes then outstanding to direct the Trustee in its exercise of any trust or power.  The Trustee may withhold from Holders of Notes notice of any continuing Default or Event of Default (except a Default in payment of principal, premium, interest and Additional Amounts, if any, including an accelerated payment) if it determines that withholding notice is in their interest.

 

20.           Trustee Dealings with Issuer .  The Trustee under the Indenture, in its individual or any other capacity, may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise deal with the Company, its Subsidiaries or their respective Affiliates as if it were not the Trustee.

 

21.           No Recourse Against Others .  No member of the Board of Directors, director, officer, employee, incorporator or stockholder of the Issuer, Fresenius SE, Fresenius SE’s general partner, the Company, the Company’s General Partner, or the Guarantors, as such, shall have any liability for any obligations of the Issuer or any Guarantor under the Notes, the Indenture or the Note Guarantees or for any claim based on, in respect of, or by reason of, such obligations or their creation.  Each Holder by accepting a Note waives and releases all such liability and agrees not to enforce any claim in respect of the Notes, the Indenture or the Notes Guarantees to the extent that it would give rise to such personal liability.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes and the Note Guarantees.  Such waiver and release may not be effective to waive liabilities under the U.S. federal securities laws and it is the view of the SEC that such a waiver is against public policy.  In addition, such waiver and release may not be effective under the laws of the Federal Republic of Germany.  The waiver and release are part of the consideration for issuance of the Notes.

 

22.           Authentication .  This Note shall not be valid until the Trustee or authenticating agent signs the certificate of authentication on this Note.

 

23.           Abbreviations and Defined Terms .  Customary abbreviations may be used in the name of a Holder of a Note or an assignee, such as:  TEN COM (= tenants in common), TEN ENT (= tenants by the entireties), JT TEN (= joint tenants with right of survivorship and not as tenants in common), CUST (= Custodian), and U/G/M/A (= Uniform Gifts to Minors Act).  Unless otherwise defined herein, terms defined in the Indenture are used herein as defined therein.

 

24.           ISINs and Common Codes .  The Issuer will cause ISINs and/or Common Codes to be printed on the Notes as a convenience to the Holders of the Notes.  No representation is made as to the accuracy of such numbers as printed on the Notes and reliance may be placed only on the other identification numbers printed hereon.

 

B-11



 

25.           Governing Law .  THIS NOTE AND THE INDENTURE, AND THE RIGHTS AND DUTIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER AND THEREUNDER, SHALL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK.  THE NOTE GUARANTEES WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK EXCEPT CERTAIN MATTERS CONCERNING LIMITATION THEREOF WILL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY.

 

B-12



 

ASSIGNMENT FORM

 

To assign this Note fill in the form below:

 

I or we assign and transfer this Note to

 

 

(Print or type assignee’s name, address and zip code)

 

 

(Insert assignee’s social security or tax I.D. No.)

 

and irrevocably appoint                          agent to transfer this Note on the books of the Issuer.  The agent may substitute another to act for him.

 

Date:

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

 

Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note.

 

B-13



 

OPTION OF HOLDER TO ELECT PURCHASE

 

If you want to elect to have this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.11 of the Indenture, check the box below:

 

o

 

If you want to elect to have only part of this Note purchased by the Issuer pursuant to Section 4.11 of the Indenture, state the amount:  €

 

 

Date:

 

 

 

 

Your Signature:

 

 

(Sign exactly as your name appears on the other side of this Note)

 

 

Signature Guarantee:

 

 

Participant in a recognized Signature Guarantee Medallion Program

(or other signature guarantor program reasonably acceptable to the Trustee)

 

B-14



 

EXHIBIT C

TO THE INDENTURE

 

FORM OF NOTE GUARANTEE

 

For value received, each of the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally, irrevocably and unconditionally Guarantees, on a senior unsecured basis, to each Holder of a Note authenticated and delivered by the Trustee, and to the Trustee on behalf of such Holder, the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Amounts, if any) on such Note when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, in accordance with the terms of such Note and of the Indenture.

 

In case of the failure of the Issuer punctually to make any such payment, each of the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agrees to cause such payment to be made punctually when and as the same shall become due and payable, whether at the Stated Maturity or by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, and as if such payment were made by the Issuer.  The Note Guarantee extends to the Issuer’s repurchase obligations arising from a Change of Control pursuant to the Indenture.

 

Each of the Guarantors hereby jointly and severally agrees that its obligations hereunder shall be irrevocable and unconditional, irrespective of the validity, regularity or enforceability of such Note or the Indenture, the absence of any action to enforce the same, any exchange, release or non-perfection of any Lien on any collateral for, or any release or amendment or waiver of any term of any other Guarantee of, or any consent to departure from any requirement of any other Guarantee of, all or any of the Notes, the effects of Bankruptcy Law applicable in the event of bankruptcy proceedings being opened with respect to the Issuer, of all or any portion of the claims of the Trustee or any of the Holders for payment of any of the Notes, any waiver or consent by the Holder of such Note or by the Trustee with respect to any provisions thereof or of the Indenture, the obtaining of any judgment against the Issuer or any action to enforce the same or any other circumstances which might otherwise constitute a legal or equitable discharge or defense of a guarantor.  Each of the Guarantors hereby waives the benefits of diligence, presentment, demand for payment, any requirement that the Trustee or any of the Holders protect, secure, perfect or insure any security interest in or other Lien on any property subject thereto or exhaust any right or take any action against the Issuer or any other Person or any collateral, filing of claims with a court in the event of insolvency or bankruptcy of the Issuer, any right to require a proceeding first against the Issuer, protest or notice with respect to such Note or the Indebtedness evidenced thereby and all demands whatsoever, and covenants that this Note Guarantee will not be discharged in respect of such Note except by complete performance of the obligations contained in such Note and in this Note Guarantee.  Each of the Guarantors hereby agrees that, in the event of a default in payment of principal (or premium, if any) or interest (including Additional Amounts, if any) on such Note, whether at its Stated Maturity, by acceleration, call for redemption, purchase or otherwise, legal proceedings may be instituted by the Trustee on behalf of, or by, the Holder of such Note, subject to the terms and conditions set forth in the Indenture, directly against each of the Guarantors to enforce this Note Guarantee without first proceeding against the Issuer.  Each Guarantor agrees that, to the extent permitted by applicable

 

C-1



 

law, if, after the occurrence and during the continuance of an Event of Default, the Trustee or any of the Holders is prevented by applicable law from exercising its respective rights to accelerate the maturity of the Notes, to collect interest on the Notes, or to enforce or exercise any other right or remedy with respect to the Notes, or the Trustee or the Holders are prevented from taking any action to realize on any collateral, such Guarantor agrees to pay to the Trustee for the account of the Holders, upon demand therefor, the amount that would otherwise have been due and payable had such rights and remedies been permitted to be exercised by the Trustee or any of the Holders.

 

No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note Guarantee or of the Indenture shall alter or impair the Note Guarantee of any Guarantor, which is absolute and unconditional, of the due and punctual payment of the principal of (and premium, if any) and interest (including Additional Amounts, if any) on the Note upon which this Note Guarantee is endorsed.

 

This Note Guarantee shall remain in full force and effect and continue to be effective should any petition be filed by or against the Issuer for liquidation or reorganization, or equivalent proceeding under applicable law, should the Issuer become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or should a receiver or trustee be appointed for all or any significant part of the Issuer’s assets, or the equivalent of any of the foregoing under applicable law, and shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, continue to be effective or be reinstated, as the case may be, if at any time payment and performance of the Notes is, pursuant to applicable law, rescinded or reduced in amount, or must otherwise be restored or returned by any obligee on the Notes whether as a voidable preference, fraudulent transfer, or as otherwise provided under similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally or under applicable laws of the jurisdiction of formation of the Issuer, all as though such payment or performance had not been made.  In the event that any payment, or any part thereof, is rescinded, reduced, restored or returned, the Notes shall, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, be reinstated and deemed reduced only by such amount paid and not so rescinded, reduced, restored or returned.

 

The Guarantors shall have the right to seek contribution from any non-paying Guarantor so long as the exercise of such right does not impair the rights of the Holders under this Note Guarantee.   The Guarantors or any particular Guarantor shall be released from this Note Guarantee upon the terms and subject to certain conditions provided in the Indenture.

 

By delivery of a supplemental indenture to the Trustee in accordance with the terms of the Indenture or the execution of a Guarantee Agreement, each Person that becomes, or assumes the obligations of, a Guarantor after the date of the Indenture will be deemed to have executed and delivered this Note Guarantee for the benefit of the Holder of this Note with the same effect as if such Guarantor were named below.

 

All terms used in this Note Guarantee which are defined in the Indenture referred to in the Note upon which this Note Guarantee is endorsed shall have the meanings assigned to them in such Indenture.

 

C-2



 

This Note Guarantee shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until the certificate of authentication on the Note upon which this Note Guarantee is endorsed shall have been executed by the Trustee under the Indenture by manual signature.

 

Each Note Guarantee (other than that of the Company) will be limited in amount to an amount not to exceed the maximum amount that can be guaranteed by the applicable Guarantor without rendering the Note Guarantee, as it relates to such Guarantor, voidable under applicable law relating to fraudulent conveyance or fraudulent transfer or similar laws affecting the rights of creditors generally or under applicable law of the jurisdiction of incorporation of such Guarantor.

 

In the case of Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH (“FMCD”), the following provisions apply:

 

(i)            Without limiting the agreements set forth in Section 11.8 of the Indenture, this Note Guarantee of FMCD will be limited if and to the extent payment under such Note Guarantee or the application of enforcement proceeds would cause (x) FMCD’s net assets ( Reinvermögen - calculated as the sum of the balance sheet positions shown under § 266(2)(A), (B) and (C) German Commercial Code ( Handelsgesetzbuch )) less the sum of the liabilities (shown under the balance sheet positions pursuant to § 266(3)(B), (C) and (D) German Commercial Code) to fall below FMCD’s registered share capital ( Stammkapital ) or (y) (if the amount of the net assets is already an amount less than the registered share capital) cause such amount to be further reduced and, in either case, thereby affecting the assets required for the obligatory preservation of its registered share capital according to section 30, 31 of the German Limited Liability Company Act (GmbHG) (such event a “Capital Impairment”).  For the purposes of calculating the Capital Impairment, the following adjustments will be made:  (x) the amount of any increase of the registered share capital out of retained earnings ( Kapitalerhöhung aus Gesellschaftsmitteln ) after the Closing Date that has been effected without the prior consent of the Trustee shall be deducted from the registered share capital; and (y) liabilities incurred in violation of the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture shall be disregarded. In the event FMCD’s net assets fall below its registered share capital, FMCD, upon request of the Trustee will realize in due course, to the extent legally permitted, any and all of its assets that are shown in the balance sheet with a book value ( Buchwert ) that is significantly lower than the market value of the assets if the relevant assets are not necessary for FMCD’s business ( nicht betriebsnotwendiges Vermögen ).

 

(ii)           If FMCD objects to the amount demanded by the Trustee under this Note Guarantee within twenty (20) business days after the Trustee has submitted to FMCD a payment demand, FMCD shall appoint within five (5) business days a reputable international auditor to determine the exact amount.  The auditor shall notify FMCD and the Trustee of the maximum amount payable under this Note Guarantee within forty (40) business days after its appointment.  The costs of such auditor’s determination shall be borne by FMCD. The determination of the auditor shall be binding for FMCD, and the Holders (except for manifest error).  To the extent that any payment has been made under this Note Guarantee by FMCD that would be necessary for FMCD to be able to cure any

 

C-3



 

Capital Impairment or Liquidity Impairment such payment shall immediately — upon FMCD’s demand — be returned to FMCD by any person receiving such payment, provided , however , in no event shall the Trustee or Paying Agent have any responsibility or liability for the return of any amount distributed to any Holder or beneficial owner of the Notes by the Trustee or Paying Agent, including, without limitation, any obligation to seek return of such amounts from such Holder or beneficial owner.

 

(iii)          If (x) FMCD does not object to the payment amount within the 20 business days period or (y) if FMCD does not appoint the auditor within the 5 business days period or (z) if the auditor fails to notify the amount payable within the 40 days period, then the Trustee shall be entitled to enforce this Note Guarantee without further delay. The burden of demonstration and proof ( Darlegungs- und Beweislast ) regarding the Capital Impairment and the maximum amount payable under this Note Guarantee shall remain with FMCD.

 

(iv)          The maximum amount payable under the guarantee shall be limited to the extent and as long as FMCD as a consequence of the payment would become unable to pay its debts when due ( zahlungsunfähig ) within the meaning of section 64 GmbHG (such event a “Liquidity Impairment”). For the purpose of establishing whether a Liquidity Impairment would occur, payments made by FMCD after the Trustee has notified FMCD of its intention to enforce this Note Guarantee with respect to payment obligations that are not due at the time of the payment shall be disregarded, unless the Trustee has consented to such payments (at the direction of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding). From the time the Trustee has notified FMCD and the Company of its intention to enforce this Note Guarantee, the Company may not make any payment demands against FMCD under shareholder loans and all such payment obligations of FMCD towards the Company shall be deferred, subordinated or waived as the Company sees fit, until the Trustee notifies FMCD that it is no longer enforcing this Note Guarantee or the Trustee consents (at the direction of the Holders of at least a majority in principal amount of the Notes then outstanding) to the payments to be made to the Company. Such notice may be delivered by the Trustee at any time and, if not previously delivered, will be delivered by the Trustee after the Notes have been repaid in full and all other obligations under this Indenture are satisfied.

 

The limitations as to the Capital Impairment shall not apply to the extent FMCD has an adequate compensation claim ( vollwertiger Gegenleistungs-oder Rückgewähranspruch ) against the Company that compensates for any loss incurred due to any payment by FMCD under this Note Guarantee.

 

The obligations of each Guarantor to the Holders of the Notes and to the Trustee pursuant to this Note Guarantee and the Indenture are expressly set forth in Article X of the Indenture and reference is made to Article X of the Indenture for further provisions with respect to this Note Guarantee.

 

THE NOTE GUARANTEES WILL BE GOVERNED BY, AND CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH, THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK EXCEPT THAT THE LIMITATIONS OF THE NOTE GUARANTEES EXPRESSED IN SECTION 10.1(c) OF

 

C-4



 

THE INDENTURE (AND THE EQUIVALENT PROVISIONS IN THE ELEVENTH PARAGRAPH HEREOF) WILL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE FEDERAL REPUBLIC OF GERMANY.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, each of the undersigned has caused this Note Guarantee to be duly executed.

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & CO. KGaA,
a partnership limited by shares and represented by
FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE MANAGEMENT AG, its general partner, as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

Member of the Management Board

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

Member of the Management Board

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE DEUTSCHLAND GMBH, as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE HOLDINGS, INC, as Guarantor

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

 

Title:

 

 

C-5



 

EXHIBIT D
TO THE INDENTURE

 

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER FROM
RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE TO REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE
(Transfers pursuant to Section 2.7(a) of the Indenture)

 

FMC FINANCE VIII S.A.
c/o U.S. Bank National Association
225 Asylum Street, 23rd Floor
Hartford, CT  06103

 

Attention:

Corporate Trust and Agency Services

 

Elizabeth C. Hammer

 

RE:                               Floating Rate Senior Note due 2016
(the “Notes”) of FMC FINANCE VIII S.A.

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture dated as of October 17, 2011 (the “Indenture”) among FMC FINANCE VIII S.A., Fresenius Medical Care AG & Co. KGaA, Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc., Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture.

 

This letter relates to €                    (being in a minimum amount of €1,000 and any integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof) principal amount of Notes beneficially held through interests in the Rule 144A Global Note (ISIN:  [                 ] Common Code:  [             ]) 1  with Euroclear and Clearstream Banking in the name of                  (the “Transferor”), account number                  .  The Transferor hereby requests that on [INSERT DATE] such beneficial interest in the Rule 144A Global Note be transferred or exchanged for an interest in the Regulation S Global Note (ISIN:  XS0691019094 Common Code: 069101909) in the same principal denomination and transferred to                    (account no.                  ).  If this is a partial transfer, a minimum amount of €1,000 and any integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof of the Rule 144A Global Note will remain outstanding.

 

In connection with such request and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such transfer has been effected in accordance with the transfer restrictions set forth in the Indenture and the Notes and pursuant to and in accordance with Rule 903 or 904 of Regulation S under the Securities Act, and accordingly the Transferor further certifies that:

 


1                                            Rule 144A ISIN and Common Code to be inserted upon issuance, if any, of Notes pursuant to Rule 144A.

 

D-1



 

(A)           (1)            the offer of the Notes was not made to a Person in the United States;

 

(2)            either (a) at the time the buy order was originated, the transferee was outside the United States or we and any Person acting on our behalf reasonably believed that the transferee was outside the United States or (b) the transaction was executed in, on or through the facilities of a designated offshore securities market and neither the Transferor nor any Person acting on our behalf knows that the transaction was prearranged with a buyer in the United States;

 

(3)            no directed selling efforts have been made in contravention of the requirements of Rule 903(b) or 904(a) of Regulation S, as applicable; and

 

(4)            the transaction is not part of a plan or scheme to evade the registration requirements of the Securities Act.

 

OR

 

(B)           such transfer is being made in accordance with Rule 144 under the Securities Act.

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.  Terms used in this certificate and not otherwise defined in the Indenture have the meanings set forth in Regulation S under the Securities Act.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Name of Transferor]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Telephone No.:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Please print name and address (including zip code number)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

D-2



 

EXHIBIT E
TO THE INDENTURE

 

FORM OF TRANSFER CERTIFICATE FOR TRANSFER FROM
REGULATION S GLOBAL NOTE TO RULE 144A GLOBAL NOTE
(Transfers pursuant to Section 2.7(b) of the Indenture)

 

FMC FINANCE VIII S.A.
c/o U.S. Bank National Association
225 Asylum Street, 23rd Floor
Hartford, CT  06103

 

Attention:

Corporate Trust and Agency Services

 

Elizabeth C. Hammer

 

RE:                               Floating Rate Senior Note due 2016
(the “Notes”) of FMC FINANCE VIII S.A.

 

Reference is hereby made to the Indenture dated as of October 17, 2011 (the “ Indenture ”) among FMC FINANCE VIII S.A., Fresenius Medical Care AG & Co. KGaA, Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc., Fresenius Medical Care Deutschland GmbH, and U.S. Bank National Association, as Trustee.  Capitalized terms used but not defined herein shall have the meanings given them in the Indenture.

 

This letter relates to €                      (being in a minimum amount of €1,000 and in an integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof) principal amount of Notes beneficially held through interests in the Regulation S Global Note (ISIN:  XS0691019094 Common Code: 069101909) with Euroclear and Clearstream Banking in the name of                                (the “Transferor”), account number                   

 

         .  The Transferor hereby requests that on [INSERT DATE] such beneficial interest in the Regulation S Global Note be transferred or exchanged for an interest in the Rule 144A Global Note (ISIN:  [             ] Common Code:  [                ]) 2  in the same principal denomination and transferred to                              (account no.                  ).  If this is a partial transfer, a minimum of €1,000 and any integral multiple of €1,000 in excess thereof of the Regulation S Global Note will remain outstanding.

 

In connection with such request, and in respect of such Notes, the Transferor does hereby certify that such Notes are being transferred in accordance with Rule 144A under the

 


2                                            Rule 144A ISIN and Common Code to be inserted upon issuance, if any, of Notes pursuant to Rule 144A.

 

E-1



 

Securities Act to a transferee that the Transferor knows or reasonably believes is purchasing the Notes for its own account or an account with respect to which the transferee exercises sole investment discretion and the transferee and any such account is a “qualified institutional buyer” within the meaning of Rule 144A, in each case in a transaction meeting the requirements of Rule 144A and in accordance with any applicable securities laws of any state of the United States or any other jurisdiction.

 

This certificate and the statements contained herein are made for your benefit and the benefit of the Issuer.

 

Dated:

 

 

 

 

 

 

[Name of Transferor]

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

 

 

 

Name:

 

 

Title:

 

 

Telephone No.:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Please print name and address (including zip code number)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

E-2


Exhibit 10.4

 

AMENDMENT NO. 6

 

THIS AMENDMENT NO. 6, dated as of September 21, 2011 (this “ Amendment ”), of those certain Credit Agreements referenced below is by and among FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA, a German partnership limited by shares (“ FMCAG ”), FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE HOLDINGS, INC., a New York corporation (“ FMCH ”), and the other Borrowers identified herein, the Guarantors identified herein, the Lenders party hereto and BANK OF AMERICA, N.A., as Administrative Agent.  Capitalized terms used but not otherwise defined herein shall have the meanings provided in the Bank Credit Agreement.

 

W I T N E S S E T H

 

WHEREAS, a $1.0 billion revolving credit facility has been established pursuant to the terms of that certain Bank Credit Agreement dated as of March 31, 2006 (as amended and modified, the “ Bank Credit Agreement ”) and a $3.6 billion term loan credit facility, consisting of a $1.85 billion Tranche A Term Loan and a $1.75 billion Tranche B Term Loan, has been established pursuant to the terms of that certain Term Loan Credit Agreement dated as of March 31, 2006 (as amended and modified, the “ Term Loan Credit Agreement ” and together with the Bank Credit Agreement, the “ Credit Agreements ”), in each case, by and among FMCAG, FMCH, and certain subsidiaries and affiliates as Borrowers and Guarantors identified therein, the Lenders identified therein and Bank of America, N.A., as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent;

 

WHEREAS, the Borrowers have requested certain modifications to the Credit Agreements;

 

WHEREAS, the Lenders have agreed to the requested amendment on the terms and conditions set forth herein and have directed the Administrative Agent to enter into this Amendment on their behalf;

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of these premises and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged, the parties agree as follows:

 

Section 1.               Amendments Applicable to Both Credit Agreements .  In addition to the other amendments set forth herein, both the Bank Credit Agreement and the Term Loan Credit Agreement are amended in the following respects:

 

1 .1           In Section 1.01 (Defined Terms), the following defined terms are amended or added to read as follows:

 

Amendment No. 6 ” means that certain Amendment No. 6 to this Credit Agreement dated as of the Amendment No. 6 Effective Date.

 

Amendment No. 6 Effective Date ” means September 21, 2011.

 

Consolidated Leverage Ratio ” means, as of the last day of each fiscal quarter, the ratio of (i) the sum of Consolidated Funded Debt on such day minus the aggregate amount of cash and cash equivalents held by members of the Consolidated Group on such day, to (ii) Consolidated EBITDA for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters ending as of such day.

 

Liberty ” means Liberty Dialysis Holding, Inc.

 

Liberty Acquisition ” means the acquisition by FMCAG and its Subsidiaries of Liberty as announced on August 2, 2011, for a purchase price of approximately $1.7 billion, including

 



 

assumed debt, as adjusted pursuant to the terms of the relevant merger agreement, as amended and in effect from time to time.

 

1 .2           In the lead-in of the definition of “Permitted Acquisition”, clause (c) is renumbered as clause (d), and a new clause (c) is inserted immediately prior to the “and” to read “, (c) the Liberty Acquisition,”.

 

1 .3           In Section 8.01(n), the “.” at the end is amended to read “; and” and a new subsection (o) is added after to read as follows:

 

(o)           In addition to other Indebtedness permitted under this Section 8.01, Indebtedness assumed or incurred by members of the Consolidated Group in connection with the Liberty Acquisition and any related costs, fees and expenses.

 

1 .4           In Section 8.01(e), the reference to “$250 million” is amended and increased to read “$500 million”.

 

1 .5           Subsection 8.03(d) is amended and restated to read as follows:

 

(d)           Investments consisting of capital contributions and equity Investments made by (i) members of the Consolidated Group in other members of the Consolidated Group prior to the Amendment No. 3 Effective Date, and (ii) by Liberty and its subsidiaries in subsidiaries of Liberty prior to the date of consummation of the Liberty Acquisition;

 

1 .6           In subsection 8.03(o), the proviso “ provided that where the Investment is a loan or advance, there shall be no contractual restriction or limitation on the repayment of any such indebtedness” is deleted and subsection 8.03(o) is restated to read as follows:

 

(o)           Investments by FMCAG and its Subsidiaries in and to members of the Consolidated Group that are not otherwise permitted under the foregoing subsections (l) , (m)  or (n)  of this Section 8.03 in an aggregate principal amount outstanding at any time (excluding those Investments permitted under subsections (d), (e), (n) or (p) of this Section 8.03) not to exceed twelve percent (12%) of consolidated total assets of the Consolidated Group;

 

1 .7           Subsection 8.03(p) is amended and restated to read as follows:

 

(p)           Investments by FMCAG and its Subsidiaries in and to joint ventures or other entities in which FMCAG, directly or indirectly, owns less than a majority of the Capital Stock with ordinary voting power of such venture or entity; provided that the aggregate principal amount of all such Investments under this subsection (p)  (other than such Investments by Liberty and its subsidiaries prior to the date of consummation of the Liberty Acquisition), shall not exceed $900 million at any time;

 

1 .8           Subsection 8.04(a)(iii)(B) is amended and restated to read as follows:

 

(B) the member of the Consolidated Group shall be the surviving entity, unless the surviving entity is a Wholly Owned Subsidiary,

 

1 .9           In Section 8.05(g), the words “or the Liberty Acquisition” are added at the end thereof, immediately after the words “the RCG Acquisition”.

 

2



 

1 .10         Section 8.08 (Transaction with Affiliates) is amended and restated to read as follows:

 

Section 8.08           Transactions with Affiliates .  Enter into any transaction with any Affiliate of the Borrowers, whether or not in the ordinary course of business, other than (a)(i) as described on Schedule 8.08 , (a)(ii) transactions by Liberty and/or its subsidiaries with their respective Affiliates which were entered into prior to the date of consummation of the Liberty Acquisition, (b) transactions between Credit Parties, (c) transactions between a Credit Party and a member of the Consolidated Group that is not a Credit Party to the extent it would not be materially detrimental to the interests of FMCH, (d) customary fees and expenses paid to directors and (e) transactions that are on fair and reasonable terms substantially as favorable to such member of the Consolidated Group as would be obtainable by such member of the Consolidated Group at the time in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person other than an Affiliate.

 

1 .11         In Section 8.09 (No Further Negative Pledges), the reference in the lead-in language to “Indebtedness permitted under subsections (b), (c), (e), (f), (g), (h), (j), (m) and (n) of Section 8.01” is amended to read “Except for Indebtedness permitted under subsections (a), (b), (c), (e), (f), (g), (h), (j), (m), (n) and (o) of Section 8.01”.

 

Section 2.               Conditions Precedent .  This Amendment shall become effective upon prior or simultaneous satisfaction of the following conditions, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Administrative Agent:

 

2 .1           Receipt by the Administrative Agent of executed signature pages to this Amendment (or, in the case of the Lenders, a written consent directing the Administrative Agent to enter into this Amendment on their behalf) from (i) the Borrowers and the Guarantors, (ii) the Administrative Agent, (iii) the Required Revolving Lenders, and (iv) the Required Lenders.

 

2 .2           Receipt by the Administrative Agent, for the account of each Lender that provides the Administrative Agent with an executed counterpart of this Amendment, of a fee equal to the amount of two and one-half basis points (0.025%) multiplied by the aggregate amount of each such Lender’s (a) Revolving Commitment and (b) portion of the Term Loans outstanding as of the date hereof.

 

2 .3           Payment of all other fees and expenses owing in connection with this Amendment, including fees and expenses of counsel to the Administrative Agent, to the extent invoiced.

 

The Administrative Agent will promptly notify the Credit Parties and the Lenders when the conditions to the effectiveness of the amendment provisions of Section 1 and Section 2 of this Amendment have been met and will confirm that those provisions are effective.  The provisions of Section 1 and Section 2 of this Amendment shall not be effective until the Administrative Agent shall have given such confirmation.

 

Section 3.               Representations and Warranties .  Each of the Credit Parties hereby represents and warrants that:

 

(a)           it has full power and authority, and has taken all action necessary, to execute and deliver this Amendment and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(b)           it has executed and delivered this Amendment and the Amendment is a legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable against it in accordance with its terms, except to the extent that the enforceability may be limited by applicable Debtor Relief Laws affecting

 

3



 

creditors’ rights generally and by equitable principles of law (regardless whether enforcement is sought in equity or at law);

 

(c)           as of the date hereof, (i) the representations and warranties set forth in Article VI of both Credit Agreements are true and correct in all material respects as of the date hereof (except those which expressly relate to an earlier period, in which case they are true and correct as of such earlier period) and (ii) no Default or Event of Default exists or will result herefrom.

 

Section 4.               Guarantor Acknowledgment .  Each Guarantor acknowledges and consents to all of the terms and conditions of this Amendment, affirms its guaranty obligations under and in respect of the Credit Documents and agrees that this Amendment and all documents executed in connection herewith do not operate to reduce or discharge any Guarantor’s obligations under the Credit Documents, except as expressly set forth therein.

 

Section 5.               Full Force and Effect; Affirmation .  Except as modified hereby, all of the terms and provisions of the Credit Agreements and the other Credit Documents (including schedules and exhibits thereto) shall remain in full force and effect.  Each of the Credit Parties hereby (a) affirms all of its obligations under the Credit Documents to which it is party and (b) agrees that this Amendment and all documents executed in connection herewith do not operate to reduce or discharge their obligations under any Credit Document, except as expressly stated therein.

 

Section 6.               Expenses .  The Borrower agrees to pay all reasonable costs and expenses of the Administrative Agent in connection with the preparation, execution and delivery of this Amendment, including the reasonable fees and expenses of Moore & Van Allen PLLC.

 

Section 7.               Counterparts .  This Amendment may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which when so executed and delivered shall be deemed an original, and it shall not be necessary in making proof of this Amendment to produce or account for more than one such counterpart.  Delivery by any party hereto of an executed counterpart of this Amendment by facsimile shall be effective as such party’s original executed counterpart.

 

Section 8.               Credit Document .  Each of the parties hereto hereby agrees that this Amendment is a Credit Document.

 

Section 9.               Governing Law .  This Amendment shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State of New York applicable to agreements made and to be performed entirely within such state.

 

[REMAINDER OF PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK]

 

4



 

BORROWERS AND GUARANTORS:

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE AG & Co. KGaA , a German partnership limited by shares, represented by
FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE MANAGEMENT AG , a German corporation, its general partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/ Michael Brosnan

 

Name:

Michael Brosnan

 

Title:

Member of the Management Board

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/ Kent Wanzek

 

Name:

Kent Wanzek

 

Title:

Member of the Management Board

 

AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO BANK CREDIT AGREEMENT

AND TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

BORROWER AND GUARANTOR:

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE NORTH AMERICA HOLDINGS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP , a Delaware limited partnership

 

 

 

By:

Fresenius Medical Care US Vermögensverwaltungs GmbH and Co. KG, a German partnership

 

 

 

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Fresenius Medical Care

 

 

 

Vermögensverwaltungs GmbH, a

 

 

 

German limited liability company

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/ Josef Dinger

 

 

Name:

Josef Dinger

 

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO BANK CREDIT AGREEMENT

AND TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

BORROWERS AND GUARANTORS:

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE HOLDINGS, INC. ,

 

a New York corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/ Mark Fawcett

 

Name:

Mark Fawcett

 

Title:

Vice President and Assistant Treasurer

 

AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO BANK CREDIT AGREEMENT

AND TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

CO-BORROWERS AND GUARANTORS:

 

NATIONAL MEDICAL CARE, INC. , a Delaware corporation

BIO-MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF ALABAMA, INC. , a Delaware corporation

BIO-MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF CALIFORNIA, INC. , a Delaware corporation

BIO-MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF FLORIDA, INC. , a Delaware corporation

BIO-MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF GEORGIA, INC. , a Delaware corporation

BIO-MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF ILLINOIS, INC. , a Delaware corporation

BIO-MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF INDIANA, INC. , a Delaware corporation

BIO-MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF KENTUCKY, INC. , a Delaware corporation

BIO-MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF LOUISIANA, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company

BIO-MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF MICHIGAN, INC. , a Delaware corporation

BIO-MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF MINNESOTA, INC. , a Delaware corporation

BIO-MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF MISSISSIPPI, INC. , a Delaware corporation

BIO-MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF NEW HAMPSHIRE, INC. , a Delaware corporation

BIO-MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF NEW JERSEY, INC. , a Delaware corporation

BIO-MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF NEW MEXICO, INC. , a Delaware corporation

BIO-MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF NORTH CAROLINA, INC. , a Delaware corporation

BIO-MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF OHIO, INC. , a Delaware corporation

BIO-MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF PENNSYLVANIA, INC. , a Delaware corporation

BIO-MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF SOUTH CAROLINA, INC. , a Delaware corporation

BIO-MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF TENNESSEE, INC. , a Delaware corporation

BIO-MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF TEXAS, INC. , a Delaware corporation

BIO-MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF WEST VIRGINIA, INC. , a Delaware corporation

BIO-MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF VIRGINIA, INC. , a Delaware corporation

FRESENIUS USA MANUFACTURING, INC. , a Delaware corporation

FRESENIUS USA MARKETING, INC. , a Delaware corporation

FRESENIUS USA, INC. , a Massachusetts corporation

SAN DIEGO DIALYSIS SERVICES, INC. , a Delaware corporation

SPECTRA LABORATORIES, INC. , a Nevada corporation

WSKC DIALYSIS SERVICES, INC. , an Illinois corporation

EVEREST HEALTHCARE INDIANA, INC. , an Indiana corporation

 

 

By:

/S/ Mark Fawcett

 

Name:

Mark Fawcett

Title:

Vice President and Treasurer

 

AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO BANK CREDIT AGREEMENT

AND TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

GUARANTORS:

BIO-MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF MARYLAND, INC. , a Delaware corporation

 

FRESENIUS SECURITIES, INC. , a California corporation

 

SRC HOLDING COMPANY INC., a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/ Mark Fawcett

 

Name:

Mark Fawcett

 

Title:

Vice President and Treasurer

 

AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO BANK CREDIT AGREEMENT

AND TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

GUARANTORS:

BIO-MEDICAL APPLICATIONS MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC. , a Delaware corporation

 

NMC A, LLC , a Delaware limited liability company

 

BIO-MEDICAL APPLICATIONS OF MAINE INC. , a Delaware corporation

 

EVEREST HEALTHCARE HOLDINGS, INC , a Delaware corporation

 

FRESENIUS MANAGEMENT SERVICES, INC , a Delaware corporation

 

RENAL CARE GROUP, INC. , a Delaware corporation

 

DIALYSIS CENTERS OF AMERICA — ILLINOIS, INC. , an Illinois corporation

 

STAT DIALYSIS CORPORATION, a Delaware corporation

 

RENAL CARE GROUP OF THE MIDWEST, INC. , a Kansas corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/ Mark Fawcett

 

Name:

Mark Fawcett

 

Title:

Vice President and Treasurer

 

 

 

NEW YORK DIALYSIS SERVICES, INC. , a New York corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/ Mark Fawcett

 

Name:

Mark Fawcett

 

Title:

Treasurer

 

 

 

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE US FINANCE, INC. , a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/ Mark Fawcett

 

Name:

Mark Fawcett

 

Title:

Vice President and Treasurer

 

AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO BANK CREDIT AGREEMENT

AND TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

GUARANTORS:

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE US FINANCE II, INC. , a Delaware corporation

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/ Mark Fawcett

 

Name:

Mark Fawcett

 

Title:

Vice President and Treasurer

 

AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO BANK CREDIT AGREEMENT

AND TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

GUARANTORS:

NATIONAL MEDICAL CARE OF SPAIN, S.A. , a corporation (sociedad anónima) organized under the laws of Spain

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/ Dr. Andrea Stopper

 

Name:

Dr. Andrea Stopper

 

Title:

Authorized Representative

 

AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO BANK CREDIT AGREEMENT

AND TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

GUARANTORS:

FMC FINANCE VI S.A. , a société anonyme (Public limited company) existing under the laws of Luxembourg

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/ Gabriele Dux

 

Name:

Gabriele Dux

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

FMC FINANCE II S.à r.l. , a private limited company (société à responsabilité limitée) organized under the laws of Luxembourg

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/ Gabriele Dux

 

Name:

Gabriele Dux

 

Title:

Director

 

 

 

 

 

FMC FINANCE VII S.A. , a société anonyme (Public limited company) existing under the laws of Luxembourg

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/ Gabriele Dux

 

Name:

Gabriele Dux

 

Title:

Director

 

AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO BANK CREDIT AGREEMENT

AND TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

GUARANTORS:

FMC FINANCE VIII S.A. , a société anonyme (Public limited company) existing under the laws of Luxembourg

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/ Gabriele Dux

 

Name:

Gabriele Dux

 

Title:

Director

 

AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO BANK CREDIT AGREEMENT

AND TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

GUARANTORS:

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE DEUTSCHLAND GmbH , a German limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/ Alexandra Dambeck

 

Name:

Alexandra Dambeck

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/ Eberhard Sieger

 

Name:

Eberhard Sieger

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE BETEILIGUNGSGESELLSCHAFT mbH , a German limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/ Dr. Emanuele Gatti

 

Name:

Dr. Emanuele Gatti

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/ Dr. Rainer Runte

 

Name:

Dr. Rainer Runte

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE US

 

BETEILIGUNGSGESELLSCHAFT mbH , a German limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/ Joseph Dinger

 

Name:

Joseph Dinger

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE GmbH , a German limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/ Gunther Klotz

 

Name:

Gunther Klotz

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/ Michael Mareth

 

Name:

Michael Mareth

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO BANK CREDIT AGREEMENT

AND TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

GUARANTORS:

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE US ZWEI VERMÖG ENSVERWALTUNGS GmbH & Co. KG, a German limited partnership

 

 

 

 

By:

Fresenius Medical Care

 

 

 

Vermögensverwaltungs GmbH, a

 

 

 

German limited liability company

 

 

 

 

 

 

Its General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/ Josef Dinger

 

Name:

Josef Dinger

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO BANK CREDIT AGREEMENT

AND TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT

 



 

ADMINISTRATIVE AGENT

 

AND

 

COLLATERAL AGENT

BANK OF AMERICA, N.A. , for itself in its capacities as Administrative Agent and Collateral Agent on behalf of the lenders

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/S/ Angela Lau

 

Name:

Angela Lau

 

Title:

Vice President

 

AMENDMENT NO. 6 TO BANK CREDIT AGREEMENT

AND TERM LOAN CREDIT AGREEMENT

 


Exhibit 10.5

 

CONFIDENTIAL TREATMENT REQUESTED

[*] indicates confidential portions omitted pursuant to a request for confidential treatment and filed separately with the Securities and Exchange Commission

 

Execution Copy

 

 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

 

by and among

 

BIO-MEDICAL APPLICATIONS MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.,

 

PB MERGER SUB, INC.,

 

LIBERTY DIALYSIS HOLDINGS, INC.,

 

CERTAIN STOCKHOLDERS OF LIBERTY DIALYSIS HOLDINGS, INC.,

 

solely as Stockholder Representative,

 

LD STOCKHOLDER REPRESENTATIVE, LLC

 

and, solely for purposes of Section 11.15,

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

dated as of August 1, 2011

 

 



 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

 

 

Page

 

 

 

ARTICLE I CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

1

Section 1.1

Definitions

1

Section 1.2

Construction

21

Section 1.3

Other Definitions

22

ARTICLE II THE MERGER

24

Section 2.1

The Merger

24

Section 2.2

Effective Time of the Merger

24

Section 2.3

Charter and Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation

25

Section 2.4

Directors

25

Section 2.5

Officers

25

Section 2.6

Stockholder Approval

25

ARTICLE III EFFECTS OF THE MERGER

25

Section 3.1

Conversion of the Company Securities; Effects on Capital Stock

25

Section 3.2

Dissenters’ Rights

27

Section 3.3

[*]

28

Section 3.4

[*]

28

Section 3.5

Escrow

28

Section 3.6

Closing Statement

28

Section 3.7

Purchaser Closing Payments

29

Section 3.8

Paying Agent; Exchange of Certificates; Treatment of Options; Withholdings

30

Section 3.9

[*]

32

Section 3.10

Repayment of Amounts Owed by Signing Stockholders at Closing

35

Section 3.11

[*]

35

ARTICLE IV REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES RELATING TO THE COMPANY

36

Section 4.1

Organization

36

Section 4.2

Authorization

37

Section 4.3

Capital Stock

37

Section 4.4

Subsidiaries

38

Section 4.5

Absence of Restrictions and Conflicts

38

Section 4.6

Real Property

39

Section 4.7

Title to Assets; Related Matters

41

Section 4.8

Financial Statements; Receivables

42

Section 4.9

No Undisclosed Liabilities

42

Section 4.10

Absence of Certain Changes

43

Section 4.11

Legal Proceedings

43

Section 4.12

Compliance with Laws

43

Section 4.13

Company Contracts

44

Section 4.14

Tax Returns; Taxes

47

Section 4.15

Company Benefit Plans

50

Section 4.16

Labor Relations

51

Section 4.17

Insurance Policies

52

Section 4.18

Environmental, Health and Safety Matters

53

 



 

Section 4.19

Intellectual Property

54

Section 4.20

Healthcare Compliance

55

Section 4.21

Transactions with Affiliates

57

Section 4.22

Payor and Vendor Relations

58

Section 4.23

[*] and [*]

58

Section 4.24

Brokers, Finders and Investment Bankers

58

Section 4.25

Officers and Employees

58

Section 4.26

Bank Accounts

59

Section 4.27

Renal SPA

59

ARTICLE V REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES RELATING TO THE STOCKHOLDERS

59

Section 5.1

Organization and Authorization

59

Section 5.2

Absence of Restrictions and Conflicts

59

Section 5.3

Ownership of Equity

60

Section 5.4

Legal Proceedings

60

Section 5.5

Amounts Owed

60

ARTICLE VI REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF THE PURCHASER AND MERGER SUB

61

Section 6.1

Organization

61

Section 6.2

Authorization

61

Section 6.3

Absence of Restrictions and Conflicts

61

Section 6.4

Legal Proceedings

62

Section 6.5

Brokers, Finders and Investment Bankers

62

Section 6.6

Financial Ability to Perform; Solvency

62

ARTICLE VII CERTAIN COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

63

Section 7.1

Conduct of Business

63

Section 7.2

Access and Information

67

Section 7.3

Notices of Certain Events

68

Section 7.4

Exclusivity

69

Section 7.5

Further Assurances; Cooperation

70

Section 7.6

Public Announcements

70

Section 7.7

Tax Matters

70

Section 7.8

Directors and Officers; Indemnification and Insurance

75

Section 7.9

Antitrust Approvals

76

Section 7.10

[*]

79

Section 7.11

Release

79

Section 7.12

Non-Competition; [*]

81

Section 7.13

[*]

83

Section 7.14

Confidentiality

84

Section 7.15

New York Clinics

84

Section 7.16

Intentionally Omitted

85

Section 7.17

Specified Indebtedness

85

ARTICLE VIII CLOSING

85

Section 8.1

Closing

85

Section 8.2

Company Closing Deliveries

85

 



 

Section 8.3

Purchaser Closing Deliveries

87

Section 8.4

Conditions to Each Party’s Obligations to Effect the Transaction

87

Section 8.5

Conditions to the Obligations of the Purchaser

88

Section 8.6

Conditions to the Obligations of the Company and the Stockholders

89

Section 8.7

Frustration of Closing Conditions

89

ARTICLE IX TERMINATION

90

Section 9.1

Right to Terminate

90

Section 9.2

Effect of Termination and Abandonment

91

ARTICLE X INDEMNIFICATION; REMEDIES

91

Section 10.1

Indemnification of the Purchaser Indemnified Parties

91

Section 10.2

Indemnification of the Stockholder Indemnified Parties

93

Section 10.3

Indemnification Procedure

94

Section 10.4

Investigation; Survival; Claims Period

96

Section 10.5

Liability Limits

98

Section 10.6

Limitation of Remedy

100

Section 10.7

Treatment of Indemnity Payments

101

Section 10.8

Specific Performance

101

ARTICLE XI MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

101

Section 11.1

Notices

101

Section 11.2

Schedules and Exhibits

103

Section 11.3

Assignment; Successors in Interest

103

Section 11.4

Captions

103

Section 11.5

Controlling Law; Amendment

103

Section 11.6

Submission to Jurisdiction

103

Section 11.7

Waiver of Jury Trial

104

Section 11.8

Severability

105

Section 11.9

Counterparts

105

Section 11.10

Parties in Interest; Representation of Seller Group

105

Section 11.11

Waiver

106

Section 11.12

Integration

106

Section 11.13

Fees and Expenses

106

Section 11.14

Stockholder Representative

106

Section 11.15

Performance Guarantee

109

 



 

LIST OF EXHIBITS

Exhibit 1.1(a)

[*]

Exhibit 1.1(b)

EBITDA Guidelines

Exhibit 1.1(c)

Form of Escrow Agreement

Exhibit 1.1(d)

Letter of Transmittal

Exhibit 1.1(e)

Dialysis Centers Projected EBITDA

Exhibit 2.2

Form of Certificate of Merger

Exhibit 2.3(a)

Surviving Corporation Charter

Exhibit 2.3(b)

Surviving Corporation Bylaws

Exhibit 3.7

Sample Calculation of Closing Date Payments

Exhibit 7.1(a)(xiii)

Capital Expenditures Budget

Exhibit 7.1(a)(xxiii)

Medical Director Agreements

Exhibit 7.12(b)

[*]

Exhibit 7.13(a)

[*]

Exhibit 8.2(d)

Required Consents

Exhibit 8.2(g)

Form of FIRPTA Certificate

Exhibit 8.2(j)

Continuing Company [*]

Exhibit 8.2(p)

Form of Spousal Consent

Exhibit 8.5(c)

Company 2011 Budget

Exhibit 10.1(c)(i)

[*]

Exhibit 10.1(c)(ii)

[*]

 



 

AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER

 

This AGREEMENT AND PLAN OF MERGER (this “ Agreement ”), dated as of August 1, 2011, is made and entered into by and among Bio-Medical Applications Management Company, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Purchaser ”), PB Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned subsidiary of Purchaser (“ Merger Sub ”), Liberty Dialysis Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “ Company ”), each of the stockholders identified as such on the signature pages to this Agreement (the “ Signing Stockholders ”, and collectively with all other stockholders of the Company, the “ Stockholders ”), LD Stockholder Representative, LLC, as Stockholder Representative (as defined herein), and only for the purposes of Section 11.15 of this Agreement, Fresenius Medical Care Holdings, Inc., a New York corporation (the “ Parent Guarantor ”).  The Purchaser, Merger Sub, the Company, the Signing Stockholders and the Stockholder Representative are sometimes individually referred to herein as a “ Party ” and collectively as the “ Parties .”

 

W I T N E S S E T H:

 

WHEREAS, the Stockholders own, in the aggregate, all of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock of the Company (collectively, the “ Shares ”).  The Shares consist of shares of Liberty Common Stock and B-1 Preferred Stock, all or some of which shares of B-1 Preferred Stock shall, for purposes of this Agreement, be treated on an as-if-converted to Common Stock basis.

 

WHEREAS, the Purchaser desires to acquire the Company in a reverse subsidiary merger transaction pursuant to which Merger Sub will merge with and into the Company (with the Company surviving) on the terms and subject to the conditions set forth herein.

 

WHEREAS, the respective boards of directors of the Purchaser, Merger Sub and the Company have approved this Agreement and the merger and related transactions contemplated hereby.

 

NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the representations, warranties, covenants and agreements contained in this Agreement, and intending to be legally bound hereby, the parties hereto agree as follows:

 

ARTICLE I
CONSTRUCTION; DEFINITIONS

 

Section 1.1             Definitions .  The following terms, as used herein, have the following meanings:

 

Affiliate ” means (a) in the case of an individual, such Person’s Members of the Immediate Family and any trust, family limited partnership or family limited liability company formed and maintained primarily or solely for the benefit of such Person or such Person’s Members of the Immediate Family, and (b) in the case of any other Person, a Person that directly, or indirectly, Controls or is Controlled by, or is under Common Control with, the person specified.

 



 

[*] ” means the [*].

 

[*] ” means the [*].

 

[*] ” means the [*]Non-Voting Common Stock [*] Options [*] Non-Voting Common Stock.

 

[*] ” means the [*] Option [*] Non-Voting Common Stock [*] Non-Voting Common Stock [*] Options [*] Non-Voting Common Stock.

 

[*] ” means the [*].

 

[*] ” means the [*], divided by the Fully Diluted Number of Shares of Common Stock.

 

Allocable Per Share Escrow Amount ” means the amount of cash to be released from the Escrow Fund to the Stockholders pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement, divided by the aggregate number of As Converted Shares.

 

[*] ” means the amount of cash to be released from the [*] to the Stockholders, divided by the aggregate number of As Converted Shares.

 

[*] ” means the amount of the [*], divided by the Fully Diluted Number of Shares of Common Stock.

 

Ancillary Documents ” means the Company Ancillary Documents or the Purchaser Ancillary Documents, as the case may be.

 

Antitrust Authority ” means any Governmental Entity charged with enforcing, applying, administering, or investigating any Antitrust Laws, including the U.S. Federal Trade Commission, the U.S. Department of Justice, any attorney general of any state of the United States, the European Commission or any other competition authority of any jurisdiction.

 

Antitrust Laws ” means the HSR Act and any Law designed or intended to prohibit, restrict or regulate actions having the purpose or effect of monopolization or restraint of trade or lessening of competition, through merger or acquisition or otherwise.

 

As Converted Shares ” means the sum of (a) all shares of Liberty Common Stock issued and outstanding and (b) the number of shares of Liberty Common Stock into which Unconverted

 

2



 

B-1 Preferred Stock outstanding at the Effective Time could be converted (calculated on an as-if-converted to Liberty Common Stock basis in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation), determined as of the Effective Time.

 

Audited Financial Statements ” means an audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries dated as of December 31, 2010, and statements of income and cash flows for the 12-month period then ended.

 

B-1 Preferred Stock ” means the Company’s Series B-1 Preferred Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

 

Balance Sheet ” means the audited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries dated as of December 31, 2010, attached as Section 4.8 of the Company Disclosure Schedule.

 

Business Day ” means any day except Saturday, Sunday or any day on which banks are generally not open for business in the city of New York, New York.

 

Bylaws ” means the Company’s Bylaws as currently in effect.

 

Calculation Principles ” means, as the context requires, that (i) Tax liabilities shall be calculated without regard to any Tax liabilities (or items of income or gain) attributable to the [*] and (ii) Tax liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall otherwise be calculated by disregarding the [*] such that Pre-Closing Benefits shall be treated as reducing only Tax liabilities attributable to income or gain (including by way of carryback that is or would in the absence of the [*] have been available) other than income or gain attributable to the [*].  For the avoidance of doubt, the Calculation Principles apply for the purposes of determining any Liability of the Stockholders under this Agreement with respect to Taxes and the right of the Stockholders to Tax Refunds (including pursuant to Section 7.7(j)(ii)).  The Calculation Principles do not otherwise limit the ability to use Pre-Closing Benefits.

 

CERCLA ” means the Comprehensive Environmental Response, Compensation and Liability Act, 42 U.S.C. §§ 9601 et seq ., any amendments thereto, any successor statutes and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Certificate of Incorporation ” means the Company’s Third Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, as currently in effect.

 

[*] ” means [*] (a) [*]

 

3



 

and (b) [*].

 

Claims Period ” means the period, beginning on the Closing Date, during which a claim for indemnification may be asserted hereunder by any Indemnified Party.

 

Closing ” means the consummation of the transactions contemplated by ARTICLE II and ARTICLE III of this Agreement.

 

[*] ” means the sum of (a) the [*] of the Company and its Subsidiaries [*] less (b) the aggregate amount of [*] of the Company and its Subsidiaries [*] plus (c) [*] the Company or any of its Subsidiaries [*] plus (d) the [*] less (e) the [*]; provided that [*] shall not include (i) the [*], (ii) any of the foregoing for any [*], (iii) the [*], (iv) any [*] by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to any third party (excluding, for the avoidance of doubt, any [*] the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that constitutes [*]) or (v) the [*] or [*] delivered by the Purchaser to the Company pursuant to Section 3.7(d).

 

[*] ” means the amount, if any, by which the [*] is less than the [*], as reflected on the Final Closing Statement.

 

[*] ” means the amount, if any, by which the [*] is greater than the [*], as reflected on the Final Closing Statement.

 

Closing Date ” means the date on which the Closing occurs.

 

[*] ” means the [*].

 

[*] ” means the [*] (as calculated in accordance with the guidelines set forth on Exhibit 1.1(a)); provided, however, that under no circumstances shall the [*] take into account (i) any [*] of Liberty Dialysis, Inc. and its Subsidiaries, (ii) the [*], (iii) the [*] of any [*], (iv) current Tax assets or current Tax liabilities, (v) any [*], (vi) the [*] or (vii) [*], [*] or any other assets or liabilities that are included in the calculation of, and

 

4



 

increase or reduce, as applicable, the amount of, the Merger Consideration received by the Holders pursuant to the Agreement.

 

[*] ” means the [*] (as calculated in accordance with the guidelines set forth on Exhibit 1.1(a)); provided, however, that under no circumstances shall the [*] take into account (i) any [*] of Renal Advantage Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries, (ii) the [*], (iii) the current assets or current liabilities of any [*], (iv) current Tax assets or current Tax liabilities, (v) any [*], (vi) the [*] or (vii) [*], [*] or any other assets or liabilities that are included in the calculation of, and increase or reduce, as applicable, the amount of, the Merger Consideration received by the Holders pursuant to the Agreement.

 

[*] ” means (a) the [*] of Liberty Dialysis, Inc. and its Subsidiaries (excluding, however, any [*] of such Persons) less (b) the [*] of Liberty Dialysis, Inc. and its Subsidiaries, in each instance, [*] and in accordance with the guidelines set forth on Exhibit 1.1(a) ; provided , however , that under no circumstances shall the [*] take into account (i) the [*], (ii) the current assets or current liabilities of any [*], (iii) current Tax assets or current Tax liabilities, (iv) any [*], (v) the [*] or (vi) [*], [*] or any other assets or liabilities that are included in the calculation of, and increase or reduce, as applicable, the amount of, the Merger Consideration received by the Holders pursuant to the Agreement.

 

[*] ” means (a) the current assets of Renal Advantage Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries (excluding, however, any [*] of such Persons) less (b) the [*] of Renal Advantage Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries, in each instance, [*] and in accordance with the guidelines set forth on Exhibit 1.1(a) ; provided , however , that under no circumstances shall the [*] take into account (i) the [*], (ii) the current assets or current liabilities of any [*], (iii) current Tax assets or current Tax liabilities, (iv) any [*], (v) the [*] or (vi) [*], [*] or any other assets or liabilities that are included in the calculation of, and increase or reduce, as applicable, the amount of, the Merger Consideration received by the Holders pursuant to the Agreement.

 

Closing Stockholder Consideration ” means the aggregate cash consideration payable to the Stockholders pursuant to Section 3.1(a) herein (exclusive of the amounts referenced in Section 3.1(a)(iv)(B)-Section 3.1(a)(iv)(E)); provided that in no event shall the Closing Stockholder Consideration exceed (a) the [*], plus (b) the [*], plus (c) the [*], plus (d) the [*] (if any).

 

5



 

Code ” means the United States Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

Commercial Payor ” means, each Payor that is not a Governmental Entity Payor.

 

[*] ” means, [*] (as such term is defined in the Certificate of Incorporation).

 

Company Ancillary Documents ” means any certificate, agreement, document or other instrument, other than this Agreement, to be executed and delivered by the Company, its Subsidiaries or any Stockholder in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Company Disclosure Schedule ” means the disclosure schedule delivered by the Company and the Signing Stockholders to the Purchaser simultaneously with the execution of this Agreement.

 

Company EBITDA ” means the consolidated EBITDA of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

Company Intellectual Property ” means any Intellectual Property that is owned by or licensed to the Company or its Subsidiaries, including Intellectual Property in the Company Software.

 

Company Licensed Software ” means all Software (other than Company Proprietary Software) used by the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

Company Material Adverse Effect ” means any state of facts, change, event, effect, condition, circumstance or occurrence that has had or would reasonably be expected to have (a) a materially adverse effect on the business, financial condition, results of operations, properties, assets or Liabilities of the Company and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole; provided , however , that, the sole and exclusive test for determining whether a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred or would reasonably be expected to occur under this Agreement, including Section 8.5(a) and Section 8.5(c) hereof, shall be whether any state of facts, change, event, effect, condition, circumstance or occurrence, individually or in the aggregate, along with a series of related states of facts, changes, events, effects, conditions, circumstances or occurrences, has directly resulted in, or would reasonably be expected to directly result in: (i)(A) an actual loss of revenue of the Company and its Subsidiaries or any impairment of their assets, of [*] or more, (B) an actual increase in the costs of operating the Company and its Subsidiaries of [*] or more, excluding increases in cost directly associated with and offset by increases in revenue (i.e. more treatments), or (C) an actual out-of-pocket payment by the Company of [*] or more (which, for payments that are not extraordinary or one-time in nature, shall exclude payments directly associated with and offset by increases in revenue (i.e. more treatments)), or (ii) an actual monetary loss which is recurring, reasonably likely to recur for the foreseeable future and will directly result in a reduction in the annual Company EBITDA of greater than [*], or (b) a material adverse effect on the ability of the Company and/or the Stockholders to consummate the Merger.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, in relation to any state of facts, change, event, effect, condition, circumstance or occurrence of the type described in

 

6



 

clause (a) above, a Company Material Adverse Effect shall not include and none of the following shall be considered in determining whether a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred or is continuing: (i) facts, changes, events, effects or occurrences in the United States or world financial or lending markets or general economic conditions, (ii) effects arising from war, global hostilities or terrorism, (iii) events, changes, facts, conditions, circumstances or occurrences generally affecting the industries in which the Company and its Subsidiaries participate, (iv) changes or proposed changes in Laws (including changes in Healthcare Laws or Medicare reimbursement rates) or the interpretation thereof by any Governmental Entity, (v) changes or proposed changes in GAAP (or other accounting standards) or any change in the applicable, laws, rules and regulations or the interpretation thereof, (vi) events, changes, facts, conditions, circumstances or occurrences resulting from actions taken by the Purchaser or any of its Affiliates, or by the Company or any Subsidiary which the Purchaser has expressly requested in writing or to which the Purchaser has expressly consented in writing, (vii) events, changes, facts, conditions, circumstances or occurrences resulting from the announcement or the existence of, or compliance with, this Agreement and the Merger or (viii) as relates solely to the [*], facts, changes, events, effects, conditions, circumstances or occurrences to the extent affecting solely one or more of such [*], excluding in each of cases (i) through (v) above, any state of facts, change, event, effect, condition, circumstance or occurrence that disproportionately adversely affects the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as compared to other Persons in the United States of America in the industry in which the Company and its Subsidiaries conduct their business.

 

[*] ” means [*] (if any) by which (a) the [*] of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than Liberty Dialysis, Inc., Renal Advantage Holdings, Inc. and their respective Subsidiaries) exceeds (b) the [*] of the Company and its Subsidiaries (other than Liberty Dialysis Inc., Renal Advantage Holdings, Inc. and their respective Subsidiaries), and excluding any [*] of such Persons, in each instance, [*] and in accordance with the guidelines set forth on Exhibit 1.1(a); provided, however, that under no circumstances shall the [*] take into account (i) the [*], (ii) the current assets or current liabilities of any [*], (iii) current Tax assets or current Tax liabilities, (iv) any [*], (v) the [*] or (vi) [*], [*] or any other assets or liabilities that are included in the calculation of, and increase or reduce, as applicable, the amount of, the Merger Consideration received by the Holders pursuant to the Agreement.

 

Company Proprietary Software ” means all Software owned by the Company.

 

Company Registered Intellectual Property ” means all Registered Intellectual Property owned by or filed in the name of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Company Software ” means the Company Licensed Software and the Company Proprietary Software.

 

7



 

Company Stockholders’ Agreement ” means that certain Amended and Restated Stockholders Agreement, dated as of December 17, 2010 (as subsequently amended), by and among the Company and the Stockholders party thereto, as in effect on the date hereof.

 

Confidentiality Agreements ” means that confidentiality agreement between the Company and the Parent Guarantor [*], and the joint defense and confidentiality agreement between the Company, Fresenius Medical Care AG & Co. KGaA, Baker & McKenzie LLP and White & Case LLP, [*].

 

Contract ” means any written or oral contract, note, bond, mortgage, lease or other agreement legally binding on a Party hereto (excluding Employee Benefit Plans described in Section 4.15).

 

Control (including the terms Controlling, Controlled by and under Common Control with) means the possession, direct or indirect, of the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of a Person, whether through the ownership of voting securities, by contract, or otherwise.

 

Designated Stockholder ” means each holder of Voting Common Stock-A.

 

Dialysis Center ” means any dialysis center owned, operated or managed by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

[*] ” means [*] the Company or any Subsidiary from and after the date hereof through the Closing Date from (a) the [*] of the Company or any Subsidiary to any Person (excluding any [*] to any Person in connection with the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ provision of [*] in the Ordinary Course), (b) the [*] of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and (c) the [*].

 

[*] ” means [*] the Company and its Subsidiaries from [*].

 

[*] ” means the sale, distribution or other disposition of the [*] or [*].

 

EBITDA ” means earnings before interest, Taxes, depreciation, and amortization as calculated in accordance with the guidelines set forth on Exhibit 1.1(b)  hereto.

 

[*] ” means [*].

 

Employment Agreements ” means any employment contract, consulting agreement, termination or severance agreement, [*] agreement, non-compete agreement or any other agreement or understanding (written or oral) respecting the terms and conditions of employment or payment of compensation, or of a consulting or independent contractor relationship in respect of any current or former officer, employee, consultant or independent contractor.

 

8



 

Environmental Claims ” means any complaint, summons, citation, notice, directive, Order, ruling, claim, Litigation, investigation, judicial or administrative proceeding, judgment or other communication from any Governmental Entity or any third party involving actual, potential or alleged violations of or Liability under Environmental Laws or Releases of Hazardous Materials, and any information request from a Governmental Entity issued pursuant to any Environmental Law.

 

Environmental Law ” means any Law relating to the regulation or protection of human health, safety or the environment or to Releases of Hazardous Materials into the environment (including ambient air, soil, surface water, ground water, wetlands, land or subsurface strata), or otherwise relating to the manufacture, processing, distribution, use, treatment, storage, disposal, transport or handling of pollutants, contaminants, chemicals, materials substances or wastes (including CERCLA and RCRA and any similar state, local or foreign Law).

 

Environmental Permit ” means any permit, registration, certificate, certification, License, authorization, consent or approval of any Governmental Entity required or issued under any Environmental Law.

 

ERISA ” means the United States Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Escrow Agent ” means US Bank N.A.

 

Escrow Agreement ” means the Escrow Agreement in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 1.1(c) , by and among the Purchaser, the Stockholder Representative and the Escrow Agent.

 

Escrow Amount ” means [*].

 

Escrow Release Date ” means the earlier of (a) March 31, 2013 and (b) ten (10) Business Days after the date on which the final auditor’s report on the Company’s consolidated financial statements for the fiscal year ending December 31, 2012 is delivered to the Purchaser.

 

ESRD ” means End Stage Renal Disease.

 

[*] ” means the [*] (as calculated, and as may be adjusted, in accordance with the guidelines set forth on Exhibit 1.1(a) ); provided , however , that under no circumstances shall the [*] take into account (i) any [*] of Liberty Dialysis, Inc. and its Subsidiaries, (ii) the [*], (iii) the current assets or current liabilities of any [*], (iv) current Tax assets or current Tax liabilities, (v) any [*], (vi) the [*] or (vii) [*], [*] or any other assets or liabilities that are included in the calculation of, and increase or reduce, as applicable, the amount of, the Merger Consideration received by the Holders pursuant to the Agreement.

 

9



 

[*] ” means the [*] (as calculated, and as may be adjusted, in accordance with the guidelines set forth on Exhibit 1.1(a) ); provided , however , that under no circumstances shall the [*] take into account (i) any [*] of Renal Advantage Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries, (ii) the [*], (iii) the current assets or current liabilities of any [*], (iv) current Tax assets or current Tax liabilities, (v) any [*], (vi) the [*] or (vii) [*], [*] or any other assets or liabilities that are included in the calculation of, and increase or reduce, as applicable, the amount of, the Merger Consideration received by the Holders pursuant to the Agreement.

 

[*] ” means the amount, if any, by which the sum of the [*] plus the [*] exceeds the sum of the [*] plus the [*].

 

[*] ” means the amount, if any, by which the sum of the [*] plus the [*] exceeds the sum of the [*] plus the [*].

 

Financial Statements ” means (a) (i) the Audited Financial Statements, and (ii) the unaudited balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of April 30, 2011, and the unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the four-month period ended April 30, 2011, (b) (i) the audited consolidated balance sheet of Liberty Dialysis, Inc. and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010, and the audited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Liberty Dialysis, Inc. and its Subsidiaries for the year then ended, and (ii) the unaudited balance sheet of Liberty Dialysis, Inc. and its Subsidiaries as of April 30, 2011, and the unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Liberty Dialysis, Inc. and its Subsidiaries for the four-month period ended April 30, 2011, and (c) (i) the restated audited consolidated balance sheets of Renal Advantage Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries as of December 31, 2010, and the restated audited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Renal Advantage Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries for the year then ended and (ii) the unaudited balance sheet of Renal Advantage Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries as of April 30, 2011, and the unaudited consolidated statements of income and cash flows of Renal Advantage Holdings, Inc. and its Subsidiaries for the four-month period ended April 30, 2011.

 

Fraud Based Purchaser Claims ” means any claim by any Purchaser Indemnified Party arising out of or relating to an act of deliberate fraud by the Company or any Stockholder to the Purchaser.

 

Fraud Based Stockholder Claims ” means any claim by any Stockholder Indemnified Party arising out of or relating to an act of deliberate fraud by the Purchaser to the Company or any Stockholder.

 

10



 

Fresenius Indebtedness ” means the $300 Million original principal amount PIK Notes issued by LD Group Holdings LLC and due February 7, 2018.

 

[*] ” shall mean [*].

 

Fully Diluted Number of Shares of Common Stock ” means the sum of (a) all shares of Liberty Common Stock issued and outstanding, (b) the number of shares of Liberty Common Stock into which Unconverted B-1 Preferred Stock could be converted (calculated on an as-if-converted to Liberty Common Stock basis in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation) and (c) the number of shares of Liberty Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of all Options, determined as of immediately prior to the Effective Time.

 

Fundamental Representations and Warranties ” means the representations and warranties of the Company, the Stockholders or the Purchaser, as applicable, contained in Section 4.1 (Organization), Section 4.2 (Authorization), Section 4.3 (Capital Stock), Section 4.4 (Subsidiaries), Section 5.1 (Organization and Authorization), Section 5.3 (Ownership of Equity), Section 5.5 (Amounts Owed), Section 6.1 (Organization), Section 6.2 (Authorization) and Section 6.6 (Financial Ability to Perform; Solvency).

 

GAAP ” means generally accepted accounting principles as applied in the United States of America.

 

Governmental Entity ” means any federal, state or local or foreign government, any political subdivision thereof or any court, administrative or regulatory agency, department, instrumentality, body or commission or other governmental authority or agency, domestic or foreign.

 

[*] ” means the [*].

 

Hazardous Material ” means any wastes, substances, radiation, or materials (whether solids, liquids or gases): (a) which are hazardous, toxic, infectious, explosive, radioactive, carcinogenic, or mutagenic, (b) which are or become defined as “pollutants,” “contaminants,” “hazardous materials,” “hazardous wastes,” “hazardous substances,” “chemical substances,” “radioactive materials,” “solid wastes,” “medical waste” or other similar designations in, or otherwise subject to regulation under, any Environmental Laws, (c) which contain, without limitation, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCBs), toxic mold, methyl-tertiary butyl ether (MTBE), asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, lead-based paints, urea-formaldehyde foam insulation, or petroleum or petroleum products (including crude oil or any fraction thereof) or (d) which pose a hazard to human health, safety, natural resources, employees, or the environment.

 

Healthcare Law ” means (i) the federal Anti-Kickback Statute (42 U.S.C. §1320a-7(b)), (ii) the civil False Claims Act (31 U.S.C. §3729 et seq .), (iii) Sections 1320a-7 and 1320a-7a of

 

11



 

Title 42 of the United States Code, (iv) the Stark law (42 U.S.C. §1395nn), (iv) the Program Fraud Civil Remedies Act (31 U.S.C. §§ 3801 — 3812), (v) the Anti-Kickback Act of 1986 (41 U.S.C. §§ 51 — 58), (vi) the Civil Monetary Penalties Law (42 U.S.C. §§ 1320a-7a and 1320a-7b), (vii) the Exclusion Laws (42 U.S.C. §§ 1320a-7), (viii) any and all regulations promulgated pursuant to any of the statutes in sub-clauses (i) through (vii) and any similar state or local Laws, (ix) any Laws relating to the licensure, certification, qualification or authority to transact business relating to the provision of, or payment for, or both the provision of or payment for, health benefits, or health care or insurance coverage, excluding ERISA, but including Medicare, Medicaid, COBRA, SCHIP, and CHAMPUS/TRICARE, and (x) any Information Privacy and Security Law.

 

HIPAA ” means the Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act of 1996, as amended, and its implementing regulations.

 

Holder ” means each Stockholder and each Option Holder.

 

HSR Act ” means the Hart-Scott-Rodino Antitrust Improvements Act of 1976, as amended, and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Indebtedness ” means, without duplication, the sum of (a) all obligations of the Company or its Subsidiaries for borrowed money or issued in substitution for or exchange of indebtedness for borrowed money, (b) other indebtedness of the Company or its Subsidiaries evidenced by notes, bonds, debentures or other debt securities, (c) indebtedness of the types described in clauses (a) and (b) guaranteed, directly or indirectly, in any manner by the Company or its Subsidiaries (excluding any intercompany guarantees between the Company and a Subsidiary or between or among one or more Subsidiaries) through an agreement, contingent or otherwise, to supply funds to, or in any other manner, invest in, the debtor, or to purchase indebtedness, primarily for the purpose of enabling the debtor to make payment of the indebtedness or to insure the owners of indebtedness against loss, (d) indebtedness for the deferred purchase price of property or services with respect to which the Company or its Subsidiaries are liable, (e) all obligations of the Company or its Subsidiaries as lessee or lessees under capital leases in accordance with GAAP (excluding those obligations that are reflected on the Balance Sheet or entered into after the date of the Balance Sheet in the Ordinary Course), (f) all payment obligations under any interest rate swap agreements or interest rate hedge agreements to which the Company or its Subsidiaries is party, (g) all obligations for unfunded Liabilities relating to any Employee Benefit Plan, (h) all declared and unpaid dividends and declared and unpaid distributions of the Company and its Subsidiaries to the extent not payable to the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, (i) any interest owed with respect to the indebtedness referred to above and prepayment premiums, penalties or fees related thereto (other than fees and penalties payable to Purchaser or its Affiliates in connection with the repayment of Fresenius Indebtedness) and (j) any letters of credit, surety bonds, bids, performance bonds or similar obligations to the extent drawn upon by third parties and unreimbursed, but in no event shall the [*] or any [*] constitute “Indebtedness” for the purposes hereof.

 

Information Privacy and Security Laws ” means the HIPAA Laws and any other Laws concerning the privacy and/or security of Personal Information, including but not limited to the

 

12



 

Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act, state data breach notification laws, state health information privacy laws and state consumer protection laws.

 

Intellectual Property ” means: (a) all United States and foreign patents and applications therefor and all reissues, divisions, renewals, extensions, provisionals, continuations and continuations-in-part thereof; (b) all inventions (whether patentable or not), mask works, trade secrets, and all proprietary rights in and to invention disclosures, improvements, manufacturing processes, test and qualification processes, designs, schematics, proprietary information, know-how, technology, technical data and customer lists, and all documentation to the extent embodying any of the foregoing throughout the world; (c) all proprietary rights in and to works of authorship (whether copyrightable or not), copyrights, copyright registrations and applications therefor throughout the world; (d) all industrial designs and any registrations and applications therefor throughout the world; (e) all proprietary rights in Software; (f) all internet uniform resource locators, domain names, trade names, logos, slogans, designs, trade dress, common law trademarks and service marks, trademark and service mark and trade dress registrations and applications therefor throughout the world; (g) all proprietary rights in databases and data collections; and (h) all moral and economic rights of authors and inventors, however denominated, throughout the world.

 

IRS ” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

 

Knowledge of the Company ” or “ the Company’s Knowledge ” means the actual knowledge of [*], in each case, following due inquiry of the applicable Company personnel who report directly to that listed individual.

 

Laws ” means all statutes, rules, codes, regulations, ordinances or Orders issued by any Governmental Entity.

 

[*] ” has the meaning set forth in the Certificate of Incorporation.

 

Legacy B-1 Preferred ” means each share of B-1 Preferred Stock outstanding as of February 14, 2011.

 

Letter of Transmittal ” means the letter of transmittal substantially in the form of Exhibit 1.1(d)  hereto.

 

Liability ” or “ Liabilities ” means any direct or indirect liability of any kind or nature, whether accrued or fixed, absolute or contingent, determined or determinable, matured or unmatured, due or to become due, asserted or unasserted or known or unknown and regardless of whether it is accrued or required to be accrued or disclosed pursuant to GAAP.

 

Liberty Common Stock ” means the Voting Common Stock-A, Non-Voting Common Stock and Voting Common Stock.

 

Liberty Stock ” means the Liberty Common Stock and B-1 Preferred Stock.

 

13



 

Licenses ” means all notifications, licenses, permits, franchises, certificates, approvals, exemptions, classifications, registrations and other similar documents and authorizations issued by any Governmental Entity, and amendments and modifications of any of the foregoing.

 

Liens ” means any security interest, pledge, license, bailment (in the nature of a pledge or for purposes of security), mortgage, deed of trust, option, right of first refusal, the grant of a power to confess judgment, conditional sales and title retention agreement (including any lease in the nature thereof), charge, third-party claim, security title, lien, encumbrance or other similar arrangement or interest in real or personal property.

 

Litigation ” means any litigation, legal action, arbitration, proceeding or mediation, pending, or to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened in writing against or brought by the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or, to the Knowledge of the Company, any of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ officers, directors, employees, managers or Special Affiliates in any jurisdiction, foreign or domestic (and in the case of officers, directors, employees, managers or Special Affiliates related solely to such Person’s services on behalf of the Company or its Subsidiaries).

 

Loss ” means any loss, damage, fine, penalty, expense (including reasonable attorneys’ or other professional fees and expenses and court costs), injury, liability, Tax or other cost or expense, whether or not involving the claim of another Person, but excluding consequential, special, incidental, punitive, exemplary or multiple damages, lost profits, lost revenues or diminution in value (unless in any case payable to a third party).  Notwithstanding the previous sentence a “ Loss ” resulting from a breach of Section 7.12 or Section 7.14 shall be deemed to include reasonably foreseeable consequential damages in the form of actual or future lost profits, if applicable, calculated with a multiple to reflect the present value of future, reasonably foreseeable lost profits.

 

Management Agreement ” means the Management Agreement, dated April 8, 2010, by and among KRG Capital Management, L.P., the investor advisors party thereto, the Company, Liberty Dialysis Intermediate Holdings, Inc., and Liberty Dialysis, Inc.

 

Management Stockholder ” means [*].

 

Management Stockholder Employment Agreements ” means [*].

 

Medical Waste ” means medical waste, infectious waste, biomedical waste, infectious medical waste, regulated medical waste, infectious or other similar substances as such terms are

 

14



 

defined under federal law and the applicable Law of each jurisdiction in which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries conducts its business.

 

Members of the Immediate Family ” means, with respect to any natural Person, (a) each spouse or natural or adopted child of such Person; (b) each natural or adopted child of any Person described in clause (a) above; (c) each custodian or guardian of any property of one or more of the Persons described in clauses (a) and (b) above in his or her capacity as such custodian or guardian; or (d) each general or limited partnership or limited liability company, all of the partners or members of which are such Person and/or one or more of such Persons described in clauses (a) and (b) above.

 

Merger Consideration ” means the cash to be exchanged for Liberty Stock and/or Options hereunder, in each case subject to the terms and conditions hereof.

 

[*] ” means the [*] the Company or any Subsidiary [*] Minority Interests [*] the Closing.

 

[*] ” means [*] of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries [*] of any Subsidiary of the Company [*] the Merger.

 

[*] ” (expressed as a positive number) means the amount, if any, by which the sum of the [*] plus the [*] exceeds the sum of the [*] plus the [*].

 

[*] ” means any [*].

 

Non-Voting Common Stock ” means the Company’s Non-Voting Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

 

Option Holder ” means a holder of an Option outstanding immediately prior to the Closing.

 

Option ” means any option to purchase Non-Voting Common Stock that is vested and is outstanding as of the Effective Time.

 

Order ” means any order, ruling, decision, verdict, decree, writ, subpoena, mandate, precept, award (solely by an arbitrator), judgment, injunction, or other similar determination by any Governmental Entity or arbitrator.

 

Ordinary Course ” means the ordinary course of business consistent with past practice of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

15



 

Other B-1 Preferred Stock ” means shares of B-1 Preferred Stock that have not converted and will not convert into Liberty Common Stock as of immediately prior to the Effective Time.

 

Payor Contract ” means any current Contract, between the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one part, and any Payor or Payors, on the other.

 

Payor Programs ” means all third party payor programs in which the Company or one or more of its Subsidiaries participates (including, without limitation, Medicare, Medicaid, CHAMPUS/TRICARE, or any other federal or state health care programs, as well as Blue Cross and/or Blue Shield, managed care plans, or any other private insurance programs).

 

Payors ” means any third party payors who finance or reimburse the cost of health services provided by the Company and its Subsidiaries, such as Medicare, Medicaid, CHAMPUS/TRICARE, Blue Cross and/or Blue Shield, State government insurers, private insurers and any other person or any entities which maintains Payor Programs.

 

Per Common Share Amount ” means the quotient obtained by dividing the [*] by the Fully Diluted Number of Shares of Common Stock.

 

Per Common Share Escrow Amount ” means an amount equal to the quotient of the Escrow Amount, divided by the aggregate number of As Converted Shares.

 

[*] ” means an amount equal to the quotient of the [*], divided by the aggregate number of As Converted Shares.

 

[*] ” means, [*] Option, [*] Per Common Share Amount [*] Non-Voting Common Stock [*] Option [*].

 

Permitted Liens ” means (a) Liens for Taxes not yet due and payable or the amount or validity of which is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings and for which appropriate reserves have been established in accordance with GAAP, (b) statutory or contractual Liens of landlords with respect to the Leased Real Property, (c) Liens of carriers, warehousemen, mechanics, materialmen and repairmen incurred in the Ordinary Course and not yet due and payable and that do not impair the conduct of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ business or the present use of the affected property or asset, (d) in the case of the Leased Real Property, in addition to items (a) and (b), zoning, building, or other restrictions, variances, covenants, rights of way, encumbrances, easements and other minor irregularities in title, none of which, individually or in the aggregate, interfere in any material respect with the present use of or occupancy of the affected parcel by the Company and its Subsidiaries, (e) purchase money security interests or liens arising under leases or conditional sale agreements for equipment used in the operation of the business and (f) Liens set forth on the Permitted Liens Schedule .

 

Permitted Minority Sales ” means (a) sales by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of assets, all of which sales do not involve assets having an aggregate value greater than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000) and (b) issuances of equity securities in any of the Company’s

 

16



 

Subsidiaries, which issuances are to joint venture partners (e.g., physicians or medical directors) and do not involve equity securities having an aggregate value greater than Five Million Dollars ($5,000,000) and do not result in the loss of a majority ownership interest or management control (through board representation or otherwise) of such Subsidiary.

 

Person ” means, any individual, corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability company, trust, unincorporated organization, other entity or Governmental Entity.

 

Personal Information ” means the information pertaining to an individual that is regulated or protected by one or more of the Information Privacy and Security Laws.

 

[*] ” means the amount, if any, by which the sum of the [*] plus the [*] exceeds the sum of the [*] plus the [*].

 

Pre-Closing Benefits ” means losses (including net operating losses), deductions, credits and other available Tax benefits with respect to Pre-Closing Periods (or the portion of any Straddle Period through the end of the Closing Date) (including losses (including net operating losses), deductions, credits and other Tax benefits available on account of the transactions or payments contemplated under this Agreement (including [*], [*] (regardless of whether paid or unpaid), deductions attributable to payments with respect to [*], and payments to Option Holders)).

 

Pre-Closing Period ” means all Tax periods ending on or prior to the Closing Date.

 

Pro Rata Percentage ” means, for each Stockholder, the percentage obtained by dividing (a) the Closing Stockholder Consideration paid to such Stockholder by (b) the Closing Stockholder Consideration.

 

Proceeds Cap ” means, with respect to any obligation of a Stockholder to provide indemnification hereunder, such Stockholder’s portion of the Merger Consideration actually received by such Stockholder, minus any amount(s) provided by such Stockholder in respect of any prior indemnification obligations hereunder and minus the portion, if any, of the [*] provided by such Stockholder.

 

Purchaser Ancillary Documents ” means any certificate, agreement, document or other instrument, other than this Agreement, to be executed and delivered by the Purchaser in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Purchaser Indemnified Parties ” means the Purchaser and its Affiliates (which following the Closing, shall include the Surviving Corporation and its Affiliates) and each of the successors of any of the foregoing.

 

Purchaser Material Adverse Effect ” means any state of facts, change, event, effect, condition, circumstance or occurrence that has had or would reasonably be expected to have (A) a materially adverse effect on the business, financial condition, results of operations, properties, assets or Liabilities of the Purchaser and its Subsidiaries, taken as a whole, or (B) a material

 

17



 

adverse effect on the ability of the Purchaser or Merger Sub to consummate the Merger; provided , however , that in relation to any state of facts, change, event, effect, condition, circumstance or occurrence of the type described in clause (A) above, a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect shall not include and none of the following shall be considered in determining whether a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect has occurred or is continuing: (i) facts, changes, events, effects or occurrences in the United States or world financial markets or general economic conditions, (ii) effects arising from war, global hostilities or terrorism, (iii) events, changes, facts, conditions, circumstances or occurrences generally affecting the industries in which the Purchaser participates, (iv) changes or proposed changes in Laws (including changes in Healthcare Laws or Medicare reimbursement rates) or the interpretation thereof by any Governmental Entity, (v) changes or proposed changes in GAAP (or other accounting standards), or any change in the applicable rules and regulations or the interpretation thereof, (vi) events, changes, facts, conditions, circumstances or occurrences resulting from actions taken by the Purchaser or any Subsidiary which the Company or the Stockholders have expressly requested in writing or to which the Company or the Stockholders have expressly consented in writing; or (vii) events, changes, facts, conditions, circumstances or occurrences resulting from the announcement or the existence of, or compliance with, this Agreement and the Merger, excluding in each of cases (i) through (v) above, any state of facts, change, event, effect, condition, circumstance or occurrence that disproportionately adversely affects the Purchaser or any of its Subsidiaries as compared to other Persons in the United States of America in the industry in which the Purchaser and its Subsidiaries conduct their business.

 

RCRA ” means the Resource Conservation and Recovery Act, 42 U.S.C. § 6901 et seq. , and any successor statute, and any regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

Receivables ” means the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ accounts receivable reflected on the Balance Sheet and the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ accounts receivable that have arisen subsequent to the date of the Balance Sheet.

 

Registered Intellectual Property ” means all United States and foreign: (a) patents and patent applications (including provisional applications); (b) registered trademarks and service marks, applications to register trademarks and service marks, registered and applications to register trade dress, intent-to-use trademark or service mark applications, or other registrations or applications for trademarks and service marks and trade dress; (c) registered copyrights and applications for copyright registration; and (d) domain name registrations.

 

Release ” means any spilling, leaking, pumping, pouring, emitting, emptying, discharging, injecting, escaping, leaching, dumping, seeping, migrating, releasing or disposing of Hazardous Materials from any source into or upon the environment.

 

Remediation ” means any abatement, investigation, clean-up, removal action, remedial action, restoration, repair, response action, corrective action, monitoring, sampling and analysis, installation, reclamation, closure, or post-closure in connection with the suspected, threatened or actual Release of Hazardous Materials.

 

Renal Advantage SPA ” means that certain Amended and Restated Stock Purchase Agreement among RA Acquisition Co., LLC, RA Group Holdings, Inc., each of the

 

18



 

Stockholders set forth on the signature pages thereto, the Stockholder Representative (as defined therein) and, solely for purposes of Section 11.15 thereof, the Company, dated as of November 24, 2010.

 

[*] ” means for the [*] transferred to one or more of the Stockholders or one of their Affiliates pursuant to Section 7.9(e) hereof the [*]: the product of (i) the Company’s beneficial ownership interest in such [*] and (ii) the [*] as set forth on Exhibit 1.1(e)  hereto multiplied by the [*], provided that (x) for any [*] after the date hereof, the amount attributable in respect thereof for purposes of this definition shall instead equal the Company’s [*] and (y) the [*] shall not under any circumstances exceed [*], provided further that the calculation of the [*] assumes a [*] and any amount of the [*] attributable to any such [*] shall reduce the aggregate amount derived from such calculation ([*]).

 

[*] ” means [*] the Company and/or one or more of its Subsidiaries for the [*] transferred to one or more of the Stockholders or one of their Affiliates pursuant to Section 7.9(e) hereof.

 

Software ” means all computer software programs, together with any error corrections, updates, modifications, or enhancements thereto through the Closing Date, in both machine-readable form and human-readable form.

 

Special Affiliate ” means (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) (i) any physician who, or entity which, directly owns any capital stock or other equity interests (including membership or partnership interests) in any Subsidiary of the Company, or (ii) each medical director of each Dialysis Center.

 

[*] ” means [*].

 

[*] ” means [*] (i) [*] set forth on Exhibit 1.1(e)  hereto and (ii) [*], provided that (x) for any applicable Dialysis Center that is directly or indirectly acquired by the Company after the date hereof, the amount attributable in respect thereof for purposes of this definition shall equal the Company’s acquisition price for such Dialysis Center and (y) the calculation of the [*] assumes a debt-free transfer and any amount of the [*] attributable to any such [*] shall reduce the aggregate amount derived from such calculation.

 

19



 

Stockholder Indemnified Parties ” means the Holders and any of their respective Affiliates, heirs, executors, successors and assigns.

 

[*] ” means [*].

 

Stock Option Plan ” means that Amended and Restated 2010 Stock Incentive Plan.

 

Subsidiary ” means (i) any Person of which the Company (or other specified Person) shall own directly or indirectly through a Subsidiary any of the outstanding capital stock, membership interests or other equity interests of such Person, (ii) Liberty Syracuse, LLC, a New York limited liability company, (iii) Liberty Newburgh Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (iv) Mercer Fishkill, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and (v) Vestal Healthcare, LLC, a New York limited liability company, (vi) Fishkill Dialysis Center LLC, a New York limited liability company, (vii) SJLS LLC, a New York limited liability company, and (viii) LSL Newburgh LLC, a New York limited liability company.

 

Tax ” means (a) any and all taxes, levies, duties, tariffs, imposts and similar charges in the nature of taxes, imposed by any Governmental Entity, including taxes or other charges on, measured by, or with respect to income, franchise, windfall or other profits, gross receipts, property, sales, use, capital stock, payroll, employment, social security, workers’ compensation, unemployment compensation or net worth; taxes in the nature of excise, withholding, ad valorem, stamp, transfer, value-added or gains taxes; and custom’s duties, tariffs and similar charges; and (b) any and all interest, penalties, additions to tax and additional amounts imposed in connection with or with respect to any of the foregoing amounts.

 

Tax Return ” means any return, statement, declaration, form, report, claim for refund or credit, information return or other documentation (including any amendments or supplements), filed or required to be filed with a Governmental Entity responsible for the administration of Taxes by the Company or its Subsidiaries with respect to or in connection with the calculation, determination, assessment or collection of any Taxes.

 

[*] ” means any [*] by the Company and its Subsidiaries [*].

 

Transferred Centers ” means each of the Dialysis Centers and Spin-off Subsidiaries purchased by or to be purchased by the Purchaser or its Affiliates.

 

Treasury Regulations ” means the Income Tax Regulations promulgated under the Code.

 

Unconverted B-1 Preferred Stock ” means the shares of B-1 Preferred Stock that have not converted into Liberty Common Stock as of immediately prior to the Effective Time.

 

Vendor ” means all vendors and subcontractors of the Company and its Subsidiaries from whom, in terms of amounts paid to such Vendors, during the year ended December 31,

 

20



 

2010, the Company (on a consolidated basis) has purchased more than $500,000 in goods and/or services.

 

Voting Common Stock ” means the Company’s Voting Common Stock, par value $0.001 per share.

 

Voting Common Stock-A ” means the Company’s Voting Common Stock-A, par value $0.001 per share.

 

[*] ” means the amount, if any, by which the sum of (a) the [*] plus (b) the [*] plus (c) the [*] (if applicable) less (d) the [*] (if applicable) exceeds the sum of (x) the [*] plus (y) the [*], as reflected on the Final Closing Statement.

 

[*] ” means the amount, if any, by which the sum of (a) the [*] plus (b) the [*] plus (c) the [*] (if applicable) less (d) the [*] (if applicable), exceeds the sum of (x) the [*] plus (y) the [*], as reflected on the Final Closing Statement.

 

Section 1.2             Construction .  Unless the context of this Agreement otherwise clearly requires, (a) references to the plural include the singular, and references to the singular include the plural, (b) references to one gender include the other gender, (c) the words “include,” “includes” and “including” do not limit the preceding terms or words and shall be deemed to be followed by the words “without limitation,” (d) the terms “hereof,” “herein,” “hereunder,” “hereto” and similar terms in this Agreement refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement, (e) the terms “day” and “days” mean and refer to calendar day(s), (f) the terms “year” and “years” mean and refer to calendar year(s), and (g) the terms “made available” and “provided to” when used in reference to one Person having made or making items or information available to, or to having provided information to, another, shall mean that such items or information were made available by the Company, the Stockholders and their respective Agents or Affiliates to the Purchaser, its Agents or its Affiliates via (i) the posting of such items or information, on or prior to the date hereof, to the electronic data site maintained by Intralinks under the data rooms entitled “Project Rain” and “Project Bell,” including the secured folder located therein, (ii) the provision of access to hard copies of such items or information, including at the offices of the Company, its Agents or its Affiliates, or (iii) the provision of such items or information in electronic format (including by fax, e-mail or by other electronic means), provided that, with respect to subparts (i) and (ii) of this Section 1.2, electronic copies of such items or information shall be provided to Purchaser on compact disc or DVD prior to Closing (the “ Data Room DVD ”).  Unless otherwise set forth herein, references in this Agreement to (i) any document, instrument or agreement (including this Agreement) (A) includes and incorporates all exhibits, schedules and other attachments thereto, (B) includes all documents, instruments or agreements issued or executed in replacement thereof and (C) means such document, instrument or agreement, or replacement or predecessor thereto, as amended, modified or supplemented from time to time in accordance with its terms and in effect at any given time, and (ii) a particular Law means such Law as amended, modified,

 

21



 

supplemented or succeeded, from time to time and in effect at any given time.  All Article, Section, Exhibit and Schedule references herein are to Articles, Sections, Exhibits and Schedules of this Agreement, unless otherwise specified.  This Agreement shall not be construed as if prepared by one of the Parties, but rather as if drafted jointly by the parties.  No Party is relying upon any representation, warranty, covenant, agreement or understanding of any kind except as expressly set forth herein.

 

Section 1.3             Other Definitions .  Each of the following terms is defined in the Section set forth opposite such term:

 

Term

 

Section

 

 

 

Agents

 

7.2(a)

[*]

 

3.4

Agreement

 

Preamble

Appraisal Rights

 

3.2(a)

Arbitrator

 

3.9(d)

Availability Principles

 

10.5(c)

[*]

 

3.3

Causes of Action

 

7.11(a)

Certificate of Merger

 

2.2

Claim Notice

 

10.3(a)

Closing Statement

 

3.6

Commercial Payor Contracts

 

4.13(a)

Company

 

Preamble

Company Contracts

 

4.13(a)

Company Released Parties

 

7.11(a)

Company Releasing Parties

 

7.11(a)

Consent States

 

7.13

Controlled Affiliates

 

7.12

Data Room DVD

 

1.2

DGCL

 

2.1(a)

[*]

 

7.9(e)

Direct Claim

 

10.3(a)

Dispute Period

 

10.3(b)

Dissenting Shares

 

3.2(a)

[*]

 

7.9(e)

[*]

 

7.9(e)

[*]

 

1.1

Effective Time

 

2.2

Employee Benefit Plans

 

4.15(a)

ERISA Affiliate

 

4.15(d)

ERISA Plans

 

4.15(a)

Escrow Fund

 

3.5

[*]

 

3.6(a)

[*]

 

3.6(a)

[*]

 

3.6(a)

 

22



 

Term

 

Section

 

 

 

Final Closing Statement

 

3.9(c), (e)

Indemnification Claims

 

10.3(a)

Indemnified Party

 

10.3

Indemnifying Party

 

10.3

Indemnity Payment

 

10.5(f)

Leased Real Property

 

4.6(a)

Lease(s)

 

4.6(a)

Major Lease

 

7.1(a)

Merger

 

2.1(a)

Merger Sub

 

Preamble

Minority Interests

 

7.1(a)

Non-Competition Period

 

7.12(a)

[*]

 

7.12(b)

[*]

 

7.12(b)

OIG

 

4.20(d)

Option Agreements

 

7.15

Parent Guarantor

 

Preamble

Party(ies)

 

Preamble

Paying Agent

 

3.8(a)

Pre-Closing Benefits

 

1.1

Post-Closing Covenants

 

10.4(e)

Post-Closing Period Tax Returns

 

7.7(a)

Potential 280G Benefits

 

7.10

Pre-Closing Period Tax Returns

 

7.7(a)

Pre-Closing Taxes

 

7.7(b)

Proceeding

 

10.3(a)

Purchaser

 

Preamble

Purchaser Losses

 

10.1

R&G

 

11.10

Released Parties

 

7.11(a)

Releasing Parties

 

7.11(a)

Revised Closing Statement

 

3.9(a)

[*]

 

7.9(e)

[*]

 

7.9(e)

[*]

 

7.9(e)

Seller Group

 

11.10

Settlement

 

10.3(b)

Shares

 

Recitals

Signing Stockholders

 

Preamble

[*]

 

7.13

[*]

 

7.13

[*]

 

7.13

[*]

 

7.13

[*]

 

7.13

 

23



 

Term

 

Section

 

 

 

Stockholder Approval

 

4.2

Stockholder Losses

 

10.2

Stockholder Released Parties

 

7.11(a)

Stockholder Releasing Parties

 

7.11(a)

Stockholder Representative

 

11.14(a)

Stockholders

 

Preamble

Straddle Periods

 

7.7(b)

Straddle Period Tax Returns

 

7.7(b)

Surviving Corporation

 

2.1(a)

Surviving Corporation Bylaws

 

2.3

Surviving Corporation Charter

 

2.3

Tail D&O Policy

 

7.8(b)

Tax Amendment

 

7.7(d)

Tax Proceeding

 

7.7(f)

Tax Refunds

 

7.7(d)

Tax Statement

 

7.7(b)

Third Party Claim

 

10.3(a)

Title IV Plans

 

4.15(d)

Transfer Taxes

 

7.7(g)

 

ARTICLE II
THE MERGER

 

Section 2.1             The Merger .

 

(a)           Upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this Agreement, and in accordance with the General Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “ DGCL ”), at the Effective Time (as defined in Section 2.2), Merger Sub shall be merged with and into the Company (the “ Merger ”). The Company will be the surviving corporation in the Merger (the “ Surviving Corporation ”), and the separate existence of Merger Sub shall cease. As a result of the Merger, the Company shall become a wholly- owned Subsidiary of Purchaser.

 

(b)           The Merger will have the effects set forth in the DGCL.  Without limiting the foregoing, at the Effective Time, all the properties, rights, privileges, powers and franchises of the Company and Merger Sub shall vest in the Surviving Corporation, and all debts, liabilities and duties of the Company and Merger Sub shall become the debts, liabilities and duties of the Surviving Corporation.

 

Section 2.2             Effective Time of the Merger .  Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, on the Closing Date, the Company shall execute and deliver for filing a certificate of merger (the “ Certificate of Merger ”) to the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 2.2 and in the manner provided in the DGCL and shall make all other filings or recordings required under the DGCL to effect the Merger. The Merger shall become effective

 

24



 

upon the filing of the Certificate of Merger with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware or at such later time as is specified in the Certificate of Merger (such time, the “ Effective Time ”).

 

Section 2.3             Charter and Bylaws of the Surviving Corporation .  At the Effective Time, the certificate of incorporation of the Company shall be amended and restated, by virtue of the Merger, to read as set forth in Exhibit 2.3(a) hereto and shall be the certificate of incorporation of the Surviving Corporation (the “ Surviving Corporation Charter ”) and the bylaws of the Company shall be amended and restated, by virtue of the Merger, to read as set forth in Exhibit 2.3(b) hereto and shall be the bylaws of the Surviving Corporation (the “ Surviving Corporation Bylaws ”).

 

Section 2.4             Directors .  The directors of Merger Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time shall from and after the Effective Time be the directors of the Surviving Corporation, each to hold office in accordance with the Surviving Corporation Charter and the Surviving Corporation Bylaws until such director’s successor is duly elected and qualified or until such director’s earlier death, resignation or removal.

 

Section 2.5             Officers .  The officers of Merger Sub immediately prior to the Effective Time shall from and after the Effective Time be the officers of the Surviving Corporation, each to hold office in accordance with the Surviving Corporation Charter and the Surviving Corporation Bylaws until such officer’s successor is duly elected and qualified, subject to earlier termination by removal or resignation.

 

Section 2.6             Stockholder Approval .   Promptly following the execution of this Agreement, the Company and the Signing Stockholders shall take all necessary action to adopt this Agreement within two (2) Business Days of the date hereof in accordance with the DGCL. Each of such Signing Stockholders agrees that at any meeting of the Company’s stockholders, however called, or in connection with any action by written consent by the Company’s stockholders, such Signing Stockholder shall vote all of the shares of Liberty Stock entitled to vote on the adoption of this Agreement owned by him/her/it in favor of the adoption of this Agreement and the transactions contemplated by this Agreement and against any action or agreement that could result in a breach in any material respect of any covenant or any obligation of the Company or the Signing Stockholders under this Agreement.  The Company shall, no later than thirty (30) days prior to the anticipated Closing Date, provide each Stockholder with a copy of the Letter of Transmittal accompanied with an information statement in a form reasonably satisfactory to Purchaser.

 

ARTICLE III
EFFECTS OF THE MERGER

 

Section 3.1             Conversion of the Company Securities; Effects on Capital Stock .  At the Effective Time, by virtue of the Merger and without any action on the part of Purchaser, Merger Sub, the Company or the holders of any of the following securities:

 

(a)           Conversion of B-1 Preferred Stock and Liberty Common Stock . Each share of Liberty Stock (in each case other than Dissenting Shares) issued and outstanding

 

25



 

immediately prior to the Effective Time (other than any shares described in Section 3.1(d)) shall be converted at the Effective Time as follows:

 

(i)            each share of issued and outstanding Voting Common Stock-A shall, pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, be converted into the right to receive, subject to receipt by the Purchaser of the executed Letter of Transmittal with respect to such share as described in Section 3.8, (A) a cash amount equal to the [*] for such share as shall be [*] and (B) the cash consideration set forth in Section 3.1(a)(iv);

 

(ii)           each share of issued and outstanding (x) Unconverted B-1 Preferred Stock that is also a Legacy B-1 Preferred shall, pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, be converted into the right to receive, subject to receipt by the Purchaser of the executed Letter of Transmittal with respect to such share as described in Section 3.8, (A) a cash amount equal to the [*] for such share as shall be set forth on the [*] and (B) the cash consideration set forth in Section 3.1(a)(iv) and (y) Unconverted B-1 Preferred Stock that is not also a Legacy B-1 Preferred shall, pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, be converted into the right to receive, subject to receipt by the Purchaser of the executed Letter of Transmittal with respect to such share as described in Section 3.8, the cash consideration set forth in Section 3.1(a)(iv);

 

(iii)          each share of issued and outstanding Other B-1 Preferred Stock (if any) shall, pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, be converted into the right, subject to receipt by the Purchaser of the executed Letter of Transmittal with respect to such share as described in Section 3.8, to receive a cash amount equal to $0.10; and

 

(iv)          each share of issued and outstanding As Converted Shares shall, pursuant to the Certificate of Incorporation, be converted into the right to receive, subject to receipt by the Purchaser of the executed Letter of Transmittal with respect to such share as described in Section 3.8:

 

(A)          the Per Common Share Amount, payable in cash, less the sum of (I) the Per Common Share Escrow Amount and (II) the [*];

 

(B)           if there is a [*] on the Final Closing Statement, the right to receive the [*], if any, [*];

 

(C)           if there is a [*] on the Final Closing Statement, the right to receive the [*], if any, [*];

 

26



 

(D)          upon release of any cash amount from the Escrow Fund for the benefit of the Stockholders, the right to receive cash in an amount equal to the Allocable Per Share Escrow Amount; and

 

(E)           upon release of any cash amount from the [*] for the benefit of the Stockholders, the right to receive cash in an amount equal to the [*].

 

(b)           Treasury Shares .  Each share of issued and outstanding Liberty Common Stock and B-1 Preferred Stock then held as treasury shares by the Company shall cease to be outstanding and be cancelled without any payment of consideration therefor and shall thereafter cease to exist.

 

(c)           Cancellation .  From and after the Effective Time, the shares of Liberty Common Stock and B-1 Preferred Stock converted in the Merger pursuant to Section 3.1(a) shall cease to be outstanding and shall be cancelled and shall cease to exist.

 

(d)           Conversion of Merger Sub Stock . Each share of common stock of Merger Sub issued and outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time shall, at the Effective Time, be converted into one fully paid and non assessable share of common stock of the Surviving Corporation, following which, the Surviving Corporation shall be a wholly owned Subsidiary of the Purchaser.

 

Section 3.2             Dissenters’ Rights .

 

(a)           Notwithstanding any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, shares of Liberty Stock outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time and held by a Holder who is entitled to demand, and who properly demands, appraisal of such shares (“ Dissenting Shares ”) pursuant to, and who complies in all respects with, Section 262 of the DGCL (the “ Appraisal Rights ”) shall not be converted into the right to receive any portion of the Merger Consideration pursuant to Section 3.1(a) of this Agreement.  Such Holders shall be entitled to receive such consideration as is determined to be due with respect to such Dissenting Shares in accordance with Section 262 of the DGCL.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 3.2(a), if any Stockholder who demands Appraisal Rights of such Stockholder’s Shares under the DGCL effectively withdraws or loses (through failure to perfect or otherwise) his or her right to appraisal, then as of the Effective Time or the occurrence of such event, whichever occurs later, such Stockholder’s Shares shall automatically be converted into and represent only the right to receive a portion of the Merger Consideration as provided in Section 3.1(a), without interest.

 

(c)           The Company shall give Purchaser written notice within three (3) Business Days of its receipt of any written demands for appraisal or payment of the fair value of any shares of Liberty Stock, withdrawals of such demands, and any other instruments served on the Company pursuant to the DGCL.

 

27



 

Section 3.3             [*] .  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “ [*] ” means an amount equal to [*] minus the [*] (if a [*] has occurred), plus the [*] (if a [*] has occurred), minus the [*] (if a [*] has occurred) minus the [*].

 

Section 3.4             [*] .  For purposes of this Agreement, the term the “ [*] ” means (a) the [*], (b)  plus the [*], (c)  plus or minus , as the case may be, the amount of any [*] or [*], as determined based on each of the [*], [*], [*] and [*] set forth in the Closing Statement described in Section 3.6, (d)  minus  the amount of any [*], (e)  plus the [*], (f)  minus the aggregate amount of all [*] prior to the Closing Date, (g)  minus the aggregate amount of the [*], plus (h) the [*] (if applicable), (i)  minus the [*], (j)  minus the [*], and (k)  minus the [*] (if any).

 

Section 3.5             Escrow .  On the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall deposit with the Escrow Agent in accordance with Section 3.7(b), the Escrow Amount, which, as adjusted from time to time, together with any interest or other earnings thereon ( less any distributions or disbursements of such interest pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement), shall be referred to as the “ Escrow Fund .”

 

Section 3.6             Closing Statement .  Not less than three (3) Business Days prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall deliver to the Purchaser a statement (the “ Closing Statement ”), signed by the Chief Executive Officer and the Chief Financial Officer, which sets forth in reasonable detail the following (in each case, immediately prior to the Closing) and which shall incorporate all appropriate revisions as are mutually agreed upon by the Purchaser and the Stockholder Representative:

 

(a)           a statement, prepared in accordance with GAAP and in a manner consistent with the guidelines set forth on Exhibit 1.1(a) , setting forth in reasonable detail a calculation of estimated [*] (the “ [*] ”), [*], estimated [*] (the “ [*] ”), [*] and [*] (the “ [*] ”);

 

(b)           a statement of the aggregate amount of the [*], and the account or accounts information necessary for repayment thereof (if applicable);

 

28



 

(c)           by payee, the aggregate amount of the [*] to the extent not paid prior to the Closing Date, and the account or accounts information necessary for the payment thereof;

 

(d)           by payee, the aggregate amount of the [*] and the account or accounts information necessary for the payment thereof;

 

(e)           the [*] (if any), the [*] (if any), the [*] (if any), the [*], the [*], the Per Common Share Amount, the [*], the [*], the [*], the [*] and the Closing Stockholder Consideration;

 

(f)            the name of each Holder, the number of shares of Non-Voting Common Stock held by such Holder or which such Holder has the right to acquire pursuant to an Option (and the exercise price thereof), the [*] for such Holder, the amount of the Closing Stockholder Consideration payable to each Stockholder and each Stockholder’s Pro Rata Percentage; and

 

(g)           the estimated unaudited consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the Closing Date.

 

Section 3.7             Purchaser Closing Payments .  On the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall pay, discharge, deliver or cause to be delivered, as appropriate, at Closing:

 

(a)           to the account or accounts specified by the Company in the Closing Statement, the aggregate amount of (i) the [*] (other than the [*] set forth in Exhibit 8.2(j), which Exhibit may be replaced, if delivered to the Company no less than ten (10) days prior to the Closing) and (ii) the [*];

 

(b)           to the Escrow Agent, the Escrow Amount, which shall be disbursed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement;

 

(c)           to the Stockholder Representative, the [*], which shall be held in full by the Stockholder Representative on behalf of the Stockholders, and to the extent such reserve contains a positive balance, it shall not be released to the Stockholders until the final determination and payment of any adjustment pursuant to Section 3.9 hereof;

 

(d)           to the Company, (i) the [*], which shall be distributed to the Option Holders in accordance with the Closing Statement and Section 3.8(c) hereof, and (ii) the [*], which shall in turn be distributed to the recipients thereof in accordance with the Closing Statement; and

 

(e)           to the Paying Agent for payment to the Stockholders in accordance with Section 3.1(a), the Closing Stockholder Consideration (less the [*]).

 

29



 

Exhibit 3.7 hereto sets forth a sample calculation of the Closing Date payments to be made at Closing in accordance with this Section 3.7.  Each Stockholder on behalf of itself, its Affiliates and their respective successors and assigns, acknowledges and agrees that, with respect to such Stockholder’s Shares, (i) the conversion rights and calculations set forth in ARTICLE III hereof (and the defined terms used therein), are true and correct and accurately reflect the amounts to be paid to such Stockholder in connection with the Merger in accordance with the Certificate of Incorporation, and (ii) such Stockholder waives any and all claims, and agrees not to bring any action or proceeding against, the Purchaser, the Surviving Corporation or any of their respective Affiliates that such Stockholder may have with respect to any inaccuracy, miscalculation or error in the conversion rights, calculations and payment amounts set forth in ARTICLE III or set forth on the Closing Statement or for any amounts in excess of any amounts received by such Stockholder in respect of its share of the Closing Stockholder Consideration, [*] (if any), the Escrow Fund or the [*] as set forth in and/or calculated in accordance with the Closing Statement.

 

Section 3.8             Paying Agent; Exchange of Certificates; Treatment of Options; Withholdings .

 

(a)           Paying Agent .  US Bank N.A. shall act as paying agent (the “ Paying Agent ”) in effecting the exchange of cash for certificates which, immediately prior to the Closing, represented shares of Liberty Stock and which are converted into the right to payment pursuant to Section 3.1.  At the Effective Time, each Signing Stockholder shall surrender to the Purchaser all of such Signing Stockholder’s certificates of Liberty Stock, together with a duly executed Letter of Transmittal, representing the number of shares of Liberty Stock held by such Signing Stockholder. At the Closing, the Purchaser shall instruct the Paying Agent to pay each Signing Stockholder who has surrendered such Signing Stockholder’s certificates of Liberty Stock, together with a duly executed Letter of Transmittal, the amount of cash to which such Signing Stockholder is entitled under Section 3.1, which amounts shall be determined in accordance with the Closing Statement and the terms herein.  Purchaser shall instruct the Paying Agent to pay each other Stockholder that surrenders such Stockholder’s certificates of Liberty Stock, together with a duly executed Letter of Transmittal, the amount of cash to which such Stockholder is entitled under Section 3.1, which amounts shall be consistent with the Closing Statement.  In accordance with Section 3.8(b), all cash payments shall be made by wire transfer of immediately available funds (with the Purchaser being responsible for all wire fees).  Surrendered certificates shall forthwith be canceled. Until so surrendered and exchanged, each such certificate shall represent solely the right to receive the portion of the Merger Consideration into which the shares it theretofore represented shall have been converted pursuant to Section 3.1, and the Purchaser shall not be required to instruct the Paying Agent to pay the holder thereof the cash to which such Stockholder would otherwise have been entitled.

 

(b)           Exchange of Certificates .  Prior to the Effective Time, the Company shall send a Letter of Transmittal to the Stockholders specifying that delivery of stock certificates may be made prior to the Closing Date to the Company for delivery to the Purchaser before the Effective Time.  All cash paid upon conversion of Liberty Stock in accordance with the terms of this ARTICLE III shall be deemed to have been paid in full

 

30



 

satisfaction of all rights pertaining to Liberty Stock, and there shall be no further registration of transfers on the stock transfer books of the Surviving Corporation of the shares of Liberty Stock which were outstanding immediately prior to the Effective Time.  At any time that is more than one (1) year after the Effective Time, the Purchaser may cause the Paying Agent to pay over to the Surviving Corporation any portion of the Closing Stockholder Consideration (including any earnings thereon) that had been delivered to the Paying Agent but has not been disbursed as of such date.  Thereafter, all former holders of Liberty Stock shall be entitled to look only to the Surviving Corporation (subject to abandoned property, escheat and other similar laws) as general creditors thereof with respect to the cash payable upon surrender of their stock certificates pursuant to this Agreement and the Paying Agent shall have no further obligation with respect thereto.  If any stock certificate shall have been lost, stolen or destroyed, upon the making of an affidavit of that fact by the Person claiming such stock certificate to be lost, stolen or destroyed and, if required by the Purchaser, the posting by such Person of a bond in such reasonable amount as the Purchaser may direct as indemnity against any claim that may be made against it with respect to such stock certificate, the Purchaser will deliver in exchange for such lost, stolen or destroyed stock certificate the amount of cash applicable with respect to the shares of capital stock formerly represented thereby in accordance with Section 3.1.

 

(c)           Treatment of Options .

 

(i)            Immediately prior to the Closing, each Option granted under the Stock Option Plan whether vested or unvested, that is outstanding immediately prior to the Closing shall become 100% vested.  At the Closing, each Option granted under the Stock Option Plan that was outstanding and unexercised as of immediately prior to the Closing shall have all remaining rights thereunder cancelled, and, in exchange therefor, the Surviving Corporation shall pay to the former holder of any such cancelled Option (A) on the Closing Date an amount in cash (without interest, and subject to deduction for any required withholding Tax) equal to the [*] for such Option multiplied by the number of shares of Non-Voting Common Stock subject to such Option and (B) after completion of the Final Closing Statement, the right to receive, if applicable, the [*] and the [*] [*] (subject in each case to deduction for any withholding Taxes).

 

(ii)           Prior to the Closing, the Company shall adopt such resolutions and amendments to the Stock Option Plan documents and take or cause to be taken all action as may be reasonably required to effectuate the provisions of this Section 3.8(c) and to terminate the Stock Option Plan conditioned and effective upon the consummation of the Merger.

 

(d)           Withholdings .  The Purchaser, the Company, the Paying Agent, the Escrow Agent, the Surviving Corporation and each other applicable withholding agent (as appropriate) shall be entitled to deduct and withhold from consideration otherwise payable pursuant to this Agreement or the Escrow Agreement to any Holder such

 

31



 

amounts as are required to be deducted and withheld with respect to the making of such payment under the Code, or any provision of state, local or foreign Tax Law.  To the extent that amounts are so withheld, (A) such withheld amounts shall be treated for all purposes of this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement as having been paid to the Holder in respect of which such deduction and withholding was made, and (B) the Purchaser, the Company, the Surviving Corporation, the Paying Agent or other applicable withholding agent shall provide to such Holder written notice of the amounts so deducted or withheld.

 

Section 3.9             [*] .

 

(a)           No later than ninety (90) days following the Closing Date, the Purchaser shall prepare and deliver to the Stockholder Representative the draft closing statement of the Company as of the Closing Date (the “ Revised Closing Statement ”), prepared in accordance with GAAP and in a manner consistent with the guidelines set forth on Exhibit 1.1(a) , which shall include a calculation of each of (i) the [*] and the [*], (ii) the [*] and the [*], (iii) the [*], if any, or the [*], if any, (iv) the [*], if any, (v) the [*], if any, (vi) the [*], (vii) the [*], if any, (viii) the [*], if any, and (ix) the [*] (if any).

 

(b)           The Stockholder Representative shall have sixty (60) days following receipt of the Revised Closing Statement during which to notify the Purchaser of any dispute of any item contained in the Revised Closing Statement, which notice shall set forth in reasonable detail the basis for such dispute.  At any time within such sixty (60) day period, the Stockholder Representative shall be entitled to agree with any or all of the items set forth in the Revised Closing Statement. During such sixty (60) day period, the Purchaser and the Company shall provide the Stockholder Representative with reasonable access during normal business hours to Company employees and advisors and such books and records of the Company as may be reasonably requested by them to verify the information contained in the Revised Closing Statement and the calculations therein.

 

(c)           If the Stockholder Representative does not notify the Purchaser of any such dispute within such sixty (60) day period, or notifies the Purchaser of its agreement with the adjustments in the Revised Closing Statement prior to the expiration of the sixty (60) day period, the Revised Closing Statement prepared by the Purchaser shall be deemed to be the “ Final Closing Statement .”

 

(d)           If the Stockholder Representative notifies the Purchaser of any such dispute within such sixty (60) day period, the Final Closing Statement shall be resolved as follows:

 

(i)            The Purchaser and the Stockholder Representative shall cooperate in good faith to resolve any such dispute as promptly as possible.

 

32



 

(ii)           In the event the Purchaser and the Stockholder Representative are unable to resolve any such dispute within thirty (30) days (or such longer period as the Purchaser and the Stockholder Representative shall mutually agree in writing) of notice of such dispute, such dispute and each Party’s work papers related thereto shall be submitted to, and all issues having a bearing on such dispute shall be resolved by (x) PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP or (y) if PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP is unwilling to serve, then such other independent national accounting firm, that is selected by the American Arbitration Association at the request of the first of the Parties to move (such independent accounting firm being referred to herein as the “ Arbitrator ”).  Absent fraud or manifest error, the Arbitrator’s resolution shall be final and binding on the Parties.  The Arbitrator’s resolution shall be determined in accordance with GAAP and in a manner consistent with the guidelines set forth on Exhibit 1.1(a) , and shall be based solely on presentations of the Purchaser and the Stockholder Representative (and not on the Arbitrator’s independent review) and limited to only those matters in dispute.  In resolving any disputed item, the Arbitrator may not assign a value to any item greater than the greatest value for such items claimed by either the Purchaser or the Stockholder Representative or less than the smallest value for such items claimed by either the Purchaser or the Stockholder Representative (in either case, as may have been modified pursuant to Section 3.9(d)(i)).  The Arbitrator’s role and authority shall be limited to deciding disputes hereunder; disputes regarding the proper scope of the arbitration or the scope of the Arbitrator’s authority shall be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction consistent with Section 11.6 below.  The Purchaser and the Stockholder Representative shall use commercially reasonable efforts to cooperate with the Arbitrator and to cause the Arbitrator to complete its work within thirty (30) days following its engagement.  The fees, costs and expenses of the Arbitrator shall be apportioned by the Arbitrator among the Purchaser and the Stockholder Representative based upon the relevant extent to which the positions of the Purchaser and the Stockholder Representative are upheld by the Arbitrator.

 

(e)           The Purchaser and the Stockholder Representative jointly shall modify the Revised Closing Statement and the calculation of each of the [*], the [*], the [*], the [*], the [*], if any, the [*], if any, the [*], if any, the [*], if any, the [*], the [*], if any, the [*], if any, and the [*], if any, in each applicable case as appropriate, to reflect the resolution of the Stockholder Representative’s objections (as agreed upon by the Purchaser and the Stockholder Representative or as determined by the Arbitrator) and deliver it to the Stockholder Representative within ten (10) days after the resolution of such objections.  The Revised Closing Statement, as modified in accordance with this Section 3.9(e), shall be deemed to be the “ Final Closing Statement .”

 

(f)            To the extent there is a [*] on the Final Closing Statement, and the amount of such [*] is equal to or less than the

 

33



 

[*], the Stockholder Representative shall pay to the Purchaser, from the [*], the amount of such [*] within five (5) Business Days after the Purchaser’s delivery of the Final Closing Statement to the Stockholder Representative to an account or accounts designated by the Purchaser.  To the extent the [*] exceeds the [*], the Purchaser may, at its sole election (and without duplication), either recover such excess amount from (i) the Escrow Fund up to the Escrow Amount or (ii) directly from each Stockholder, each of whom shall be liable, severally and not jointly, to the Purchaser up to such Stockholder’s respective Pro Rata Percentage of such excess amount.  If requested by the Purchaser, the Stockholders shall pay any such amounts owed to the Purchaser by wire transfer of immediately available funds within five (5) Business Days of Purchaser’s written request therefor to any account or accounts designated by the Purchaser.  Any amounts distributed to the Purchaser from the Escrow Fund for satisfaction of the [*] shall decrease the Escrow Fund.

 

(g)           To the extent there is a [*] on the Final Closing Statement, the amount of such [*] shall be paid and delivered by the Surviving Corporation who shall pay such amount by wire transfer of immediately available funds within five (5) Business Days after the Purchaser’s delivery of the Final Closing Statement to the Stockholder Representative as follows: (i) with respect to the portion of such [*] allocable to the Stockholders, to the Paying Agent who shall pay such amount to the Stockholders in accordance with the requirements set forth in Section 3.1(a) and (ii) with respect to the portion of such [*] allocable to the Option Holders, to the Option Holders in accordance with the requirements set forth in Section 3.8(c), in each case as if such amount were payable as of the Closing.

 

(h)           To the extent there is a [*] on the Final Closing Statement, and the amount of such [*] is equal to or less than the [*] following the payment of any amounts due to the Purchaser pursuant to Section 3.9(f), the Stockholder Representative shall pay to the Purchaser, from the [*], the amount of such [*] within five (5) Business Days after the Purchaser’s delivery of the Final Closing Statement to the Stockholder Representative to an account or accounts designated by the Purchaser.  To the extent the [*] exceeds the amount remaining in the [*], the Purchaser may, at its sole election (and without duplication), either recover such excess amount from (i) the Escrow Fund up to the Escrow Amount or (ii) directly from each Stockholder, each of whom shall be liable, severally and not jointly, to the Purchaser up to such Stockholder’s respective Pro Rata Percentage of such excess amount.  If requested by the Purchaser, the Stockholders shall pay any such amounts owed to the Purchaser by wire transfer of immediately available funds designated by the Purchaser within five (5) Business Days of Purchaser’s written request therefor to an account or accounts designated by the Purchaser.  Any amounts distributed to the Purchaser from the Escrow Fund for satisfaction of the [*] shall decrease the Escrow Fund.

 

34



 

(i)            To the extent there is a [*] on the Final Closing Statement, the amount of such [*] shall be paid and delivered by the Surviving Corporation who shall pay such amount by wire transfer of immediately available funds within five (5) Business Days after the Purchaser’s delivery of the Final Closing Statement to the Stockholder Representative as follows: (i) with respect to the portion of such [*] allocable to the Stockholders, to the Paying Agent who shall pay such amount to the Stockholders in accordance with the requirements set forth in Section 3.1(a) and (ii) with respect to the portion of such [*] allocable to the Option Holders, to the Option Holders in accordance with the requirements set forth in Section 3.8(c), in each case as if such amount were payable as of the Closing.

 

(j)            To the extent there is any [*] on the Final Closing Statement, and the amount of such [*] is equal to or less than the [*] following the payment of any amounts due to the Purchaser pursuant to Section 3.9(f) and Section 3.9(h), the Stockholder Representative shall pay to the Purchaser, from the [*], the amount of such [*] within five (5) Business Days after the Purchaser’s delivery of the Final Closing Statement to the Stockholder Representative to an account or accounts designated by the Purchaser.  To the extent the [*] exceeds the amount remaining in the [*], the Purchaser may, at its sole election (and without duplication), either recover such excess amount from (i) the Escrow Fund up to the Escrow Amount or (ii) directly from each Stockholder, each of whom shall be liable, severally and not jointly, to the Purchaser up to such Stockholder’s respective Pro Rata Percentage of such excess amount.  If requested by the Purchaser, the Stockholders shall pay any such amounts owed to the Purchaser by wire transfer of immediately available funds designated by the Purchaser within five (5) Business Days of Purchaser’s written request therefor to an account or accounts designated by the Purchaser.  Any amounts distributed to the Purchaser from the Escrow Fund for satisfaction of the [*] shall decrease the Escrow Fund.

 

Section 3.10           Repayment of Amounts Owed by Signing Stockholders at Closing .  Prior to the Closing, each Signing Stockholder shall repay and discharge any loans owed by such Signing Stockholder to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided that , the obligations of each Signing Stockholder shall be several, not joint, and no Signing Stockholder shall be liable for the obligations of any other Signing Stockholder.

 

Section 3.11           [*] .  [*]; provided , however , [*]

 

35



 

[*].  In addition, [*].

 

ARTICLE IV
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES RELATING TO THE COMPANY

 

The Company makes the representations and warranties contained in this ARTICLE IV to the Purchaser, as qualified by the Company Disclosure Schedule.  For purposes of convenience, the specific disclosures set forth in the Company Disclosure Schedule have been organized to correspond to section references in this Agreement to which the disclosure relates, however, information disclosed in any section of the Company Disclosure Schedule shall be deemed to be disclosed for and incorporated by reference into each other section of the Company Disclosure Schedule to the extent the relevance of the disclosure to any such other section is reasonably apparent.  The inclusion of any information in the Company Disclosure Schedule shall not be deemed to constitute an acknowledgment that such information is required to be disclosed in connection with the representations and warranties made by the Company, or that such information is material, or outside the Ordinary Course, nor shall such information be deemed to establish a standard of materiality, nor shall it be deemed an admission of any liability of, or concession as to any available defenses or be deemed to expand in any way the scope or effect of any of such representations or warranties.

 

Section 4.1             Organization .

 

(a)           The Company is a corporation duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware.  The Company has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted.  The Company is duly qualified to transact business as a foreign corporation and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which the ownership or leasing of its properties or assets or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, except where the failure to so qualify or to be in good standing would not result in, or reasonably be expected to result in, a Company Material Adverse Effect.  A list of the jurisdictions in which the Company is qualified to conduct business as a foreign corporation as of the date hereof is set forth in Section 4.1(a)(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedule.  The Company has previously made available to the Purchaser complete copies of the Certificate of Incorporation and Bylaws of the Company, the Company Stockholders’ Agreement, the Stock Option Plan, forms of related award agreements and all similar organizational documents of the Company’s Subsidiaries. 

 

36



 

Section 4.1(a)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Schedule lists all of the current directors and officers of the Company.

 

(b)           Each of the Company’s Subsidiaries is a corporation or other entity duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (or equivalent status) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or organization as set forth in Section 4.1(b)(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedule.  Each of the Company’s Subsidiaries has all requisite entity power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted.  Each of the Company’s Subsidiaries is duly qualified to transact business as a foreign corporation or other entity, and is in good standing (or equivalent status) in each other jurisdiction in which the ownership or leasing of its properties or assets or the conduct of its business requires such qualification, in all such cases, except where the failure to so qualify or to be in good standing (or equivalent status) would not result in, or reasonably be expected to result in, a Company Material Adverse Effect.  A list of the jurisdictions in which each of the Company’s Subsidiaries is qualified to conduct business as a foreign corporation or other entity as of the date hereof is set forth in Section 4.1(b)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Schedule.  Section 4.1(b)(iii) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of each Subsidiary and the current officers and directors of such Subsidiary.

 

Section 4.2             Authorization .   The Company has all necessary corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Company Ancillary Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  The execution, delivery and performance by the Company of this Agreement and the Company Ancillary Documents to which it is a party and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby have been duly authorized and approved by the Company’s board of directors.  This Agreement has been, and the Company Ancillary Documents to which the Company is a party have been or will be, upon their execution and delivery, duly executed and delivered by the Company and assuming due authorization, execution and delivery hereof and thereof by the other parties hereto and thereto, constitute, or once executed and delivered will constitute, the valid and binding agreement of the Company, enforceable against the Company in accordance with their terms, except as such enforceability (i) may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar Laws affecting or relating to enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (ii) is subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).  The only vote of the stockholders of the Company which is required to adopt this Agreement is the affirmative vote of the holders of Liberty Common Stock holding a majority of the outstanding shares of Voting Common Stock-A (the “ Stockholder Approval ”).

 

Section 4.3             Capital Stock .  Section 4.3(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth as of the date hereof for the Company and each of its Subsidiaries (i) the number of shares of capital stock or other equity interests of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries which are authorized and which are issued and outstanding (if applicable) and (ii) the number of outstanding options, warrants or other rights to purchase shares of any class of capital stock or other equity interests of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries (or other securities which are convertible into any class of capital stock or other equity interests) and the number of underlying shares of capital stock (or where no shares or units are issued, percentage of the issued and

 

37



 

outstanding interests) to which such options, warrants or other rights relates.  All of the issued and outstanding shares of capital stock or other equity interests of (x) the Company and each of its Subsidiaries are duly authorized, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable (assuming such terms are applicable under applicable Law) and (y) each Subsidiary are held of record by the Persons and in the amounts (expressed as a percentage, if applicable) set forth in Section 4.3(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, and in each case were not issued or, to the Knowledge of the Company, acquired by the holders thereof in violation of the rights of any Person.  Except as disclosed on Section 4.3(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule: (a) no shares of capital stock or other equity interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are reserved for issuance or are held in treasury; (b) there are no outstanding options, warrants, convertible or exchangeable securities or other commitments, which, in each case, would entitle any Person to acquire any capital stock or other equity interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; (c) there are no dividends or similar distributions which have accrued or been declared but are unpaid on the capital stock or other equity interests of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and the Company and its Subsidiaries are not subject to any obligation (contingent or otherwise) to pay any dividend or otherwise to make any distribution or payment (whether related to Taxes or otherwise) to any current or former holder of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ capital stock or other equity interests in his, her or its capacity as such holder; (d) there are no outstanding or authorized stock appreciation, phantom stock or stock plans with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, and (e) there are no agreements between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the one hand, and any other Person, on the other hand, relating to the election of directors or the transfer or voting of any equity interest of, or the management of, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.  To the Knowledge of the Company, the Company and its Subsidiaries have not violated any applicable federal or state securities Laws in connection with the offer, sale or issuance of any of their capital stock or other equity interests.

 

Section 4.4             Subsidiaries .    Except as set forth on Section 4.4 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company owns, directly or indirectly, all of the issued and outstanding capital stock or other equity interests of each of its Subsidiaries, free and clear of all Liens other than Liens related to the [*], generally imposed by applicable federal or state securities laws or arising pursuant to limitations contained within the governance documents of the applicable Subsidiary.  Except as set forth in Section 4.4 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, as of the date hereof, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries owns, directly or indirectly, any capital stock or other equities, securities or interests in any Person.  Except as set forth on Section 4.4 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any obligation to make any additional investments or capital contributions in any Person (excluding intercompany obligations among the Company and/or its Subsidiaries) or to purchase or redeem any capital stock or other equities, securities or interests from any Person.

 

Section 4.5             Absence of Restrictions and Conflicts .

 

(a)           Except as set forth in Section 4.5(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and the Company Ancillary Documents does not or will not, and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder will not, (i) conflict with or violate (A) the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws or (B) the certificate of incorporation or bylaws (or similar

 

38



 

organizational documents) of any Subsidiary, (ii) assuming compliance with the HSR Act and assuming that all consents, approvals, authorizations and other actions described in Section 4.5(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, if any, have been obtained and/or satisfied and all filings and notifications described in Section 4.5(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, if any, have been made and/or satisfied, conflict with or violate, in any material respect, any Law applicable to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or by which any property or asset of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, is bound, or (iii) require any consent or result in any violation or breach of or constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or both) a default (or give to others any right of termination, amendment, acceleration or cancellation) under, or result in the triggering of any payments or result in the creation of a Lien or other encumbrance on any property or asset of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in all cases, pursuant to, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any Company Contract, except where such conflict, violation, breach, default, payment, Lien, encumbrance or other event would not, in each case, directly result, or reasonably be expected to directly result, in an actual monetary loss exceeding $300,000.

 

(b)           Except as set forth in Section 4.5(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the execution and delivery by the Company of this Agreement and the Company Ancillary Documents to which it is a party does not, and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder will not, require any consent, approval, authorization or permit of, or filing with or notification to, any Governmental Entity, except as may be required by the HSR Act except where the failure to obtain any consent, approval, authorization or permit, or to provide any filing or notification, would not result in, or reasonably be expected to result in, a Company Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 4.6             Real Property .

 

(a)           Section 4.6(a)(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedule identifies all real property leased, subleased or occupied by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (collectively with any improvements thereon, the “ Leased Real Property ”), and the Company has made available to the Purchaser complete and accurate copies of all leases, subleases, or other occupancy agreements, and any amendments, guaranties or addendums thereto, including all notices exercising renewal, expansion or termination rights thereunder (each a “ Lease ” and collectively, the “ Leases ”).  Section 4.6(a)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Schedule accurately shows a list of all the Leases, showing the name of each tenant and landlord and whether each such tenant or landlord or Member of the Immediate Family thereof is a source of patient referrals.  Other than the Leases, there are no material documents in the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ possession, custody or control, relating to the use or operation of such Leased Real Property.  The Leases are in full force and effect, and there are no existing defaults or any events that with passage of time or the giving of notice, or both, would constitute an event of default by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates, as applicable, under any Lease or, to the Company’s Knowledge, by any other party to any Lease.  Except as described on Section 4.6(a)(iii) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, no consent, waiver, approval or authorization is required from the lessor or lessee under any Lease as a result of the execution of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated

 

39



 

hereby.  None of the Leases has been modified in any material respect, except to the extent that the copies delivered to Purchaser disclose such modifications.  Except as set forth on Section 4.6(a)(iv) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, to the Knowledge of the Company, no Lease is subject to any prime, ground or master lease, mortgage, deed of trust or other Lien or interest which would entitle the interest holder to interfere with or disturb the Company’s or any Subsidiary’s rights under the Lease in any material respect while the Company or such Subsidiary is not in default under the Lease.  Other than in connection with the Indebtedness, (a) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has collaterally assigned or granted any other security interest in such Lease or any interest therein and (b) neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has mortgaged, deeded in trust or otherwise transferred or encumbered such Lease or any interest therein to any party other than the Company or any its Subsidiaries.  Since January 1, 2009, no security deposit or portion thereof deposited with respect to any Lease has been applied in respect of a material breach or default which has not been redeposited in full.  The Company has made available to Purchaser all title reports, surveys, title policies, environmental audits or reports, maintenance reports, permits and appraisals with respect to the Leased Real Property to the extent any of the foregoing are in the possession as of the date of this Agreement of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective agents under their control.

 

(b)           Except as described on Section 4.6(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary owns any interest in any parcel of real property and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is a party to any agreement or option to purchase any real property or interest therein.

 

(c)           Either the Company or a Subsidiary has a valid leasehold interest in the Leased Real Property under each of the Leases, in each case free and clear of any Liens except (i) for Permitted Liens, and (ii) as set forth in Section 4.6(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule.  There are no pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened condemnation proceedings, lawsuits or administrative actions relating to the Leased Real Property.  Except as set forth in Section 4.6(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, to the Company’s Knowledge, other than the Company, the relevant Subsidiary or the Special Affiliates, there are no parties in possession or parties having any rights to occupy any of the Leased Real Property.

 

(d)           Except as set forth in Section 4.6(d) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, all improvements made by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or Affiliates on the Leased Real Property have received all material Governmental Entity approvals (including Licenses and permits) required in connection with the ownership or operation thereof, and all such improvements have been operated and maintained in material compliance with all applicable Laws.  To the Knowledge of the Company, there are no improvements made or contemplated to be made by any public or private authority, the costs of which are to be assessed as special taxes or charges against any of the Leased Real Property.  To the Company’s Knowledge, there are no present assessments against the Leased Real Property.

 

40



 

(e)           To the Company’s Knowledge, there are no outstanding options or rights of first refusal or first offer to purchase any portion of the Leased Real Property.

 

(f)            Except as set forth in Section 4.6(f) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has leased or sublet, as lessor, sublessor, licensor or the like, any of the Leased Real Property to any Person other than the Company or its Subsidiaries.  The Leased Real Property has access, in all material respects, sufficient for the conduct of the business of the Company and the Subsidiaries in the Ordinary Course, including to public roads and to all utilities, (including electricity, sanitary and storm sewer, potable water, natural gas and other utilities, used in the operation of the business at that location).

 

(g)           Except as set forth in Section 4.6(g) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, since the time the Company acquired or developed the applicable Leased Real Property, none of the Leased Real Property or improvements thereon undertaken by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or the condition or use thereof by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including the operation of the business, materially contravenes or violates any building, zoning, fire safety, seismic, design, conservation, parking, architectural barriers to the handicapped, occupational safety and health or other applicable Law, or any restrictive covenant (whether or not permitted on the basis of prior nonconforming use, waiver or variance), including the Americans with Disabilities Act of 1990.  Neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any written notice of any material violation of any applicable zoning ordinance or other Law relating to the operation of the Leased Real Property.  To the Company’s Knowledge, there is no action before any Governmental Entity pending to materially change the zoning or building ordinances or any other Laws affecting the Leased Real Property.

 

(h)           Each of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, and each of the Dialysis Centers are in material compliance with the Medicare Conditions for Coverage for End Stage Renal Disease Facilities (42 CFR 494), which incorporates the amended requirements in the ESRD Final Rule published in the Federal Register by CMS on January 1, 2009 (56 Fed. Reg. 20370-20484), including, but not limited to, patient safety and physical facility requirements relating to infection control (42 CFR 494.30), water and dialysate quality (42 CFR 494.40), reuse of hemodialyzers and bloodlines (42 CFR 494.50) and the physical environment (42 CFR 494.60).

 

(i)            The Leased Real Property constitutes all of the real property utilized by the Company and its Subsidiaries in the operation of their businesses in the Ordinary Course.

 

(j)            Except as set forth on Section 4.6(j) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries, nor to the Company’s Knowledge, any Affiliates of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or Special Affiliate owes any brokerage commissions or finder’s fees with respect to any of the Leased Real Property.

 

Section 4.7             Title to Assets; Related Matters .   Except as set forth in Section 4.7 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company and its Subsidiaries have good and marketable title

 

41



 

to, a valid leasehold interest in, or a valid license to use, all of their tangible properties and assets free and clear of all Liens, except Permitted Liens.  Except as set forth in Section 4.7 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, all equipment and other items of tangible personal property and assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries are (a) in good operating condition and capable of being used for their intended purposes, ordinary wear and tear excepted and (b) usable in the Ordinary Course.  The tangible assets and properties of the Company and its Subsidiaries collectively constitute all of the tangible assets and properties that are necessary and sufficient for the operation of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as currently conducted.  For the avoidance of doubt, this Section 4.7 does not contain any representations or warranties regarding real property.

 

Section 4.8             Financial Statements; Receivables.

 

(a)           The Financial Statements are attached as Section 4.8(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule.  The Financial Statements have been prepared from, and are in accordance with, the books and records of the Company and its Subsidiaries.  Except as disclosed on Section 4.8(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Balance Sheet and the other balance sheets included in the Financial Statements (including the related notes and schedules) have been prepared in accordance with GAAP and fairly present in all material respects the consolidated financial position of the referenced Person as of the date of such balance sheets (subject, in the case of unaudited financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of notes to such statements, none of which year-end adjustments would, alone or in the aggregate, be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis), and each of the statements of income and cash flows, as applicable, included in the Financial Statements (including the related notes and schedules) fairly presents in all material respects the consolidated results of income and cash flows, as the case may be, of the referenced Person for the periods set forth therein, in each case in accordance with GAAP, consistently applied during the periods involved (subject, in the case of unaudited financial statements, to normal year-end adjustments and the absence of notes to such statements none of which year-end adjustments would, alone or in the aggregate, be material to the Company and its Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis).

 

(b)           Except as set forth on Section 4.8(b)(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, all Receivables arose in respect of services provided by the Company or its Subsidiaries in the Ordinary Course.  Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has ever factored any of its Receivables.

 

Section 4.9             No Undisclosed Liabilities .   Except as set forth in the Financial Statements (including, for the avoidance of doubt, the related notes and schedules thereto) or Section 4.9 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any Liabilities other than (i) Liabilities which have arisen after the date of the Balance Sheet in the Ordinary Course, (ii) Liabilities incurred in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or the financing of such transactions, (iii) Liabilities disclosed in the Company Disclosure Schedule or not required to be disclosed in the Company Disclosure Schedule because of dollar threshold or other limitations set forth in this ARTICLE IV or (iv) 

 

42



 

individual items of Liability that do not exceed Two Million Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($2,500,000) individually or Twenty-Five Million Dollars ($25,000,000) in the aggregate.

 

Section 4.10           Absence of Certain Changes .

 

(a)           Except as set forth in Section 4.10(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule or as otherwise contemplated, required or permitted by this Agreement: (a) since December 31, 2010, there has not been any Company Material Adverse Effect and, there has occurred no fact, event or circumstance which, to the Company’s Knowledge, would reasonably be expected to have, either individually or in the aggregate, a Company Material Adverse Effect and (b) since April 30, 2011, and through the date hereof, the Company has conducted its business in the Ordinary Course.

 

(b)           Except as set forth in Section 4.10(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, since July 21, 2011 through the date hereof, the Company and its Subsidiaries have for such period performed in all material respects all of the covenants and agreements that would have been required of them pursuant to Section 7.1(a) of this Agreement had this Agreement been dated as of July 21, 2011.

 

Section 4.11           Legal Proceedings .   Section 4.11 of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth all Litigation, including the name of the claimant and a general description of the nature of the alleged act or omission.  Neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries are subject to any material Order or other determination or similar arrangement of an arbitrator or Governmental Entity. Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries nor any Dialysis Centers have been denied insurance coverage with respect to any Litigation set forth on Section 4.11 of the Company Disclosure Schedule.  There is no Litigation which seeks to prevent consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby or which seeks damages in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 4.12           Compliance with Laws .

 

(a)           Except as set forth in Section 4.12(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule (i) the Company, its Subsidiaries, and to the Company’s Knowledge, the Special Affiliates, have materially complied and are in material compliance with all Laws applicable to the Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective businesses, and such Special Affiliates (in the case of Special Affiliates, such representations shall apply to compliance with such Laws as are applicable to services provided or referrals of patients made to the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Dialysis Centers), (ii) no written notices have been received by the Company, its Subsidiaries or, to the Company’s Knowledge, the Special Affiliates (in the case of Special Affiliates, solely as relates to services provided or referrals of patients made to the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Dialysis Centers) alleging a material violation of any Laws and (iii) no claims have been filed against the Company, its Subsidiaries or, to the Company’s Knowledge, any Special Affiliates (in the case of Special Affiliates, as relates to services provided or referrals of patients made to the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Dialysis Centers) which are currently pending alleging a material violation of any Laws.

 

43



 

(b)           Section 4.12(b)(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedule is a correct and complete list of all Governmental Entity Payors and Certificate of Need (CON), renal service provider, pharmacy, laboratory and Clinical Laboratory Improvements Amendments (CLIA) Licenses held by the Company, its Subsidiaries and the Dialysis Centers.  Except as set forth in Section 4.12(b)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company and its Subsidiaries hold all Licenses material to the operation of their businesses as now being conducted.  All such Licenses held by the Company and its Subsidiaries are valid and in full force and effect, and there is no Litigation that would reasonably be expected to result in the termination, material impairment or nonrenewal thereof.

 

(c)           The Company and its Subsidiaries (i) have no material Liability with respect to any misclassification of any persons as an independent contractor, or designation of any persons as an employee of another entity, rather than as an employee of the Company or one of its Subsidiaries, and (ii) are in compliance in all material respects with all applicable Laws related to employment (including verification of employment eligibility), employment practices, terms and conditions of employment and wages and hours with respect to any employee (as defined by, or determined in accordance with, applicable Laws).  To the Knowledge of the Company, all Persons with whom the Company and its Subsidiaries have engaged, directly or indirectly, to provide services for the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries are properly classified as employees, independent contractors, and/or employees of another entity, as applicable, in all material respects, in accordance with the Code and applicable Laws and for employee benefits purposes.

 

Section 4.13           Company Contracts .

 

(a)           Section 4.13(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth, as of the date hereof, a correct and complete list of the following Contracts to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries are parties or is otherwise legally bound (all such Contracts, the “ Company Contracts ”):

 

(i)            any voting trust or similar agreements relating to the voting of any of the Shares or any equity securities of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries is a party;

 

(ii)           any Contract evidencing or governing Indebtedness in excess of $100,000 or the mortgaging, pledging or otherwise placing a Lien (other than Permitted Liens) on any assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any letter of credit arrangements;

 

(iii)          any Contract relating to the making of any loan or advance by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than loans or advances to employees in the Ordinary Course;

 

44



 

(iv)          all leases or licenses involving the use of any personal property or asset (excluding any real property) of the Company and its Subsidiaries for which the annual rental exceeds $250,000;

 

(v)           any Contract that expressly imposes any non-compete or exclusivity restriction on the Company or any Subsidiary with respect to any line of business in which the Company or any Subsidiary is currently engaged or geographic area with respect to the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

(vi)          any Contract that materially limits the ability of the Company or any Subsidiary to own, operate, sell, transfer, pledge or otherwise dispose of any assets or property;

 

(vii)         all Contracts for leases that are capital leases pursuant to GAAP and all Contracts for capital expenditures or the acquisition or construction of fixed assets requiring the payment by the Company or any Subsidiary of an amount in amount in excess of (A)  with respect to Contracts related to any dialysis center or facility under construction or not yet opened for business as of the date hereof, $500,000 per Contract or (B) with respect to any other type of Contract, $250,000 per Contract;

 

(viii)        all Contracts granting to any Person (other than the Company or its Subsidiaries) an option or a first refusal, first-offer or similar preferential right to purchase or acquire any assets (including any capital stock or other equity interests in any Person or any joint venture interests) which are material to the Company or its Subsidiaries;

 

(ix)           all Contracts, letters of intent or term sheets involving the pending sale or purchase of substantially all of the assets or capital stock of any Person, or a pending merger, consolidation or business combination transaction;

 

(x)            all current Contracts with any (A) non-Governmental Entity Payors, from whom, in terms of amounts paid by such Payors to the Company (on a consolidated basis), during the year ended December 31, 2010, the Company (on a consolidated basis) has received more than $500,000 for the rendering of dialysis services (the “ Commercial Payor Contracts ”), and (B) Vendors;

 

(xi)           all current Contracts with any medical directors and to the Company’s Knowledge, any source of patient referrals to the Dialysis Centers or any Member of the Immediate Family thereof;

 

(xii)          any sales, distribution or franchise Contracts involving annual payments by the Company in excess of $300,000 per Contract;

 

(xiii)         any material Contract or agreement under which the Company or any Subsidiary has agreed to indemnify any Person, other than limited liability company, partnership or operating agreements, employment agreements, real

 

45



 

estate leases and Contracts with Payors, Vendors, suppliers, service providers, medical directors or otherwise entered into in the Ordinary Course;

 

(xiv)        any license, sublicense or royalty agreement, including any agreement (including settlement agreements) pursuant to which the Company or any Subsidiary licenses the right to use any Intellectual Property to any Person or from any Person, and any research and development agreements, in each case involving annual consideration in excess of $250,000;

 

(xv)         any material Contracts with any Governmental Entity other than participation agreements and other related agreements with Medicare, Medicaid or other federal or state health care programs;

 

(xvi)        other than any real estate leases, Contracts with Payors, Vendors, Contracts with respect to Indebtedness, Contracts with medical directors, or any Contract otherwise provided for in this Section 4.13, any Contract with a term of more than one (1) year that (A) cannot be terminated by the Company or any Subsidiary upon ninety (90) days or less notice at any time without penalty, refund or payment of consideration and (B) involves aggregate annual consideration in excess of $700,000;

 

(xvii)       any Contract that requires the annual payment of royalties, commissions, finder’s fees or similar payments in excess of $200,000;

 

(xviii)      local service agreements and maintenance agreements (including vehicle, equipment and facilities maintenance agreements) involving annual payments in each case in excess of $200,000, other than those that are terminable by the Company or any Subsidiary on no more than ninety (90) days notice without liability to the Company or any Subsidiary;

 

(xix)         any Contract providing for the marketing, sale, advertising or promotion of the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ products or services, in each case involving annual expenditures of $200,000 or more;

 

(xx)          all Contracts between the Company or its Subsidiaries, on the one part, and any Special Affiliate, on the other;

 

(xxi)         other than with respect to, or among, the Subsidiaries of the Company, agreements relating to the ownership of or investments in any business or enterprise, including investments in joint ventures and minority equity investments;

 

(xxii)        any Contract for indemnification, advancement of expenses and or exculpation of liability with any current or former director, officer or employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries other than those given in the Ordinary Course pursuant to employment agreements or the governance documents of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; and

 

46



 

(xxiii)       all other Contracts not made in the Ordinary Course which are material to the Company and its Subsidiaries as a whole and which are not otherwise provided for in this Section 4.13.

 

(b)           Correct and complete copies of all Company Contracts have been made available to the Purchaser.  The Company Contracts are legal, valid, binding and enforceable in all material respects in accordance with their respective terms with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries, and, to the Knowledge of the Company, each other party to such Company Contracts, except as such enforceability (i) may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or similar Laws affecting or relating to the enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (ii) is subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity). Neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written notice that there is any existing material default or breach of the Company or any Subsidiary under any Company Contract and, to the Knowledge of the Company, there is no such default with respect to any third party to any Company Contract described in Section 4.13(a), except, in either of the foregoing cases, for a default or breach that could reasonably be expected to result in a Loss of less than $500,000.  Other than as set forth on Section 4.13(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule or in the Ordinary Course, neither the Company nor any Subsidiary is participating in any discussions or negotiations regarding any material modification of, or any material amendment to, any Company Contract or the entry, other than in the Ordinary Course, into any new Contract applicable to the Company or such Subsidiary that would be a Company Contract if it were in existence on the date hereof.

 

Section 4.14           Tax Returns; Taxes .   Except as set forth on Section 4.14 of the Company Disclosure Schedule:

 

(a)           The Company and its Subsidiaries have timely (taking into account extensions of time to file) filed all federal and state income Tax Returns and all other Tax Returns required to be filed, and all such Tax Returns were true, correct, and complete in all material respects insofar as they reflect the amount of Tax shown as due thereon.  The Company and its Subsidiaries have paid all Taxes shown thereon or otherwise due.

 

(b)           The Company and its Subsidiaries have provided adequate accruals (without taking into account any reserve for deferred Taxes) in the Balance Sheet for any Taxes that have not been paid, but were owed or accrued as of the date of the Balance Sheet, whether or not shown as being due on any Tax Returns.

 

(c)           All Tax Returns filed by or with respect the Company and its Subsidiaries through the Tax year ending December 31, 2005 have been examined and closed or are Tax Returns with respect to which the applicable period for assessment under applicable Law, after giving effect to extensions or waivers, has expired.

 

(d)           No request for information related to Tax matters has been received in writing with respect to material Tax matters from any Governmental Entity since December 31, 2005, no Tax audit or similar administrative proceeding relating to Taxes

 

47



 

is pending, being conducted, or, to the Knowledge of Company, threatened in writing by any Governmental Entity, and no judicial proceeding is pending or being conducted that involves any Tax paid or Tax Return filed by or on behalf of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

(e)           The Company has provided to Purchaser copies of all federal income Tax Returns, examination reports, and statements of deficiencies assessed against or agreed to by the Company or its Subsidiaries filed or received since December 31, 2005, each of which is a true and correct copy.  Section 4.14(e) of the Company Disclosure Schedule lists all federal and state income Tax Returns and all local, and foreign income Tax Returns filed by the Company or its Subsidiaries for taxable periods ended on or after December 31, 2005 that have been audited and/or that currently are the subject of an audit by a Tax authority.

 

(f)            No claim or deficiency against the Company or its Subsidiaries for the assessment or collection of any Taxes has been asserted or proposed in writing, which claim or deficiency has not been settled with all amounts determined to have been due and payable having been timely paid.

 

(g)           Since December 31, 2005, no claim has ever been made in writing by a Tax authority in a jurisdiction where the Company or its Subsidiaries has never filed Tax Returns asserting that the Company or its Subsidiaries are or may be subject to Taxes imposed by that jurisdiction.

 

(h)           The Company and its Subsidiaries have deducted, withheld and timely paid to the appropriate Governmental Entity all Taxes required to be deducted, withheld or paid in connection with income allocated to or amounts owing to any employee (as determined in accordance with applicable Laws), independent contractor, creditor, stockholder or interest holder and have complied in all material respects with all applicable Tax Laws relating to the payment, withholding, reporting and recordkeeping requirements relating to any Taxes required to be collected or withheld.

 

(i)            There are no Liens, other than Permitted Liens, for Taxes upon the properties or assets of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

(j)            The Company and its Subsidiaries are not a party to any Tax sharing, Tax indemnity, Tax allocation or similar agreement (other than commercial agreements not primarily relating to Taxes, provided that the commercial agreements are not related to equity compensation, [*], or such similar type of agreement) with respect to Taxes, and do not have any Liability or potential Liability to another party under any such agreement.

 

(k)           The Company has not been a United States real property holding corporation within the meaning of Section 897(c)(2) of the Code during the applicable period specified in Section 897(c)(1)(A)(ii) of the Code.

 

(l)            The Company and its Subsidiaries have not made any payment, are not obligated to make any payment and are not a party to any agreement that could

 

48



 

reasonably be expected to obligate any of them to make any payments as a result of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by the Agreement that would not be fully deductible for all applicable income Tax purposes solely as a result of the application of Section 280G of the Code.

 

(m)          The Company and its Subsidiaries have not executed or entered into with any Governmental Entity (i) any agreement, waiver or other document that is still in force extending or having the effect of extending or waiving the period for assessment or collection of any Taxes for which the Company or its Subsidiaries would or could be liable following the Closing (other than pursuant to extension of time to file Tax Returns obtained in the Ordinary Course); (ii) any closing agreement pursuant to Section 7121 of the Code, or any predecessor provision thereof or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax Law; (iii) any private letter ruling request or private letter ruling, or (iv) any power of attorney with respect to any Tax matter which is currently in force.

 

(n)           The Company and its Subsidiaries (i) are not and have never been a member of an affiliated group filing a consolidated federal income Tax Return (other than a group the common parent of which is or was the Company); and (ii) have never had any Liability for the Taxes of any Person (other than the Company and its Subsidiaries) under Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax Law).

 

(o)           The Company and its Subsidiaries have not taken any position in any Tax Return that could give rise to a substantial understatement of Tax within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code.

 

(p)           The Company and its Subsidiaries have not participated in any “listed transaction” within the meaning of Treasury Regulation Section 1.6011-4.

 

(q)           The Company and its Subsidiaries will not be required to include any item of income in, or exclude any item of deduction from, taxable income for any taxable period ending after the Closing Date as a result of any (i) change in accounting method for any Pre-Closing Period under Section 481 of the Code (or any similar provision of U.S. state, local or foreign Tax Law), (ii) written agreement with a Tax authority with regard to its Tax Liability for any Pre-Closing Period, (iii) deferred intercompany gain described in the Treasury Regulations under Code Section 1502 (or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Tax Law) arising from any transaction that occurred prior to the Closing Date or prior to the Closing on the Closing Date, (iv) installment sale or open transaction disposition made prior to the Closing Date or prior to the Closing on the Closing Date, other than any such sale or disposition in the Ordinary Course or (v) prepaid amount received on or prior to the Closing Date, other than amounts received in the Ordinary Course.

 

(r)            The Company and its Subsidiaries have not constituted either a “distributing corporation” or a “controlled corporation” (within the meaning of Section 355(a)(1)(A) of the Code) in a distribution of shares described in Section 355 of the Code in the two years prior to the date of this Agreement.

 

49



 

(s)           Schedule 4.14(s) lists all of the Subsidiaries for which the Company or any Subsidiary is the tax matters partner as defined in the Code.

 

Nothing in this Agreement (including this Section 4.14) shall be construed as providing a representation or warranty with respect to the existence, amount, expiration date or limitations on (or availability of) any Tax attribute of the Company.

 

Section 4.15           Company Benefit Plans .

 

(a)           Section 4.15(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule contains a true and complete list as of the date hereof of each material employment, consulting, stock option or other equity based compensation, deferred compensation, incentive compensation, severance or other termination pay, change-in-control, health, disability, life, cafeteria, insurance, supplemental unemployment benefits, profit-sharing, pension or retirement plan, policy, program, agreement or arrangement, and each other material employee benefit plan, policy, program, agreement or arrangement whether written or oral, sponsored, maintained, participated in or contributed to or required to be contributed to by the Company and its Subsidiaries for the benefit of any current or former employee, officer, manager, director or consultant of the Company or its Subsidiaries (collectively, the “ Employee Benefit Plans ”), including each “employee welfare benefit plan” or “employee pension benefit plan” as such terms are defined in Sections 3(1) and 3(2) of ERISA (the “ ERISA Plans ”).  To the Company’s Knowledge, neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries has any formal plan or commitment, whether legally binding or not, to create any additional Employee Benefit Plan, or modify or change any existing Employee Benefit Plan in any manner, that would materially increase any benefits provided to any current or former employee, officer, manager, or director of the Company or its Subsidiaries.

 

(b)           With respect to each Employee Benefit Plan, the Company has delivered a true, correct and complete copy of: (i) each writing constituting a part of such Employee Benefit Plan, including all plan documents, employee communications, benefit schedules, trust agreements, and insurance contracts and other funding vehicles; (ii) the three most recent Annual Reports (Form 5500 Series) and accompanying schedules, if any; (iii) the current summary plan description and any material modifications thereto, if any; (iv) the most recent annual financial report, if any; (v) the most recent actuarial report, if any; and (vi) the most recent determination letter from the IRS, if any.

 

(c)           Neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries has engaged in a non-exempt “prohibited transaction” within the meaning of Code Section 4975 or ERISA Section 406 with respect to any ERISA Plan.

 

(d)           Except as set forth on Section 4.15(d) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor any other entity that would be deemed a “single employer” within the meaning of Section 4001(b)(1) of ERISA (an “ ERISA Affiliate ”) presently maintains, participates in or contributes to an employee benefit plan or within the preceding six years, or to the Company’s Knowledge, prior to such time, has previously maintained, participated in or contributed to an employee benefit plan that is (i) 

 

50



 

a “multiemployer plan,” as defined in ERISA Section 3(37), (ii) a “defined benefit plan,” as defined in ERISA Section 3(35) (collectively with any multiemployer plan, the “ Title IV Plans ”) or (iii) a “voluntary employees’ beneficiary association” as defined in Section 501(c)(9) of the Code.  Except as set forth on Section 4.15(d) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company or its Subsidiaries nor any ERISA Affiliate has any Liabilities under Title IV of ERISA.  Except as set forth on Section 4.15(d) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries maintains or participates in an “employee stock ownership plan,” as defined in Code Section 4975(e)(n) or that otherwise invests in “employer securities” as defined in Code Section 409(l).

 

(e)           Each of the Employee Benefit Plans has been operated and administered in all material respects in accordance with its terms and all applicable Laws, including, but not limited to, ERISA and the Code.  Each of the ERISA Plans that is intended to be “qualified” within the meaning of Code Section 401(a) is the subject of a favorable determination or opinion letter from the IRS to such effect, and to the Company’s Knowledge, no event has occurred that would adversely affect such qualified status.  All contributions required to be made to any Employee Benefit Plan by applicable Law or regulation or by any plan document or other contractual undertaking, and all premiums due or payable with respect to insurance policies funding any Employee Benefit Plan, for any period through the date hereof have been timely made or paid in full or, to the extent not required to be made or paid on or before the date hereof, have been fully reflected on the financial statements in accordance with GAAP.  Each Employee Benefit Plan that is a “nonqualified deferred compensation plan” within the meaning of Section 409A of the Code is in material compliance with Section 409A of the Code and all regulations promulgated thereunder.

 

(f)            No Employee Benefit Plan of general applicability provides benefits, including death or medical benefits (whether or not insured) with respect to current or former employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries or any ERISA Affiliate after retirement or other termination of service, except for those benefits otherwise required by Code Section 4980B or Part 6 of Subtitle B of Title I of ERISA, or similar Laws.

 

(g)           There are no pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened, claims, suits, investigations, or administrative proceedings by or on behalf of any Employee Benefit Plan, by an employee or beneficiary under any such Employee Benefit Plan or otherwise involving any such Employee Benefit Plan (other than routine claims for benefits).

 

Section 4.16           Labor Relations .   Except as set forth in Section 4.16 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company and its Subsidiaries are not parties to any collective bargaining agreement, and there has been no labor strike, work stoppage, unfair labor practice charge, grievance or other labor dispute pending or, to the Company’s Knowledge, threatened against or with respect to the Company or its Subsidiaries.  There have been no proceedings or, to the Company’s Knowledge, no activities of any labor union to organize any employees of the Company or its Subsidiaries.  To the Company’s Knowledge, no executive or key employee or key independent contractor of the Company or its Subsidiaries has any plans to terminate

 

51



 

employment or other contractual arrangements with the Company or its Subsidiaries.  There is no lockout of any employees by the Company or its Subsidiaries and no such action is contemplated by the Company or its Subsidiaries.  All of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ current procedures, policies and training practices with respect to employee matters, including those relating to the hiring and termination of employees and worker safety, conform to all applicable Laws in all material respects.  The Company and its Subsidiaries are not subject to any pending claim for overdue overtime compensation due to any employee  (as determined in accordance with applicable Laws), and to the Company’s Knowledge, no such claim has been threatened.  No consent of any labor union is required to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.

 

Section 4.17           Insurance Policies .

 

(a)           Section 4.17(a)(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a list of all insurance policies in force with respect to the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date hereof.  All due premiums with respect thereto have been paid in full and the Company and its Subsidiaries are otherwise in material compliance with the terms and provisions thereof.  All such policies are in full force and effect.  The Company and its Subsidiaries have not received written notice of default under any such policy, nor, have they received written notice of any pending or threatened refusal to renew, termination or cancellation, coverage limitation or reduction, or any material increase in the premium or deductible with respect to any such policy.

 

(b)           To the Company’s Knowledge, all physicians providing medical director services maintain medical malpractice insurance coverage as required by the applicable medical director agreements and neither the Company nor any Subsidiary has received any written notice of any pending or threatened termination or cancellation, coverage limitation or reduction, or material premium or deductible increase with respect to any such policy.

 

(c)           Copies of each insurance policy set forth on Section 4.17(a)(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedule as of the date hereof have been made available to the Purchaser (including copies of all material written amendments, supplements and other modifications thereto or waivers of rights thereunder).  None of the policy limits of such insurance have been exhausted.  During the last three (3) years, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has been refused any insurance with respect to its assets, personnel, properties or businesses.  Except as set forth on Section 4.17(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, no individual claims in excess of $200,000 individually, or Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) in the aggregate, are pending under any insurance policies relating to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for which coverage, to the Company’s Knowledge, has been denied by the underwriters under such insurance policies.  Except as set forth on Section 4.17(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, no letters of credit have been posted or cash restricted for the benefit of any such insurance policies.

 

Section 4.18           Environmental, Health and Safety Matters .

 

52



 

(a)           Except as set forth in Section 4.18(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company and each of its Subsidiaries is and, during the period of the applicable statute of limitation, has been in material compliance with all applicable Environmental Laws since the time the Company acquired or developed the applicable Dialysis Center or business unit.

 

(b)           Except as set forth in Section 4.18(b)(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company and each of its Subsidiaries maintain all material Environmental Permits required under applicable Environmental Laws for the continued operation of their business.  A true and complete list as of the date hereof of all such material Environmental Permits is set out in Section 4.18(b)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Schedule.

 

(c)           Except as set forth in Section 4.18(c)(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedule and except for matters that have been fully resolved, no Environmental Claims have been asserted against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries that are currently pending, nor does the Company have any Knowledge or written notice of any pending or threatened Environmental Claim against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries. Except as set forth in Section 4.18(c)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, to the Company’s Knowledge, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has any material Liabilities under Environmental Laws, nor is the Company or any Subsidiary responsible for any material Liability of any other Person under any Environmental Law.

 

(d)           Except as set forth in Section 4.18(d)(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, to the Knowledge of the Company, there has been no Release at, on, under or from any of the Leased Real Property that could result in material Liability to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under Environmental Law.  Except as set forth in Section 4.18(d)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, to the Knowledge of the Company, there has been no Release at, on, under or from any of the properties formerly owned, leased, or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries during the period of such ownership, tenancy, or operation that, in any case, could result in material Liability to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries under any Environmental Law.  Except as set forth in Section 4.18(d)(iii) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company nor its Subsidiaries, since the time the Company acquired or developed the applicable Dialysis Center or business unit, has arranged, by Contract, agreement or otherwise for the treatment or disposal of Hazardous Materials at any location that has been included by the United States EPA on the National Priorities List or on any other governmental list of properties that may or do require Remediation under Environmental Laws and in a manner or to an extent that would reasonably be expected to result in any material Liability to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

(e)           Except as set forth in Section 4.18(e) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company has not owned or operated any aboveground or underground improvements, including but not limited to treatment or storage tanks, or underground piping associated with such tanks, used currently or in the past for the management of Hazardous Materials and from which there has been a Release, or any dump or landfill or other unit for the treatment or disposal of Hazardous Materials.

 

53



 

(f)            The Company has made available to the Purchaser copies of all material environmental assessments, reports, audits and other documents in its possession or under its control that relate to (i) the environmental condition of any real property currently or formerly owned, leased or operated by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or (ii) the Company’s or its Subsidiaries’ compliance with Environmental Laws.  To the Company’s Knowledge, any information or documents made available to the Purchaser by the Company concerning the environmental condition of any real property or the Company’s or Subsidiaries’ compliance with Environmental Laws was accurate and complete in all material respects when made available.

 

(g)           Without limiting the foregoing, the Company and each of its Subsidiaries is and has been, since January 1, 2009, in material compliance with all Laws concerning the handling, management, treatment, storage and disposal of Medical Waste.

 

Section 4.19           Intellectual Property .

 

(a)           Section 4.19(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule contains a complete and accurate list of all of the Company Registered Intellectual Property as of the date hereof. The Company and its Subsidiaries exclusively own the Company Registered Intellectual Property set forth on Section 4.19(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule and exclusively own or have valid and enforceable licenses to use pursuant to written license agreements all other material Intellectual Property used in the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ respective businesses as currently conducted, and in the case of all owned Registered Intellectual Property, free and clear of Liens other than Permitted Liens.  The Company Intellectual Property comprises all Intellectual Property necessary for the conduct of the business of the Company and its Subsidiaries as currently conducted.  Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the Company and its Subsidiaries exclusively own all Intellectual Property created or developed by the Company’s and any of its Subsidiaries’ employees.  Except as set forth on Section 4.19(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the loss or expiration of any Company Intellectual Property has not had, and would not be reasonably expected to have, a Company Material Adverse Effect.  The Company and its Subsidiaries have taken reasonable steps to maintain and protect the Company Intellectual Property in accordance with common industry standards.  The representations and warranties in this Section 4.19(a) shall not be interpreted as a representation or warranty regarding infringement or misappropriation of Third Party Intellectual Property, which is dealt with exclusively in Section 4.19(b).

 

(b)           Except as set forth on Section 4.19(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, to the Knowledge of the Company (i) all of the Company Registered Intellectual Property is valid and enforceable, and there have been no written claims made against the Company or any of its Subsidiaries asserting the invalidity, misuse or unenforceability of any of the Company Registered Intellectual Property, (ii) since January 1, 2009, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has received any written notices of, or has Knowledge of any facts indicating a reasonable likelihood of any infringement or misappropriation by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any Intellectual Property (including any demand or request in writing that the Company or any such Subsidiary license any rights from any other Person), and (iii) 

 

54



 

since January 1, 2009 the conduct of the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ respective businesses has not infringed or misappropriated and does not infringe or misappropriate any Intellectual Property of other Persons in any material respect and (iv) to the Knowledge of the Company, since January 1, 2009, the Company Intellectual Property has not been infringed, misappropriated or conflicted by any Persons. The transactions contemplated by this Agreement will not materially adversely effect the Company’s or any of its Subsidiaries’ right, title or interest in and to the Company Intellectual Property, and all of such Company Intellectual Property shall be owned or available for use by the Purchaser and the Company and its Subsidiaries immediately after the Closing on substantially the same terms and conditions as available for use by the Company and its Subsidiaries immediately before the Closing.

 

(c)           The computer Software, computer firmware, computer hardware (whether general purpose or special purpose), and other similar items of automated, computerized and/or Software system(s) that are used by the Company and its Subsidiaries in the conduct of their respective businesses is sufficient for the current needs of each such business, and the Company and its Subsidiaries have purchased a sufficient number of license seats for all Company Software used in their respective businesses.  Section 4.19(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a correct and complete list as of the date hereof of all Company Proprietary Software and all Company Licensed Software other than commercially available off-the-shelf software.  None of the Company Proprietary Software is subject to any “copyleft” or other obligation or condition (including any obligation or condition under any “open source” license such as the GNU Public License, Lesser GNU Public License or Mozilla Public License) that could or does require, or could or does condition the use or distribution of such Company Proprietary Software on, the disclosure, licensing or distribution of any source code for any portion of such Company Proprietary Software. Except as set forth on Section 4.19(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the source code for the Company Proprietary Software that is either currently in use by the Company or that is subject to any out-license arrangement is maintained in confidence and has not been disclosed to any third party.

 

Section 4.20           Healthcare Compliance .

 

(a)           Except as provided on Schedule 4.20(a), all activities of Company, its Subsidiaries and their respective employees, officers, directors, and managers (in the scope of their work for Company or its Subsidiaries) and all activities of the Dialysis Centers have been and are currently being, conducted in material compliance with all Healthcare Laws and in material compliance with Licenses issued under or required by any Healthcare Laws, and all corrective action plans required by Governmental Entities.

 

(b)           Except as provided on Schedule 4.20(b), there is no Litigation, audit or recoupment currently pending by or before any Governmental Entity alleging a violation of Healthcare Laws by the Company, its Subsidiaries, or to the Knowledge of the Company, any of their respective employees, officers, directors, or managers (as relates solely to their work for the Company or its Subsidiaries) and, to Company’s Knowledge and solely as it relates to services provided, or referrals made, to the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of the Dialysis Centers, by Special Affiliates.  To the Company’s

 

55



 

Knowledge, there are no outstanding investigative inquiries by Governmental Entities made under any Healthcare Law to which the Company, its Subsidiaries, and, solely as it relates to services provided to the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of the Dialysis Centers, and/or the Special Affiliates, as applicable, have not responded in the Ordinary Course.

 

(c)           Except as set forth in Section 4.20(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, neither the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, nor any of their respective employees, officers, directors, or managers and, to Company’s Knowledge and solely as relates to services provided, or referrals made, to the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of the Dialysis Centers, neither the Special Affiliates nor any of their employees, officers, directors and managers has, within the twelve (12) month period prior to the effective date of this Agreement, received any written notice alleging, or is currently the subject of an unresolved written allegation made by a Governmental Entity of a material violation of any Healthcare Law in the conduct of its/his/her business or indicating that its/his/her qualification as a participating provider in any government program may be terminated or withdrawn.

 

(d)           None of the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of their respective employees, officers, directors, or managers and, to the Company’s Knowledge, none of its Special Affiliates (as relates, in the case of the Special Affiliates to services provided or referrals of patients made to the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Dialysis Centers) is excluded, suspended or debarred from participation or is otherwise ineligible to participate in any federal or individual state health care program, including, but not limited to the federal health care programs defined in 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(f).  Within the thirty (30) day period preceding the date hereof, and again within the thirty (30) day period preceding the Closing Date, the Company and each of its Subsidiaries has, or shall have, performed exclusion checks (e.g., search of the Office of the Inspector General’s (“ OIG ”) List of Excluded Individuals/Entities) on each of its employees and each of its Special Affiliates, and to the extent that any such Person was or shall have been identified as a result of that search as having been excluded, suspended or debarred from participation or otherwise deemed ineligible to participate in any federal or individual state health care program, including, but not limited to the federal health care programs defined in 42 U.S.C. § 1320a-7b(f), the Company and Subsidiaries have taken remedial action in compliance with applicable Law.

 

(e)           Neither the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, nor any of their respective employees, officers, directors or managers, and, to Company’s Knowledge and solely as it relates to services provided to the Company, its Subsidiaries or any of the Dialysis Centers, neither the Special Affiliates nor any of their respective employees, officers, directors or managers has engaged in any activities in material violation of any Information Privacy and Security Law, and except as set forth in Section 4.20(e) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, there is no Litigation and, to Company’s Knowledge, there are no facts or circumstances that would reasonably be expected to give rise to any material Liability under any Information Privacy and Security Laws; and, to Company’s Knowledge, neither the Company, any of its Subsidiaries, any of their respective employees, officers, directors, managers, or any of the Special Affiliates (in the scope of

 

56



 

their work for Company, its Subsidiaries or any of the Dialysis Centers) has used or disclosed Personal Information so as to trigger a notification or reporting requirement.

 

(f)            All Payor Contracts were entered into in the Ordinary Course.  Except as set forth in Section 4.20(f) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company, its Subsidiaries and, to the Knowledge of the Company, the Special Affiliates, are (i) in compliance in all material respects with all Payor Contracts and (ii) have properly charged and billed in accordance in all material respects with the terms of those Payor Contracts.

 

(g)           Except as provided on Section 4.20(g)(i) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company and each Subsidiary has the requisite state Licenses and certificates of need, provider numbers or other authorization, requisite dialysis station certifications and the requisite and sufficient records necessary to submit reimbursement claims to the Medicare program (to the extent such entity participates in the Medicare program), the respective Medicaid program in the state or states in which such entity operates (to the extent such entity participates in such Medicaid program), and all other third party Payor Programs to which the Company and each Subsidiary currently submits reimbursement claims.  Except as provided on Section 4.20(g)(ii) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, there is no Litigation, investigation, audit, claim review, or other action pending against the Company or a Subsidiary or, to the Knowledge of Company, threatened which could result in a revocation, suspension, termination, probation, restriction, limitation, or non-renewal of any third party Payor provider number or License or result in the Company’s or a Subsidiary’s exclusion from any third party Payor Program, and to the Company’s Knowledge, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries has claimed or received reimbursements under any Payor Contract materially in excess of the amounts permitted by applicable Law, and, to the Company’s Knowledge, neither the Company nor any of its Subsidiaries face any material Liability under any applicable Healthcare Law or Payor Contract; provided that, “claimed or received reimbursements” shall not include any adjustments made in the Ordinary Course that do not exceed applicable reserves, including, any contractual adjustments, adjustments made in connection with the coordination of benefits, adjustments based on routine Medicare, Medicaid or other government program claims reviews, or adjustments made as a result of internal Company claims reviews.

 

Section 4.21           Transactions with Affiliates .   Except as set forth on Section 4.21(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, other than for compensation received as employees in the Ordinary Course, to the Company’s Knowledge, no Stockholder, other equityholder, officer, or director of the Company or its Subsidiaries, has any interest in: (a) any Contract, commitment or transaction with, or relating to, the Company and its Subsidiaries or the properties or assets of the Company and its Subsidiaries; (b) any loan relating to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or the properties or assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; or (c) any property (real, personal or mixed), tangible or intangible, used by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.  Except as set forth on Section 4.21(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule and excluding Ordinary Course undocumented employment arrangements, there are no agreements between or among any Stockholder, on the one part, and the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, on the other part, relating to the management of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

57



 

Section 4.22           Payor and Vendor Relations .   Section 4.22(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule contains a correct and complete list of (i) the Commercial Payors from which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has received more than $350,000 for the rendering of dialysis services in the year ended December 31, 2010, including the name of each such Commercial Payor and the amount the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has received from each such Commercial Payor for the rendering of dialysis services in such year and (ii) the vendors and suppliers of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has paid more than $700,000 in the year ended December 31, 2010, including the name of each such vendor or supplier and the amount the Company or any of its Subsidiaries has paid to each such vendor or supplier in such year.  Except as set forth on Section 4.22(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, no Commercial Payor or Vendor disclosed on Section 4.22(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule has, during the last twelve (12) months, cancelled, terminated or, to the Knowledge of the Company, sent any written notice or threat of its intention to cancel or otherwise terminate any of its Contracts with the Company or its Subsidiaries.  Except as set forth on Section 4.22(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, to the Company’s Knowledge, no Commercial Payor or Vendor disclosed on Section 4.22(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule may terminate or materially alter its Contracts with the Company or its Subsidiaries as a result of the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 4.23           [*] and [*] .   Section 4.23(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth a complete and accurate list of each Person entitled to [*] and the amount to which such Person is entitled, and no Person is entitled to any [*] that is not set forth on such schedule.  Section 4.23(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth each Contract containing a [*].

 

Section 4.24           Brokers, Finders and Investment Bankers .   Except as set forth in Section 4.24 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, none of the Company, its Subsidiaries, any Stockholder nor any employee, officer, director, managers or other principal of the Company or any Subsidiary (each in his or her capacity as such on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary), nor any other Affiliate of such Person (each in his or her capacity as such on behalf of the Company or any Subsidiary) has employed any broker, finder or investment banker or incurred any liability for any investment banking fees, financial advisory fees, brokerage fees or finders’ fees in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 4.25           Officers and Employees .   Section 4.25 of the Company Disclosure Schedule contains a correct and complete list as of the date hereof of (a) all of the officers of the Company and its Subsidiaries, specifying their position, work location and length of service, respectively, and (b) all of the other employees (whether full-time, part-time or otherwise, and as determined in accordance with applicable Laws) and independent contractors of the Company and its Subsidiaries who for the fiscal year ended December 31, 2010, earned an annual base salary (or equivalent compensation in the case of any independent contractors) of [*] or more, specifying their position, employment status and work location, and with respect to independent contractors, consulting or other independent contractor fees, together with an appropriate notation next to the name of any officer or other employee or independent contractor on such list who is subject to any Employment Agreement and a notation next to the name of any officer or other employee who is absent from active employment.  There is no existing material

 

58



 

default or material breach of the Company or any Subsidiary under any Employment Agreement (or event or condition that, with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute a material default or material breach) and, to the Company’s Knowledge, there is no such material default (or event or condition that, with notice or lapse of time or both would constitute a material default or material breach) with respect to any other party to any Employment Agreement.

 

Section 4.26           Bank Accounts .   Section 4.26 of the Company Disclosure Schedule sets forth (a) the names and locations of all banks, trusts, companies, savings and loan associations and other financial institutions at which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries maintains safe deposit boxes, checking accounts or lock box accounts with respect to its business and (b) the names of all Persons authorized to draw thereon, make withdrawals therefrom or have access thereto.

 

Section 4.27           Renal SPA .   Except as set forth in Section 4.27 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, as of the date hereof, there have been no indemnification claims made or waived in respect of any breaches of any representations, warranties, covenants or any other provision of the Renal Advantage SPA.

 

ARTICLE V
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES RELATING TO
THE STOCKHOLDERS

 

Each Stockholder severally, and not jointly, hereby makes the representations and warranties contained in this ARTICLE V to the Purchaser, as qualified by the Company Disclosure Schedule, solely as such representations and warranties relate to such Stockholder and not with respect to any other Stockholder.

 

Section 5.1             Organization and Authorization .   Such Stockholder (if not a natural person) is duly organized, validly existing and in good standing (or equivalent status) under the laws of its jurisdiction of organization.  Such Stockholder has the right, power, authority and capacity, as applicable, to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Company Ancillary Documents to which it is a party and to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  This Agreement and the Company Ancillary Documents to which such Stockholder is party have been duly executed and delivered by such Stockholder and assuming due authorization, execution and delivery hereof and thereof by the other Parties hereto and thereto, constitute the valid and binding agreements of such Stockholder, enforceable against such Stockholder in accordance with their terms, except as such enforceability (i) may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar Laws affecting or relating to enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (ii) is subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

 

Section 5.2             Absence of Restrictions and Conflicts .

 

(a)           The execution and delivery by such Stockholder of this Agreement and the Company Ancillary Documents to which it is a party does not, and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder will not, except as would not affect such

 

59



 

Stockholder’s ability to perform its obligations hereunder, (i) conflict with or violate any Law applicable to such Stockholder, or by which any property or asset of such Stockholder, is bound, or (ii) violate or conflict with, constitute a breach of or default under, result in the loss of any benefit under, permit the acceleration of any obligation under or create in any party the right to terminate, modify or cancel, (x) any material Contract, will, permit, franchise, license or other instrument that such Stockholder is a party to or a beneficiary of, (y) any Order of any Governmental Entity to which such Stockholder is a party or by which any of its assets or properties are bound or (z) any arbitration award to which such Stockholder is entitled.

 

(b)           Except as set forth in Section 4.5(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the execution and delivery by such Stockholder of this Agreement and the Company Ancillary Documents to which it is a party does not, and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder will not, require any consent, approval, authorization or permit of, or filing with or notification to, any Governmental Entity.

 

Section 5.3             Ownership of Equity .

 

(a)           Such Stockholder has good and valid title to and beneficial ownership of the shares of Liberty Stock to be set forth on the Letter of Transmittal to be delivered by such Stockholder and such Liberty Stock is free and clear of all Liens, except as are generally imposed by applicable federal or state securities Laws or the Company Stockholders’ Agreement.

 

(b)           Other than the shares of Liberty Stock to be set forth on the Letter of Transmittal to be delivered by such Stockholder, such Stockholder owns no shares of capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries or any other equity security of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or any warrant, purchase right, subscription right, conversion right, exchange right or other right to compel any such equity security to be issued.

 

Section 5.4             Legal Proceedings .   There is no Litigation pending or, to the knowledge of such Stockholder, threatened in writing against such Stockholder which would reasonably be expected to adversely affect such Stockholder’s ability to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Company Ancillary Document.

 

Section 5.5             Amounts Owed .   Except for amounts (a) owed in connection with the Merger pursuant to the Management Agreement, the [*] or any Employment Agreement identified in Section 4.25 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, (b) specifically contemplated by this Agreement, (c) owed in the Ordinary Course, (d) to be paid at or prior to the Closing or (e) otherwise set forth in Sections 4.21(a) or 4.21(b) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, the Company and its Subsidiaries do not owe and are not obligated to pay any such Stockholder any amount.

 

60



 

ARTICLE VI
REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES OF
THE PURCHASER AND MERGER SUB

 

The Purchaser and Merger Sub hereby jointly and severally make the representations and warranties contained in this ARTICLE VI to the Company and the Stockholders.

 

Section 6.1             Organization .   Each of the Purchaser and Merger Sub is a corporation duly incorporated, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite corporate power and authority to own, lease and operate its properties and to carry on its business as now being conducted.  Each of the Purchaser and Merger Sub is duly qualified to transact business as a foreign entity and is in good standing in each other jurisdiction in which the ownership or leasing of such Person’s properties or assets or the conduct of such Person’s business requires such qualification, except where the failure to so qualify or to be in good standing would not result in, or reasonably be expected to result in, a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect.

 

Section 6.2             Authorization .   Each of the Purchaser and Merger Sub has all necessary corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and each Purchaser Ancillary Document, to perform such Person’s obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and each Purchaser Ancillary Document by the Purchaser or Merger Sub, as applicable, the performance by the Purchaser or Merger Sub, as applicable, of such Person’s obligations hereunder and thereunder, and the consummation of the transactions provided for herein and therein have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Purchaser or Merger Sub, as applicable.  This Agreement has been, and each Purchaser Ancillary Document has been or will be, duly executed and delivered by the Purchaser or Merger Sub, as applicable, and constitutes, or will upon execution and delivery constitute, the valid and binding agreement of the Purchaser or Merger Sub, as applicable, enforceable against the Purchaser or Merger Sub, as applicable, in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability (i) may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar Laws affecting or relating to enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (ii) is subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding at law or in equity).

 

Section 6.3             Absence of Restrictions and Conflicts .

 

(a)           The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Purchaser Ancillary Documents does not or will not, and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder will not, (i) conflict with or violate the certificate of incorporation or bylaws of the Purchaser or Merger Sub, as applicable, (ii) assuming that all consents, approvals, authorizations and other actions described in Section 6.3(b), if any, have been obtained and all filings and obligations described in Section 6.3(b), if any, have been made, conflict with or violate any Law applicable to the Purchaser or Merger Sub, as applicable, (with or without notice or lapse of time or both), or by which any of such Person’s properties or assets is bound, or (iii) require any consent or result in any violation or breach of, or constitute a default or give to others any rights of termination, amendment,

 

61



 

acceleration or cancellation, under, or result in the triggering of any payments or result in the creation of a Lien or other encumbrance on any of such Person’s properties or assets pursuant to, any of the terms, conditions or provisions of any note, bond, mortgage, indenture, Contract, lease, License, permit, franchise or other instrument or obligation to which the Purchaser or Merger Sub, as applicable, is a party or by which such Person or any of such Person’s properties or assets is bound.

 

(b)           The execution and delivery by each of the Purchaser and Merger Sub of this Agreement and the Purchaser Ancillary Documents do not, and the performance of such Person’s obligations hereunder and thereunder will not, require any consent, approval, authorization or permit of, or filing with, or notification to, any Governmental Entity, except  as may be required by the HSR Act.

 

Section 6.4             Legal Proceedings .   There is no litigation, legal action, arbitration, proceeding, mediation, demand, claim or investigation by or before any Governmental Entity pending or, to the knowledge of the Purchaser or Merger Sub, threatened in writing against the Purchaser or Merger Sub, or any of their respective properties which could reasonably be expected to result in a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect.  Neither the Purchaser nor Merger Sub is subject to any Order of any court or arbitration panel which could reasonably be expected to result in a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect.  To the knowledge of the Purchaser and Merger Sub, there is no litigation, legal action, arbitration, proceeding, mediation, demand, claim or investigation by or before any Governmental Entity pending or threatened in writing that involves, or bring into question the validity of, this Agreement or the Purchaser Ancillary Documents.

 

Section 6.5             Brokers, Finders and Investment Bankers .   Neither the Purchaser nor Merger Sub has employed any broker, finder or investment banker or incurred any liability for any investment banking fees, financial advisory fees, brokerage fees or finders’ fees in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

Section 6.6             Financial Ability to Perform; Solvency .

 

(a)           The Purchaser and Merger Sub shall have at the Closing sufficient immediately available funds to pay the full Merger Consideration and to make all other payments required by the terms hereof, to pay all related fees and expenses in connection with this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby and to otherwise consummate the transactions contemplated hereby.

 

(b)           The Purchaser and Merger Sub shall not take any actions in connection with the Closing (including the incurrence by the Company or any of its Subsidiaries of any debt financing attendant thereto), which such actions by the Purchaser or Merger Sub (i) render the Company or any of its Subsidiaries unable to be able to pay their respective debts as they become due or (ii) cause the Company or any of its Subsidiaries to own property which has a fair saleable value less than the amounts required to pay their respective debts (including a reasonable estimate of the amount of all contingent liabilities) or have inadequate capital to carry on their respective businesses.  No transfer of property is being made and no obligation is being incurred in connection with the

 

62



 

transactions contemplated by this Agreement with the intent by the Purchaser or Merger Sub to hinder, delay or defraud either present or future creditors of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

ARTICLE VII
CERTAIN COVENANTS AND AGREEMENTS

 

Section 7.1             Conduct of Business .

 

(a)           Subject to Section 7.1(b) below and except (1) as contemplated by this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby (including as relates to actions taken in furtherance of the transactions contemplated hereby with respect to any of the [*], [*], and [*] (provided not otherwise in conflict with the terms of this Agreement or any Ancillary Document)), (2) as set forth on Section 7.1(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, and/or (3) as consented to in writing by the Purchaser (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), during the period from the date hereof until the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with ARTICLE IX hereof, the Company shall, and the Company shall cause each of its Subsidiaries, to:

 

(i)            use commercially reasonable efforts to (A) carry on its business in the Ordinary Course and maintain and preserve intact its present business organization and (B) conduct its operations in compliance with applicable Laws;

 

(ii)           not amend the Certificate of Incorporation or the Bylaws or similar organizational documents or agreements of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(iii)          not enter into any new Contract providing for any additional [*] the effect of which would be to create more than [*] in the aggregate, as of the Closing, of additional monetary obligations pursuant to such new [*], and not modify any existing Contract relating to [*] in a manner that would be materially adverse to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries;

 

(iv)          not merge or consolidate with, or agree to merge or consolidate with, or purchase substantially all of the assets of, or otherwise acquire any business or any corporation, partnership, association or other business organization or division thereof in any case involving a purchase price greater than [*] in the aggregate;

 

(v)           (x) not repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any of the Shares (other than in connection with any Ordinary Course employee repurchase upon an employment termination) or (y) with respect to Subsidiaries, and other than in respect of transactions (1) which are consummated at a price which is equal to or less than [*] for such Subsidiary as set forth on

 

63



 

Exhibit 1.1(e)  hereto, (2) for an amount equal to or less than [*] for any individual transactions, and (3) equal to or less than [*] in the aggregate for all transactions, not repurchase, redeem or otherwise acquire any equity securities of any of the Company’s Subsidiaries (the “ Minority Interests ”);

 

(vi)          other than for Permitted Minority Sales, not issue, sell, pledge, dispose of any of its equity securities (including any of the Shares, but excluding any Shares issued upon the exercise of options outstanding on the date hereof), or any options (other than pursuant to an existing Employee Benefit Plan), warrants or other similar rights, agreements or commitments of any kind to purchase any such securities convertible into or exchangeable for any such equity securities;

 

(vii)         not split, combine or reclassify any of the Company’s equity securities (including any of the Shares), or set aside or pay any dividend or other distribution payable in stock, cash, property or otherwise with respect to its equity securities (including any of the Shares) except for distributions of cash made by Subsidiaries of the Company to such Subsidiaries’ members or equity owners in the Ordinary Course and in accordance with the terms of such Subsidiaries’ articles or certificates of incorporation, limited liability company agreements or other similar written agreements among the equity owners or members of such Subsidiaries provided to or made available to the Purchaser prior to the date hereof;

 

(viii)        other than with respect to [*] or in the Ordinary Course (including pursuant to credit lines or revolving loan facilities in effect on the date hereof or any re-financings thereof), not incur, assume, guarantee (including by way of any agreement to “keepwell”) any Indebtedness or amend the terms relating to any Indebtedness or issue or sell any debt securities;

 

(ix)           other than for Permitted Minority Sales, or in the Ordinary Course, not sell, transfer, assign, loan, license, convey, mortgage, pledge or otherwise subject to any Lien any of its properties or assets, tangible or intangible, except for Permitted Liens; provided , that, in no event shall the selling, transferring, assigning, loaning, licensing, conveying, mortgaging or pledging any such material properties or assets (including cash) from Renal Advantage Partners, LLC and its Subsidiaries to the Company or any of its other Subsidiaries be permitted pursuant to the exceptions provided in this clause (ix);

 

(x)            not enter into any transaction with any Affiliate of the Company or its Subsidiaries, unless such transaction is (a) on an arms’ length basis, (b) is otherwise contemplated by this Agreement, and (c) involves monetary obligations to be paid prior to Closing or that are less than [*]; provided , however , that the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not enter into any transaction with any Signing Stockholder or any of their Affiliates (it being acknowledged and agreed that in no event shall an operating company (e.g., a portfolio company) in which any of the foregoing has a direct or indirect investment (or any direct or indirect

 

64



 

parent or Subsidiary thereof) be deemed an Affiliate for purposes of this Section 7.1(a)(x) (other than any operating company whose primary business is the provision of dialysis or nephrology services)), or any of the [*] (except in furtherance of the terms hereof relating to the transfer of such [*] to [*]);

 

(xi)           other than in the Ordinary Course, not waive any rights of material value or take any actions with respect to collection practices that would result in any material losses or material adverse changes in collection loss experience;

 

(xii)          not make charitable contributions or pledges which in the aggregate exceed $50,000, other than in the Ordinary Course to dialysis or kidney charitable organizations, including, without limitation, the American Kidney Fund, provided that any such pledges are paid in full prior to the Closing Date;

 

(xiii)         not make any capital expenditures, other than in the Ordinary Course or in accordance with the Company’s capital expenditure budget attached hereto as Exhibit 7.1(a)(xiii) , and not defer any capital expenditures set forth on Exhibit 7.1(a)(xiii)  as are necessary to prevent any material destruction, removal, wasting, deterioration or impairment of its assets and the Company and its Subsidiaries agree not to treat the [*] (if any) preferentially with respect to any such capital expenditures;

 

(xiv)        not conclude or agree to any corrective action plans with any Governmental Entity except those which (a) occur in the Ordinary Course (it being understood by the Parties that the Company and its Subsidiaries and the Dialysis Centers do so conclude or agree to such corrective action plans from time to time in the Ordinary Course), (b) the Purchaser is notified of, (c) do not involve one or more condition-level deficiencies which, individually or in the aggregate, would have a Company Material Adverse Effect and (d) have no obligations, costs or expenses which extend beyond the Closing Date in an amount in excess of [*] in the aggregate;

 

(xv)         not change its financial accounting methods, practices, policies or principles or elections from those utilized in the preparation of the Financial Statements, other than any such changes as may be required under GAAP, other generally accepted accounting principles of the applicable jurisdiction or other applicable Law;

 

(xvi)        not cancel or terminate any insurance policies or cause any of the coverage thereby to lapse, unless simultaneously with such termination, cancellation or lapse, replacement policies providing, to the extent reasonably available, coverage substantially equivalent to the coverage under the canceled, terminated or lapsed policies for substantially similar premiums are in full force and effect;

 

65



 

(xvii)       other than in the Ordinary Course, not enter into, or modify in any materially adverse manner, (i) any Company Contract, or (ii) any Contract that if entered into prior to the date of this Agreement, would have been required to be listed on Section 4.13(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule as a Company Contract (excluding in the case of this Section 7.1(a)(xvii), those Contracts described in Section 7.1(a)(xviii) below);

 

(xviii)      not enter into, or modify in any manner so as to materially increase the economic burden to the Company and/or its Subsidiaries thereunder, any Contract with any vendor or supplier to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from whom the Company and/or its Subsidiaries (on a consolidated basis) are, or would be, required to purchase on an annual basis at least [*] of goods or services if any such Contract cannot be terminated by the Company or any Subsidiary upon [*] or less notice at any time without penalty, refund or payment of consideration;

 

(xix)         not pay (or commit to pay) any [*], nor grant (or commit to grant) any other increase in compensation, base salary or wage increases, severance or termination pay, material increase in benefits, in each case, except such payments or grants as are made in the Ordinary Course, or pursuant to [*], or arrangements to be paid prior to Closing or a written agreement, policy or practice existing as of the date hereof that has been provided to the Purchaser, to (A) to any officer of the Company or its Subsidiaries, (B)  any medical director, or (C) any other employee or independent contractor of the Company or its Subsidiaries (who is not an officer, director or medical director) who receives [*] or more in annual compensation from the Company or its Subsidiaries;

 

(xx)          other than in the Ordinary Course or in respect of any employee or independent contractor who receives less than [*] in annual base compensation from the Company or its Subsidiaries, or pursuant to arrangements to be paid prior to Closing, not enter into, adopt or amend (other than any amendment necessary to comply with any applicable Law (including, without limitation, any applicable Tax Law)) any employment, retention, change in control, collective bargaining, deferred compensation, retirement, [*], profit-sharing, stock option or other equity, or material [*] or welfare plan, contract or other arrangement with an independent contractor or agreement maintained for the benefit of any director, partner, officer, or other employee, or take any action to accelerate the vesting or payment, or fund or in any other way secure the payment, of compensation or benefits under any employee benefit plan or other arrangement, to the extent not already provided in any such plan or arrangement, or change any actuarial or other assumptions used to calculate funding obligations with respect to any employee benefit plan or other arrangement, or to change the manner in which contributions to such plans are made or the basis on which such contributions are determined, except as may be required by GAAP, or forgive any loans to directors, officers or any employee or independent contractor;

 

66



 

(xxi)         not enter into any Contract granting any Person (other than the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) the right to determine the type of supplies or equipment used at a Dialysis Center, including, but not limited to dialysis machines or dialyzer types;

 

(xxii)        not enter into, or commit to enter into any new Lease that pertains to office/administrative space of greater than 20,000 square feet (any such Lease, a “ Major Lease ”), agree to any material alteration, amendment, cancellation or revision (but excluding as relates to any Ordinary Course lease renewal or facility renovation or expansion) of any Major Lease heretofore entered into or which may hereafter be entered into, prepay any rent more than one month in advance, or release any of the obligations of any landlord under any Major Lease;

 

(xxiii)       use commercially reasonable efforts to secure service extensions of at least 24 months for those Medical Director consulting services agreements (or similar agreements) of the Company and its Subsidiaries that are scheduled to expire prior to December 31, 2011 or that are listed on Exhibit 7.1(a)(xxiii) ; and

 

(xxiv)       not agree or commit to do any of the prohibited actions referred to in the foregoing clauses (i) — (xxiii).

 

(b)           The Purchaser acknowledges and agrees that: (i) nothing contained in this Agreement shall give the Purchaser, directly or indirectly, the right to control or direct the operations of the Company or its Subsidiaries prior to the Closing, (ii) prior to the Closing, the Stockholders and the Company shall exercise, consistent with the terms and conditions of this Agreement, complete control and supervision over the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ respective operations, and (iii) notwithstanding anything to the contrary set forth in this Agreement, no consent of the Purchaser shall be required with respect to any matter set forth in Section 7.1(a) or elsewhere in this Agreement to the extent the requirement of such consent would violate any Law.

 

Section 7.2             Access and Information .

 

(a)           Between the date hereof and the earlier of the Closing or the termination of this Agreement in accordance with ARTICLE IX hereof, subject to compliance with applicable Law and compliance with restrictions under the Confidentiality Agreements and any other binding non-disclosure or confidentiality agreement, and except as could reasonably be expected to result in disclosure of information or materials protected by attorney client, attorney work product or other legally recognized privileges or immunity from disclosure ( provided , however , that the Company shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to allow for access or disclosure in a manner that does not result in a breach of any such agreement or a loss of attorney-client privilege or other immunity from disclosure, including by the provision of appropriate substitute disclosure arrangements) , the Company shall, and shall cause its Subsidiaries and their respective officers, directors, employees, counsel, accountants, representatives and other agents (collectively, “ Agents ”) to, upon reasonable advance notice from the Purchaser and subject to reasonable coordination between Purchaser and the Company as to the timing

 

67



 

and nature of such access (which such notice and coordination should be to and with the Company’s Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer or such other person as the Company may designate in writing from time to time), provide the Purchaser and its Agents reasonable access, during normal business hours, without interfering with the operation of the business of the Company or its Subsidiaries, to the premises, employees (including executive officers), properties (including, for the purposes of conducting non-subsurface environmental assessments), contracts, books, records and other information (including Tax Returns filed and those in preparation) of the Company and its Subsidiaries and shall cause the Company’s and its Subsidiaries’ officers to furnish to and discuss with the Purchaser and its Agents, such financial, business, technical and operating data and other information pertaining to the Company and its Subsidiaries as Purchaser may reasonably request, subject to compliance with applicable Law, including the HSR Act.  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, in the event that the Purchaser and its Agents desire to initiate contact or communicate with any of the Special Affiliates, any of the employees (other than [*]), vendors or payors of the Company or its Subsidiaries, or with any other Person with a material business relationship with the Company or any of the Subsidiaries, and such contact or communication directly or indirectly relates to or is in connection with the Merger or the transactions contemplated hereby, the Purchaser shall first consult with and obtain the written consent of the Company.

 

(b)           From and after the date hereof until the Closing Date, the Company shall furnish to the Purchaser within twenty (20) Business Days after the end of each calendar month, the unaudited consolidated financial statements for such month.

 

(c)           During the period commencing on the date hereof and ending on the Closing Date, to the extent reasonably requested by the Purchaser and as permitted by applicable Law, the Company shall confer in good faith with the Purchaser regarding the general status of on-going operations of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

Section 7.3             Notices of Certain Events .   From the date hereof to the Closing Date, (i) the Company shall promptly notify the Purchaser of and (ii) the Purchaser shall promptly notify the Stockholder Representative of:

 

(a)           the occurrence, or failure to occur, of any event that the occurrence or failure of which, to the Company’s Knowledge, has resulted in or would reasonably be expected to result in the Company’s failure to satisfy any condition specified in ARTICLE VIII;

 

(b)           the occurrence, or failure to occur, of any event that the occurrence or failure of which, to the Purchaser’s knowledge has resulted in or would reasonably be expected to result in the Purchaser’s failure to satisfy any condition specified in ARTICLE VIII;

 

(c)           any failure to comply with or satisfy in any material respect any covenant, condition or agreement to be complied with or satisfied by it hereunder;

 

68



 

(d)           any fact, condition, occurrence or change, to the Knowledge of the Company, or to the knowledge of the Purchaser, that has had, or would reasonably be expected to have or result in, a Company Material Adverse Effect or a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect, as applicable;

 

(e)           any written notice or other communication from any Person alleging that the consent of such Person is or may be required in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby and which is material to the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(f)            any written notice or other communication from any Governmental Entity that is material and in connection with the transactions contemplated hereby;

 

(g)           any Litigation commenced or, to the Knowledge of the Company, threatened against, relating to or involving or otherwise affecting the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or, or to the Knowledge of the Company, a Special Affiliate, or any Stockholder that, if pending on the date hereof, would have been required to have been disclosed pursuant to Section 4.11 or Section 5.4 of this Agreement or that relates to the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby; provided , however , that any Litigation matter (other than a Litigation matter related to the transactions contemplated hereby) involving potential monetary damages that would not reasonably be expected to exceed $500,000 shall be exempt from this clause (g); and

 

(h)           the formation of any Subsidiary or joint venture relationship not in existence on the date hereof and the entry into of any Contract with any minority owners of any new Subsidiary or joint venture.

 

Section 7.4             Exclusivity .   From and after the execution of this Agreement until the Closing or the earlier termination of this Agreement pursuant to and in accordance with ARTICLE IX, the Company and its Subsidiaries and each of the Signing Stockholders shall, and shall cause their respective Affiliates and their and their respective Affiliates’ Agents to cease and terminate any existing activities, discussions or negotiations with any parties conducted heretofore with respect to, and not to initiate, solicit or encourage (including by way of furnishing non-public information or assistance), or enter into negotiations or discussions of any type, directly or indirectly, or enter into a confidentiality agreement, letter of intent or purchase agreement, merger agreement or other similar agreement with any Person other than the Purchaser with respect to a sale of all or any material portion of the assets of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or a merger, consolidation, business combination, sale of all or any portion of the capital stock of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or the liquidation or similar extraordinary transaction with respect to the Company or any of its Subsidiaries; provided , however , that the restrictions set forth in this Section 7.4 shall not apply to any Permitted Minority Sales.  The Company shall notify the Purchaser orally (within two (2) Business Days) and in writing (as promptly as practicable) of all relevant terms of any written proposal by a third party to do any of the foregoing that the Company and its Subsidiaries, or to the Knowledge of the Company, any of their respective Affiliates or Agents (including any Stockholders) receive relating to any of such matters.  Each Signing Stockholder shall notify Purchaser orally (within two (2) Business Days) and in writing (as promptly as practicable) of all relevant terms of any

 

69



 

written proposal by a third party to do any of the foregoing that such Signing Stockholder receives or, to its knowledge, any of its Affiliates receives.

 

Section 7.5             Further Assurances; Cooperation .   Subject to the other provisions hereof, each Party agrees to take, or cause to be taken, all actions, and to do, or cause to be done as promptly as practicable, all things reasonably necessary or reasonably requested to consummate and make effective the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  Without limiting the foregoing, the Parties shall, at any time after the Closing, execute, acknowledge and deliver any further deeds, assignments, conveyances, and other assurances, documents and instruments of transfer, as reasonably requested by the other Party or Parties hereto, and will take, or cause to be taken, any other action consistent with the terms of this Agreement that may reasonably be requested by the other Parties, for the purpose of assigning, transferring, granting, conveying, and confirming to the Purchaser, or reducing to possession, any or all interests to be conveyed and transferred by this Agreement.

 

Section 7.6             Public Announcements .   Subject to their respective legal obligations (including applicable securities laws and the rules and regulations of any stock exchange), prior to the Closing, the Company and the Purchaser shall consult with each other with respect to the timing and content of any announcement or other comment or disclosure regarding this Agreement or the transactions contemplated hereby to its respective employees, suppliers, customers or competitors, or to the financial community or the general public (including with respect to a press release that shall be jointly prepared by the Company and the Purchaser and issued following the execution of this Agreement); provided , however , that this Section 7.6 shall not restrict or limit any disclosure by (i) the Purchaser, the Company or the Stockholders to (x) their respective stockholders, limited partners, affiliated investment funds, the investors in such investment funds, or their Affiliates or (y) Governmental Entities in connection with obtaining any consent, approval, authorization or permit as required under Section 8.4(a) or Section 8.4(c) or as described in Section 4.5(b), (ii) the Purchaser, to the Purchaser’s senior management or the Purchaser’s financing sources, including in any offering memorandum or similar disclosure documents, (iii) the Company, to the Company’s senior management, lenders or Special Affiliates, or minority owners of any of the Company’s Subsidiaries, regarding this Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby to the extent the Purchaser, the Company or the Stockholder Representative, as applicable, reasonably determines in good faith that such announcement or disclosure is necessary or advisable.

 

Section 7.7             Tax Matters .

 

(a)           Tax Returns .  The Company or (following the Closing) the Stockholder Representative shall prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, all Tax Returns (including such Tax Returns filed pursuant to any valid extension of time to file and any amendments thereto) required to be filed by the Company or its Subsidiaries with respect to any Pre-Closing Period (“ Pre-Closing Period Tax Returns ”), and the Stockholders shall, subject to Section 7.7(j), be liable for all Taxes with respect to such Pre-Closing Period Tax Returns.  Pre-Closing Period Tax Returns shall be prepared on a basis consistent with Section 7.7(j) and the Tax Returns previously filed by the Company and its Subsidiaries, unless otherwise required by applicable Tax Law.  The Company or (following the Closing) the Stockholder Representative shall provide a copy of each such

 

70



 

Pre-Closing Period Tax Return to the Purchaser for the Purchaser’s review at least fifteen (15) days before such Tax Return is filed by the Company and shall consider in good faith any comments provided by the Purchaser.  The Purchaser shall, at the Purchaser’s expense, prepare and file all Tax Returns required to be filed by the Company or its Subsidiaries for all taxable periods beginning after the Closing Date (“ Post-Closing Period Tax Returns ”), and the Purchaser shall pay, or cause to be paid, all Taxes with respect to such Post-Closing Period Tax Returns.

 

(b)           Straddle Period Tax Returns .  The Purchaser shall, at the Purchaser’s expense, prepare and file, or cause to be prepared and filed, any Tax Returns required to be filed by the Company or its Subsidiaries for any taxable periods which include (but do not end on) the Closing Date (“ Straddle Periods ”) (such Tax Returns, “ Straddle Period Tax Returns ”) and the Purchaser shall pay, or cause to be paid, all Taxes with respect to such Straddle Period Tax Returns, subject to the Stockholders’ obligation for the Taxes of such Straddle Period attributable to the portion of the Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date, as determined in accordance with Section 7.7(c) and subject to Section 7.7(j).  Such Straddle Period Tax Returns shall be prepared on a basis consistent with Section 7.7(j) and the Tax Returns previously filed by the Company and its Subsidiaries, unless otherwise required by applicable Tax Law.  The Purchaser shall provide a copy of each Straddle Period Tax Return together with copies of any relevant supporting schedules, work papers and other documentation that are reasonably requested by the Stockholder Representative, and a sufficiently detailed statement certifying the amount of any Taxes of a Straddle Period attributable to the portion of the Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date (the “ Pre-Closing Taxes ”) shown on such Straddle Period Tax Returns, if any, that may be chargeable to the Stockholders (the “ Tax Statement ”) to the Stockholder Representative for review and comment at least fifteen (15) days before such Straddle Period Tax Return is filed (taking into account any valid extensions) and shall consider in good faith any comments provided by the Stockholder Representative.  The Purchaser and the Stockholder Representative agree to consult and resolve in good faith any objections from the Stockholder Representative with respect to the Straddle Period Tax Returns or Pre-Closing Taxes.  However, if the Purchaser and the Stockholder Representative cannot resolve any such objections, the matter shall be referred to the Arbitrator for prompt resolution.

 

(c)           Calculation of Taxes for Straddle Period Tax Returns .  Subject to Section 7.7(j), Pre-Closing Taxes for Straddle Period Tax Returns shall be calculated as though the taxable period of the Company and its Subsidiaries terminated as of the Closing Date (and, for such purpose, the Taxable period of any partnership or other pass-through in which the Company or any Subsidiary holds an interest will be deemed to terminate at such time); provided , however , that (i) in the case of a Tax not based on income, activities, events, the level of any item, receipts, proceeds, profits or similar items, Pre-Closing Taxes shall be equal to the amount of Tax for the entire Straddle Period, multiplied by a fraction the numerator of which is the total number of days from the beginning of the Straddle Period through the Closing Date and the denominator of which is the total number of days in the Straddle Period and (ii) any item determined on an annual or periodic basis (such as deductions for depreciation or real estate Taxes) shall be apportioned on a daily basis.  All Straddle Period Tax Returns shall be prepared, and all

 

71



 

determinations necessary to give effect to the foregoing allocations shall be made, in a manner consistent with Section 7.7(j)  and the prior practice of the Company and its Subsidiaries.

 

(d)           Amendments, Modifications, Refunds, etc .

 

(i)            After the Closing Date, the Purchaser or any Affiliate, to the extent permitted by Tax Law, shall have the right to amend, modify or otherwise change (a “ Tax Amendment ”) all Tax Returns of the Company or its Subsidiaries for all Tax periods; provided , however , that the Stockholders shall not be liable for any increase in their respective Tax Liability (whether under this Agreement or otherwise) for any period resulting, directly or indirectly, from any such Tax Amendment to any Tax Returns.

 

(ii)           To the extent any determination of Tax Liability of the Company, whether as the result of an audit or examination, a claim for refund, the filing of an amended return or otherwise results in any refund, credit or other reduction of Taxes (“ Tax Refunds ”) attributable to any period which ends on or before the Closing Date or any portion thereof, any such Tax Refund shall be credited to the Stockholders, and Purchaser shall promptly pay any such Tax Refunds and the interest actually received thereon (net of any Taxes payable with respect to such Tax Refunds or interest taking into account the deductibility, if any, of such Taxes payable) to the Stockholder Representative upon receipt thereof by Purchaser.  Upon the Stockholder Representative’s reasonable determination of the availability of a Tax Refund attributable to any period (or portion thereof) which ends on or before the Closing Date, the Stockholder Representative may request that the Purchaser, the Company or any of its Affiliates file or claim a Tax Refund or file an amended Tax Return and conduct the prosecution of such claims of Tax Refund in good faith. The Purchaser shall comply with the Stockholder Representative’s request to seek a Tax Refund or file an amended Tax Return.  The Stockholders shall reimburse the Purchaser, the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for reasonable out-of-pocket costs associated with any claim for Tax Refund or any amended Tax Return filed at the request of the Stockholders.

 

(e)           Cooperation .  The Stockholder Representative, the Company and its Subsidiaries and the Purchaser shall cooperate fully, as and to the extent reasonably requested by the other Party, in connection with the preparation and filing of Tax Returns pursuant to this Section 7.7, any Tax Proceeding (as defined below) and the review of any current or potential Tax Refund.  Such cooperation shall include signing any Tax Returns, amended Tax Returns, claims or other documents necessary to settle any Tax Proceeding, the retention and (upon the other Party’s request) the provision of records and information which are reasonably relevant to any such Tax Proceeding or any Tax Refund and making employees available on a mutually convenient basis to provide additional information and explanation of any material provided hereby.

 

(f)            Tax Proceedings .

 

72



 

(i)            This Section 7.7(f) and not Section 10.3 shall govern with respect to Tax Proceedings (as defined below).  After the Closing, the Purchaser shall promptly notify the Stockholder Representative in writing of any proposed assessment or the commencement of any Tax audit or administrative or judicial proceeding or of any demand or claim on the Purchaser or the Company or its Subsidiaries (“ Tax Proceeding ”) which, if relating to a Pre-Closing Period (or a Straddle Period Tax Return) or if determined adversely to the taxpayer or after the lapse of time, could result in an indemnification obligation of the Stockholders under this Agreement.  After the Closing, the Stockholder Representative shall promptly notify the Purchaser in writing of any Tax Proceeding relating to the Company or its Subsidiaries, notice of which is received by the Stockholders or the Stockholder Representative.  Notices required to be given by or to the Purchaser or the Stockholder Representative shall contain factual information (to the extent known to the Stockholders, Stockholder Representative, the Purchaser or the Company or its Subsidiaries, as the case may be) describing the asserted Tax Liability in reasonable detail and shall include copies of any notice or other document received from any Governmental Entity in respect of any such asserted Tax Liability.

 

(ii)           In the case of a Tax Proceeding that relates solely to any Pre-Closing Period, but excluding any Straddle Periods, the Stockholder Representative shall have the right to direct and control the conduct of such Tax Proceeding, provided the Purchaser shall have the right to participate (at the Purchaser’s own expense) in any such Tax Proceeding.  The Purchaser’s right to participate shall include, but shall not be limited to, the right to receive copies of all correspondence from any Governmental Entity relating to such Tax Proceeding, attend meetings and review and comment on submissions relating to any Tax Proceeding, and Stockholder Representative shall consider in good faith any comments provided by the Purchaser.  The Stockholder Representative may, on behalf of the Stockholders, elect to waive the Stockholder Representative’s right under this Section 7.7(f) to direct and control any Pre-Closing Period Tax Proceeding.  Unless the Stockholder Representative notifies the Purchaser of its intent to direct and control any such Pre-Closing Period Tax Proceeding within fifteen (15) days of receipt by the Stockholder Representative of the notice of any such Tax Proceeding, the Stockholder Representative shall be deemed to have waived its right to direct and control such Pre-Closing Period Tax Proceeding.  In the event that the Stockholder Representative waives its right to direct and control such Pre-Closing Period Tax Proceeding, Purchaser shall assume control of such Tax Proceeding and the Stockholder Representative shall be liable to the Purchaser for all costs and expenses of such Tax Proceeding.  Upon such a waiver, the Stockholder Representative shall have the right to participate (at the Stockholder Representative’s own expense) in any such Tax Proceeding.  The Stockholder Representative’s right to participate shall include, but shall not be limited to, the right to receive copies of all correspondence from any Governmental Entity relating to such Tax Proceeding, attend meetings and review and comment on submissions relating to any Tax Proceeding, and the Purchaser shall consider in good faith any comments provided by the Stockholder

 

73



 

Representative; provided, however, that neither the Purchaser nor the Company or its Subsidiaries may settle or compromise any Tax Proceeding for any Pre-Closing Period without prior written consent of the Stockholder Representative; provided further , however, that such consent to settlement or compromise shall not be unreasonably withheld.

 

(iii)          In the case of a Tax Proceeding that relates to any Straddle Periods, the Purchaser shall have the right to control the conduct of such Tax Proceeding, provided the Stockholder Representative shall have the right to participate (at the Stockholder Representative’s own expense) in any such Tax Proceeding involving any asserted Tax Liability for such Straddle Period with respect to which payment may be sought from the Stockholders pursuant to this Agreement.  The Stockholder Representative’s right to participate shall include, but shall not be limited to, the right to receive copies of all correspondence from any Governmental Entity relating to such Tax Proceeding, attend meetings and review and comment on submissions relating to any Tax Proceeding, and the Purchaser shall consider in good faith any comments provided by Stockholder Representative.  Neither the Purchaser nor the Company or its Subsidiaries may settle or compromise any Tax Proceeding for any Straddle Period that would result in an indemnification obligation of the Stockholders for Taxes under this Agreement without prior written consent of the Stockholder Representative; provided , however , that consent to settlement or compromise shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed.

 

(g)           Transfer Taxes .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, (i) except as described in clause (ii) of this sentence, any sales, use, real estate transfer, stock transfer or similar transfer Tax (“ Transfer Taxes ”) payable in connection with the transactions contemplated by this Agreement shall be borne by the Party liable for such Transfer Taxes pursuant to applicable law and (ii) any Transfer Taxes incurred in connection with a [*]. Each Party shall duly and timely prepare and file any Tax Return relating to Transfer Taxes that they are required by Law to file.

 

(h)           Actions With Respect to Taxes .  Without the prior written consent of the Purchaser, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed, the Company and its Subsidiaries shall not change any Tax election or entity classification status of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, change an annual Tax accounting period, change any Tax accounting method, file any amended Tax Return, enter into any closing agreement, settle any Tax claim or assessment, surrender any right to claim a refund of Taxes, consent to any extension or waiver of the limitation period applicable to any Tax claim or assessment (other than pursuant to extensions of time to file Tax Returns obtained in the Ordinary Course), if such election, adoption, change, amendment, agreement, settlement, surrender or consent would have the effect of increasing the Tax liability of the Company

 

74



 

or its Subsidiaries for any period or decreasing any Tax attribute of the Company or its Subsidiaries that would exist on the Closing Date.

 

(i)            Tax Sharing Agreements .  All tax sharing agreements or similar agreements (other than commercial agreements not primarily relating to Taxes) with respect to or involving the Company or its Subsidiaries, except for such agreements and arrangements solely with respect to or involving the Company and or its Subsidiaries, shall be terminated as of the Closing Date and, after the Closing Date, no such party shall be bound thereby or have any Liability thereunder.

 

(j)            Certain Tax Matters .  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, the Stockholders shall have no Liability or other obligation with respect to Taxes of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries attributable (determined on a “with or without” basis) to the [*].  Further, (i) any Liability of the Stockholders hereunder with respect to Taxes and the right of the Stockholders to any Tax Refunds (including pursuant to clause (ii)) shall be based on the Calculation Principles and (ii) to the extent that a Tax Refund for a Pre-Closing Period (or the portion of any Straddle Period through the end of the Closing Date) would be available (including by way of an amended Tax Return, a carryback claim or otherwise) if the [*] did not occur, the Purchaser shall promptly pay the amount of such Tax Refund to the Stockholder Representative (or its designee) upon determination that such Tax Refund would be available.  Purchaser shall provide the Stockholder Representative with information and cooperation necessary to make such determination.  With respect to the sale, distribution or other disposition of (x) the [*] and [*], the Tax Returns of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall report an amount realized based on the purchase price for the [*] and [*] and (y) the [*], the Tax Returns of the Company and its Subsidiaries shall report an amount realized treating the gross fair market value of the assets acquired in the [*] as equal to the [*] with respect to the relevant [*].  The Stockholders shall have no Liability or other obligation under this Agreement if a Tax Proceeding determines that the amount realized with respect thereto should be treated as a higher amount.  The Pre-Closing Benefits shall not be reported in a post-Closing Tax period and shall be reported in Pre-Closing Periods (or the portion of any Straddle Period ending on the Closing Date).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary in this Agreement, any items of income or gain and Liability for Taxes attributable to actions taken by the Company or its Affiliates on the Closing Date but after the Closing shall be treated as occurring in a post-Closing Tax period.

 

(k)           No Section 338 Election; Carrybacks .  No election under Section 338(g) of the Code, or any similar provision of state, local or foreign Law, may be made with respect to the purchase of Shares or other transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  Neither the Purchaser, the Company nor any of their Affiliates will elect to waive the carryback of any Tax attribute (including net operating and other losses) of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries.

 

Section 7.8             Directors and Officers; Indemnification and Insurance .

 

75



 

(a)           Purchaser and the Company agree that, to the maximum extent permitted by the laws of the State of Delaware or any other applicable Laws, (i) all rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and exculpation from liability for acts or omissions occurring prior to the Closing Date now existing in favor of the current or former directors, officers or employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, including as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation and By-laws of the Company or in any agreements between the Company or any of its Subsidiaries and any current or former directors, officers or employees of the Company identified in Section 4.13 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, will survive the Closing and will continue in full force and effect in accordance with their respective terms for a period of not less than six years after the Closing Date (or, in the case of any agreement, in accordance with its terms), (ii) all rights to indemnification, advancement of expenses and exculpation from liability for acts or omissions occurring prior to the Closing Date now existing in favor of the current or former directors, officers or employees of the Company shall be presently vested contractual rights and shall not hereafter be eliminated or limited in any way whatsoever, and (iii) with respect to any right to indemnification or advancement of expenses for acts or omissions occurring prior to the Closing Date, the Company shall be the indemnitor of first resort, responsible for all such indemnification or advancement, without regard to any right to indemnification or advancement that any director, officer or employee of the Company may have from any direct or indirect shareholder of the Company (or any affiliate of such shareholder) and without right to seek subrogation, indemnity or contribution.

 

(b)           As of or prior to the Closing, the Purchaser shall purchase, or cause the Surviving Corporation to purchase, “tail” coverage for a period of six (6) years following the Closing Date under the directors and officers liability insurance policy of the Company, as in effect on the date of this Agreement (the “ Tail D&O Policy ”), with coverage (including terms, conditions, retentions and limitations of liability) at least as favorable as the coverage under the existing Company policy.  This Section 7.8 shall be for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, the current or former directors, officers and employees of the Company, and their respective heirs, executors, administrators and estates.

 

(c)           Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, in the event of any conflict or other inconsistency between any of the provisions set forth in this Section 7.8, on the one hand, and Section 7.11, on the other hand, the terms of this Section 7.8 shall control.

 

Section 7.9             Antitrust Approvals .

 

(a)           As promptly as reasonably practicable following the execution of this Agreement, each of the Purchaser and the Company (so far as it is legally bound to do so) shall make, or shall cause its ultimate parent entity (as that term is defined in the HSR Act) to make, all pre-transaction notification filings required under the HSR Act, and required under any other applicable Antitrust Laws (which shall be made no later than ten (10) Business Days after the date hereof or on such other subsequent date as the Purchaser and the Company mutually agree or the earlier date required by the applicable

 

76



 

Law).  Each of the Purchaser, on the one hand, and the Company, on the other hand, shall: (i) cooperate fully with each other and shall furnish to the other such necessary information and reasonable assistance as the other may reasonably request in connection with its preparation of any required filings under the HSR Act or any applicable Antitrust Laws; and (ii) keep the other party reasonably informed of any communication received by such party from, or given by such party to any Antitrust Authority and of any communication received or given in connection with any proceeding by a private party, in each case regarding the transactions contemplated hereby and in a manner that protects attorney-client or attorney work product privilege.  Further, without limiting the obligations stated in this Section 7.9(a), the Purchaser and the Company shall each use its reasonable best efforts to respond to and comply with any request for information regarding the transactions contemplated hereby or filings under the HSR Act or any applicable Antitrust Laws from any Antitrust Authority.  Neither the Purchaser, on the one hand, nor the Company, on the other hand, shall consent to any voluntary extension of any statutory deadline or waiting period or to any voluntary delay of the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, at the behest of any Governmental Entity or otherwise, without the consent of the other party, which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed.

 

(b)           Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, each of the Purchaser and the Company shall provide to the other (or the other party’s outside counsel) upon request copies of all correspondence between such party and any Antitrust Authority relating to the transactions contemplated by this Agreement.  The Purchaser and the Company may, as each reasonably deems advisable and necessary, designate any competitively sensitive materials provided to the other under this Section 7.9(b) as “clean room only,” “confidential material” or as “competitively sensitive information,” in accordance with the Confidentiality Agreements.  Such materials and the information contained therein shall be given only to outside counsel or senior management of the recipient, subject to compliance with applicable Law, and will not be disclosed by such outside counsel or senior management to employees, officers, or directors of the recipient without the advance written consent of the party providing such materials.  Subject to applicable Law, the Purchaser and the Company will consult and cooperate with each other in connection with any analyses, appearances, presentations, memoranda, briefs, arguments, and proposals made or submitted to any Antitrust Authority regarding the transactions contemplated by this Agreement by or on behalf of any such party.

 

(c)           The Purchaser and the Company will, with the exception of the payment of the filing fees pursuant to the HSR Act in accordance with Section 11.13, at their own expense, use their reasonable best efforts to obtain all required approvals from any Antitrust Authority, including approval under the HSR Act, and to avoid or eliminate each and every other impediment to Closing under the HSR Act as expeditiously as possible.

 

(d)           Subject to the other obligations of the Parties as set forth in this Section 7.9, in no event shall the Company and the Signing Stockholders, without the prior written consent of the Purchaser (such consent not to be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed), (i) agree to sell, divest, dispose of or hold separate any assets or

 

77



 

businesses of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, or otherwise take or commit to take any action that could reasonably be anticipated to limit the Company or its Subsidiaries’ freedom of action with respect to, or their ability to retain, one or more Subsidiaries, businesses, product lines, assets or affiliations with any Special Affiliates, or (ii) agree or otherwise become subject to any restrictions, conditions, limitations, licensing requirements, or other understandings on or with respect to the assets or the operation of the business of the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any Special Affiliate (other than, with respect to this clause (ii), as any of the foregoing may arise in the Ordinary Course of Business.

 

(e)           If in connection with obtaining one (1) or more required approvals from any Antitrust Authority, the Purchaser is prohibited from acquiring any of the Dialysis Centers of the Company and its Subsidiaries, then the Company shall use its reasonable best efforts to assist the Purchaser in its efforts to, at its option, either (i) [*], or (ii) [*], or any combination thereof.  In connection with the [*] (but subject to Section 10.2(d)), the Parties agree that (i) the Purchaser and the Company and their respective counsel shall have primary responsibility for the preparation and negotiation of the transaction terms (including price), conditions, agreements and documentation [*], subject to compliance with applicable Law, and (ii) at the Purchaser’s reasonable request, the Company shall cause the Company and the Company’s management to take all actions reasonably required at the direction of the Purchaser to (A) [*], and (B) [*]

 

78



 

[*].

 

Section 7.10           [*]

 

Section 7.11           Release .

 

(a)           Subject to Section 7.8 and excluding, in all instances, any claims relating to or arising out of this Agreement, the Ancillary Documents and the transactions contemplated thereby (in all cases to the extent expressly provided in ARTICLE X below), effective as of the Closing, (i) each Designated Stockholder, solely in its capacity as an equityholder of the Company and solely as it relates to matters arising in connection therewith, on behalf of itself and its successors, assigns, heirs, beneficiaries, creditors, Agents, trustees and Affiliates (the “ Stockholder Releasing Parties ”), and (ii) each of the Purchaser, the Company, and each of the Company’s Subsidiaries, on behalf of itself and its respective successors, assigns, creditors, Agents, trustees, and Affiliates (the “ Company Releasing Parties ” and together with the Stockholder Releasing Parties, the “ Releasing Parties ”), hereby fully, finally and irrevocably releases, acquits and forever discharges (x) in the case of the Stockholder Releasing Parties, the Purchaser, the Company and each of its Subsidiaries and Special Affiliates and each such Person’s successors, assigns, Affiliates and Agents (the “ Company Released Parties ”), and (y) in the case of the Company Releasing Parties, each Management Stockholder (as relates to such Management Stockholder’s capacity as an equityholder, officer, director, manager and employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries), each Designated Stockholder (solely as it relates to such Designated Stockholder’s capacity as an equityholder of the Company), each other officer, director and manager of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries in any such capacity, and each such foregoing Person’s successors, assigns, beneficiaries, heirs, executors, personal or legal representatives, Affiliates and Agents (the “ Stockholder Released Parties ,” collectively, the “ Released Parties ”), of and from any and all commitments, actions, debts, claims, counterclaims, suits, causes of action, damages, demands, and compensation of every kind and nature whatsoever, past, present or future, whether known or unknown, contingent or otherwise, suspected or unsuspected, at law or in equity, which the Stockholder Releasing Parties, or any of them, on the one hand, and which the Company Releasing Parties, or any of them, on the other hand, had, has or may have had at any time in the past until and including the Closing Date, against

 

79



 

the Company Released Parties, or any of them (in the case of the Stockholder Releasing Parties and solely in their capacity as equityholders of the Company and solely as relates to matters arising in connection therewith), or the Stockholder Released Parties, or any of them (in the case of the Company Releasing Parties and solely (x) with respect to each Management Stockholder, in his capacity as an equityholder, officer, director, manager and employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, (y) with respect to each Designated Stockholder, in such Designated Stockholder’s capacity as an equityholder of the Company and (z) with respect to each other officer, director and manager of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries, in any such capacity), which relate to or arise out of any such Released Party’s prior or existing relationship with the Company, any of its Subsidiaries or any of their respective predecessors or Affiliates and including claims pending on, or asserted after, the Closing Date (collectively, “ Causes of Action ”).  For the sake of clarity, Causes of Action shall not include and may be made against (without the foregoing serving to release) (i) any of the current or former directors, officers or employees of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries from any Liability such Persons may have to the Company or any Subsidiary as a result of such Person’s deliberate fraud, intentional misconduct, embezzlement, larceny, misappropriation or similar crimes and misdemeanors or (ii) the Company or any of its Subsidiaries for any wages, accrued benefits or similar amounts owed to any employee of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries through the Closing Date.

 

(b)           Each Stockholder Releasing Party and each Company Releasing Party, as the case may be, hereby represents to the Company Released Parties (in the case of each Stockholder Releasing Party) and to the Stockholder Released Parties (in the case of each Company Releasing Party) that such Releasing Party (i) has not assigned any Causes of Action against such Released Party, (ii) fully intends to release all Causes of Action against such Released Parties including unknown and contingent Causes of Action, and (iii) has consulted with counsel with respect to the execution and delivery of this Release and has been fully apprised of the consequences hereof.

 

(c)           Each Stockholder Releasing Party and each Company Releasing Party, as the case may be, hereby irrevocably covenants to refrain from, directly or indirectly, asserting any claim or demand, or commencing, instituting or causing to be commenced, any proceeding of any kind against any of the Company Released Parties (in the case of each Stockholder Releasing Party) and any of the Stockholder Released Parties (in the case of each Company Releasing Party), based upon any Causes of Action.  Each Stockholder Releasing Party and each Company Releasing Party, as the case may be, further agrees that, in the event such Releasing Party brings a claim or charge covered by this Section 7.11 or does not dismiss and withdraw any claim covered by this Section 7.11 in which such Releasing Party seeks damages or any other relief against any Company Released Party (in the case of each Stockholder Releasing Party) or any Stockholder Released Party (in the case of each Company Releasing Party), or in the event such Releasing Party seeks to recover against any such Released Party in any claim brought by a Governmental Entity on such Releasing Party’s behalf, the release in this Section 7.11 shall serve as a complete defense to such claims or charges.

 

80



 

(d)           This Section 7.11 shall be for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, each Released Party.

 

Section 7.12           Non-Competition; [*] .   As a condition precedent to the Purchaser’s obligations to enter into and perform its obligations under this Agreement:

 

(a)           Each Management Stockholder, on his or its own behalf and on behalf of his or its Affiliates, agrees that for a period equal to [*] after the Closing Date (the “ Non-Competition Period ”), he/it, and his/its Affiliates, shall not, directly or indirectly, either for himself/itself or for any other Person, participate in an enterprise that is located anywhere within [*] of any Transferred Center in the business of selling or providing dialysis and/or nephrology services.  For purposes of this Agreement, the term “participate” includes any direct or indirect interest in any enterprise, whether as an officer, director, manager, employee, partner, sole proprietor, agent, representative, independent contractor, consultant, franchisor, franchisee, creditor, shareholder, owner or otherwise; provided , however , that (i) the term “participate” shall not include either ownership of [*] or less of the stock of a publicly held corporation whose stock is traded on a nationally or internationally recognized securities exchange, automated dealer quotation system or in a United States or foreign over-the-counter-market, and (ii) the restrictions set forth in this Section 7.12 shall not apply to any Management Stockholder’s participation (A) [*] or (B) [*].

 

(b)           Each Management Stockholder, on his own behalf or on behalf of his Affiliates, agrees [*], he shall not, directly or indirectly, either for himself or for any other Person:

 

(i)            [*].

 

(ii)           [*]

 

81



 

[*].

 

(c)           [*].

 

(d)           [*].

 

(e)           Each Management Stockholder [*] agrees on his/its own behalf and on behalf of his/its Affiliates, that the covenants set forth in this Section 7.12 impose a reasonable restraint on him or it in light of the activities and business of the Company and its current plans.

 

(f)            Each Management Stockholder [*], severally and not jointly with any other Person, recognizes and affirms that in the event of breach of any of the provisions of this Section 7.12, money damages would be inadequate and that the Purchaser would have no adequate remedy at law.  Accordingly, each Management Stockholder [*], severally and not jointly with any other Person, agrees that the Purchaser shall have the right, in addition to any other rights and remedies existing in their favor, to enforce its rights and the Management Stockholder’s [*] obligations under Section 7.12 not only by an action or actions for damages, but also by an action or actions for specific performance, injunctive and/or other equitable relief, without any requirement or obligation to post a bond or to prove damages, in order to enforce or prevent any violations (whether anticipatory, continuing or future) of the provisions of this Section 7.12 (including, without limitation, the extension of the Non-Competition Period [*] by a period equal to (i) [*], as applicable, plus (ii) [*].  In the event of a breach or violation by a Management Stockholder [*] of any of the provisions of

 

82



 

Section 7.12(a), Section 7.12(b) or Section 7.12(c), as applicable, the running of the Non-Competition Period [*], shall be tolled with respect to such breaching Management Stockholder [*] during the continuance of any actual breach or violation.

 

(g)           Notwithstanding anything set forth herein to the contrary, the Parties acknowledge and agree that, (i) effective as of the Closing, the restrictions set forth in this Section 7.12 supersede and replace in their entirety any other restrictive covenants in respect of or otherwise relating to non-competition [*] between the Management Stockholders, on the one hand, and the Purchaser, the Company and/or any of their respective Affiliates, on the other and (ii) none of the restrictions set forth in this Section 7.12 shall in any way restrict any of the activities of any dialysis centers identified in Section 7.12 of the Company Disclosure Schedule [*], provided that (A) [*] and (B) [*].

 

Controlled Affiliates ” means, for the purposes of this Section 7.12, Affiliates of which the applicable Stockholder possesses the power to direct or cause the direction of the management and policies of such Affiliate, which in the case of an entity, shall mean the power to vote fifty percent (50%) or more of the securities (on a fully diluted basis) having ordinary voting power for the election of directors or managers of such Affiliate; [*].

 

Section 7.13           [*] .  If the conditions to Closing set forth in ARTICLE VIII of this Agreement have not been satisfied or waived (other than with respect to actions the respective Parties will take at the Closing itself) solely due to the failure of the Parties to obtain the consent of Governmental Entities of one or more U.S. States to the transactions contemplated hereby (the “ Consent States ”), then [*]; provided , however , the Purchaser may elect to delay [*] (and the Closing) until February 28, 2012 if it reasonably believes such outstanding consents will be obtained on or prior to such date.  [*]

 

83



 

[*].

 

Section 7.14           Confidentiality .   The Purchaser agrees to be bound by and comply with the terms of the Confidentiality Agreements, which are hereby incorporated into this Agreement by reference and shall continue in full force and effect, such that the information obtained by any Party to this Agreement, or its officers, employees, agents or representatives, during any investigation conducted pursuant to Section 7.2 (Access and Information) or in connection with the negotiation and execution of this Agreement or the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, or otherwise, shall be governed by the terms of the Confidentiality Agreements.  Except as permitted by the terms of such Confidentiality Agreements (as if the Stockholders were a party thereto), the Stockholders will not, and will cause their Affiliates and representatives not to, directly or indirectly, disclose to any third party any confidential or proprietary information of the Company and its Subsidiaries, provided , however , that the foregoing restriction shall not prohibit any disclosure required by any applicable legal requirement, so long as, to the extent legally permissible, such Stockholder provides Purchaser with reasonable prior notice of such disclosure and a reasonable opportunity to seek an appropriate protective order.

 

Section 7.15           New York Clinics .   From and after the date hereof, [*] with respect to any limited liability company interests that he or his Affiliates hold in (i) Liberty Newburgh Holdings, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, (ii) Liberty Syracuse, LLC, a New York limited liability company, (iii) Mercer Fishkill, LLC, a Delaware limited liability company, and (iv) Vestal Healthcare, LLC, a New York limited liability company, (v) Fishkill Dialysis Center LLC, a New York limited liability company, (vi) SJLS LLC, a New York limited liability company, and (vii) LSL Newburgh LLC, a New York limited liability company agrees that he shall not, and shall cause his Affiliates not to, directly or indirectly sell, assign or transfer any such limited liability company interests (or other equity interests into which such limited liability interests are converted or exchanged) or any of the assets held or used in connection with the business operated by such companies except as expressly provided for in the terms and conditions of the option agreements identified in Section 7.15 of the Company Disclosure Schedule, including the actual price to be paid for such interests (the “ Option Agreements ”) or as

 

84



 

may be directed by the Purchaser in writing in accordance with applicable Law.  [*] also acknowledges and agree that from and after the date hereof, he shall take, and shall cause their Affiliates to take as necessary, all commercially reasonable actions and to do, or cause to be done, as promptly as practicable, all things reasonably necessary or reasonably requested to transfer such limited liability company interests (or other equity interests into which such limited liability interests are converted or exchanged) in accordance with the Option Agreements or, so long as not detrimental to [*], as may be directed by the Purchaser in writing in accordance with applicable Law, including seeking the approval of any Governmental Entities, provided that any such transfer shall only take place on or after the Closing Date.

 

Section 7.16           [Intentionally Omitted] .

 

Section 7.17           Specified Indebtedness .   The Company and each of its direct and indirect wholly-owned Subsidiaries shall, immediately prior to the Closing, repay the Indebtedness, if any, owed by such Person to any direct or indirect non-wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company.

 

ARTICLE VIII
CLOSING

 

Section 8.1             Closing .   The Closing will take place at the offices of Baker & McKenzie located at 1114 Avenue of the Americas, New York, New York 10036, at the Effective Time which shall occur on the date that is the later of:  (i) January 3, 2012, or (ii) the tenth Business Day following the satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to the obligations of the Parties to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby (other than conditions with respect to actions the respective Parties will take at the Closing itself), or at such time and on such date as the Purchaser and the Stockholder Representative may mutually determine.

 

Section 8.2             Company Closing Deliveries .   At the Closing, the Company shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Purchaser and the Escrow Agent, as applicable, the following documents:

 

(a)           Letters of Transmittal from each of the Signing Stockholders, and any additional Letters of Transmittal provided to the Company by the other Stockholders;

 

(b)           a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, of the Chief Executive Officer of the Company and the Stockholder Representative (as to the Signing Stockholders only), certifying that the conditions set forth in Section 8.5(a), Section 8.5(b), Section 8.5(c) and Section 8.5(e) have been satisfied;

 

(c)           the Escrow Agreement duly executed by the Stockholder Representative;

 

(d)           customary evidence in writing of the consents or waivers of the third parties to those Company Contracts set forth on Exhibit 8.2(d)  hereto, and all such consents and waivers shall be in full force and effect;

 

(e)           resignations of the executive officers and directors of the Company and each of its Subsidiaries, except for resignations of any such executive officers and

 

85



 

directors in respect of whom the Purchaser notifies the Stockholder Representative, at least five (5) days prior to Closing, that no such resignation is required;

 

(f)            the Closing Statement;

 

(g)           a duly executed certification and associated notice to the Internal Revenue Service meeting the requirements of Treasury Regulation Sections 1.1445-2(c)(3) and 1.897-2(h), substantially identical to the form attached hereto as Exhibit 8.2(g) , to the effect that an interest in the Company is not a U.S. real property interest;

 

(h)           certificate of the Secretary of the Company, dated as of the Closing Date, certifying that attached thereto are accurate and complete (i) copies of the Certificate of Incorporation, certified as of a recent date by the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware, and the Bylaws; (ii)  incumbency certificates of the officers of the Company who are signatories to this Agreement and any Company Ancillary Documents; (iii) resolutions of the Board of Directors of the Company, that are in full force and effect without modification or amendment, approving and authorizing the execution, delivery and performance of this Agreement and the Company Ancillary Documents and the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby; and (iv) a good standing certificate as of a recent date that the Company and each Subsidiary of the Company is in good standing in its jurisdiction of organization;

 

(i)            customary written evidence that each of (A) the Company Stockholders’ Agreement (other than with respect to Section 3 thereof), (B) the [*] and (C) the Management Agreement have been terminated in accordance with their terms;

 

(j)            customary payoff letters from each lender owed any [*] (other than any Indebtedness identified on Exhibit 8.2(j)) to evidence the repayment in full of all such [*] and the termination and release in full of all Liens relating thereto;

 

(k)           a receipt from the Paying Agent evidencing its receipt of the Closing Stockholder Consideration;

 

(l)            the Data Room DVD;

 

(m)          [*];

 

(n)           [Intentionally Omitted];

 

86



 

(o)            updated copies of Sections 4.1(b)(iii), 4.3(a), and 4.4 of the Company Disclosure Schedule; provided , however , that such updated Sections of the Company Disclosure Schedule shall not cure any breaches in such representations and warranties as of the date hereof; and

 

(p)            spousal consents from the spouses of [*] and [*] in the form attached hereto as Exhibit 8.2(p) .

 

Section 8.3              Purchaser Closing Deliveries .   At the Closing, the Purchaser shall deliver, or cause to be delivered, to the Company, the Stockholders, or the Escrow Agent, as applicable, the following documents:

 

(a)            to the Paying Agent the Closing Stockholder Consideration (less the [*]);

 

(b)            to the Company, the [*];

 

(c)            the other amounts required to be paid at Closing pursuant to Section 3.7 of this Agreement paid and delivered in accordance therewith;

 

(d)            the Escrow Amount paid and delivered in accordance with Section 3.5 and Section 3.7 of this Agreement;

 

(e)            a certificate, dated as of the Closing Date, of an executive officer of the Purchaser, certifying that the conditions set forth in Section 8.6(a) and Section 8.6(b) have been satisfied; and

 

(f)             the Escrow Agreement duly executed by the Purchaser.

 

Section 8.4              Conditions to Each Party’s Obligations to Effect the Transaction .   The respective obligations of each Party to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment at or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions, any or all of which may be waived in whole or in part by the Party being benefited thereby, to the extent permitted by applicable Law:

 

(a)            HSR Act .  The applicable waiting periods, together with any extensions thereof, under the HSR Act or other applicable Antitrust Laws shall have expired or terminated.

 

(b)            Injunction .  There shall be no effective injunction, writ or any order of any nature issued by a Governmental Entity of competent jurisdiction that prohibits the consummation of the Merger or otherwise makes the consummation of the Merger illegal.

 

(c)            Governmental Consents .  The consents, approvals, orders or authorizations of, or registrations, declarations or filings with, any Governmental Entities set forth in Section 8.4(c) of the Company Disclosure Schedule shall have been obtained or made, without any material limitation, restriction or condition.

 

87



 

Section 8.5              Conditions to the Obligations of the Purchaser .   The obligations of the Purchaser to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment at or prior to the Closing of each of the following additional conditions, any or all of which may be waived in whole or part by the Purchaser to the extent permitted by applicable Law:

 

(a)            Representations and Warranties .  Other than any representation or warranty made in respect of any [*], (i) the representations and warranties set forth in ARTICLE IV and ARTICLE V (other than as expressly set forth in Section 8.5(a)(ii) hereof), disregarding for the purposes of this Section 8.5(a)(i) any materiality or Company Material Adverse Effect qualifications in such representations and warranties, shall be true and correct as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (other than such representations and warranties that expressly relate to a specific date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such specific date), except in the case of this Section 8.5(a)(i), where the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct would not, individually or in the aggregate, constitute a Company Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) the representations and warranties set forth in Section 4.1 (Organization), Section 4.2 (Authorization), Section 4.3 (Capital Stock), Section 4.4 (Subsidiaries), Section 4.8 (Financial Statements; Receivables), Section 5.1 (Organization and Authorization) and Section 5.3 (Ownership of Equity) shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (other than such representations and warranties that expressly relate to a specific date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such specific date, or those which are qualified by materiality or Material Adverse Effect which must be true and correct in all respects).  To the extent a [*] is to or has occurred, any breaches of representations and warranties relating solely to such [*] shall be disregarded for the purposes of determining whether or not the condition set forth in this Section 8.5(a) has been satisfied.

 

(b)            Performance of Obligations .  The Company, the Stockholder Representative and the Signing Stockholders shall have performed in all material respects all covenants and agreements required to be performed by them hereunder at or prior to the Closing.

 

(c)            No Material Adverse Effect .  Between the date hereof and the Closing Date, no state of facts, change, event, effect, condition, circumstance or occurrence shall have had or would reasonably be expected to have a Company Material Adverse Effect , other than (i) any such state of facts, change, event, effect, condition, circumstance or occurrence which has been taken into account and are specifically described in the Company’s 2011 budget attached hereto as Exhibit 8.5(c), and (ii) any such state of facts, change, event, effect, condition, circumstance or occurrence set forth in Sections 4.9, 4.10 or 7.1(a) of the Company Disclosure Schedule, but only to the extent such state of facts, change, event, effect, condition, circumstance or occurrence are specifically described in such sections of the Company Disclosure Schedule.

 

88



 

(d)            Company Closing Deliveries .  The Company shall have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Purchaser the documents and deliverables listed in Section 8.2 hereof.

 

(e)            [Intentionally Omitted] .

 

(f)             [Intentionally Omitted] .

 

(g)            Stockholder Approval .  The Stockholder Approval for the Merger shall have been obtained and be in full force and effect.

 

Section 8.6              Conditions to the Obligations of the Company and the Stockholders .   The obligations of the Company and the Stockholders to consummate the transactions contemplated by this Agreement are subject to the fulfillment at or prior to the Closing of each of the following conditions, any or all of which may be waived in whole or in part by the Stockholder Representative to the extent permitted by applicable Law:

 

(a)            Representations and Warranties .  (i) The representations and warranties set forth in ARTICLE VI (other than as expressly set forth in Section 8.6(a)(ii) hereof), disregarding for the purposes of this Section 8.6(a)(i) any materiality or Purchaser Material Adverse Effect qualifications in such representations and warranties, shall be true and correct in all respects as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (other than such representations and warranties that expressly relate to a specific date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such specific date), except in the case of this Section 8.6(a)(i), where the failure of such representations and warranties to be so true and correct would not, individually or in the aggregate, constitute a Purchaser Material Adverse Effect, and (ii) the representations and warranties set forth in Section 6.1 (Organization) and Section 6.2 (Authorization) shall be true and correct in all material respects as of the Closing Date as though made on and as of the Closing Date (other than such representations and warranties that expressly relate to a specific date, in which case such representations and warranties shall have been true and correct as of such specific date).

 

(b)            Performance of Obligations .  The Purchaser shall have performed in all material respects all covenants and agreements required to be performed by it hereunder at or prior to the Closing.

 

(c)            Purchaser Closing Deliveries . The Purchaser shall have delivered, or caused to be delivered, to the Company and the Stockholders the documents listed in Section 8.3 hereof.

 

Section 8.7              Frustration of Closing Conditions .   None of the Company, any Stockholder or the Purchaser may rely, either as a basis for not consummating the Merger or terminating this Agreement and abandoning the Merger, on the failure of any condition set forth in Section 8.4, Section 8.5 or Section 8.6, as the case may be, to be satisfied if such failure was caused solely by such Party’s breach of any provision of this Agreement or failure to use commercially reasonable efforts (or such efforts as otherwise expressly required by this Agreement) to consummate the Merger and the other transactions contemplated hereby.

 

89



 

ARTICLE IX
TERMINATION

 

Section 9.1              Right to Terminate .   This Agreement and the transactions contemplated hereby may be terminated at any time prior to the Closing:

 

(a)            by the mutual written consent of the Stockholder Representative and the Purchaser;

 

(b)            by either the Stockholder Representative or the Purchaser, by written notice delivered to the other Party, if any Governmental Entity shall have issued an Order or taken any other action permanently enjoining, restraining or otherwise prohibiting the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, and such Order or other action shall have become final and nonappealable; provided , however , the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this clause (b) shall not be available to a Party if such Party directly or indirectly initiated such proceeding, directly or indirectly took any action in support of such proceeding or such proceeding was otherwise primarily caused by or resulted from, the failure of such Party to perform any of its obligations under this Agreement;

 

(c)            by the Purchaser, by written notice to the Stockholder Representative, if (i) there has been a breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement by the Company, the Stockholders or the Stockholder Representative that would, individually or in the aggregate, result in a failure of a condition set forth in Section 8.5(a) or Section 8.5(b) on any date prior to the Closing Date (it being understood that, for purposes of this Section 9.1(c), such date prior to the Closing Date shall be substituted for the Closing Date in determining whether the conditions contained in Section 8.5(a) or Section 8.5(b) have been satisfied) and (ii) such breach has not been cured within fifteen (15) days after written notice is provided to the Stockholder Representative of such breach; provided , however , that no such cure period shall be available or applicable to any such breach which by its nature cannot be cured; provided further , that Purchaser shall not have the right to terminate this Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1(c) if Purchaser is in breach of any representations, warranties, covenants or other agreements hereunder that would result in any of the conditions to Closing set forth in Section 8.4 or Section 8.6 not being satisfied;

 

(d)            by the Stockholder Representative, by written notice to the Purchaser, if (i) there has been a breach of any representation, warranty, covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement by the Purchaser that would, individually or in the aggregate, result in a failure of a condition set forth in Section 8.6(a) or Section 8.6(b) on any date prior to the Closing Date (it being understood that, for purposes of this Section 9.1(d), such date prior to the Closing Date shall be substituted for the Closing Date in determining whether the conditions contained in Section 8.6(a) or Section 8.6(b) have been satisfied) and (ii) such breach has not been cured within fifteen (15) days after written notice is provided to the Purchaser of such breach; provided , however , that no such cure period shall be available or applicable to any such breach which by its nature cannot be cured; provided further , that the Stockholder Representative shall not have the right to terminate this

 

90



 

Agreement pursuant to this Section 9.1(d) if Company or the Stockholders are in breach of any representations, warranties, covenants or other agreements hereunder that would result in any of the conditions to Closing set forth in Section 8.4 or Section 8.5 not being satisfied;

 

(e)            by either the Stockholder Representative or the Purchaser, if the Merger shall not have been consummated on or before 5:00 p.m. local time in New York, New York on the earlier of: (i) May 31, 2012, or (ii) the tenth Business Day following the satisfaction or waiver of all conditions to the obligations of the Parties to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby (other than conditions with respect to actions the respective Parties will take at the Closing itself), but no sooner than January 3, 2012; provided , however , that (i) the Purchaser shall only have the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 9.1(e) if at such time (x) the Company or any Signing Stockholder has breached this Agreement and such breach has resulted in the Company’s failure to satisfy any condition within its control specified in Section 8.4 or Section 8.5 or (y) a Company Material Adverse Effect has occurred and is then continuing and (ii) the Stockholder Representative shall only have the right to terminate this Agreement under this Section 9.1(e) if at such time the Company is not then in breach of any covenant set forth in this Agreement within its control that has resulted in the Company’s failure to satisfy any condition within its control specified in Section 8.4 or Section 8.5; or

 

(f)             by the Stockholder Representative, if the Merger shall not have been consummated before 5:00 p.m. local time in New York, New York on December 31, 2012.

 

Section 9.2              Effect of Termination and Abandonment .

 

(a)            In the event of termination of this Agreement and the abandonment of the transactions contemplated hereby pursuant to this ARTICLE IX, this Agreement shall become void and of no effect with no Liability on the part of any party hereto (or of any of its directors, officers, employees, agents, legal and financial advisors or other representatives); provided , however , no such termination shall relieve any Party hereto of any Liability or damages resulting from (i) its deliberate fraud or willful misrepresentation of any representations or warranties contained in this Agreement or (ii) its breach of any covenant or agreement contained in this Agreement prior to the time of such termination; and provided further , the Confidentiality Agreements and the provisions of Section 7.6, Section 7.14, Section 11.1, Section 11.3, Section 11.5, Section 11.6, Section 11.7, Section 11.8, Section 11.10, Section 11.11, Section 11.12 and Section 11.13 (the second proviso only) and this Section 9.2 shall survive any such termination and shall remain in effect.

 

ARTICLE X
INDEMNIFICATION; REMEDIES

 

Section 10.1            Indemnification of the Purchaser Indemnified Parties .   Subject to the other provisions of this ARTICLE X (including Section 10.2(d)), Section 7.7(j) and Section 7.7(g), from and after the Closing, the Stockholders shall indemnify, reimburse, defend and hold

 

91



 

harmless the Purchaser Indemnified Parties from and against any and all direct or indirect Losses incurred, resulting or arising from:

 

(a)            any breach or inaccuracy of any Fundamental Representations and Warranties;

 

(b)            [Intentionally Omitted];

 

(c)            [*];

 

(d)            any breach by the Company or the Stockholders of any covenant, agreement or undertaking made by the Company or the Stockholders in this Agreement (and any breach or inaccuracy of the representations and warranties of Section 4.10(b) solely with respect to any of Section 7.1(a)(ii), Section 7.1(a)(iii), Section 7.1(a)(v), Section 7.1(a)(vii), Section 7.1(a)(ix), Section 7.1(a)(x), Section 7.1(a)(xiii) or Section 7.1(a)(xx));

 

(e)            the [*] that Purchaser pays on the Closing Date pursuant to Section 3.7(a) and Section 3.7(d);

 

(f)             (i) after taking into account Pre-Closing Benefits, any Taxes imposed on the Company or any of its Subsidiaries with respect to any Pre-Closing Tax Period and the portion of any Straddle Period through the end of the Closing Date, (ii) all Taxes of any member of an affiliated, consolidated combined or unitary group of which the Company or any of its Subsidiaries (or any predecessor of the Company or any of its Subsidiaries) is or was a member on or prior to the Closing Date, including pursuant to Treasury Regulation Section 1.1502-6 or any analogous or similar state, local or foreign Law or regulation, (iii) any and all Taxes of any Person (other than the Company or its Subsidiaries) imposed on the Company or any of its Subsidiaries as a transferee, successor, by Contract (other than commercial agreements not primarily relating to Taxes, provided that the commercial agreement is not related to equity compensation, [*], or similar types of arrangements) or pursuant to any Law, rule or

 

92



 

regulation, which Taxes relate to an event or transaction occurring before the Closing Date, and (iv) the Transfer Taxes for which the Stockholders are liable pursuant to Section 7.7 hereof; and

 

(g)            any claim made by any Holder with respect to such Holder’s Shares or Options, as applicable, and such Holder’s right to receive any Merger Consideration set forth in Article III hereof relating to (i) any inaccuracy, miscalculation or error in the conversion rights, calculations and payment amounts set forth in ARTICLE III hereof or set forth on the Closing Statement or for any amounts in excess of any amounts received by such Holder in respect of its share of the Closing Stockholder Consideration or [*], as applicable, [*] (if any), the Escrow Fund or the [*] as set forth in and/or calculated in accordance with the Closing Statement, and (ii) any action or proceeding brought by a Holder for Appraisal Rights.

 

The Losses of the Purchaser Indemnified Parties described in this Section 10.1 as to which the Purchaser Indemnified Parties are entitled to indemnification are collectively referred to as “Purchaser Losses”.

 

Section 10.2            Indemnification of the Stockholder Indemnified Parties .   Subject to the other provisions of this ARTICLE X other than Section 10.1(f), the Purchaser shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Stockholder Indemnified Parties from and against any and all direct or indirect Losses incurred, resulting or arising from:

 

(a)            any breach of any Fundamental Representations and Warranties made by the Purchaser in this Agreement;

 

(b)            any willful breach (i.e., an act taken with the actual knowledge that such act would cause a breach) by the Purchaser or its Affiliates of any of the agreements set forth on Exhibit 10.1(c)(i)  hereof, subject in each case to any applicable monetary or other limitations on remedies provided therein;

 

(c)            any breach of any covenant, agreement or undertaking made by the Purchaser in this Agreement; and

 

(d)            except as specifically set forth in this Agreement, any Liability (including Liability imposed on any direct or indirect owners) relating to (i) [*], (ii) [*] or (iii) [*].  For the avoidance of doubt, Purchaser shall have no obligation to indemnify Stockholder Indemnified Parties (or their direct or indirect owners) for any Liabilities, including Taxes, associated with unrelated business taxable income, U.S. effectively connected income or fixed or determinable annual or periodic income or any breaches by the Stockholders of their covenants, agreements or undertakings with their Affiliates or direct or indirect owners.

 

93



 

The Losses of the Stockholder Indemnified Parties described in this Section 10.2 as to which the Stockholder Indemnified Parties are entitled to indemnification are collectively referred to as “ Stockholder Losses .”

 

Section 10.3           Indemnification Procedure .   A party making a claim for indemnification under Section 10.1 or Section 10.2 shall be, for the purposes of this Agreement referred to as an “ Indemnified Party ” and a party against whom such claims are asserted under Section 10.1 or Section 10.2 shall be, for the purposes of this Agreement, referred to as an “ Indemnifying Party .”  All claims by any Indemnified Party under Section 10.1 or Section 10.2 shall be asserted and resolved as follows:

 

(a)           In the event that (i) any action, application, suit, demand, claim or legal, administrative, arbitration or other alternative dispute resolution proceeding, hearing or investigation (each, a “ Proceeding ”) is asserted or instituted by any Person other than the Parties or their Affiliates which could give rise to damages for which an Indemnifying Party could be liable to an Indemnified Party under this Agreement (such Proceeding, a “ Third Party Claim ”) or (ii) any Indemnified Party under this Agreement shall have a claim to be indemnified by any Indemnifying Party under this Agreement which does not involve a Third Party Claim (such claim, a “ Direct Claim ” and, together with Third Party Claims, “ Indemnification Claims ”), the Indemnified Party shall, promptly after it becomes aware of a Third Party Claim (and in any event, within thirty (30) days), or facts supporting a Direct Claim, send to the Indemnifying Party a written notice specifying the nature of such Proceeding giving rise to any such Third Party Claim or Direct Claim in reasonable detail in light of the facts then known to the Indemnified Party, and, if practicable in the Indemnified Party’s reasonable judgment, the amount or estimated amount thereof (which amount or estimated amount shall not be conclusive of the final amount, if any, of such Proceeding) (a “ Claim Notice ”), together with copies of all notices and documents (including court papers) served on or received by the Indemnified Party in the case of a Third Party Claim, provided , however , that a delay (including a delay beyond the aforementioned thirty (30) day period) in notifying the Indemnifying Party (or delivering copies of the aforementioned notices and documents) shall not relieve the Indemnifying Party of its obligations under Section 10.1 or Section 10.2 except to the extent that (and only to the extent that) (x) the applicable Claims Period has expired prior to such notice or (y) the Indemnifying Party shall have been materially prejudiced by the failure of the Indemnified Party to give such notice or deliver such documents or notices, in which case the Indemnifying Party shall be relieved of its obligations under Section 10.1 or Section 10.2 only to the extent of such material prejudice.

 

(b)           In the event of a Third Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party shall have the right to defend against and direct the defense of such Third Party Claim, provided , however , that the Indemnifying Party shall have acknowledged in writing to the Indemnified Party its obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party as provided hereunder (subject to the limitations set forth herein).  If the Indemnifying Party elects to defend against and direct the defense of any Third Party Claim, it shall within thirty (30) days (or sooner, if the nature of the Third Party Claim so requires) (the “ Dispute Period ”) notify the Indemnified Party of its intent to do so; provided , however , that the

 

94



 

Indemnifying Party must conduct its defense of the Third Party Claim actively and diligently thereafter in order to preserve its rights in this regard.  If the Indemnifying Party does not elect within the Dispute Period to defend against and direct the defense of any Third Party Claim, fails to notify the Indemnified Party of its election during the Dispute Period, contests its obligation to indemnify the Indemnified Party for such damages under this Agreement or fails to actively and diligently conduct its defense of the Third Party Claim, the Indemnified Party may defend against and direct the defense of such Third Party Claim.  If the Indemnifying Party elects to defend against and direct the defense of such Third Party Claim and appoint counsel in connection therewith, (i) the Indemnifying Party shall use its commercially reasonable efforts to defend and protect the interests of the Indemnified Party with respect to such Third Party Claim, (ii) the Indemnified Party may participate, at its own expense, in the defense of such Third Party Claim (though not as counsel of record) and (iii) the Indemnified Party shall have the right to engage separate counsel in connection therewith, but such counsel shall appear as counsel of record for the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall bear the reasonable fees, costs and expenses of such separate counsel if, and only if, (x) in the reasonable opinion of counsel to the Indemnified Party, a conflict or potential conflict exists between the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party that would make such separate representation advisable, (y) the Indemnifying Party requests that the Indemnified Party participate in such defense or (z) the Indemnifying Party shall not have engaged counsel within a reasonable time (but not more than thirty (30) days) after notice of the institution of such Third Party Claim.  Except as provided in the preceding sentence, nothing in this Section 10.3 shall require the Indemnifying Party to be responsible for the fees and expenses of more than one law firm for one or more Indemnified Parties at any time in connection with the defense against a Third Party Claim.  If reasonably requested by the Indemnifying Party, the Indemnified Party agrees to cooperate with the Indemnifying Party and its counsel in defending and contesting any Proceeding giving rise to the Third Party Claim which the Indemnifying Party defends.  No Third Party Claim may be settled or compromised, or offered to be settled or compromised, or a default permitted or an entry of any judgment consented to (each, a “ Settlement ”) (A) by the Indemnified Party without the prior written consent of the Indemnifying Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed), or (B) by the Indemnifying Party without the prior written consent of the Indemnified Party (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld, conditioned or delayed); provided that , in the case of a consent from an Indemnified Party, such consent shall not be required in the event such Settlement (1) includes a full release of the Indemnified Party and (2) involves only monetary damages that will be paid in full by the Indemnifying Party.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, if a Third Party Claim seeks relief other than the payment of monetary damages or if any relief sought would result in the imposition of an Order that would materially restrict the future activity or conduct of the Indemnified Party or any of its Affiliates, then the Indemnified Party alone shall be entitled to contest, defend and resolve (subject, with respect to any Settlement, to obtaining the consent of the Indemnifying Party, such consent not to be unreasonably withheld or delayed) such Third Party Claim in the first instance and, if the Indemnified Party does not contest, defend and resolve such Third Party Claim, the Indemnifying Party shall then have the right to contest and defend (but not enter into a Settlement without the consent of the

 

95



 

Indemnified Party, which consent may be withheld in the Indemnified Party’s sole discretion) such Third Party Claim.  In the event any Indemnified Party enters into a Settlement with respect to any Third Party Claim in violation of either of the two immediately preceding sentences, such Indemnified Party shall be deemed to have waived all rights against the Indemnifying Party for indemnification under this Section 10.3 with respect to such Third Party Claim.

 

(c)           After any final decision, judgment or award shall have been rendered by a Governmental Entity or arbitrator of competent jurisdiction and the expiration of the time in which to appeal therefrom, or a Settlement or arbitration shall have been consummated, or the Indemnified Party and the Indemnifying Party shall have arrived at a mutually binding agreement with respect to an Indemnification Claim hereunder, the Indemnified Party shall forward to the Indemnifying Party notice of any sums due and owing by the Indemnifying Party pursuant to this Agreement with respect to such matter and the Indemnifying Party shall make prompt payment thereof by wire transfer in immediately available funds within five (5) Business Days after the date of such notice or, if required earlier, pursuant to the terms of the agreement reached with respect to the Indemnification Claim.

 

(d)           In the event of a Direct Claim, the Indemnifying Party shall notify the Indemnified Party within thirty (30) days of receipt of a Claim Notice whether the Indemnifying Party disputes such Indemnification Claim.  From and after the delivery of a Claim Notice under this Agreement, at the reasonable request of either Party, each Party shall grant the other and its Agents reasonable access to the books, records, Agents and properties of such Party to the extent reasonably related to the matters to which the Claim Notice relates.  All such access shall be granted during normal business hours and shall be granted under conditions which will not unreasonably interfere with the business and operations of such Party.  The Party requesting access will not, and shall use its reasonable best efforts to cause its Agents not to, use (except in connection with such Claim Notice) or disclose to any third person other than the Party’s Agents (except as may be required by applicable Law) any information obtained pursuant to this Section 10.3(d) which is designated as confidential by the other Party.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, neither Party shall have access to (i) any medical or other employee information that is contained in the personnel records of the other Party or its Affiliates and the disclosure of which would subject that Party or such Affiliate to risk of liability, (ii) any information which is subject of any attorney-client or other privilege or immunity from disclosure in favor of the other Party or its Affiliates or (iii) any information the disclosure of which would cause the other Party or any of its Affiliates to violate applicable Law.

 

(e)           Notwithstanding the foregoing, any Tax Proceeding shall be governed by Section 7.7(f) and not by the provisions of this Section 10.3.

 

Section 10.4           Investigation; Survival; Claims Period .

 

(a)           The rights of an Indemnified Party to indemnification or to assert or recover on any claim shall not be affected by any investigation conducted with respect to,

 

96



 

or any knowledge acquired (or capable of being acquired) at any time, whether before or after the execution and delivery of this Agreement or the Closing Date, with respect to the accuracy of or compliance with, any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements set forth in this Agreement.  The waiver of any condition based on the accuracy of any representation or warranty, or the performance or compliance with any covenant or agreement, shall not affect the right to indemnification pursuant to this ARTICLE X based on such representations, warranties, covenants or agreements.

 

(b)           Except as expressly set forth in this Section 10.4, all representations and warranties set forth in ARTICLE IV, ARTICLE V and ARTICLE VI of this Agreement and all covenants and agreements required to be performed or complied with at or prior to the Closing shall expire as of the Closing Date (and no indemnification claims may be brought under such representations and warranties or covenants and agreements at any time).

 

(c)           [Intentionally Omitted];

 

(d)           The Claims Period for indemnification under Section 10.1(a) shall expire on the third (3 rd ) anniversary of the Closing Date.

 

(e)           The Claims Period for indemnification under Section 10.1(d) shall expire (i) with respect to the covenants set forth in Section 7.1(a)(ii), Section 7.1(a)(iii), Section 7.1(a)(v), Section 7.1(a)(vii), Section 7.1(a)(ix), Section 7.1(a)(x), Section 7.1(a)(xiii), Section 7.1(a)(xx) (or under Section 4.10(b) solely with respect to any of the foregoing enumerated provisions of Section 7.1(a)), Section 7.3(a), Section 7.3(d) and Section 7.17, on the Escrow Release Date and (ii) with respect to each covenant to be performed after the Closing (“ Post-Closing Covenants ”), on the date that is six (6) months following the date upon which such covenant was to be fully performed in accordance with its terms.

 

(f)            The Claims Period for a claim for indemnification under Section 10.1(f) with respect to federal income Taxes shall expire on July 1, 2015, and the Claims Period for a claim for indemnification under Section 10.1(f) other than with respect to federal income Taxes shall expire on the earlier of March 31, 2017 or ninety (90) days following the expiration of the longest applicable statute of limitations.  The covenants under Section 7.7 shall survive coterminous with the Tax indemnity obligation with respect to which such covenants relate.

 

(g)           The Claims Period for a claim for indemnification under Section 10.1(c), Section 10.1(e) and Section 10.1(g) shall expire on the Escrow Release Date.

 

(h)           No claim or cause of action for indemnification under ARTICLE X may be made or brought (i) prior to Closing; or (ii) following the expiration of the applicable Claims Period; provided that , in the event a notice of any claim for indemnification under ARTICLE X shall have been made post-Closing, but prior to the expiration of the applicable Claims Period, then such claim for indemnification (and only such claim for indemnification), if not resolved prior to the expiration of the Claims Period, shall survive until such time as that claim for indemnification is fully and finally resolved.

 

97



 

Section 10.5           Liability Limits .

 

(a)           The Purchaser Indemnified Parties may not make a claim for indemnification under (i)  Section 10.1(d) (solely to the extent such claim relates to a breach of Section 7.1(a)(ii), Section 7.1(a)(iii), Section 7.1(a)(v), Section 7.1(a)(vii), Section 7.1(a)(ix), Section 7.1(a)(x), Section 7.1(a)(xiii), Section 7.1(a)(xx) (or pursuant to a claim for breach or inaccuracy of the representations and warranties of Section 4.10(b) solely with respect to any of the foregoing enumerated provisions of Section 7.1(a)), Section 7.3(a), Section 7.3(d), or Section 7.7 (solely to the extent that such claim is not in respect of federal income Taxes)) or (ii) Section 10.1(f) (solely to the extent such claim is not in respect of federal income Taxes) unless and until, for each such clause (as applicable), the aggregate amount of Purchaser Losses for which the Purchaser Indemnified Parties are entitled to seek indemnification exceeds One Million Dollars ($1,000,000), in which event the Purchaser Indemnified Parties may claim indemnification for all such Purchaser Losses (including, for the avoidance of doubt, amounts up to and including such initial $1,000,000) up to the limits provided herein.

 

Subject to the limitations set forth in this ARTICLE X , Purchaser Losses for which the Purchaser Indemnified Parties may make a claim for indemnification shall be: first satisfied from the Escrow Fund, and only after the Escrow Fund has been exhausted or otherwise released, satisfied by each Stockholder, on a several and not joint basis, each in accordance with and limited to such Stockholder’s respective Pro Rata Percentage.  In the case of Purchaser Losses (i) pursuant to a claim for a breach of Section 7.1(a)(ii), Section 7.1(a)(iii), Section 7.1(a)(v), Section 7.1(a)(vii), Section 7.1(a)(ix), Section 7.1(a)(x), Section 7.1(a)(xiii), Section 7.1(a)(xx) (or pursuant to a claim for breach or inaccuracy of the representations and warranties of Section 4.10(b) solely with respect to any of the foregoing enumerated provisions of Section 7.1(a)), Section 7.3(a), and Section 7.3(d), any and all recoveries in respect of Purchaser Losses shall be limited in the aggregate by an indemnification cap equal to One Hundred Million Dollars ($100,000,000) and (ii) pursuant to any other claim that may be made under this ARTICLE X, any and all recoveries in respect of Purchaser Losses shall be limited to, in the case of each Stockholder, such Stockholder’s Proceeds Cap (except with respect to claims under Section 7.12 or Section 7.14, as described in the following paragraph).

 

Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein and in addition to any other limitations on indemnification in this Agreement, with respect to claims for Purchaser Losses related to Renal Advantage Partners, LLC and its Subsidiaries (excluding any claims made pursuant to Sections 10.1(c), (d) (other than claims for breaches of Section 7.7), (e) and (g)), the Stockholders shall only be liable for fifty-one percent (51%) of any such Purchaser Losses that would otherwise be indemnifiable hereunder provided, however, that with respect to claims made (i) [*], and (ii) for Taxes pursuant to Section 10.1(f), 7.7(j), or 7.7(g) such 51% limitation shall only apply to Taxes of Renal Advantage

 

98



 

Partners, LLC and its Subsidiaries (i.e., not any Taxes due and payable by the Company or any other Subsidiary, even if it relates to Renal Advantage Partners, LLC and its Subsidiaries (other than in the case of Taxes due with respect to consolidated or other group Tax Returns that include Renal Advantage Partners, LLC and its Subsidiaries, solely to the extent such Taxes are attributable to their operations or activities)).  Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein regarding the allocation of Purchaser Losses in accordance with each Stockholder’s Pro Rata Percentage, any claims for indemnification for Purchaser Losses as a result of: (A) a breach by a particular Stockholder of a Post-Closing Covenant applicable to such Stockholder (other than Section 7.12 and Section 7.14) or by a Stockholder of any of its Fundamental Representations and Warranties set forth in ARTICLE V hereof shall be satisfied in accordance with the terms hereof exclusively by such particular Stockholder (and not any other Stockholder), including by the release to the applicable Purchaser Indemnified Party of the balance of such Stockholder’s Pro Rata Percentage of the Escrow Fund, but limited in amount to such Stockholder’s Proceeds Cap, or (B) a breach by a particular Stockholder of Section 7.12 or Section 7.14 shall in the first instance be satisfied in accordance with the terms hereof exclusively by such particular Stockholder (and not any other Stockholder), including by the release to the applicable Purchaser Indemnified Party of the balance of such Stockholder’s Pro Rata Percentage of the Escrow Fund, but limited in amount to fifty percent (50%) of such Stockholder’s Proceeds Cap; provided , that, if the amount of a Purchaser Loss referenced in this clause (B) exceeds fifty percent (50%) of such Stockholder’s Proceeds Cap, then any such excess Purchaser Loss shall be satisfied by the other Stockholders, on a several and not joint basis in accordance with and limited to each such other Stockholder’s respective Pro Rata Percentage, and further limited to fifty percent (50%) of each such other Stockholder’s Proceeds Cap.

 

(b)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, the amount of indemnity otherwise payable pursuant to Section 10.1 with respect to any Purchaser Losses shall be reduced to the extent that the facts or circumstances giving rise to any such Purchaser Losses have (or any related liability has) previously been taken into account in determining any post-Closing adjustment contemplated by Section 3.9 or any previous indemnification payment made pursuant to this ARTICLE X.

 

(c)           In calculating the amount of Losses relating to Taxes otherwise indemnifiable under Section 10.1, the Indemnifying Party and Indemnified Party shall agree as to the Pre-Closing Benefits that are available (based either on (i) the past practices of the Company and its Subsidiaries in filing their Tax Returns or (ii) standards then applicable for filing Tax Returns (clauses (i) and (ii), the “ Availability Principles ”)) and if the Indemnifying Party and the Indemnified Party are unable to agree, then the parties shall engage PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP to calculate the amount of Pre-Closing Benefits that are available for such purpose (based on the Availability Principles).  The Parties shall share the cost of PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP’s services on a 50-50 basis.

 

(d)           Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Agreement, solely for purposes of determining whether any breach of any Fundamental Representations and Warranties has occurred or any inaccuracy in any such representation or warranty exists and for calculating Purchaser Losses in respect thereof,

 

99



 

all qualifications, provisions or exceptions for “material,” “materiality,” “in all material respects” (or correlative meanings) and “Company Material Adverse Effect” and “Purchaser Material Adverse Effect” set forth in such representation or warranty shall be deemed to have been made or given for the purposes of this Agreement as though there were no such qualification, provision or exception.

 

(e)           The calculation of any Purchaser Loss will reflect the amount of any insurance proceeds received in cash by the Purchaser Indemnified Parties in respect of such Purchaser Loss in such year, net of the present value of any reasonably probable increase in insurance premiums or other charges paid or to be paid by the Purchaser Indemnified Parties resulting from such Purchaser Loss and all costs and expenses incurred by any Purchaser Indemnified Party in recovering such proceeds from its insurers.  The calculation of any Stockholder Loss will reflect the amount of any insurance proceeds received in cash by the Stockholder Indemnified Parties in respect of such Stockholder Loss in such year, net of the present value of any reasonably probable increase in insurance premiums or other charges paid or to be paid by the Stockholder Indemnified Parties resulting from such Stockholder Loss and all reasonable costs and expenses directly incurred by any Stockholder Indemnified Party in recovering such proceeds from its insurers.  The amount of any Loss subject to indemnification under this ARTICLE X (whether a Purchaser Loss or a Stockholder Loss) shall be net of any Tax benefit actually realized by the Indemnified Party and/or its Affiliates arising from the incurrence or payment of such Loss and any correlative adjustments resulting from such Loss.

 

(f)            Without affecting the Purchaser’s right to submit indemnification claims hereunder, but before the Purchaser shall be entitled to obtain recovery in respect of any such claims, the Purchaser agrees to cause the Company to use commercially reasonable efforts to pursue any indemnification claims it may have under the Renal Advantage SPA in accordance with the terms and conditions thereof.  If the Purchaser Indemnified Party receives an indemnification payment hereunder in respect of an indemnifiable loss (an “ Indemnity Payment ”) and shall subsequently receive payment in respect of such indemnifiable loss pursuant to the indemnification provisions of the Renal Advantage SPA, then the Purchaser Indemnified Parties shall pay to the Indemnifying Parties the amount so received up to an amount equal to the Indemnity Payment.  Indemnification payments received by the Company or any of its Affiliates under the Renal Advantage SPA shall not reduce or be applied towards the indemnity limits under Section 10.5.

 

Section 10.6           Limitation of Remedy .   Other than with respect to Fraud Based Purchaser Claims and Fraud Based Stockholder Claims, the Purchaser, the Surviving Corporation and the Stockholders acknowledge and agree that, following the Closing, the sole and exclusive remedy of the Parties with respect to any breach or inaccuracy of any of the representations, warranties, covenants or agreements of the Parties set forth herein shall be indemnification in accordance with this ARTICLE X or specific performance or injunctive or similar relief as specifically provided for in this Agreement.

 

100



 

Section 10.7           Treatment of Indemnity Payments .   To the extent permitted by applicable Tax Law, all payments made pursuant to Section 10.1 and Section 10.2 shall be deemed adjustments to the Merger Consideration for Tax purposes.

 

Section 10.8           Specific Performance .   Each Party hereby acknowledges that the rights of each other Party to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby are special, unique and of extraordinary character and that, in the event that any Party violates or fails or refuses to perform any covenant or agreement made by it herein, the other Party or Parties may be without an adequate remedy at law.  In the event that any Party violates or fails or refuses to perform any covenant or agreement made by such Party herein, the other Party or Parties may, subject to the terms hereof and in addition to any remedy at law for damages or other relief contemplated by this Agreement, institute and prosecute an action in a court as specified in Section 11.6 to enforce specific performance of such covenant or agreement or seek any other equitable relief.  Unless this Agreement is terminated in accordance with its terms, the Company and the Stockholders shall be entitled to seek specific performance against the Purchaser to consummate the Merger in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and the Purchaser shall be entitled to seek specific performance against the Company and the Stockholders to consummate the Merger in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

 

ARTICLE XI
MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS

 

Section 11.1           Notices .   All notices and other communications hereunder shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given when personally delivered, or if sent by facsimile (with confirmed transmission) or receipted nationally recognized overnight courier services shall be deemed duly given on the Business Day received if received prior to 5:00 p.m. local time or on the following Business Day if received after 5:00 p.m. local time or on a non-Business Day, addressed to the respective parties hereto as follows:

 

To the Purchaser, Merger

 

Bio-Medical Applications Management Company, Inc.

Sub or Parent Guarantor

 

c/o Fresenius Medical Care North America

and after the Closing

 

920 Winter Street

to the Company:

 

Waltham, MA 02451-1457

 

 

Attn:

Law Department

 

 

Fax:

(781) 699-9714

 

 

Tel:

(781) 699-9000

 

 

 

with a copy to (which

 

Baker & McKenzie

shall not constitute notice):

 

1114 Avenue of the Americas

 

 

New York, NY 10036

 

 

Attn:

Charles F. Niemeth

 

 

 

Alan F. Zoccolillo

 

 

Fax:

(212) 310-1729

 

 

Tel:

(212) 626-4100

 

101



 

To the Company before

 

c/o Liberty Dialysis, Inc.

the Closing:

 

7650 SE 27 th  Street, Suite 200

 

 

Mercer Island, WA 98040

 

 

Attn:

Mark E. Caputo

 

 

 

Eric A. Shuey

 

 

Fax:

(206) 236-5002

 

 

Tel:

(206) 236-5001

 

 

 

 

with a copy to (which

 

Ropes & Gray LLP

shall not constitute notice):

 

Prudential Tower, 800 Boylston Street

 

 

Boston, MA 02199-3600

 

 

Attn:

Timothy M. McCrystal

 

 

 

Gregory R. Metz

 

 

Fax:

(617) 549-2131

 

 

Tel:

(617) 951-7278

 

 

 

 

To the Stockholder

 

LD Stockholder Representative, LLC

Representative (on behalf

 

c/o KRG Capital Partners, L.L.C.

of the Stockholders):

 

1800 Larimer Street, Suite 2200

 

 

Denver, CO 80202

 

 

Attn:

Mark M. King

 

 

 

Steve D. Neumann

 

 

Fax:

(303) 390-5015

 

 

Tel:

(303) 390-5001

 

 

 

 

 

 

LD Stockholder Representative, LLC

 

 

[*]

 

 

7650 SE 27 th  Street, Suite 200

 

 

Mercer Island, WA 98040

 

 

Fax:

(206) 236-5002

 

 

Tel:

(206) 236-5001

 

 

 

 

with a copy to (which

 

Ropes & Gray LLP

shall not constitute notice):

 

Prudential Tower, 800 Boylston Street

 

 

Boston, MA 02199-3600

 

 

Attn:

Timothy M. McCrystal

 

 

 

Gregory R. Metz

 

 

Fax:

(617) 549-2131

 

 

Tel:

(617) 951-7278

 

or to such other representative or at such other address as such Person may furnish to the other parties in writing.

 

102



 

Section 11.2           Schedules and Exhibits .   The Schedules and Exhibits are hereby incorporated into this Agreement and are hereby made a part hereof as if set out in full herein.

 

Section 11.3           Assignment; Successors in Interest .   No assignment or transfer by the Company, by any Stockholder or by the Purchaser of any of their respective rights and obligations hereunder shall be made except with the prior written consent of the other Parties; provided , however , that the Purchaser may at any time delegate any performance of its obligations to any Affiliate of the Purchaser so long as the Purchaser remains fully responsible for the performance of the delegated obligation.  Subject to the preceding sentence, this Agreement shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the Parties and their respective successors and permitted assigns, and any reference to a Party shall also be a reference to the successors and permitted assigns thereof.

 

Section 11.4           Captions .   The titles, captions and table of contents contained herein are inserted herein only as a matter of convenience and for reference and in no way define, limit, extend or describe the scope of this Agreement or the intent of any provision hereof.

 

Section 11.5           Controlling Law; Amendment .   The Laws of the State of Delaware shall govern all issues, questions and claims concerning the consummation of the Merger and the relative rights of the Stockholders in connection thereof.  All other issues, questions and claims concerning the construction, validity and interpretation of this Agreement shall be governed by and construed and enforced in accordance with the internal Laws of the State of New York, including, without limitation New York Obligations Law Sections 5-1401 (Choice of Law) and 5-1402 (Choice of Forum), applicable to contracts to be made or performed entirely therein without giving effect to the principles of conflicts of law thereof or of any other jurisdiction.  This Agreement may be amended or supplemented in any and all respects only by written agreement of the Purchaser and the Stockholder Representative.

 

Section 11.6           Submission to Jurisdiction .

 

(a)           Each Party agrees that any legal action or other legal proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement shall be brought or otherwise commenced exclusively in any state or federal court located in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, State of New York.  Each Party:

 

(i)            expressly and irrevocably consents and submits to the jurisdiction of each state and federal court located in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, State of New York (and each appellate court located in the State of New York) in connection with any such legal action or proceeding, including to enforce any Order or award;

 

(ii)           consents to service of process in any such action or proceeding in any manner permitted by the Laws of the State of New York, and agrees that service of process by registered or certified mail, return receipt requested, at its address specified pursuant to Section 11.1 (and in the case of the Stockholders, the address of the Stockholder Representative specified pursuant to such Section 11.1) is reasonably calculated to give actual notice;

 

103



 

(iii)          agrees that each state and federal court located in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, State of New York shall be deemed to be a convenient forum for such action or proceeding;

 

(iv)          waives and agrees not to assert (by way of motion, as a defense or otherwise), in any such action or proceeding commenced in any state or federal court located in the State of New York any claim that such Party is not subject personally to the jurisdiction of such court, that such legal proceeding has been brought in an inconvenient forum, that the venue of such proceeding is improper or that this Agreement or the subject matter hereof or thereof may not be enforced in or by such court; and

 

(v)           agrees to the entry of an Order to enforce any Order or award made pursuant to this Section by the state and federal courts located in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, State of New York and in connection therewith hereby waives, and agrees not to assert by way of motion, as a defense, or otherwise, any claim that such resolution, settlement, Order or award is inconsistent with or violative of the Laws or public policy of the Laws of the State of New York or any other jurisdiction.

 

(b)           In the event of any legal action or other legal proceeding relating to this Agreement or the enforcement of any provision of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be entitled to payment by the non-prevailing party of all costs and expenses (including reasonable attorneys’ fees) incurred by the prevailing party, including any costs and expenses incurred in connection with any challenge to the jurisdiction or the convenience or propriety of venue of proceedings before any state or federal court located in the Borough of Manhattan, City of New York, State of New York.

 

Section 11.7           Waiver of Jury Trial .   EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT ACKNOWLEDGES AND AGREES THAT ANY ACTION OR PROCEEDING WHICH MAY ARISE RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, ANY ANCILLARY DOCUMENT OR ANY OF THE TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY, AND WHETHER NOW EXISTING OR HEREAFTER ARISING, AND WHETHER SOUNDING IN CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, IS LIKELY TO INVOLVE COMPLICATED AND DIFFICULT ISSUES, AND THEREFORE, IT HEREBY IRREVOCABLY AND UNCONDITIONALLY WAIVES ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN RESPECT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING (WHETHER AS PLAINTIFF, DEFENDANT OR OTHERWISE).  EACH PARTY TO THIS AGREEMENT CERTIFIES AND ACKNOWLEDGES THAT (I) NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT, IN THE EVENT OF ANY SUCH ACTION OR PROCEEDING, SEEK TO ENFORCE EITHER OF SUCH WAIVERS, (II) IT UNDERSTANDS AND HAS CONSIDERED THE IMPLICATIONS OF SUCH WAIVERS, (III) IT MAKES SUCH WAIVERS VOLUNTARILY AND (IV) IT HAS BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS SECTION 11.7.  THE PARTIES AGREE THAT ANY OF THEM MAY FILE A COPY OF THIS PARAGRAPH WITH ANY COURT

 

104



 

AS WRITTEN EVIDENCE OF THE KNOWING, VOLUNTARY AND BARGAINED-FOR AGREEMENT AMONG THE PARTIES IRREVOCABLY TO WAIVE THEIR RESPECTIVE RIGHTS TO TRIAL BY JURY.

 

Section 11.8           Severability .   Any provision hereof that is prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction, be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.  To the extent permitted by Law, each Party hereby waives any provision of Law that renders any provision hereof prohibited or unenforceable in any respect. If any provisions herein shall be adjudged to be void or invalid as going beyond what is reasonable in all the circumstances or for any other reason but would be valid if part of the wording thereof were deleted or the periods thereof reduced or the range of activities or area dealt with thereby reduced in scope, it is the Parties’ intention that such restrictions shall apply with such modifications as may be necessary to make them valid and effective, to the maximum extent permitted by applicable Law.

 

Section 11.9           Counterparts .   This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts, each of which shall be deemed an original, but all of which together will constitute but one and the same instrument.  Signatures delivered by facsimile or as email attachments shall be as effective as originals.

 

Section 11.10         Parties in Interest; Representation of Seller Group .   Certain provisions of this Agreement are intended for the benefit of, and shall be enforceable by, each of the Holders.  Subject to the preceding sentence, nothing expressed or implied herein is intended, or shall be construed, to confer upon or give any Person other than the Parties and the Parent Guarantor, and their successors or permitted assigns, any right, remedy, claim, obligation or liability under or by reason of this Agreement, or result in such Person being deemed a third-party beneficiary hereof; provided , that any Person referenced in Section 7.8, Section 7.11 or Section 9.2 is intended to be, and shall be, an express intended third-party beneficiary thereof, and may enforce that provision directly.  Each of the Parties hereby agrees, on its own behalf and on behalf of its directors, members, partners, officers, employees and Affiliates, that Ropes & Gray LLP (“ R&G ”) may serve as counsel to each and any of the Stockholder Representative, the Stockholders and their respective Affiliates other than the Company and its Subsidiaries (individually and collectively, the “ Seller Group ”), on the one hand, and the Company and its Subsidiaries, on the other hand, in connection with the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, and that, following consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, R&G may serve as counsel to the Seller Group or any director, member, partner, officer, employee or Affiliate of the Seller Group, in connection with any litigation, claim or obligation arising out of or relating to this Agreement or the transactions contemplated by this Agreement notwithstanding such prior representation or any continued representation of the Company and/or any of its Subsidiaries, and each of the Parties hereby consents thereto and waives any conflict of interest arising therefrom, and each of such Parties shall cause any Affiliate thereof to consent to waive any conflict of interest arising from such representation.  The Purchaser further agrees that, as to all communications among R&G, the Company and the Stockholders or any of their respective Affiliates prior to the Closing Date that are related to the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the

 

105



 

consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, the attorney-client privilege and the expectation of client confidence belongs to the Stockholders and may be controlled by the Stockholder Representative and shall not pass to or be claimed by the Purchaser or the Company.  Notwithstanding the foregoing, (a) in the event that a dispute arises between the Purchaser, the Company and a third party other than a party to this Agreement after the Closing, the Company may assert the attorney-client privilege to prevent disclosure of confidential communications by R&G to such third party; provided , however, that the Company may not waive such privilege without the prior written consent of the Stockholder Representative and (b) the foregoing waiver and agreement by the Purchaser shall not extend to any communication not involving the negotiation, preparation, execution and delivery of this Agreement and the consummation of the transactions contemplated hereby, or to communications other than those between R&G on the one hand, and the Company, the Stockholder Representative and the Stockholders or any of their respective Affiliates on the other hand.

 

Section 11.11         Waiver .   Any agreement on the part of a Party to any extension or waiver of any provision hereof shall be valid only if set forth in an instrument in writing signed on behalf of such Party.  A waiver by a Party of the performance of any covenant, agreement, obligation, condition, representation or warranty shall not be construed as a waiver of any other covenant, agreement, obligation, condition, representation or warranty.  A waiver by any Party of the performance of any act shall not constitute a waiver of the performance of any other act or an identical act required to be performed at a later time.

 

Section 11.12         Integration .   The Confidentiality Agreements, this Agreement, and the documents executed pursuant hereto or in connection herewith supersede all negotiations, agreements and understandings among the Parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and constitute the entire agreement among the Parties with respect thereto.

 

Section 11.13         Fees and Expenses .   Unless otherwise specifically provided pursuant to this Agreement, all fees and expenses incurred in connection with this Agreement, and the transactions contemplated hereby shall be paid by the Party incurring such fees and expenses; provided , however , that the Stockholders shall bear all expenses incurred by the Stockholder Representative and the Stockholders.  Notwithstanding any statement or provision herein to the contrary and with the exception of the filing fee under the HSR Act which shall be borne fifty percent (50%) by the Purchaser and fifty percent (50%) by the Company, the fees and expenses related to filings, permits, authorizations, consents and approvals as may be required under, and other applicable requirements of, the HSR Act and other similar Antitrust Laws, shall be borne by the Party incurring such expenses.

 

Section 11.14         Stockholder Representative.

 

(a)           By the execution and delivery of this Agreement, including counterparts thereof, each Stockholder hereby irrevocably constitutes and appoints LD Stockholder Representative, LLC (the “ Stockholder Representative ”), and the Stockholder Representative hereby accepts such appointment, as the true and lawful agent, proxy and attorney-in-fact of such Stockholder with full powers of substitution to act in the name, place and stead of such Stockholder with respect to the performance on behalf of such Stockholder under the terms and provisions hereof and to do or refrain from doing all

 

106



 

such further acts and things, and to execute all such documents, as the Stockholder Representative shall deem necessary or appropriate in connection with any transaction contemplated hereunder, including the power to:

 

(i)            act for such Stockholder, if applicable, with respect to all indemnification matters referred to herein, including the right to compromise or settle any such claim on behalf of such Stockholder;

 

(ii)           execute the Escrow Agreement on behalf of each Stockholder and act for such Stockholder with respect to the Escrow Amount (including giving any instructions to the Escrow Agent, on behalf of the Stockholders, to pay from the Escrow Fund any amounts owed by or to the Stockholders);

 

(iii)          in its sole discretion, on behalf of the Stockholders, amend or waive any provision hereof in any manner;

 

(iv)          employ, obtain and rely upon the advice of legal counsel (including Ropes & Gray LLP), accountants and other professional advisors as the Stockholder Representative, in its sole discretion, deems necessary or advisable in the performance of the duties of the Stockholder Representative;

 

(v)           act for such Stockholder with respect to all [*] matters and any other amounts payable to the Stockholders hereunder or in connection with any Ancillary Documents, including any adjustments thereto;

 

(vi)          incur any expenses, liquidate and withhold assets received on behalf of such Stockholder prior to their distribution to such Stockholder to the extent of any amount that the Stockholder Representative deems necessary for payment of or as a reserve against expenses or other Liabilities, and pay such expenses or deposit the same in an interest-bearing bank account established for such purpose;

 

(vii)         receive all notices, service of process, communications and deliveries hereunder on behalf of such Stockholder; and

 

(viii)        do or refrain from doing any further act or deed on behalf of such Stockholder that the Stockholder Representative deems necessary or appropriate, in the sole discretion of the Stockholder Representative, relating to the subject matter hereof as fully and completely as such Stockholder could do if personally present and acting and as though any reference to such Stockholder herein was a reference to the Stockholder Representative.

 

(b)           The appointment of the Stockholder Representative shall be deemed coupled with an interest and shall be irrevocable, and any other Person may conclusively and absolutely rely, without inquiry, upon any action of the Stockholder Representative as the act of each Stockholder in all matters referred to herein.

 

107



 

(c)           In the event the Stockholder Representative resigns or ceases to function in such capacity for any reason whatsoever, then the successor Stockholder Representative shall be the Person that the Company’s majority Stockholder appoints.

 

(d)           The Stockholder Representative is serving in that capacity solely for purposes of administrative convenience, and is not and shall not be personally liable in such capacity for any of the obligations of the Stockholders hereunder, and Purchaser agrees that it will not assert claims against, or look to the personal assets of, the Stockholder Representative, acting in such capacity, for the satisfaction of any obligations to be performed by the Stockholders or the Company hereunder. The Stockholder Representative will not be liable for any act taken or omitted by it as permitted under this Agreement, except if such act is taken or omitted in bad faith or by willful misconduct.  The Stockholder Representative will also be fully protected in relying upon any written notice, demand, certificate or document that it in good faith believes to be genuine (including facsimiles thereof).  The Stockholders agree, severally but not jointly (in accordance with their Pro Rata Percentage), to indemnify the Stockholder Representative for, and to hold the Stockholder Representative harmless against, any loss, liability or expense incurred without willful misconduct or bad faith on the part of the Stockholder Representative, arising out of or in connection with the Stockholder Representative’s carrying out its duties under this Agreement, including costs and expenses of successfully defending itself against any claim of liability with respect thereto. The Stockholder Representative may consult with counsel of its own choice and will have full and complete authorization and protection for any action taken and suffered by it in good faith and in accordance with the opinion of such counsel.

 

(e)           The Stockholder Representative represents and warrants that it is a Delaware limited liability company, duly formed, validly existing and in good standing under the laws of the State of Delaware and has all requisite limited liability company power and authority to carry on its business as now being conducted.  The Stockholder Representative has all necessary limited liability company power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement, to perform its obligations hereunder and thereunder and to consummate the transactions contemplated hereby and thereby.  The execution and delivery of this Agreement and the Escrow Agreement by the Stockholder Representative, the performance by the Stockholder Representative of its obligations hereunder and thereunder, and the consummation of the transactions provided for herein and therein have been duly and validly authorized by all necessary action on the part of the Stockholder Representative.  This Agreement has been, and the Escrow Agreement will be, duly executed and delivered by the Stockholder Representative, and constitutes, or will upon execution and delivery constitute, the valid and binding agreement of the Stockholder Representative, enforceable against the Stockholder Representative in accordance with its terms, except as such enforceability (i) may be limited by bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium or other similar Laws affecting or relating to enforcement of creditors’ rights generally, and (ii) is subject to general principles of equity (regardless of whether enforceability is considered in a proceeding at Law or in equity).  The execution and delivery of this Agreement does not, and the execution and delivery of the Escrow Agreement will not, and the performance of its obligations hereunder and thereunder will not, (i) conflict with or violate the certificate of formation

 

108



 

or LLC Agreement of the Stockholder Representative, or (ii) conflict with or violate any Law applicable to the Stockholder Representative (with or without notice or lapse of time or both), or by which any of the Stockholder Representative’s properties or assets is bound.

 

Section 11.15         Performance Guarantee .   Parent Guarantor unconditionally and irrevocably agrees to take any and all actions necessary to cause Purchaser to perform all of its covenants, agreements and obligations under this Agreement, including with respect to the consummation of the Merger and the payment of consideration hereunder, indemnification and other obligations relating to or arising under ARTICLE III, ARTICLE VII, ARTICLE VIII, ARTICLE IX, ARTICLE X and ARTICLE XI hereof.  Parent Guarantor unconditionally guarantees to the Company and the Stockholders the full and complete performance by Purchaser of such covenants, agreements and obligations and shall be liable for any breach by Purchaser of any such covenant, agreement or obligation.  This is a guarantee of payment and performance.  Parent Guarantor hereby waives diligence, presentment, demand of performance, filing of any claim, any right to require any proceeding first against Purchaser, protest, notice and all demands whatsoever in connection with the performance of its covenants, agreements and obligations as set forth in this Section 11.15.

 

*  *  *  *  *  *

 

[ Signature Page Follows ]

 

109



 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF , the Parties have caused this Agreement to be duly executed, as of the date first above written.

 

 

THE COMPANY:

 

 

 

LIBERTY DIALYSIS HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark Caputo

 

Name:

Mark Caputo

 

Title:

President and Chief Executive Officer

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

THE PURCHASER:

 

 

 

 

BIO-MEDICAL APPLICATIONS MANAGEMENT COMPANY, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rice Powell

 

Name:

Rice Powell

 

Title:

President and CEO

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MERGER SUB:

 

 

 

 

PB MERGER SUB, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Ronald J. Kuerbitz

 

Name:

Ronald J. Kuerbitz

 

Title:

Executive President and CAO

 

[Signature Page to Agreement and Plan of Merger]

 



 

 

STOCKHOLDER REPRESENTATIVE:

 

 

 

LD STOCKHOLDER REPRESENTATIVE, LLC

 

 

 

 

 

By:

KRG Capital Fund IV, L.P.

 

Its:

Manager

 

 

 

By:

KRG Capital Management L.P., with respect to its Class IV series

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

By:

KRG Capital, LLC, with respect to its Class IV series

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark M. King

 

Name:

Mark M. King

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

THE PARENT GUARANTOR:

 

Solely for the purposes of Section 11.15

 

 

 

FRESENIUS MEDICAL CARE HOLDINGS, INC.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Rice Powell

 

Name:

Rice Powell

 

Title:

President and CEO

 

[Signature Page to Agreement and Plan of Merger]

 



 

 

STOCKHOLDERS

 

(solely in their capacity as such):

 

 

 

KRG CAPITAL FUND IV, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

KRG Capital Management L.P., with respect to its Class IV series

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

KRG Capital, LLC, with respect to its Class IV series

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark M. King

 

Name:

Mark M. King

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

 

 

KRG Capital Fund IV, L.P.

 

c/o KRG Capital Partners, LLC

 

1515 Arapahoe Street

 

Tower One, Suite 1500

 

Denver, CO 80202

 

Facsimile: (303) 390-5015

 

[Signature Page to Agreement and Plan of Merger]

 



 

 

KRG CAPITAL FUND IV-A, L.P.

 

 

 

By:

KRG Capital Management L.P., with respect to its Class IV series

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

KRG Capital, LLC, with respect to its Class IV series

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark M. King

 

Name:

Mark M. King

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

 

 

KRG Capital Fund IV-A, L.P.

 

c/o KRG Capital Partners, LLC

 

1515 Arapahoe Street

 

Tower One, Suite 1500

 

Denver, CO 80202

 

Facsimile: (303) 390-5015

 

 

 

KRG CAPITAL FUND IV (FF), L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

KRG Capital Management L.P., with respect to its Class IV series

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

KRG Capital, LLC, with respect to its Class IV series

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark M. King

 

Name:

Mark M. King

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

Address :

 

KRG Capital Fund IV (FF), L.P.

 

c/o KRG Capital Partners, LLC

 

1515 Arapahoe Street

 

Tower One, Suite 1500

 

Denver, CO 80202

 

Facsimile: (303) 390-5015

 

[Signature Page to Agreement and Plan of Merger]

 



 

 

KRG CAPITAL FUND IV (PA), L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

KRG Capital Management L.P., with respect to its Class IV series

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

KRG Capital, LLC, with respect to its Class IV series

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark M. King

 

Name:

Mark M. King

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

 

 

KRG Capital Fund IV (PA), L.P.

 

c/o KRG Capital Partners, LLC

 

1515 Arapahoe Street

 

Tower One, Suite 1500

 

Denver, CO 80202

 

Facsimile: (303) 390-5015

 

 

 

 

 

KRG CO-INVESTMENT, L.L.C.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

King Consulting Corporation

 

Its:

General Partner

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Mark M. King

 

Name:

Mark M. King

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

 

 

KRG CO-INVESTMENT, L.L.C.

 

c/o KRG Capital Partners, LLC

 

1515 Arapahoe Street

 

Tower One, Suite 1500

 

Denver, CO 80202

 

Facsimile: (303) 390-5015

 

[Signature Page to Agreement and Plan of Merger]

 



 

 

BAIN CAPITAL VENTURE FUND 2009, L.P.

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Bain Capital Venture Partners 2009, L.P., its general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

Bain Capital Venture Investors, LLC, its general partner

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey R. Crisan

 

Name:

Jeffrey R. Crisan

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

 

 

Bain Capital Venture Fund 2009, L.P.

 

c/o Bain Capital Ventures

 

111 Huntington Avenue

 

Boston, MA 02199

 

 

 

BCIP VENTURE ASSOCIATES

 

 

 

 

 

By:

Bain Capital Investors, LLC its managing partner

 

 

 

 

By:

Bain Capital Venture Investors, LLC, its attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey R. Crisan

 

Name:

Jeffrey R. Crisan

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

 

 

BCIP Venture Associates

 

c/o Bain Capital Ventures

 

111 Huntington Avenue

 

Boston, MA 02199

 

[Signature Page to Agreement and Plan of Merger]

 



 

 

BCIP VENTURE ASSOCIATES-B

 

 

 

 

 

By: Bain Capital Investors, LLC its managing partner

 

 

 

By: Bain Capital Venture Investors, LLC, its attorney-in-fact

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Jeffrey R. Crisan

 

Name:

Jeffrey R. Crisan

 

Title:

Managing Director

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

 

 

BCIP Venture Associates-B

 

c/o Bain Capital Ventures

 

111 Huntington Avenue

 

Boston, MA 02199

 

[Signature Page to Agreement and Plan of Merger]

 



 

 

[*]

 

 

 

/s/ [*]

 

[*], an individual

 

 

 

Address:

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [*]

 

Name:

[*]

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [*]

 

Name:

[*]

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[Signature Page to Agreement and Plan of Merger]

 



 

 

[*]

 

 

 

/s/ [*]

 

[*], an individual

 

 

 

Address :

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [*]

 

Name:

[*]

 

Title:

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

[*]

 

 

 

By:

/s/ [*]

 

Name:

[*]

 

Title:

[*]

 

 

 

 

 

Address :

 

 

 

[*]

 

[*]

 

[Signature Page to Agreement and Plan of Merger]

 


Exhibit 31.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Ben J. Lipps, certify that:

 

1.               I have reviewed this report on Form 6-K of Fresenius Medical Care AG & Co. KGaA (the “Report”).

 

2.               Based on my knowledge, this Report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this Report;

 

3.               Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this Report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this Report;

 

4.               The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) for the registrant and we have:

 

a)             designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this Report is being prepared;

 

b)            designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)             evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this Report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this Report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)            disclosed in this Report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.               The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions):

 

a)             all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)            any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: November 3, 2011

 

 

By:

/s/ Dr. Ben J. Lipps

 

Dr. Ben J. Lipps

 

Chief Executive Officer and

 

Chairman of the Management Board of the

 

General Partner

 


 

Exhibit 31.2

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO SECTION 302

OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

I, Michael Brosnan, certify that:

 

1.               I have reviewed this report on Form 6-K of Fresenius Medical Care AG & Co. KGaA (the “Report”);

 

2.               Based on my knowledge, this Report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this Report;

 

3.               Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this Report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this Report;

 

4.               The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) for the registrant and we have:

 

a)             designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this Report is being prepared;

 

b)            designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles;

 

c)             evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this Report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this Report based on such evaluation; and

 

d)            disclosed in this Report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and

 

5.               The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent function):

 

a)             all significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and

 

b)            any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting.

 

Date: November 3, 2011

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Brosnan

 

Michael Brosnan

 

Chief Financial Officer and member of the

 

Management Board of the

 

General Partner

 


 

Exhibit 32.1

 

CERTIFICATION PURSUANT TO

18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350,

AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO

SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002

 

In connection with the report of Fresenius Medical Care AG & Co. KGaA (the “Company”) on Form 6-K furnished for the month of November 2011 containing its unaudited financial statements as of September 30, 2011 and for the nine-month periods ending September 30, 2011 & 2010, as submitted to the Securities and Exchange Commission on the date hereof (the “Report”), the undersigned, Dr. Ben J. Lipps, Chief Executive Officer and Michael Brosnan, Chief Financial Officer of the Company, certify, pursuant to 18 U.S.C. § 1350, as adopted pursuant to § 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, that:

 

(1)                 The Report fully complies with the requirements of section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934; and

 

(2)                 The information contained in the Report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and result of operations of the Company.

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Dr. Ben J. Lipps

 

Dr. Ben J. Lipps

 

Chief Executive Officer and

 

Chairman of the Management Board of the

 

General Partner

 

 

 

November 3, 2011

 

 

 

 

 

 

By:

/s/ Michael Brosnan

 

Michael Brosnan

 

Chief Financial Officer and

 

member of the Management Board of the

 

General Partner

 

 

 

November 3, 2011